diff options
| author | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-01-27 18:08:55 -0800 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-01-27 18:08:55 -0800 |
| commit | 9adb70e23d0a5919aad78f7bc151cefb4f6d398e (patch) | |
| tree | 0c976b208d35c321e4fe603ca401c20978b3143c | |
| parent | d010c08dd9110809da7c9c0cf8dab9de3c6ac7c8 (diff) | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60893-0.txt | 10264 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60893-0.zip | bin | 214435 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60893-h.zip | bin | 359063 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60893-h/60893-h.htm | 13255 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60893-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 123474 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60893-h/images/leaf.jpg | bin | 833 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60893-h/images/lippincott.jpg | bin | 8082 -> 0 bytes |
10 files changed, 17 insertions, 23519 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7b82bc --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +*.txt text eol=lf +*.htm text eol=lf +*.html text eol=lf +*.md text eol=lf diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9321120 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #60893 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/60893) diff --git a/old/60893-0.txt b/old/60893-0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index ed326dd..0000000 --- a/old/60893-0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10264 +0,0 @@ -Project Gutenberg's Thinking and learning to think, by Nathan C. Schaeffer - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - -Title: Thinking and learning to think - -Author: Nathan C. Schaeffer - -Editor: Martin G. Brumbaugh - -Release Date: December 10, 2019 [EBook #60893] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THINKING AND LEARNING TO THINK *** - - - - -Produced by Turgut Dincer and the Online Distributed -Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was -produced from images generously made available by The -Internet Archive) - - - - - - - - - - - LIPPINCOTT’S - EDUCATIONAL SERIES - - EDITED BY - MARTIN G. BRUMBAUGH, PH.D. LL.D. - PROFESSOR OF PEDAGOGY, UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA, AND COMMISSIONER - OF EDUCATION FOR PUERTO RICO - - [Illustration] - - VOLUME I - - - - -Lippincott Educational Series - -EDITED BY DR. M. G. BRUMBAUGH - -Professor of Pedagogy, University of Pennsylvania - -VOLUME I - -Thinking and Learning to Think - -By NATHAN C. SCHAEFFER, Ph.D., LL.D., Superintendent of Public -Instruction for the State of Pennsylvania. 351 pages. Cloth, $1.25. - -VOLUME II - -Two Centuries of Pennsylvania History - -By ISAAC SHARPLESS, President of Haverford College. 385 pages. -Illustrated. Cloth, $1.25. - -VOLUME III - -Kemp’s History of Education - -By DR. E. L. KEMP, Principal of East Stroudsburg Normal School. 385 -pages. Cloth, $1.25. - -VOLUME IV - -Kant’s Educational Theory - -By EDWARD FRANKLIN BUCKNER, Ph.D., Professor of Philosophy and Education -in the University of Alabama. 309 pages. Cloth, $1.25. - - - - - _LIPPINCOTT’S EDUCATIONAL SERIES_ - - THINKING - AND - LEARNING TO THINK - - BY - NATHAN C. SCHAEFFER, PH.D., LL.D. - SUPERINTENDENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION FOR - THE STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA - - [Illustration] - - PHILADELPHIA - J. B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY - 1906 - - COPYRIGHT, 1900 - BY - J. B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY - - ELECTROTYPED AND PRINTED BY J. B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY, - PHILADELPHIA, U.S.A. - - - - - -EDITOR’S PREFACE - - -The progress of educational thought during the closing years of this -century has been marvellous. Professional schools have created a demand -for professional teaching by giving an increasing group of skilled -instructors to our schools. This professional activity has caused our -leading cities to provide training-schools, as integral parts of the city -system of education. Finally, our great universities have established -departments of pedagogy for the higher training in education. As a -result, the leading positions in higher schools and in supervision are -more and more demanding professionally trained leaders. - -In this auspicious awakening for professional leadership there has -come an increasing demand for standard treatises upon the fundamental -problems of education. Treatises upon the history, methods, principles, -and systems of education have appeared with astonishing frequency. -That many of these are commercial treatises—made to sell—is doubtless -true. There is always a great temptation to profit by an active demand. -Well-disposed but not always widely trained and broadly cultured -teachers, who have achieved a local success with a method that owed its -virtue to the personality of its author and not to its intrinsic worth, -have been tempted into authorship. The wiser and nobler minds in the -profession wait. The days of unrest and experimentation, breeding discord -and confusion, have in part passed away, and the time has come when the -products of all this divergent activity may be put to the test of clear -analysis and adequate experience. This is especially true in the domains -of historic and philosophic inquiry. In experimental activity, touching -the problems of psychic life as related to its sensorium, much has been -done in a tentative way. Much must yet be done to produce results of -enduring significance. - -This series of educational treatises is projected to give inquiring -minds the best thought of our present professional life. Fundamental -problems in education will be exhibited in the series from time to time -by thoroughly trained leaders of extended experience. Teachers may -confidently accept these as authoritative discussions of the cardinal -questions of their profession. - -The highest endowment of the human spirit on the intellectual side is the -power to think. Learning to think is an essential process and end in all -school work. Thinking is the intellect’s regal activity. In a vague way, -all teaching appeals to the thought-activity of the pupil; but vagueness -in teaching is as pernicious as it is common. To exhibit the value, -scope, and process of thought is of inestimable service to the teacher. -It gives specific direction to teaching processes, and saves the child -from a thousand fanciful expedients. - -In the craze of the passing decade for novelty in teaching, there -has resulted an undue emphasis upon forms of so-called expressional -activity. It has been, in many quarters, forgotten that education is -noblest when it produces reflective activity. The power to analyze and -synthetize thought-complexes is the most fruitful endowment of the -intellectual life. Expression without adequate reflection is productive -of superficiality. - -We have been living a life of educational expedients. The path of -educational advance is strewn with countless cast-off practices which -once claimed attention largely because of the feeling among too many -that the newest theory is the best. There has come, let us hope, the -more rational resolve to test all new and loudly heralded theories by -fundamental laws of mental activity. To emphasize the significance of -this reaction, and to afford helpful criteria of educational processes, -this volume will be found most stimulating, suggestive, and sensible. - -For the purposes of the teacher thinking may be distinguished as follows: - -(_a_) _Clear thinking_, by which one is to understand thinking the thing, -and not some other thing in its stead. Much thinking is not clear. The -power of recall is not fully developed. The mind acts, but is not able -to assert confidently the accuracy of what it acts upon. Much needless -criticism is heaped upon schools because pupils cannot spell correctly, -solve problems accurately, recite a lesson in history or in geography -properly,—in short, because the pupil’s knowledge is not clear. The first -step in all true teaching is the step that makes clear to the pupil the -thing he is to think. - -(_b_) _Distinct thinking_, by which one is to understand thinking the -thing in its relations. This phase of thinking is sometimes called -apperception. It is the second, and not the first step in thinking. -There is no value in teaching relations until the things to be related -are first clearly apprehended. Perception must precede apperception. The -pupil in the elementary school has been well taught if he has been taught -to think clearly and distinctly. - -(_c_) _Adequate thinking_, by which one is to understand thinking the -thing in its essential parts. This is the analytic form of thought. The -child at first cannot think adequately. His mind thinks things as wholes. -He has not the power to think the whole and its parts, as parts of the -whole, simultaneously. He must rise to adequate thinking only after clear -and distinct thinking have become habits of mind. The fuller phase of -this activity, by which these analyzed parts are synthetically wrought -into an organic unity, is the process of concept-making,—the essential -prerequisite of all high orders of thought. This power every teacher -should possess. It is his surplus of knowledge, the possession of which -makes him easily master in the teaching process. - -(_d_) _Exhaustive thinking_, by which one is to understand thinking the -thing in its causes. This is the highest form of thinking the thing. It -gives perspective to thought-processes, and eliminates all accidental -and misleading elements from the categories of thought. To achieve this, -one must specialize. The teaching of the future must be more and more -intensive in scope. The day of the encyclopædist is gone. The teacher of -to-morrow must be a teacher who knows one order of truth exhaustively, -and who possesses the skill to incite in others a permanent enthusiasm -for that order of truth. Scientific progress is conditioned by such -teaching. - -The author has brought to this discussion the matured convictions of -broad training in American and European systems of schools, and a wide -and successful experience in teaching pupils and directing systems of -education. The discussion takes on the modest but stimulating style of -the public speaker. The author has for many years been among our foremost -lecturers upon education. The temper of the discussion is moderate and -constructive. There will be found here no wild excess, no straining after -fanciful effect, no advocacy of sensational and ephemeral methods; nor -is there a trace of pessimistic and destructive criticism of the earnest -teachers who are conscious of limitations and are reaching hopefully for -help. On the contrary, the discussion is full of real sympathy, founded -upon personal experience with teaching in all its phases, and abounds in -stimulating suggestion. - - M. G. B. - -October 1, 1900. - - - - -PREFACE - - -For a number of years it has been the author’s duty as well as privilege -to lecture at county institutes on the difficult art of teaching pupils -to think. This led to the request that the lectures be thrown into -permanent form for publication. The lecturer who never publishes has -no pet theories to defend; he can change his views as often as he sees -fit; yet, in spite of this advantage, he cannot always escape or ignore -the art of printing. One who gives his thoughts to the public without -the use of manuscript and under the limitations of extemporaneous -speech, made necessary by the large audiences which gather at teachers’ -institutes, especially in Pennsylvania, runs the risk of being misquoted -and misunderstood; he pays the penalty of being reported in fragmentary -if not distorted forms. This ultimately drives him, in justice to himself -and others, to write out his theories on education and to give them to -his coworkers in print. - -Portions of these lectures were delivered at the annual meeting of the -superintendents of New England, before the State teachers’ associations -of Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Florida, before the Connecticut -Council of Education, before the summer schools held under the auspices -of the Ohio State University and the University of Wisconsin, and at -several of the meetings of the National Educational Association. The -favorable hearing accorded on these occasions induces the hope that -the lectures will be kindly received by many who teach outside of -Pennsylvania, and by some who give instruction in our higher institutions -of learning. - -Although no one can hope, on so difficult a theme, to say much that will -be entirely satisfactory to leading educators, surely no apology is -needed from any one who, after spending his best years in educational -work, attempts to contribute his mite towards the solution of any of the -problems which confront the teacher. - -It is assumed that there is a body of educational doctrine well -established in the minds of teachers, and that on many school questions -we have advanced beyond the border line of first discovery. Those who -assert that our educational practice is radically wrong and in need -of thorough reformation should hasten to clarify their own views and -ideas, to substitute constructive for destructive criticism, and to -give definite shape to their reforms; otherwise a whole generation will -grow to maturity and the reformers themselves will pass away before -any of their reforms will have been accomplished. To give teachers the -feeling that what they are doing is all wrong, and to leave them without -anything better in place of what is condemned, robs them of joy in their -work, makes them victims of worry and neurasthenia, and unfits them for -the care of children. It is hoped that these lectures will be found to -suggest a better way whenever criticism is bestowed upon existing methods -of instruction. - -No attempt is made to ridicule the arm-chair psychologists, or the -advocates of child study, or those patient and painstaking workers who -are honestly seeking to establish the facts of mind through experiments -in the laboratory. He who has carefully reflected upon the art of making -pupils think will not hesitate to admit that thus far he has received -more light from the standard psychology than from the labors of those -who claim to be the exponents of the new psychology. The latter can -hardly write or talk without using the terms coined by the older -students of mind; this shows their indebtedness to those who taught and -speculated before laboratories of psychology were established. Sometimes -the experiments have only served to test and give a reason for what was -already accepted. Often they have brought to our knowledge facts of mind -which could never have been discovered by the method of introspection. In -either case the experiments have resulted in clear gain. Let the facts of -brain and mind, of nervous and mental action, of human growth, maturity, -and decay be gathered, questioned, tested, and classified; let their -bearing upon educational practice be set forth in the clearest possible -light: every resulting step of progress and reform will be hailed with -delight by all who have no pet theories to defend. - -The lecturer is limited by time, by the kind of audience which he -addresses, and by circumstances largely beyond his control. These -limitations drop out when he reduces his thoughts to writing, and a -rearrangement at many points becomes possible as well as desirable. The -expedients for relieving the strain of attention and winning back the -listless can be omitted; and omissions that become necessary through the -exigencies of the programme must be supplied for the sake of logical -sequence. Moreover, the aims which those who engage the lecturer set -before him frequently require a modification of the line of discussion, -so that a course of lectures on a specific theme cannot always follow the -same order of treatment, although substantially the same in content and -scope. Hence the division into chapters has been adopted as preferable -to the original sequence of lectures. Nevertheless, the style of the -rostrum has not been altogether eliminated, because when oral discourse -is thrown into new forms, and the phraseology is changed for the sake of -publication, the loss in vividness, directness, and simplicity is greater -than the gain in diction and fulness of statement. - -Lecturing, as well as book-making, has its peculiar temptations. The -lecturer must interest his hearers in order to hold them; he is tempted -to play to the galleries, and to omit what is beyond the comprehension -of the average audience. The book-maker, on the other hand, is tempted -to display his learning, to make a show of depth and erudition. The -student of pedagogy is supposed to be in search of profound wisdom. -Those who write for him often dive so deep that their style becomes -muddy. Unfortunately, some of the best treatises on education have been -written in the style of the philosopher and wrought out on the plane of -the university professor, although intended for undergraduates at normal -schools, and for teachers whose meagre salaries do not enable them to -pursue courses of study at institutions of higher learning. The lucid -style of Spencer’s treatise on “Education” has done much to counteract -this tendency. Yet many of the authors of our treatises on pedagogy seem -to be haunted by a feeling similar to that of the German professor, who, -on reading the opening chapters of a new book, and finding them to be -intelligible to his colleagues, exclaimed, “Then I must rewrite these -chapters; otherwise nobody will read my book through.” - -Huxley has well described the penalty which must be paid by those who -speak or write for the purpose of being understood. These are his words: - -“At the same time it must be admitted that the popularization of -science, whether by lecture or essay, has its drawbacks. Success in this -department has its perils for those who succeed. The ‘people who fail’ -take their revenge, as we have recently had occasion to observe, by -ignoring all the rest of a man’s work and glibly labelling him a mere -popularizer. If the falsehood were not too glaring, they would say the -same of Faraday and Helmholtz and Kelvin.” - -One who can never hope to rival the style of Spencer and Huxley and those -to whom the latter refers, will nevertheless do well to emulate their -skill in making difficult things plain to people who are not specialists -or experts. He who writes for the teachers in our public schools should -put aside his ambition to be considered erudite or profound, and endeavor -above all things to be understood. Vague theories are apt to beget a bad -conscience in those who teach and to destroy the joy which every one has -a right to feel while doing honest and faithful work. Hence the writer -offers no apology for heaping illustration upon illustration in the -effort to make his meaning plain to those whom he aims to help. - -There is at present great need for clear thinking and luminous -presentation of facts on the part of all who write on education for -the people or for teachers in our public schools. By a process similar -to that by which the mediæval imagination swelled the murder of the -innocents at Bethlehem into a slaughter of thousands of children (there -cannot have been many male children two years old and under in a small -Judean village), the harm which some pupils suffer is magnified into -a national crime at the feet of American parents; the evils which -result from “Bob White” societies, from children’s parties, from church -sociables for young boys and girls, are all ascribed to the school -curriculum; and reforms in home study are proposed which never fail to -provoke a smile on the face of a healthy boy. - -The hygienic conditions of the average school are quite equal to those -of the average home. The health of many children improves during their -attendance at school. The pupils who are born with a sound mind in a -sound body, who get healthful diet, enough sleep, and treatment from -their elders which is not calculated to make them nervous or unhappy, -show none of the illness from overwork, the dulness of brain from -fatigue, and the exhaustion of nervous energy which are made to furnish -the narrow basis of fact for vague and broad generalizations. The haze -in which those who must furnish the printer a given amount of copy in a -given time are apt to envelop whatever they write has an effect like that -of misty air upon the size of visible objects. Travellers who have come -into a cloud while ascending a mountain report that a small wood-pile -then looks like a barn, a cow seems larger than an elephant, men appear -as giants, and the surrounding heights assume threatening proportions. -As soon as sunlight clears the atmosphere, objects are again seen in -their true dimensions. The moment the light of common sense penetrates -the haze and mist and fog and cloud which are used to heighten the -effect of essays upon school work, the need of radical reform seems -far less urgent; and teachers, instead of wasting their time in worry -and uncertainty, begin with cheerful heart to impart that which modern -civilization requires every child to know as a condition of bread-winning -and complete living. - -There is, of course, a worse fault than obscurity of style,—namely, -dearth of ideas. The danger to which the lecturer is always exposed, that -of losing his hearers and failing to be recalled (their minds may leave -while they are bodily present), spurs to effort in two directions. Either -he will try to say something worth listening to, or he will strive to -entertain by amusing stories and incidents. If he be conscious of a lack -of talent for humor, he will try to stuff his lectures full of sense. If -the lectures here published lack in this respect, the writer is willing -to acknowledge failure. - -In preparing a course of lectures it is proper to bear in mind the -difference between the lecturer, the orator, the poet, and the -philosopher. The philosopher investigates ideas and truths, explores -their essence and relations, and unfolds them in their deepest unity and -in their greatest possible compass. When this has been done throughout -the whole domain of thought, his mission is accomplished. The poet seeks -to clothe his ideas in beautiful forms. When the idea is perfectly suited -to the form and the form to the idea, his mission is accomplished. The -orator aims to move the will; he quotes authorities, uses ideas, appeals -to the feelings, and subordinates everything to the one end of gaining a -verdict, winning a vote, or getting a response in the conduct of those -whom he addresses. The lecturer seeks to impart information. He aims -to get a response in the thinking of those whom he addresses. He tries -to reach the intellect rather than the will. Beautiful language and -exhaustive treatment are not essential parts of his mission. It is his -province to elucidate the theme under consideration, to guide the efforts -and inquiries of those who come to him for instruction, to direct them -to the sources of information, and to furnish such incentives as he can -towards independent study and investigation. - -Since the data for pedagogy are derived mainly from kindred fields of -investigation, the lecturer on the science and art of education has -frequent occasion to cite authorities and to utilize the labors and -conclusions of the men eminent in the sciences which throw light upon -the growth of the child, more especially upon the development of mind -and character. The most original writers quote very little, and those -who are anxious to establish a reputation for originality refrain from -quoting others. It is the business of the lecturer to lead the hearer to -the sources of information. When anything has been so well said that he -cannot improve upon the form of statement it is proper that he should -quote the language, carefully giving the source whence it is derived. -Without doubt, when the genius appears who will do for pedagogy what -Aristotle did for logic and Euclid for geometry, he will so polish every -gem he gets from others and give it a setting so unique and appropriate -that the world will recognize the touch of the master and acknowledge the -contribution as peculiarly his own handiwork. In painting and sculpture -we look to the past for the greatest works of art. In music the century -now closing has rivalled, if not surpassed, its predecessors. In the -science and art of education the greatest achievements belong to the -future. It is currently reported and sometimes believed that when the -president of a celebrated university was asked why he had transferred a -certain professor from the department of geology to that of pedagogy, he -replied, “I thought the fellow would do less harm in that department.” If -the story is not a myth, he probably meant less harm to the reputation -of the university. When in our day a course in geology or logic or -geometry is announced, one can foretell the ground that will be covered. -No such prediction can be made with reference to a course of lectures -on teaching. The prophet is yet to come who will fix the scope of the -science of education and give it something like definite and abiding -shape. - -This volume is not designed to supplant systematic treatises on -psychology and logic. Its aim is to throw light upon one important phase -of the art of teaching. If it contributes but two mites to the treasury -of information on the science and art of education, the labor bestowed -upon it has not been in vain. Should any critic hint that two mites are -all one has to give, it may be said in reply that it is better to give -something than to give nothing at all, and that according to Holy Writ -the smallest contributions are not to be despised if made in the right -spirit. And it may add to the critic’s stock of ideas to be informed -that a small English weight, called mite, outweighs very many of the -current criticisms upon modern education, that of this small weight it -takes twenty to make a grain, and that to a faithful teacher a tenth of a -grain of helpful suggestion is worth more than many tons of destructive -criticism. - - - - -CONTENTS - - - CHAPTER PAGE - - I.—MAKE THE PUPILS THINK 21 - - II.—THINKING IN THINGS AND IN SYMBOLS 35 - - III.—THE MATERIALS OF THOUGHT 47 - - IV.—BASAL CONCEPTS AS THOUGHT-MATERIAL 63 - - V.—THE INSTRUMENTS OF THOUGHT 85 - - VI.—TECHNICAL TERMS AS INSTRUMENTS OF THOUGHT 99 - - VII.—THOUGHT AND LANGUAGE 111 - - VIII.—THE STIMULUS TO THINKING 123 - - IX.—THE RIGHT USE OF BOOKS 137 - - X.—OBSERVATION AND THINKING 155 - - XI.—THE MEMORY AND THINKING 167 - - XII.—IMAGING AND THINKING 191 - - XIII.—THE STREAM OF THOUGHT 209 - - XIV.—THE STREAM OF THOUGHT IN LISTENING AND READING 223 - - XV.—THE STREAM OF THOUGHT IN WRITING, SPEAKING, AND ORAL - READING 239 - - XVI.—KINDS OF THINKING 255 - - XVII.—THINKING AND KNOWING 269 - - XVIII.—THINKING AND FEELING 289 - - XIX.—THINKING AND WILLING 303 - - XX.—THINKING AND DOING 317 - - XXI.—THINKING IN THE ARTS 331 - - XXII.—THINKING AND THE HIGHER LIFE 341 - - - - -I - -MAKE THE PUPILS THINK - - The value of a thought cannot be told. - - BAILEY. - - He who will not reason is a bigot; he who cannot is a fool; he - who dares not is a slave. - - BYRON. - - Reason is the glory of human nature, and one of the chief - eminences whereby we are raised above the beasts in this lower - world. - - WATTS. - - Man is not the prince of creatures, - But in reason. Fail that, he is worse - Than horse, or dog, or beast of wilderness. - - FIELD. - - Man is a thinking being, whether he will or no. All he can do - is to turn his thoughts the best way. - - SIR W. TEMPLE. - - -I - -MAKE THE PUPILS THINK - -[Sidenote: A test of teaching.] - -For the purpose of testing the quality of gold alloy jewellers formerly -used a fine-grained dark stone, called the touchstone. In the eyes of an -educator good instruction is more precious than pure gold. The touchstone -by which he tests the quality of instruction, so as to distinguish -genuine teaching from its counterfeit, rote teaching, is thinking. The -schoolmaster who teaches by rote is satisfied if the pupils repeat his -words or those of the book; the true teacher sees to it that the pupils -think the thoughts which the words convey. - -[Sidenote: Thring’s practice.] - -Thring, who, next to Arnold, was perhaps the greatest teacher England -ever had, laid much stress upon thinking. Sometimes he would startle a -dull lad, in the midst of an exercise, by asking, “What have you got -sticking up between your shoulders?” “My head,” was the reply. “How does -it differ from a turnip?” And by questioning he would elicit the answer, -“The head thinks; the turnip does not.” - -[Sidenote: Views of others.] - -So important is thinking in all teaching that at the World’s Educational -Congress, in 1893, one educator after another rose in his place to -emphasize the maxim, “Make the pupils think.” One of the most advanced of -the reformers shouted in almost frantic tones, “Yes, make even the very -babies think.” After the wise men had returned to their homes, a Chicago -periodical raised the query, “How can you stop a pupil from thinking?” -And the conclusion it announced was that neither the teacher behind -the desk nor the tyrant upon his throne can stop a pupil from thinking. -Evidently, if that which sticks up between a boy’s shoulders is a head -and not a turnip, if the pupil is rational and not an imbecile or an -idiot, he does some thinking for himself; and the maxim, “Make the pupils -think,” requires further analysis before it can be helpful in the art of -teaching. - -[Sidenote: Thinking for one’s self. Relying on others.] - -We who teach are very apt to overestimate thinking in our own line -of work and to undervalue thinking outside of the school. There is, -perhaps, as much good thought in a lady’s bonnet as in the solution of -a quadratic equation. A sewing-machine embodies as much genuine thought -as the demonstration of a geometrical theorem. The construction of a -locomotive or a railway bridge displays as much effective thinking as -Hegel’s “Philosophy of History,” or Kant’s “Critique of the Pure Reason.” -Most men think very well in doing their own kind of work; in many other -spheres of activity they must let other people think for them. When the -professor of astronomy discusses a problem connected with his science, he -thinks for himself; but when he buys a piece of land, he gets a lawyer to -think for him in the examination of the title and the preparation of the -deed. The lawyer thinks for himself in the court-house; but when he goes -home to dine, he expects his wife, or the cook, to have done the thinking -for him in the preparation of the dinner. Grover Cleveland had the -reputation of thinking for himself: many a politician found out that this -reputation was founded on fact; but when the ex-President is sick, or has -the toothache, he is willing to let a physician or a dentist think for -him. In like manner, a pupil may think very well upon the play-ground; -but if the teacher, whose very name indicates the function of guiding, -fails to guide the pupil aright, the latter may become a mere parrot in -the class-room. What, then, is involved in making a pupil think? - -[Sidenote: Thinking defined.] - -The difficulty in answering this question is increased by the diversity -of meanings of the word _thinking_. The teacher who is not clear in his -use of the term may employ exercises calculated to develop one kind of -mental activity, and then accuse the pupils of dulness because they do -not show facility in some other intellectual process. When a text-book on -mental science defines the intellect as the power by which we think, the -term _thinking_ is used to designate every form of intellectual activity. -The Century Dictionary defines thinking as an exercise of the cognitive -faculties in any way not involving outward observation, or the passive -reception of ideas from other minds. The logician defines thinking as the -process of comparing two ideas through their relation to a third. Many -exercises of the school are supposed to cultivate thinking in the last -sense of the word, when in reality they cultivate thinking only in the -widest acceptation of the term. - -[Sidenote: A faulty exercise.] - -The writer saw a normal school principal conduct an exercise in thinking, -as the latter called it. Turning to one of the pupils, he said, “Charley, -will you please think of something?” As soon as the boy raised his hand -the principal asked, “Does it belong to the animal, the vegetable, or -the mineral kingdom?” Then turning to the other members of the class, -he said, “Who of you can think of the vegetable in Charley’s mind?” The -names of at least forty different vegetables were given and spelled and -written upon the black-board. At last a pupil succeeded in naming what -was in Charley’s mind. Then there was a look of triumph upon the faces -of the principal and the class, as much as to say, “Isn’t that splendid -thinking?” At least one person felt like burying his face in his hands -for very shame; for here was resurrected from the dead an old exercise -of philanthropinism which was buried more than a hundred years ago. What -should one call that kind of mental activity? _Guessing._ That is all it -is. The exercise tended to beget a habit very difficult to break up after -it has been formed. - -[Sidenote: A better plan.] - -Far better was an exercise which the writer witnessed in a graded school. -The teacher had called the class in the second reader. As soon as all -the pupils were seated she said, “You may read the first paragraph.” -Instead of reading orally, the class became so quiet that one might have -heard a pin drop. After most of the hands were raised she called upon -one pupil to tell what the paragraph said. The second paragraph was read -and the substance of it stated in the pupil’s own words. An omission was -supplied by another pupil; an incorrect phrase was modified by giving -the correct words for conveying the thought. In the course of the lesson -it became necessary to clarify the ideas of some. This was accomplished -by a few pertinent questions which made the pupils think for themselves. -After the entire lesson had been read in this way she dismissed the -class without assigning a lesson. Every member of the class went to -his seat, took out his slate, and began to write out the lesson in his -own language. The interest and pleasure depicted on their faces showed -that it was not a task but a joy to express thought by the pencil. The -teacher had given them something to think about; she had taught them to -express their thoughts in spoken and written language; her questions had -stimulated their thinking, and when, later in the day, the lesson in oral -reading was given, the vocal utterance showed that every pupil understood -what he was reading. There was no parrot-like utterance of vocables, -but an expression of thought based upon a thorough understanding and -appreciation of what was read. The silent reading was an exercise in -thought-getting and thought-begetting, the language lesson upon the slate -was an exercise in active thinking through written words, and the oral -expression furnished a test by which the teacher could ascertain what she -had accomplished in getting her pupils to think. - -[Sidenote: A suggestive reply.] - -The first thing necessary in making the pupil think is best shown by -relating another incident. The catalogue of a well-known school announced -that the teachers were aiming to get their pupils to read Latin at -sight and to think in more tongues than one. A captious superintendent -wrote to the principal, saying, “I envy you. How do you do it? We would -be satisfied if we could make pupils think in English.” The reply was -equally sharp and suggestive: “You ask how we make pupils think. I -answer, By giving them something to think about. If you ask how we -make them think in more tongues than one, I answer, By giving them, in -addition to the materials of thought, the instruments of thought as found -in two or more languages.” - -[Sidenote: The first essential.] - -The first step in training a pupil to think is to furnish him proper -materials of thought, to develop in his mind the concepts which lie at -the basis of a branch of study, and which must be analyzed, compared, -and combined in new forms during the prosecution of that study. Just as -little as a boy can draw fish from an empty pond, so little can he draw -ideas, thoughts, and conclusions from an empty head. If the fundamental -ideas are not carefully developed when the study of a new science is -begun, all subsequent thinking on the part of the pupil is necessarily -hazy, uncertain, unsatisfactory. How can a pupil compare two ideas or -concepts and join them in a correct judgment if there is nothing in his -mind except the technical terms by which the scientist denotes these -ideas? The idea of number lies at the basis of arithmetic. How often are -beginners expected to think in figures without having a clear idea of -what figures denote! What teacher has not seen children wrestling with -fractions who had no idea of a fraction save that of two figures, one -above the other, with a line between them! How many of our arithmetics -are full of problems involving business transactions of which the pupil -cannot possibly have an adequate idea! Not having clear ideas of the -things to be compared, how can the learner form clear and accurate -judgments and conclusions? - -[Sidenote: Proper thought-material.] - -So essential to correct thinking is the development of the concepts and -ideas which lie at the basis of each science, that we may designate the -giving to the pupil of something to think about as the first and most -important step in the solution of the educational problem before us. In -other words, the furnishing of the proper materials of thought is the -first step in teaching others to think. The force and the validity of -this proposition are easily seen if we reflect upon the essential oneness -of the manifold diversities of thinking as they appear at school and in -subsequent years. - -[Sidenote: Thinking in the professions.] - -It is universally conceded that education should be a preparation for -life. The thinking at school should be an adumbration of the thinking -beyond the school. The possession of enough data, or thought-materials, -for reaching trustworthy conclusions, which is the indispensable -requisite of successful thinking at school, is likewise a necessary -requisite of successful thinking in practical life. It behooves us to -inquire into the nature and foundation of the thinking of men in the -professions, and in other vocations, for the purpose of gaining further -light upon the problem before us. Let us, then, inquire into the nature -and foundation of the thinking of men eminent in a profession or -prominent in some other vocation. The professional man may have less -native ability, less general knowledge, less culture and education, less -mental power than the client whom he advises or the patient for whom he -prescribes; and yet his inferences and conclusions are accepted as more -trustworthy than those of men outside of the given profession, because -he has a knowledge of facts and data which they do not possess. If he be -a physician, special training and professional experience have taught -him how to observe the symptoms of different diseases; how to eliminate -sources of doubt and error; how to reach a correct diagnosis of difficult -cases, and how to apply the proper remedies. If he be a lawyer, he has -been taught how to examine court records; how to detect and guard against -flaws in legal documents; how to find and interpret the law in specific -cases; how to protect the life and property of his client. The judge on -the bench is learned in the law, though he may be ignorant of science, -literature, agriculture, commerce, and manufactures. He is aided in -arriving at correct conclusions by thought-materials which are not in the -possession of laymen. - -[Sidenote: The thinking of experts.] - -[Sidenote: Teaching not a trade.] - -How does the thinking of an expert differ from that of other men? Not so -much in the processes of thought as in the data upon which he reasons. -An ordinary witness may testify as to matters of fact; the expert is -supposed to possess extensive knowledge and superior discrimination in a -particular branch of learning or practice; hence he may be a witness in -matters as to which ordinary observers cannot form just conclusions, and -he is held liable for negligence in case he injures another from want of -proper qualifications or proper use of the thought-materials necessary -to form trustworthy conclusions. From this point of view we can see new -force and beauty in the remark of Fitch that teaching is the noblest of -the professions, but the sorriest of trades. The aim of a trade is to -make something that will sell; its ultimate aim is money, a livelihood. -Teaching and the other professions, although they cannot be sundered from -money-making, have a nobler aim. This arises out of the thought-materials -with which they deal. If a teacher’s mind does not busy itself with -these, he sinks to the level of a tradesman. A very keen observer said of -the head of a large boarding-school, that he had learned his trade from -the principal of a large normal school under whom he had been trained. -The remark, if true, was severe, but significant. It was an intimation -that the substance of the thinking of these two men was business rather -than education; that their conversation about the quality of the beef and -mutton served, about the loaves of bread, the pounds of butter, and the -bushels of potatoes consumed each week, indicated that they were thinking -more of the stomach and the purse than of the things of the mind; that -their aim was a large attendance and a large cash-balance at the end -of the year rather than the mental growth and professional preparation -of their students. Their thinking was efficient and trustworthy in -the domain in which it was exercised. It partook of the nature of -trade-thinking, and lacked professional quality because it did not -concern itself with problems of mental growth and moral training, with -the proper sequence of studies, with the educational value of different -kinds of knowledge, and with the best methods of economizing the time and -effort of their students. - -[Sidenote: Mysteries.] - -In several aspects teaching is like a trade. Every art has its mysteries, -with which those who practise it must be familiar if they would succeed. -Teaching is no exception; and if the annual institute or the school of -pedagogy fails to clarify these mysteries by putting the teachers in -possession of materials for thought and of methods of applying knowledge -to beget thinking which are not within the ken of the average parent -and the general public, then failure must be written over the outcome. -A mystery is a lesson to be learned. A scrutiny of the mysteries which -characterize every trade and every art will serve not merely to emphasize -the necessity for furnishing proper thought-materials, but will be -helpful also in paving the way for the consideration of another essential -in training pupils to think. Let us view them in the concrete. - -[Sidenote: Examples.] - -A machinist, who was also a skilled mechanic, was compelled by -circumstances to quit his trade and to accept a position as janitor. -One day the pipe leading from the sink to the sewer was clogged. The -teacher, in conjunction with a carpenter, worked a long time to fix it, -but in vain. The janitor was called, who in a few moments overcame the -difficulty by the application of a principle in natural philosophy on -which the teacher could have talked learnedly, although he knew not how -to apply it in the given case. The janitor related how the foreman in a -foundry was baffled in the effort to bore a hole through a piece of iron -until a workman, trained under a foreign master, suggested the purchase -of two things at a drug-store by means of which the hole was easily -bored. When the druggist asked about the use that was to be made of these -chemicals, he was told that the use was one of the mysteries of the -machinist’s trade. - -Next, the carpenter fixed the mortise lock of a door which needed -attention, and the others lauded the skill with which he handled his -tools and applied his knowledge. Before the three separated, the -janitor’s son came with a word which he could not find in his lexicon. -With the aid of chalk and black-board and grammar, the teacher showed -how to dig out the roots of a Greek verb and what beautiful changes occur -in its conjugation. The turn had come for the tradesmen to admire the -mysterious skill and power of the teacher. - -In applying the principle of natural philosophy, the janitor made skilful -use of one or two tools which the teacher and the carpenter had never -seen. He could express thought through the tools of his own handicraft, -in ways that they could not. Each one of the three men knew the tools -and the mysteries of his own vocation. During the entire scene there was -not a logical flaw in the thinking of any one of them. Probably there -was little difference in their native ability; certainly none in the -fundamental nature of their thought-processes. The practical difference -resulted from the data at their command and from the tools they were -using to express the thoughts peculiar to their several vocations. - -[Sidenote: Man, the tool-user.] - -[Sidenote: Instruments of thought the second essential.] - -The power to use tools, instruments, and machinery lifts man above the -brute creation. There is labor-saving machinery in thinking as well -as in manual labor. The more perfect the tools with which we work the -greater the results we can achieve without waste of effort. In thinking -as well as in working we must use the best tools in order to attain the -greatest facility and efficiency. Yonder are two wheat-fields. In one -of them a giant is wielding the sickle of our forefathers; in the other -a youth, not yet out of his teens, is at work. At the close of the day -the work of the giant will not bear comparison with that of the lad, -because the latter was sitting upon a self-binder. They had the same -material to work upon, yet, in spite of his superior strength, the giant -could not cope with his weaker though better-equipped competitor. In -like manner, the youth who has mastered the algebraic equation, or the -symbols and formulas of chemistry, is in many respects the superior of a -much brighter man who is not in possession of these tools or instruments -of thought. A boy of average capacity who goes through a good high -school thereby acquires certain fundamental ideas and the accompanying -instruments of thought by which he is enabled to solve problems entirely -beyond the power of a much brighter boy who never studies beyond the -grammar grade. - -[Sidenote: Confusion in thought and practice.] - -The instruments of thought are generally spoken of as symbols, whilst -the materials of thought are the things for which the symbols stand. In -thinking, the mind may employ the ideas which correspond to the things -in the external world; or it may employ the symbols by which science -indicates things that have been definitely fixed or quantified. Failure -to distinguish the sign from the thing signified, the symbol from its -reality, leads to confusion in thought and to the most disastrous results -in mental development. Loss of appetite for knowledge must inevitably -result from methods of teaching by which the pupil is expected to learn -the sounds of the letters from their names, or musical sounds from the -notation on the staff, or the ideas of number from the arabic notation, -or a knowledge of flowers from the technical terms of a text-book, or -a knowledge of chemical elements and substances from the definitions, -descriptions, and formulas of a scientific treatise. The symbol is -indispensable in advanced thinking; but to expect the learner to get the -fundamental ideas of a science from words, symbols, and definitions is -evidence that the teacher does not understand the nature of thinking. It -may, therefore, be helpful to set forth clearly the important distinction -between thinking in things and thinking in symbols; to point out their -relative value in mental development; and to fix their place in a -rational system of education. - - - - -II - -THINKING IN THINGS AND IN SYMBOLS - - The rote system, like other systems of its age, made more of - forms and symbols than of the things symbolized. To repeat - the words correctly was everything, to understand the meaning - nothing; and thus the spirit was sacrificed to the letter. - - HERBERT SPENCER. - - Words are men’s daughters, but God’s sons are things. - - JOHNSON. - - For words are wise men’s counters,—they do but reckon by - them,—but they are the money of fools. - - HOBBES. - - It is only by the help of language (or some other equivalent - set of signs) that we can think in the strict sense of the - word; that is to say, consider things under their general or - common aspects. - - SULLY. - - -II - -THINKING IN THINGS AND IN SYMBOLS - -[Sidenote: Lesson in geography.] - -[Sidenote: Two kinds of thinking.] - -Within half a mile of the Susquehanna River a teacher was asking the -class, “Of what is the earth’s surface composed?” “Of land and water,” -was the reply. In answer to a question by the superintendent concerning -the earth’s surface, one boy declared that he had never seen the earth. -He had been acquiring words without the corresponding ideas. Turning to -another boy, this official said, “Will you please show me water?” With -a gleam of satisfaction on his face, the lad raised his atlas, pointed -to the blue coloring around the map of North America, and said, “That -is water.” “Will you please drink it?” The expression on the faces of -teacher and pupils indicated that all felt as if some one had committed -a blunder. Where did the blunder lie? Had the teacher taught what should -not be learned? Surely, every child should learn how water is indicated -on a map. Did the boy use language wrong in idiom? By no means; for, as -every student who has handled a lexicon well knows, many words have both -a literal and a tropical, or figurative, meaning. If, pointing to an -object, the teacher says, “This is a desk,” he uses the word is in its -literal sense. On the other hand, if he points to a division on the map -of the United States, and says, “This is Pennsylvania,” he does not mean -that the colored surface to which he is pointing is the real State of -Pennsylvania (if it were, a political boss could pocket it, and carry it -the rest of his days without further trouble). What is meant is, that -a given space on the map indicates or represents Pennsylvania, the word -_is_ being used, in the latter instance, in a figurative sense. Whether -the word _is_, in the expression, “This is my body,” should be understood -in a literal or in a figurative sense has been discussed for ages in the -Christian church. In the answer of the boy we strike a distinction in -thought that lies at the basis of good teaching in all grades of schools, -from the kindergarten to the university,—namely, the distinction between -thinking in things and thinking in symbols. In one sense of the word, all -thinking is symbolic; for the percepts, concepts, and images of external -objects which the mind employs in the thinking process are symbolic of -the things for which they stand. But in advanced thinking, and especially -in scientific investigations, objective symbols, such as words, signs, -letters, equations, formulas, technical terms and expressions, are -utilized to facilitate the thinking process. Take the age questions in -mental arithmetic that have been prematurely inflicted upon so many -pupils in the public schools. So long as the mind consciously carries -A’s age and the wife’s age, using the clumsy instruments of arithmetical -analysis, the thinking is difficult indeed. As soon as _x_ is made -the symbol of A’s age, and _y_ the symbol of the wife’s age, so that -the conditions of the problem can be thrown into algebraic equations, -the difficulty vanishes. In the algebraic solution the mind drops all -thought of A’s age and the wife’s age while manipulating the signs and -symbols of the equation, and restores the meaning of the symbols only -when their value in figures has been found. The algebraic solution is a -genuine specimen of thinking in symbols, and illustrates the labor-saving -machinery which the human mind employs, more or less, in all the most -difficult scientific investigations. - -[Sidenote: Symbol defined.] - -What is a symbol? It is a mark, sign, or visible representation of -an idea. The mathematician uses the symbol to represent quantities, -operations, and relations. The chemist uses the symbol to indicate -elements and their groupings or combinations. The theologian applies the -term symbol to creeds and abstract statements of doctrine. The grips, -countersigns, and passwords of a secret society may be spoken of as -symbols of the ideas, aims, and principles of the organization. Often -the symbol is chosen on account of some supposed resemblance between -it and that for which it stands, as when black is made the symbol -of mourning, white of purity, the oak of strength, and the sword of -slaughter. “A symbol,” says Kate Douglass Wiggin, “may be considered to -be a sensuous object which suggests an idea, or it may be defined as the -sign or representation of something moral or intellectual by the images -or properties of natural things, as we commonly say, for instance, that -the lion is the symbol of courage, the dove the symbol of gentleness. -It need not be an object any more than an action or an event, for the -emerging of the butterfly from the chrysalis may be a symbol of the -resurrection of the body, or the silver lining of the cloud typify the -joy that shines through adversity.” Frequently the symbol is chosen -arbitrarily, or because it is the first letter of the word which denotes -the quality, substance, thing, or idea for which the symbol stands. -Generally the symbol is a visible representation, but it may also address -the other senses, notably the ear and the sense of touch. The Standard -Dictionary excludes the portrait from the extent or scope of the symbol, -and confines it to the representation of that which is not capable of -portraiture, as an idea, state, quality, or action. It is well to bear -this limitation in mind during the present discussion. - -[Sidenote: Examples.] - -A few illustrations will serve to fix the sense of the word symbol. In -some parts of America the tramps have a system of symbols of their own, a -given mark on the front gate indicating a good place to ask for a meal, -another indicating a cross dog in the rear yard. That which the tramp -fears or likes is not the mark which he sees, but a very real thing which -that mark suggests to his mind. A number of the apostles were fishermen -by trade. The fish became a very significant symbol in the days of early -Christianity. The letters in the Greek name for fish are the initial -letters of the expression, Jesus Christ, God’s Son, Saviour. It is one of -many instances showing how the human mind delights in heaping symbol upon -symbol to conceal precious meanings from the uninitiated. - -[Sidenote: Symbols for water.] - -What was the mental condition of the lad spoken of at the beginning of -this chapter? The boy knew the real thing long before he knew the first -symbol for water. Without doubt he had tasted it, played in it against -his mother’s will, been washed in it against his own will, for months -before he learned the first symbol for water used in common by him and -others, which was probably the spoken word. Up to that time he thought -of water in some mental picture or image which had been formed upon the -eye and then upon mind somewhat as the picture is formed through the art -of the photographer. Up to the time that he learned the spoken word for -water this liquid suggested mental pictures which constituted a thinking -in things[1] rather than in symbols, using the latter term according to -the limitation set by the Standard Dictionary. On entering school he -was taught to read; he added to the ear-symbol the eye-symbol,—that is, -the written or printed word, which he may have associated at first with -the real thing, or with the spoken word; of course, very soon with both, -if correct methods of teaching were followed. Next, he was taught the -map-symbol. The blunder which the teacher on the banks of the Susquehanna -had committed consisted not in teaching how water is indicated on a map, -but in not pointing to the majestic river near the school-house, and -associating the water in its channel with the representations of water -on a map. If the boy studied Latin or Greek, he was taught new symbols -for water in the corresponding words of these languages. If he studied -chemistry, he early learned the composition of water, and was thenceforth -taught to write it H₂O, a symbol enshrining a new truth and lifting him -to higher planes of thought by giving him a new instrument as well as new -materials of thought. - -[Sidenote: Sources of error.] - -[Sidenote: Elementary instruction.] - -Half the errors in teaching arise from the fact that the teacher does not -constantly bear in mind the distinction between the symbol and the thing -for which the symbol stands, thus giving rise to confusion in the mind -of the learner. A class was bounding the different States of the Union. -At the close of the recitation the superintendent suggested that the -class bound the school-house. It was bounded on the north by the roof, -on the south by the cellar, on the east and west by walls. The geography -classes of an entire city were caught in that way. Either the pupils had -not been taught, or else they had forgotten the difference between the -real directions and the ordinary representation of them on the surface -of a wall map. Sometimes the confusion exists in the mind of the teacher -as well as in the minds of the pupils. Then he expects them to learn one -thing while he teaches them another. By the methods formerly in vogue -the pupil was expected to learn the sounds of the letters from their -names; the pronunciation of the word from the names of the letters which -compose it; the names, forms, and sounds of letters from the word taught -as a whole; the musical sounds from the notation on a musical staff; the -ideas of number, of fractions, from the corresponding symbols; the units -of denominate numbers and of the metric system from the names used in -the tables of weights and measures; the flowers of the field from the -nomenclature of the botany; the substances and experiments in chemistry -from the descriptions and pictures of a text-book. Such teaching has -given rise to endless lectures, editorials, and discussions upon the use -of the concrete in teaching, upon the value of thinking in things, upon -the importance of object-lessons, laboratory methods, and the like. - -[Sidenote: More advanced instruction.] - -But there is another side to the question. There comes a time in the -development of the pupil when he must rise above the sticks and shoe-pegs -and blocks of the elementary arithmetic, and learn to think in the -symbols of the Arabic notation. Later he must learn to think in the more -comprehensive symbols of the algebraic notation. He must learn to think -the abstract and general concepts of science, and, in thinking these, to -use the devices, technical terms, and other symbols which the scientists -have invented to facilitate their thinking. - -[Sidenote: A parable.] - -Hear a parable. A teacher sat down to dinner. The waiter handed him the -bill of fare. The proprietor followed the waiter to the kitchen, directed -him to cut out the names of the eatables which had been ordered, and to -carry these names on plates to the dining-room. “It is not these words,” -exclaimed the guest, “that I desire to eat, but the things in the -kitchen for which these words stand.” “Isn’t that what you pedagogues -are doing all the time, expecting children to make an intellectual meal -on words such as are found in the columns of the spelling-book and -attached on maps to the black dots which you call cities? My boy gravely -informs me that every State capital has its ring, because on his map -there is always a ring around the dot called the capital of a country.” -The teacher was forced to admit that there is, alas! too much truth -in the allegation. In the afternoon he took revenge. Knowing that the -proprietor had a thousand-dollar draft to be cashed, he arranged with -the banker to have it paid in silver coin. When the landlord saw the -growing heap of coin, he exclaimed, “If I must be paid in silver, can -you not give me silver certificates?” “Did you not intimate to me,” said -the teacher, tapping him on the shoulder, “that it is the real things we -want, and not words and symbols which stand for realities?” The landlord -was obliged to admit that in the larger transactions of the mercantile -world it saves time and is far more convenient to use checks, drafts, -and other symbols for money than it would be to use the actual cash. In -elementary transactions, like the purchase of a necktie, it is better -to use the cash, to think and deal in real money, but when it comes to -the distribution of five and one-half million dollars among the school -districts of Pennsylvania, it is better to draw warrants upon the State -Treasurer, to use checks and drafts, and to think in figures, than it -would be to count so much coin, and send the appropriation in that form -all over a great commonwealth. - -[Sidenote: Its interpretation.] - -The parable hardly needs an interpretation. Its lesson points in two -directions. On the one hand, it shows in the true light every species of -rote teaching, of parrot-like repetition of definitions, statements, -and lists of words which give a show of knowledge without the substance. -It puts the seal of condemnation on most forms of pure memory work. It -sounds the note of warning to all teachers who are trying to improve the -memory by concert recitations. The boy whose class was taught to define -a point as position without length, breadth, or thickness, and who, when -asked to recite alone, gave the definition, “A point has a physician -without strength, health, or sickness,” is but one of many specimens of -class-teaching condemned by the parable. It says in unmistakable terms -that all elementary instruction must start in the concrete, taking up -the objects or things to be known, and resolutely refusing to begin with -statements and definitions which to the children are a mere jargon of -words. - -[Sidenote: Making blockheads.] - -On the other hand, the parable indicates how too long-continued use of -the concrete may arrest development, and hinder the learner from reaching -the stages of advanced thinking. It hints that the too constant use of -blocks, however valuable at first, ultimately begets blockheads, instead -of intelligences capable of the higher life of thought and reflection. A -rational system of pedagogy involves proper attention to the materials of -thought and proper care in furnishing the instruments by which advanced -thinking is made easy and effective. In one respect the parable does -not set forth the whole truth. It makes no account of differences in -thinking due to heredity and mental training. The differences in native -ability are, however, not as great as is generally supposed (unless the -feeble-minded enter into the comparison); the differences due to correct -training, or the neglect of it, are far more striking. The work expected -of the pupil should, of course, tally with his capacity; otherwise it -will force him to resort to pernicious helps, beget in him wrong habits -of study, rob him of the sense of mastery and the joy of intellectual -achievement, and destroy his self-reliance, his power of initiative, and -his ability to grapple with difficult problems and perplexing questions. -The power to think grows by judicious exercise. Here better than anywhere -else in the whole domain of school work can we distinguish the genuine -coin from its counterfeit, and discriminate between true skill and -quackery, between the artist and the artisan. It is at this point that -most help can be given to young teachers by a good course of lectures -on learning to think and on the difficult art of stimulating others to -think. - - - - -III - -THE MATERIALS OF THOUGHT - - A vast abundance of objects must lie before us ere we can think - upon them. - - GOETHE. - - The young have a strong appetite for reality, and the teacher - who does not make use of that appetite is not wise. - - J. S. BLACKIE. - - The child’s restless observation, instead of being ignored - or checked, should be diligently ministered to, and made as - accurate as possible. - - HERBERT SPENCER. - - What do you read, my lord? - Words, words, words. - - HAMLET. - - You have an exchequer of words, and I think no other treasure. - - TWO GENTLEMEN OF VERONA. - - -III - -THE MATERIALS OF THOUGHT - -[Sidenote: Words without thoughts.] - -The hotel man was right in his criticism of teachers who expect their -pupils to make an intellectual meal on mere words. For three hundred -years educational reformers have been hurling their epithets against -this abuse. Has it been banished from the schools? By no means. It -crops out anew with every generation of teachers and in every grade of -instruction from the kindergarten to the university. During the years in -which a child acquires several languages without difficulty, if it hears -them spoken, the mind is eager for words and often appropriates them -regardless of their meaning. The child learns rhymes and phrases for the -sake of the jingle that is in them, and cares very little for clearly -defined ideas and thoughts. So strong and retentive is the memory for -words that the child finds it easier to learn by heart entire sentences -than to think the thoughts therein expressed. Like a willing and obedient -slave, the verbal memory can be made to do the work of the other mental -powers. The merest glimpse at a picture may recall all the sentences on -the same page, so that the pupil can repeat them with the book closed or -the back turned towards the reading chart. The recollection of what the -ear has heard may thus relieve the eye of its function in seeing words, -degrade the child to the level of a parrot, and thereby greatly hinder -progress in learning to read. Very frequently the memory is required to -perform work belonging to the reflective powers, because the learner -is thereby saved the trouble of comprehending the lesson and expressing -its substance in his own language. Moreover, the accurate statement -of a truth is apt to be accepted as evidence of knowledge and correct -thinking. The average examination tests very little more than the memory. -If the answers are given in the language of the text-book or the teacher, -the examiner seldom supplements the written work by an oral examination. -Thus there is a constant tendency on the part of teachers and pupils to -rest satisfied with correct forms of statement; and the pernicious custom -of feeding the mind on mere words is encouraged and perpetuated. Exposed -in plain terms, this abuse of words is condemned by everybody; yet it -is as easy at this point to slide into the wrong practice as it is to -fall into the sins forbidden by the decalogue. Like Proteus, this abuse -assumes diverse and unexpected forms; instance after instance is needed -to put young teachers on their guard and to expose its pernicious effect -upon methods of instruction and habits of study. To cry “words, words, -nothing but words,” will not suffice to correct the evil, for words must -be used in the best kind of instruction. Line upon line, precept upon -precept, example after example is needed to expose the folly of learning -words without corresponding ideas, of teaching symbols apart from the -things for which they stand. No apology is needed for citing laughable -and flagrant instances in point; ridicule sometimes avails where good -counsel fails. - -[Sidenote: Spelling.] - -A superintendent who advocates spelling-bees and magnifies correct -orthography out of all proportion to its real value startled a class -in the high school by asking for the spelling of a word of five -syllables. Not receiving an immediate answer, he referred to the Greek. -This made the spelling easy for at least one pupil. A year later he -accosted this pupil, saying, “You are the only person that ever spelled -psychopannychism for me.” “What does it mean?” was the question flashed -back at him in return for his compliment. He could not tell, because -he did not know. For years he had worried teachers and pupils with the -spelling of a word whose meaning he had failed to fix accurately in his -own mind.[2] What more effective method could be devised for destroying -correct habits of thinking? - -[Sidenote: Eyesight.] - -There is a time in the life of the child when it is hungry for new words. -The habit of seeing words accurately and learning their spelling at first -sight is then easily acquired, provided there is no defect in the pupil’s -eyes. In cases of defective eyesight the first step towards the solution -of the spelling problem, as well as the first condition in teaching the -pupil to think accurately, is to send him to a skilled oculist (not to a -so-called graduate optician or doctor of refraction, who must make his -living out of the spectacles he sells, and whose limited training does -not enable him to make a correct diagnosis in critical cases). Correct -vision will assist the pupil not merely in learning the exact form of the -words which he uses in writing, but also in forming correct ideas of the -things with which the mind deals in the thought-processes. Although great -stress should be laid upon the orthography of such words in common use as -are frequently misspelled,—daily drill upon lists of these should not be -omitted at school while the child’s word-hunger lasts,—yet it is vastly -more important to acquire an adequate knowledge of the ideas, concepts, -and relations for which the words stand. To spend time upon the spelling -of words which only the specialist uses, and which are easily learned -in connection with the specialty by a student possessing correct mental -habits, is a form of waste that cannot be too severely condemned. It is -far better to spend time in building concepts of things met with in real -life. - -The meaning of very many words is, of course, learned from the connection -in which they occur. This, however, is not true of sesquipedalian words -like the one mentioned above, nor of the technical terms by which science -designates the things that have been accurately defined or quantified. - -[Sidenote: Fundamental ideas.] - -Technical terms are used to denote the ideas which lie at the basis of -science. These fundamental ideas are appropriately called basal concepts. -Since basal concepts cannot be transferred from the teacher’s mind to -the pupils’ minds by merely teaching the corresponding technical terms, -they must be developed by appropriate lessons. If this be neglected, -there may be juggling with words and a show of knowledge; but close, -accurate thinking is impossible. This seems to be so self-evident that -one would hardly expect to meet violations of such a simple rule in the -art of teaching. And yet it is related of the professor of physics in -one of our largest universities that he began his course of lectures in -this wise: “A rearrangement of the courses of study deprived you of the -usual instruction in elementary physics. That is your misfortune, and -not my fault.” Thereupon, he began his lectures on advanced physics as -if the preparation of his class to think the concepts at the foundation -of his science could be ignored without detriment to the progress of -the student, as if confused minds and unsatisfactory thinking were not -the inevitable outcome of juggling with technical terms apart from the -concepts which they denote. A master in the art of teaching would have -started on the plane occupied by the students. By development lessons he -would have lifted them to the plane of thought on which he intended to -move. He would have considered their mental progress of more consequence -than the course of lectures which he was in the habit of delivering. -The student, and not the study, should have held the chief place in his -professional horizon. - -[Sidenote: Abuse of text-books.] - -In another State university the professor of physics applied to an -influential member of the board of trustees for an appropriation for -apparatus. “Teach what is in the text-book; then you will not need -apparatus,” was the reply. It seems almost incredible that a trustee of a -modern university should fail to see the difference between an experiment -actually performed and a description of the experiment in a text-book. -More incredible still does it seem when we hear of professors who see no -difference between an experiment made in the presence of a student and an -experiment made by the student himself. - -[Sidenote: Apparatus and experiments.] - -[Sidenote: Agassiz.] - -Pictures of apparatus and descriptions of experiments should, of course, -not be despised or neglected. They are helpful in forming concepts of -that which cannot be brought before a class. When made by the learner -himself, as a result of his own work, they serve to clarify his thinking, -and furnish a sure test of the pupil’s progress and of the teacher’s -skill as a guide and instructor. A drawing, or even a statement in the -pupil’s own words, is often an astonishing revelation of the crude -notions which pictures give. The city lad who said that a cow was no -bigger than a finger-nail because he had often measured its size in the -First Reader is a typical example. The ability to interpret pictures -and descriptions comes from actual knowledge of things similar to what -is depicted or described. The noted teacher, Agassiz, made a difference -in his directions to beginners and advanced students. To the former he -would give specimens, with directions to study them without referring -to a book. Having taught them how to use their eyes, he would gradually -lead them to the method of interpreting and verifying the statements of -an author. And when the advanced student was set to work at original -investigations, he was told to study certain books, as it would save -much valuable time. One of his pupils writes, “I shall never forget a -forceful lesson given me by the great Agassiz, when I studied with him -in the Museum of Cambridge. I worked near a young man from Cleveland, -Ohio, who has since achieved distinction as a teacher of biology. I -was comparatively a beginner, however, while he was well advanced in -his studies. On a certain day Agassiz came sauntering by, and stopped -long enough to tell me not to use the library so much, but to confine -myself to observations of the specimens on hand and the writing of my -observations and comments. Passing on a little farther, he spoke to my -friend and said, ‘Albert, when you go home, this summer, to Cleveland, I -wish you would make a special study of a certain kind of fish found in -the harbor there. It is not found plentifully anywhere else in the world. -Take a row-boat and go three hundred yards northeast of the point of the -breakwater, and you will find them in abundance. Before going home, get -the only three books ever written on this fish from the library here and -read them. It will save your time to read them before beginning to study -the fish itself.’”[3] Agassiz was as anxious to teach the right use of -books as is the professor of literature; but he adapted his directions -to the degree of advancement which his students had attained, and did -not neglect the formation of the basal concepts and the habits of study -needful in the sciences he taught. - -[Sidenote: Botany.] - -How little the exhortations of our educational reformers have been -taken to heart by some teachers is evident from the recent experiences -of a normal school principal, who had great difficulty in finding a -satisfactory teacher of botany. The students could invariably answer -the questions of the State Board of Examiners by filling pages of -manuscript with technical terms. In the field they could not distinguish -one plant from another. In despair, the principal said to his teacher -of psychology, “Why can we not apply common sense to the teaching of -botany? Can we not plant seeds, watch their growth, and study the growing -specimens instead of the pictures in a text-book?” “If you will give me -the class in botany, I will try it,” was the reply. Before the next class -took up botany, every chalk-box was emptied and every flower-pot utilized -in the planting of seeds. In no long time there appeared on the fences -of neighboring farms sign-boards with the inscription, “Trespassing on -these fields is forbidden, under penalty of the law.” The members of the -class were traversing the country, studying the real flowers, the growing -plants, instead of the technical terms of a text-book. At the next final -examination, the herbarium which each one had prepared, together with the -accompanying analysis and drawings of parts which could not be described, -including colorings in imitation of the actual colors of the flowers, -gave evidence of real knowledge, and served to satisfy the examiners, -although the array of technical terms was far less formidable. - -If violations of the fundamental laws of teaching occur in our higher -institutions of learning, what may we not expect in the lower schools -where the teaching is intrusted to young people of limited education? -Nevertheless, it is a notorious fact that the worst forms of teaching -are found in our higher institutions of learning, where many of the -professors seem to know as little of the science of education as the -motorman knows of the science of electricity; otherwise they would make -impossible the use of “ponies, coaches, and keys,” by means of which the -student taxes the memory rather than the understanding, and ultimately -loses all power of independent thought and investigation. Such helps -arrest mental development, destroy the power of original thinking, and -do more harm than the practice of feeding the mind with mere verbal -statements which in course of time may acquire content and meaning. The -study of the sciences which classify minerals, plants, insects, birds, -fishes, and other animals may degenerate into a mere study of words, -even when the student acquires some familiarity with the specimens to -be classified. The scientific name is the one thing about a flower with -which the Creator has had nothing to do, and if the recognition of the -scientific name is the chief or sole aim of the student of botany, it is -a genuine case of feeding the mind on words. - -[Sidenote: Words as material for thought.] - -[Sidenote: Geometry as thought-material.] - -By those who are fond of scientific pursuits the dead languages are -sometimes despised as though the study of them were learned playing with -mere words. Among people who begin their education somewhat late in life -there is a strong temptation to estimate linguistic studies very far -below their true value as a means for disciplining the reasoning faculty. -When pursued in the right way, the study of the classical languages -furnishes as much good material for thought as the natural sciences. -Huxley may charm an audience by a lecture on a piece of chalk; the -philologist can excite equal interest by a lecture on the word chalk. -Words grow and undergo changes according to well-defined laws which -furnish as much food for thought as the laws governing the union of atoms -or the motions of the heavenly bodies. The words of a lexicon contain -as much of precious interest in the sight of man as the manufactured -gases or the plucked leaves and dissected flowers of the laboratory. -Greek and Latin roots have more vitality in them than the collections of -stones, stuffed birds, and transfixed bugs in the museum. The endings -of nouns, adjectives, pronouns, and verbs furnish ample opportunity for -observation, comparison, and reflection; their functions in the syntax -of the sentence furnish splendid exercises in formal and qualitative -thinking. If, however, the time of the pupil is entirely consumed in -mastering the hundreds of exceptions to the rules of gender and case, -of declensions and conjugations, of syntax and prosody, it is another -sad instance of feeding the mind on mere words. The pupil who begins the -study of any foreign language before he has reached his teens should -acquire the power to read the language at sight; otherwise there has been -something faulty in the methods of teaching or of study, or in both. A -man is as many times a man as he knows languages; and the comparison of -the idioms of two or more languages furnishes most excellent material -for careful and accurate thinking. In translating an author like Plato -the student must think the thoughts of a master mind, weigh words so as -to detect the finer shades of meaning, and arrange them in sentences -that shall adequately express the meaning of the original. The value -of pure mathematics, especially the Euclidian geometry, as a means for -the cultivation of thinking, lies in the limited number of fundamental -concepts which must be clearly fixed and in the nature of the reasoning -by which the truth of the theorems is established. The axioms are few -in number and easily grasped; the quantities to be defined can, without -difficulty, be set in a clear light before the understanding; the chain -of proof compels the mind to join ideas by their logical nexus, and if -the learner persists in memorizing the demonstration, he is at once -detected. And yet when, as sometimes happens, he goes over several books -of geometry without clearly perceiving the difference between an angle -and a triangle, it must be a genuine specimen of acquiring words without -the corresponding ideas. - -[Sidenote: S. S. Greene’s views.] - -The words of S. S. Greene deserve the attention of every teacher anxious -to prevent the formation of vicious habits of thought by the pupils -in our schools and colleges. Years ago he wrote as follows: “While an -external object may be viewed by thousands in common, the idea or image -of it addresses itself only to the individual consciousness. My idea or -image is mine alone,—the reward of careless observation, if imperfect; -of attentive, careful, and varied observation, if correct. Between mine -and yours a great gulf is fixed. No man can pass from mine to yours, or -from yours to mine. Neither, in any proper sense of the word, can mine -be conveyed to you. Words do not convey thoughts; they are not vehicles -of thought in any true sense of that term. A word is simply a common -symbol which each associates with his own idea or image. Neither can -I compare mine with yours, except through the mediation of external -objects. And, then, how do I know that they are alike; that a measure -called a foot, for instance, seems as long to you as to me? My idea of -a new object, which you and I observe together, may be very imperfect. -By it I attribute to the object what does not belong to it, take from -it what does, distort its form, and otherwise pervert it. Suppose, now, -at the time of observation we agree upon a word as a sign or symbol -of the object or the idea of it. The object is withdrawn; the idea -only remains,—imperfect in my case, complete and vivid in yours. The -sign is employed. Does it bring back the original object? By no means. -Does it convey my idea to your mind? Nothing of the kind; you would be -disgusted with the shapeless image. Does it convey yours to me? No; I -should be delighted at the sight. What does it effect? It becomes the -occasion for each to call up his own image. Does each now contemplate -the same thing? What multitudes of dissimilar images instantly spring -up at the announcement of the same symbol!—dissimilar not because of -anything in the one source whence they are derived, but because of -either an inattentive and imperfect observation of that source, or some -constitutional or habitual defect in the use of the perceptive faculty.” - -[Sidenote: J. P. Gordy’s statement.] - -[Sidenote: Pestalozzi’s reform.] - -Dr. J. P. Gordy, to whom credit is due for the preceding quotation, -further says, “Words are like paper money; their value depends on -what they stand for. As you would be none the richer for possessing -Confederate money to the amount of a million dollars, so your pupils -would be none the wiser for being able to repeat book after book by -heart, unless the words were the signs of ideas in their minds. Words -without ideas are an irredeemable paper currency. It is the practical -recognition of this truth that has revolutionized the best schools in -the last quarter of a century.... In what did the reform inaugurated -by Pestalozzi consist? In the substitution of the intelligent for the -blind use of words. He reversed the educational engine. Before his time -teachers expected their pupils to go from words to ideas; he taught -them to go from ideas to words. He brought out the fact upon which I -have been insisting,—that words are utterly powerless to create ideas; -that all they can do is to help the pupil to recall and recombine ideas -already formed. With Pestalozzi, therefore, and with those who have been -imbued with his theories, the important matter is the forming of clear -and definite ideas.”[4] - -[Sidenote: Sight and insight.] - -It was a remark of Goethe that genius begins in the senses. With equal -truth we may say that thinking begins in the senses. Like unto the -genius, the thoughtful man perceives and interprets what has escaped -the notice of other people. To sight he adds insight. That which he -sees is subsumed under the proper class or category, and is viewed from -different sides until its significance is discovered, and a place is -assigned to it in the intellectual horizon and in the external world. -Every fact thus seen in its relation to other facts serves as a basis for -further observation, reflection, and comparison. Not merely the genius, -but every other person whose thinking is above the average in vigor and -accuracy, has the power to perceive things which escape the eyes and -ears of other people. Through habits of careful and correct observation -he fills his mind with images, ideas, concepts of the objects of thought -and of the relations which exist between these objects, and thereby -acquires the materials for the comparisons which constitute the essence -of good thinking. If the strength of a student is exhausted in gathering -and storing the materials for thought, his mind becomes a wilderness of -facts; if he reasons without the facts, his conclusions are more unreal -than the figments of the imagination. - -[Sidenote: Truth the proper thought-material.] - -Truth is the best thought-material for the mind to act upon. The -possession of truth is the aim and the goal of all correct thinking. -Knowledge of the truth implies the conformity of thinking with being. The -world within should be made to correspond with the world outside of us. - -[Sidenote: The laboratory and the library.] - -[Sidenote: Aristotle.] - -Fortunately, the self-activity of children is towards the objective world -of things which they can see, hear, smell, taste, and handle. From inner -impulse their thinking is directed towards the cognition of objects. -One of the functions of nature study is to beget habits of careful and -accurate observation. This is a characteristic feature of the laboratory -method as distinguished from the library method. A training in both is -essential to a complete education. The library stores the treasures of -knowledge which the human race has gathered and makes them accessible to -the learner. The laboratory shows him by what methods truth is discovered -and tested and verified. The German professor who declined to visit a -menagerie, asserting that he could evolve the idea of the elephant from -his inner consciousness, may have spent much time in reading books and -in speculation; but he certainly never worked in a laboratory; nor had -he taken to heart the lessons which he might have learned from the sages -of antiquity. Aristotle knew the importance of asking nature for facts, -and he induced his royal pupil, Alexander the Great, to employ two -thousand persons in Europe, Asia, and Africa for the purpose of gathering -information concerning beasts, birds, and reptiles, whereby he was -enabled to write fifty volumes upon animated nature. After teachers had -forgotten his methods they still turned to his books for the treasures -which he had gathered. In the ages in which men hardly dared to ask -nature for her secrets, fearing that they might be accused of witchcraft, -they turned to Aristotle as if he were an infallible guide—so much so -that when Galileo announced the discovery of sun-spots a monk declared -that he had read Aristotle through from beginning to end, and inasmuch -as Aristotle said nothing about spots on the sun, therefore there are -none. This book-method of studying science has not entirely disappeared -from the seats of learning. Books like Tyndall’s “Water and the Forms -of Water,” Faraday’s “Chemistry of a Candle,” and Newcomb’s “Popular -Astronomy” may, indeed, be read or studied as literature, and thus prove -a means of culture; but to accept the facts and statements of a text-book -without verification is the lazy man’s method of studying science; and as -a method it fails to lay the foundation upon which a solid superstructure -can be built. The correct method starts with observation of the things -to be known, develops the basal concepts which lie at the foundation of -the science under consideration, ends by teaching the pupil how to make -independent investigations, how to utilize the treasures which have been -preserved in our libraries, thereby furnishing an adequate supply of -proper materials for thought. - -[Sidenote: Productive minds.] - -The habits of men who have surprised the world by their intellectual and -professional achievements are very suggestive. Spurgeon kept his mind -filled by constant reading. Goethe was fond of travel and utilized what -he learned from others. Emerson visited the markets regularly, conversed -with the men and women from whom he bought, and sought to learn their -views on current events. Study the greatest thinkers the world has -known, and you will find their memories to have been a storehouse of -thought-materials which they analyzed, sifted, compared, and formulated -into systems that win the admiration of all who love to think. - - - - -IV - -BASAL CONCEPTS AS THOUGHT-MATERIAL - - Thought proper, as distinguished from other facts of - consciousness, may be adequately described as the act of - knowing or judging of things by means of concepts. - - MANSEL. - - We cannot learn all words through other words. There is a - large and rapidly increasing part of all modern vocabularies - which can be comprehended only by the observation of nature, - scientific experiment,—in short, by the study of things. - - MARSH. - - The question we ask of each thing (and of the whole experience) - is, What _are_ you? You have qualities which I find everywhere - else; your color I find in other things; your texture and - hardness and odor and form I find in other things; but they - are combined in you in such a way as to make you a thing by - yourself, and not anything else. And I want to know what you - truly _are_,—in short, what is your essence, which is also your - idea, and the purpose or τέλος of your existence. - - LAURIE. - - -IV - -BASAL CONCEPTS AS THOUGHT-MATERIAL - -[Sidenote: Building concepts.] - -The head may be likened unto a walled city, with comparatively few -building materials on the inside, and with a limited number of gate-ways -through which all other materials for building purposes must pass. -The walls are not made of brick or stone, but of bone; the gate-ways -are the different senses through which knowledge enters the mind. The -building materials on the inside are intuitive ideas which take shape in -conjunction with the entrance of materials from without. The structures -which are built up out of the ideas within and the sense-impressions -from without are individual and general concepts. Take an orange. Its -shape, color, parts, are known through the eye. Its flavor, as sweet -or sour, is ascertained through taste; its odor through smell; its -temperature, shape, and some other qualities through touch. These -various sense-impressions, giving the mind a knowledge of essential -and accidental qualities and attributes, are combined in the idea of -a particular orange. If the object were a bell, its sound, parts, -uses, and qualities would make impressions through different gate-ways -of knowledge; the builder inside would combine them into the more or -less complete idea of the object presented to the senses. From each -sense-impression the mind may get a percept; the synthesis of these -percepts produces the individual concept or notion. - -It is helpful at this point clearly to distinguish between essential -and accidental attributes. The orange may have been kept in the open -air when the temperature is low. To the hand it feels cold, and this -quality enters into the idea of the first orange which the child has. As -other oranges which have been in a warmer atmosphere are brought to the -child, the attribute cold is seen to be accidental,—that is, it is not a -necessary quality of oranges in general. On the other hand, the qualities -which are found in every orange—many of them hard to describe in -words—become fixed in the mind as essential attributes of the orange. In -course of time many objects of the same kind are presented to the senses, -cognized by comparison so as to retain the essential attributes and to -omit the accidentals. By this process the general notion or concept is -formed. - -[Sidenote: Gate-ways of knowledge.] - -It is self-evident that the mind’s comparisons and conclusions are -unreliable in so far as the gate-ways of knowledge are defective. Few -persons have perfect ears; many can never become expert tuners of pianos -or reliable critics of musical performances. The man who is color-blind -is not accepted in the railway service or as an officer in the navy. The -man who is totally blind is never selected as a guide in daylight. On the -other hand, the blind girl spoken of by Bulwer could find her way better -in the darkness of the last days of Pompeii than other people, because -she was accustomed to rely upon the data furnished by the other senses in -making her way through the city, and had improved these as gate-ways of -knowledge beyond the needs of those gifted with sight. - -[Sidenote: From things to symbols.] - -[Sidenote: From sign to thing or idea.] - -[Sidenote: The sense to be addressed.] - -In building concepts of objects in nature it would be a great mistake to -begin with the word instead of the thing. Just as little as a blind man -can conceive the qualities color, light, darkness, through mere words, -so little can children conceive classes of objects which have never -addressed the senses. Hence great stress has been laid by educational -reformers upon the cultivation of habits of observation, upon the supreme -necessity of teaching by the use of objects, or so-called object-lessons. -First, things, then words, or signs for things, was at one time a -favorite maxim in treatises on teaching. Consistent application of -the maxim would have banished the dictionary from the school-room, or -at least its use as a means for ascertaining the meaning of words. In -consulting the dictionary for the meaning of a word, we pass not from the -thing to its sign, but in the opposite direction,—that is, from the sign -to the thing signified, from the symbol to the idea for which the symbol -stands. The main essential in good instruction is that the words be made -significant. In primary instruction this is best accomplished by passing -from the idea to the word; but in advanced instruction it is of less -importance whether we pass from the word to the idea or from the idea to -the word. The meaning of very many words is acquired from the connection -in which they are used. For the meaning of the larger number of words -in our vocabulary we never consult a dictionary. The finer shades of -meaning we get not from definitions, but from quotations taken from -standard authors. This fact should never tempt the teacher to trust to -words, definitions, and descriptions in the formation of basal concepts. -He should seek to give unto himself a clear and full account of the -things or ideas which cannot spring from mere words, however skilfully -arranged in sentences. The music-teacher who complained of the public -schools because a seven-year-old child did not grasp his meaning when -he spoke of half-notes, quarter-notes, eighth-notes, sixteenth-notes, -should have known that many children of that age have never been taught -fractions, and that the idea of a fraction is obtained not from sounds -(who distinguishes between half a noise and a whole noise?), but from -objects which address the eye. Instead of complaining about the school -which the pupil attended, a teacher acquainted with the mysteries of his -art would have started with the comparison of things visible; and after -having developed the idea of halves, quarters, eighths, sixteenths, by -the division of visible objects into equal parts, he would have applied -the idea to musical sounds. - -[Sidenote: Different gate-ways for different ideas.] - -[Sidenote: Integers.] - -In seeking to build in the mind of the learner the concepts which lie -at the basis of a new branch of study, it is a legitimate question to -ask by which of the gate-ways of knowledge the materials or elements -for the new idea can best be made to enter the mind. At the basis of -arithmetic lies the idea of number,—an idea that is evoked by the -question of how many applied to a collection of two or more units. Taste -and smell must be ruled out from the list of senses which can be utilized -to advantage. Three taps on the desk are as easily recognized as three -marks or strokes on the black-board. The sense of touch is helpful in -passing from concrete to abstract numbers. To think a number when the -corresponding collection of objects is not visible, but is suggested by -tactile impressions, helps to emancipate the thinking process from the -domination of the eye; in other words, it helps to sunder the thinking of -number from a specific sense, and thus aids in the evolution of the idea -of number apart from concrete objects. - -[Sidenote: Fractions.] - -As already indicated, there are some basal concepts, like that of a -fraction, in the development of which only one sense can be utilized to -advantage. Whilst imparting the idea of a whole number, the appeal may -be to the eye, the ear, and the sense of touch; the instruction designed -to impart the idea of fractions to the normal child is limited to visible -objects. In the instruction of the blind the other senses are addressed -from necessity. The extent to which touch can supply the function of -sight is full of hints to teachers in charge of pupils possessing all the -gate-ways of knowledge. - -[Sidenote: Teaching decimals.] - -Moreover, not all units are equally adapted for imparting the first ideas -of a fraction. Half of a stick is still a stick to the child, just as -half of a stone is still called a stone in common parlance. The half -should be radically different from the unit; hence an object resembling -a sphere or a circle is best adapted for the first lessons in fractions. -In teaching decimals the square or rectangle is better than the circle. -It is difficult to divide a circumference into ten equal parts. On the -contrary, the square is easily divided into tenths by vertical lines, -and then into hundredths by horizontal lines, thus furnishing also a -convenient device for the first lessons in percentage. - -[Sidenote: Basal concepts.] - -[Sidenote: John Fiske on symbolic conceptions.] - -It is one of the aims of the training-class and the normal school to -point out the best methods of developing the different basal concepts -which lie at the foundation of the branches to be taught. Many of -these are complex, and require great skill on the part of the teacher. -The difficulty is well stated in John Fiske’s discussion of Symbolic -Conceptions. He says, “Of any simple object which can be grasped in a -single act of perception, such as a knife or a book, an egg or an orange, -a circle or a triangle, you can frame a conception which almost, or -quite exactly, _represents_ the object. The picture, or visual image, -in your mind when the orange is present to the senses is almost exactly -reproduced when it is absent. The distinction between the two lies -chiefly in the relative faintness of the latter. But as the objects of -thought increase in size and in complexity of detail, the case soon comes -to be very different. You cannot frame a truly representative conception -of the town in which you live, however familiar you may be with its -streets and houses, its parks and trees, and the looks and demeanor of -the townsmen; it is impossible to embrace so many details in a single -mental picture. The mind must range to and fro among the phenomena, in -order to represent the town in a series of conceptions. But practically, -what you have in mind when you speak of the town is a fragmentary -conception in which some portion of the object is represented, while you -are well aware that with sufficient pains a series of mental pictures -could be formed which would approximately correspond to the object. To -some extent the conception is representative, but to a great degree it -is symbolic. With a further increase in the size and complexity of the -objects of thought, our conceptions gradually lose their representative -character, and at length become purely symbolic. No one can form a mental -picture that answers even approximately to the earth. Even a homogeneous -ball eight thousand miles in diameter is too vast an object to be -conceived otherwise than symbolically, and much more is this true of the -ball upon which we live, with all its endless multiformity of detail. We -imagine a globe, and clothe it with a few terrestrial attributes, and in -our minds this fragmentary notion does duty as a symbol of the earth. - -“The case becomes still more striking when we have to deal with -conceptions of the universe, of cosmic forces such as light and heat, -or of the stupendous secular changes which modern science calls us to -contemplate. Here our conceptions cannot even pretend to represent -the objects; they are as purely symbolic as the algebraic equations -whereby the geometer expresses the shapes of curves. Yet so long as -there are means of verification at our command we can reason as safely -with these symbolic conceptions as if they were truly representative. -The geometer can at any moment translate his equation into an actual -curve, and thereby test the results of his reasoning; and the case is -similar with the undulatory theory of light, the chemist’s conception of -atomicity, and other vast stretches of thought which in recent times have -revolutionized our knowledge of nature. The danger in the use of symbolic -conceptions is the danger of framing illegitimate symbols that answer to -nothing in heaven or earth, as has happened first and last with so many -short-lived theories in science and in metaphysics.” - -The word conception as used in this quotation is synonymous with concept, -but elsewhere it is also used in two other senses,—namely, to signify -the mind’s _power_ to conceive objects, their relations and classes, and -to name the activity by which the concept is produced. Hence the term -concept is preferred in this discussion. - -[Sidenote: Concepts of distance.] - -[Sidenote: Large cities.] - -To give a full account of the development of the basal concepts in the -different branches of study would require a treatise on the methods of -teaching these branches. All that can be attempted is to draw attention -to some of the typical methods and devices adopted by eminent teachers -in the development of the concepts which Mr. Fiske calls symbolic -conceptions. Distance is one of the concepts at the basis of geography -and astronomy. To say that the circumference of the earth is twenty-five -thousand miles, that the distance of the moon from the earth is two -hundred and forty thousand miles, and that the distance of the sun is -ninety-two and one-half millions of miles may mean very little to the -human mind, especially to the mind of a child. Supposing, however, that -a boy finds a mile by actual measurement, and that he finds he can walk -four miles an hour, he can gradually rise to the thought of walking forty -miles in a day of ten hours, or two hundred and forty miles in the six -working days of a week. In one hundred and four weeks, or two years, he -could walk around the globe. To walk to the moon would require a thousand -weeks, or about twenty years. It is by the method of gradual approach -that concepts of great distance, of immense magnitudes, of the infinitely -large and the infinitely small, must be developed. To this category -belong large cities like New York and London, quantities denoting the -size of the earth and its distance from the sun and the fixed stars, the -fraction of a second in which a snap-shot is taken, or an electric flash -is photographed; such quantities are apt to remain as mere figures or -symbols in the mind of the learner unless the method of gradual approach -is adopted. Starting with a town or a ward with which the pupil is -familiar, several may be joined in idea until the concept of a city of -fifty or sixty thousand population is reached. It takes about twenty of -these to make a city like Philadelphia, and five cities like Philadelphia -to make a city like London. A lesson on how London is fed will add much -to the formation of an adequate idea of such a large city.[5] - -[Sidenote: Shape of the earth.] - -An adequate idea of the shape of the earth can be formed only by gradual -development. The three kinds of roundness (dollar, pillar, ball) must -be taught; then the various easily intelligible reasons for believing -it to be round like a ball may follow in the elementary grade. As the -pupil advances he may be told of the dispute between Newton and the -French, the former affirming it to be round like an orange,—that is, -flattened at the poles,—the latter asserting that it resembled a lemon -with the polar axis longer than the equatorial diameter; and how, by -measuring degrees of latitude and finding that their length increases -as we approach the poles, the French mathematicians, in spite of their -wishes to the contrary, proved Newton’s view to be correct. The same -lesson might be taught by starting with the rotation of the earth, -showing by experiment the tendency of revolving bodies to bulge out at -the equator, and then drawing the inference that the degrees of latitude -are shortest where the curvature is greatest, and that they are longest -where the curvature is least. Either method is strictly logical; but the -method which follows the order of discovery, whenever it is feasible, is -calculated to arouse the greater interest in minds of average capacity. -The teacher who is a master of his art will supplement the historical -lesson by a lesson passing from cause to consequence, so as to fix and -clarify the concept formed by passing from the ground of knowledge to the -necessary inference. Finally, by drawing attention to the fact that the -equatorial diameters are not all of the same length, he will build up in -the pupil’s mind a concept of the real shape of the earth,—a shape unlike -any mathematical figure treated of in the text-books on geometry. The -attempt to give a complete idea of the shape of the earth in the first -lessons on geography would have ended in confusion of thought; the wise -teacher develops complex concepts gradually and not more rapidly than -the learner is able to advance. This process may be called enriching the -concept. The successive concepts, although only partial representations -of what is to be known, are adequate for the thinking required at a given -stage of development; the number of complete or exhaustive concepts in -any department of knowledge is small indeed. - -[Sidenote: The order of discovery and of instruction.] - -Instructive as it often is to follow the order of discovery, it must not -be inferred that this is invariably the best order of instruction. What -teacher of astronomy would be so foolish as to lead a student through the -nineteen imaginary paths which Kepler tried before he discovered that an -elliptical orbit fitted the recorded observations of Tycho Brahe![6] - -Much may be learned from the methods pursued by eminent teachers. It -will abundantly pay any teacher of science to study Faraday’s lectures -on the chemistry of a candle,—a series which for models of developing -the fundamental concepts of chemistry is unsurpassed. The devices used -by such teachers are often very suggestive. For instance, in teaching -the concept of the new geography that the earth revolves not like a body -with a liquid interior, but like a body with an interior as rigid as -glass, Lord Kelvin suggests a comparison of the spinning of a hard-boiled -egg and of an egg not boiled at all,—an experiment easily made in every -school-room. - -[Sidenote: Ideas of great distances.] - -A few quotations from the astronomer Young will show how concepts of -great distances can be developed so as to be more than a numeral with a -row of ciphers annexed: - - “If one were to try to walk such a distance, supposing that he - could walk four miles an hour, and keep it up for ten hours - every day, it would take sixty-eight and one-half years to make - a single million of miles, and more than sixty-three hundred - years to traverse the whole. If some celestial railway could - be imagined, the journey to the sun, even if our trains ran - sixty miles an hour, day and night, without a stop, would - require over one hundred and seventy-five years. To borrow - the curious illustration of Professor Mendenhall, if we could - imagine an infant’s arm long enough to enable him to touch - the sun and burn himself, he would die of old age before the - pain could reach him, since, according to the experiments of - Helmholtz and others, a nervous shock is communicated only - at the rate of one hundred feet per second, or one thousand - six hundred and thirty-seven miles a day, and would need more - than one hundred and fifty years to make the journey. Sound - would do it in about fourteen years if it could be transmitted - through celestial space, and a cannon-ball in about nine, if - it were to move uniformly with the same speed as when it left - the muzzle of the gun. If the earth could be suddenly stopped - in her orbit, and allowed to fall unobstructed towards the sun - under the accelerating influence of his attraction, she would - reach the centre in about two months. I have said if she could - be stopped, but such is the compass of her orbit that to make - its circuit in a year she has to move nearly nineteen miles - a second, or more than fifty times faster than the swiftest - rifle-ball; and in moving twenty miles her path deviates from - perfect straightness by less than one-eighth of an inch.”[7] - -Professor Young uses a very suggestive device in his astronomy for -showing the comparative sizes and distances of heavenly bodies: - - “Representing the sun by a globe two feet in diameter, the - earth would be twenty-two-hundredths of an inch in diameter—the - size of a very small pea or a ‘twenty-two caliber round - pellet.’ Its distance from the sun on that scale would be just - two hundred and twenty feet, and _the nearest star_ (still on - the same scale) _would be eight thousand miles away at the - antipodes_.”[8] - -Sometimes the employment of a new unit aids in realizing the idea of -very great distances. The ordinary astronomical unit is the distance -of the sun from the earth; it is not large enough to be convenient in -expressing the distances of fixed stars. Hence astronomers have found -it more satisfactory to take as a unit the distance light travels in a -year, which is about sixty-three thousand times the distance of the sun -from the earth. The tables of fixed stars give distances in terms of this -unit from 3.5 upward. A glance at these figures fills the mind with an -idea of the infinite grandeur of the universe and with feelings of awe -and sublimity akin to those which must fill the soul on approaching the -throne of Almighty God. - -[Sidenote: Time of snap-shot.] - -Scientists assert that the infinitely great is more easily conceived -than the infinitely small; that quantities represented by billions and -trillions are more easily grasped than fractions of a unit with a million -in the denominator; that ages of time are more easily comprehended than -fractions of a second. In a lecture delivered at the International -Electrical Exhibition, Professor Charles F. Himes employed a very -ingenious device for giving an idea of how a “snap-shot” may be made, -or a photographic impression taken of an electric spark, or a flash of -lightning. He exhibited a photograph of the sparks of a Holtz machine, -which are of shorter duration than any instantaneous drop or slide could -be made to give. “They impressed themselves upon an ordinary collodion -plate as they passed. Suppose we assume one-twenty-thousandth of a second -as the time, and we will be within bounds. That is a fraction difficult -to comprehend. Our mental dividing engine fails as we work towards -zero. The twenty-thousandth of a second is so small that it eludes -our mental grasp.... Looking at it from another point of view, let us -regard the effect as a space-effect instead of a time-effect. Light has -a velocity, in round numbers, of one hundred and ninety thousand miles -per second. That would be one hundred and ninety miles in one-thousandth -of a second, nineteen in one-ten-thousandth, or, say, ten miles in our -one-twenty-thousandth of a second. Ten miles of light drive in upon our -plate in that time; or, if we held the corpuscular theory of Newton, -a chain of these little pellets ten miles long would have delivered -themselves upon the sensitive surfaces. Ten miles is comprehensible, -one mile is, so that we could easily conceive of an effect in one-tenth -of the time allowed to our electric sparks. But let us take another -look at it. Light is not corpuscles, but undulations, tiny wavelets, -ripplets of ether, eight hundred million million in a second for violet, -a number we can easily understand, as Sir William Thomson[9] has told -us. That would make eight hundred thousand million in one-thousandth, -eight thousand million in one-ten-thousandth, or forty thousand million -impulses striking our sensitive molecules in our one-twenty-thousandth -of a second. Surely that number should produce an effect. We can readily -conceive that one thousand million wavelets would produce an appreciable -effect. They would represent one-eight-hundred-thousandth of a second, -say one-millionth of a second. That would seem, then, to be ample time to -produce a photographic effect.”[10] - -[Sidenote: Idea of total depravity.] - -Many teachers of science spend all their spare time in reading scientific -literature and in posting themselves upon the latest achievements in -their specialty. It might be to them a less delightful occupation if they -traversed fields of investigation already well explored for the purpose -of seeing how the student can be led over these most expeditiously and -with minimum expenditure of time and effort. Thought bestowed upon -the best way of imparting the elements of science would have a most -beneficial effect upon their methods of instruction, and would greatly -increase their skill in teaching. Many of the most abstruse and complex -ideas can be resolved by analysis into their elements, and thereby be -made intelligible to people of ordinary training. An eminent teacher of -theology felt called upon to impart to a promiscuous audience an idea -of the doctrine of total depravity as taught by the Church. He started -by referring first to the popular mistake that the doctrine teaches the -utter depravity of the human race, then to the ancient heresy that the -depravity of human nature resides in the body, and not in the soul, and, -finally, to the meaning of total as signifying not that man is as bad -as he can become, but that he is depraved, or has a tendency towards -sin not merely in his physical body, but in the totality of his being. -Analysis prepared them to see that by total depravity is not meant -that men are as bad as they can be, nor that they do not have in their -natural condition certain amiable qualities or certain laudable virtues; -that the doctrine means that depravity, or the sinful condition of man, -infects the whole man,—intellect, feeling, heart, and will,—and that in -each unrenewed person some lower affection, and not the love of God, -is supreme. Such analysis of a complex concept into its elements, the -explicit setting forth what it is and what it is not, followed by the -synthesis of the parts into a thought-unit, is the plan pursued by the -best teachers in teaching difficult subjects. By analysis we resolve -complex concepts into their elements, which may be simple percepts or -their relations. Things are separated in thought which go together in -time, space, motion, force, or substance. Every essential attribute or -constituent can then be viewed by itself until the mind has gone around -it with the bounding line of thought, grasped its nature and essence, -and explored it in its different aspects and relations. In this way the -most abstruse subjects are shorn of their difficulties, the most complex -problems are solved and elucidated. - -[Sidenote: Value of analysis.] - -The bearing of all this upon the art of teaching is easily shown. A -teacher of geometry, whose mind was quite logical, failed, through -lack of power, to make things plain. If the class did not grasp the -demonstration of a theorem, he invariably started at the beginning, -tried to throw light upon every link in the chain of proof, and by the -time he reached the point of difficulty the members of the class were -thinking of something else. A younger colleague pursued a different plan. -Starting some pupil upon the demonstration, he detected the difficulty, -and by a few words of explanation, or by a well-framed question, he -focussed attention upon the simple elements, into which he resolved the -difficulty, and frequently surprised the class by showing the simplicity -of what had puzzled their minds. Under the clarifying light of analysis -half the difficulties and half the sophistries of human thinking vanish -like dew and mist before the morning sun. - -[Sidenote: The moral nature.] - -For the purpose of making an impression upon the moral nature -word-painting is sometimes very helpful. All the text-books on physiology -and hygiene intended for use in the public schools seek to teach the -evils of strong drink by showing the effect of alcoholic stimulants upon -different parts of the human system. Yet the most exhaustive lessons on -how whiskey is made, and what are its exhilarating and its pernicious -effects, cannot equal the effects of the word painting of Robert -Ingersoll and the paraphrase by Dr. Buckley. In making a gift to a friend -the former penned the following eulogy on whiskey: - - “I send you some of the most wonderful whiskey that ever drove - the skeleton from the feast or painted landscapes in the brain - of man. It is the mingled souls of wheat and corn. In it you - will find the sunshine and the shadow that chased each other - over the billowy fields, the breath of June, the carol of the - lark, the dew of night, the wealth of summer, and autumn’s rich - content, all golden with imprisoned light. Drink it, and you - will hear the voice of men and maidens singing the ‘Harvest - Home,’ mingled with the laughter of children. Drink it, and - you will feel within your blood the starlit dawns, the dreamy, - tawny dusks of perfect days. For forty years this liquid joy - has been within the staves of oak, longing to touch the lips of - man.” - -This was Dr. Buckley’s statement of the other side: - - “I send you some of the most wonderful whiskey that ever - brought a skeleton into the closet, or painted scenes of lust - and bloodshed in the brain of man. It is the ghosts of wheat - and corn, crazed by the loss of their natural bodies. In it - you will find a transient sunshine chased by a shadow as cold - as an Arctic midnight, in which the breath of June grows icy - and the carol of the lark gives place to the foreboding cry - of the raven. Drink it, and you shall have ‘woe,’ ‘sorrow,’ - ‘babbling,’ and ‘wounds without cause.’ Your eyes shall - behold strange women, and ‘your heart shall utter perverse - things.’ Drink it deep, and you shall hear the voices of demons - shrieking, women wailing, and worse than orphaned children - mourning the loss of a father who yet lives. Drink it deep and - long, and serpents will hiss in your ears, coil themselves - about your neck, and seize you with their fangs; for at the - last it biteth like a serpent and stingeth like an adder. For - forty years this liquid death has been within staves of oak, - harmless there as purest water. I send it to you that you may - put an enemy in your mouth to steal away your brains, and yet I - call myself your friend.” - -[Sidenote: The languages.] - -There comes a stage of development of the learner at which the word -itself becomes the object of thought. Words are then classified as -parts of speech, and their function in sentences is studied. Their -properties and endings must be learned and compared. There is abundant -room for thought in the eleven hundred variations of the Greek verb. -The variations of words by declension and conjugation can be made the -material for thought, and as these are always at hand in the text-book, -no excursions to the field being needed to secure specimens, and no -preparation of difficult experiments being required on the part of -the teacher, the ancient languages have held their own in the schools -with most wonderful tenacity. The study of language has not merely the -advantage of supplying material for thought in the words, grammatical -forms, and sentences which are always at hand in the text, but through -the classics it brings the learner into intellectual contact with the -best thoughts of the best men in ancient and modern times. To translate -an author like Virgil or Demosthenes is to think the thoughts of a -master mind, to weigh words as in a most nicely adjusted balance, and -finally to arrange them in sentences that shall adequately convey the -meaning of the original text. - -[Sidenote: Science.] - -Science is, of course, a product of the human mind, quite as much as -the so-called humanities, and answers the same purpose when studied -as literature; but then it ceases to have the value of training the -intellect in the rigid methods of original research and scientific -investigation. Whilst it is the function of the laboratory to initiate -the student into the mysteries of the methods by which new discoveries -are made and verified, and thus to enable him to avail himself of the -labors of others through their publications, it does not bring the -student into living contact with human hopes, emotions, and aspirations -as do the poems of Goethe, Schiller, and Shakespeare. - -[Sidenote: History.] - -History deals with what man has achieved. The materials for thought which -it furnishes are mostly in the shape of the testimony of eye-witnesses -and other original sources of information. The incidents, the -achievements, the struggles, the victories and the defeats, the thoughts, -feelings, and experiences of historic personages, are an inexhaustible -supply of material from which authors, editors, and orators draw -illustrations, figures of speech, and other matter for their thinking. -Here is a field which must not be neglected by those who would influence -their fellows or figure as leaders of men. - -[Sidenote: Vigorous thinking.] - -Some minds are slow at gathering materials; yet they think vigorously. -They look at facts and ideas from every possible point of view, explore -their nature and relations, their content and extent, and point out -their bearing upon other things by the conclusions they reach. Sometimes -they go astray because they do not have sufficient data to warrant a -conclusion. Their condition resembles that of the King of Siam, who did -not believe that water could become solid because he had been in the nine -points of his kingdom and had not seen ice. - -[Sidenote: Intellectual gluttony.] - -Other men are intellectual gluttons. They keep pouring into themselves -knowledge from every quarter, carry it in their minds as the overloaded -stomach carries food, and end in mental dyspepsia. Better the man with -few ideas, who can apply these in practical life, than the man of -erudition who cannot apply his knowledge. - -Too little food produces inanition and starvation; too much food brings -on dyspepsia and a host of other ills and distempers. The haphazard -selection of studies by inexperienced youth from the large list of -electives offered by a great university is apt to result either in mental -overfeeding or in intellectual starvation. The mind can be rightly formed -only when it is rightly informed. To expect satisfactory thought-products -when the mind lacks proper materials to act upon would be as irrational -as to expect good grist from a flour-mill whose supply of grain is -deficient in quality and quantity. In the process of making flour very -much depends upon the instruments employed. The rude implements of -antiquity, the buhr-stones of our fathers, and the improved machinery of -the roller process make a difference in the product, even though the same -quality of grain is used. In the elaboration of the thought-material the -well-educated man uses instruments which may be likened to our modern -inventions for saving labor in the domain of the mechanic arts. These -instruments of thought will next claim our attention. - - - - -V - -THE INSTRUMENTS OF THOUGHT - - But words are things; and a small drop of ink - Falling, like dew, upon thought, produces - That which makes thousands, perhaps millions, think. - - BYRON. - - Constant thought will overflow in words unconsciously. - - BYRON. - - The great Lagrange specifies among the many advantages of - algebraic notation that it expresses truths more general than - those which were at first contemplated, so that by availing - ourselves of such extensions we may develop a multitude of - new truths from formulæ founded on limited truths. A glance - at the history of science will show this. For example, when - Kepler conceived the happy idea of infinitely great and - infinitely small quantities (an idea at which common sense - must have shaken its head pityingly), he devised an instrument - which in expert hands may be made to reach conclusions for - an infinite series of approximations without the infinite - labor of going successively through these. Again, when Napier - invented logarithms, even he had no suspicion of the value of - this instrument. He calculated the tables merely to facilitate - arithmetical computation, little dreaming that he was at the - same time constructing a scale whereon to measure the density - of the strata of the atmosphere, the height of the mountains, - the areas of innumerable curves, and the relation of stimuli to - sensations. - - LEWES’S PROBLEMS OF LIFE AND MIND. - - -V - -THE INSTRUMENTS OF THOUGHT - -[Sidenote: Labor-saving in thinking.] - -[Sidenote: Squaring the circle.] - -Of the people who, though inheriting a rich vernacular like the English, -spend their lives in the routine of a farm, a trade, or a store, very -few have an adequate conception of the labor-saving instruments and -appliances which modern civilization places at the disposal of the -thinker. The machinery by which one man does as much as a thousand hands -formerly did is not a whit more wonderful than the modern appliances -for reaching results in the domain of thought. Reference might be made -to the machines for adding used in counting-houses, to the tables of -interest used by bankers, to the tables of logarithms by which it is as -easy to find the one-hundredth power as the square of a number. The last -named have, so to speak, multiplied the lives of astronomers by enabling -them to make in a short time calculations that formerly occupied months, -and even years. It is not necessary to discuss these; their value is -apparent at a glance. But the value of a rich vocabulary, the function -of the symbols and formulas of chemistry, physics, mathematics, and -other sciences, and the advantages derived from the use of the technical -terms peculiar to every domain of thought are not so easily seen. The -teacher who fails at the right time to put the pupils in possession -of these instruments of thought cripples their thinking, wastes their -time and effort, and seriously mars their progress. Hence it is worth -while to devote a chapter or two to the consideration of instruments -of thought, for the purpose of showing how, by means of them, thinking -is made easier and more effective. Let some one write the amounts in a -ledger column by the Roman notation, then endeavor to add them without -using any figures of the Arabic notation, either in his mind or in any -other way, and he will soon realize what a labor-saving device our ten -digits are. Then let him face the problem of squaring the circle as it -confronted Archimedes, using the obvious truth that the perimeter of -an inscribed polygon is less, while the perimeter of the circumscribed -polygon is greater than the circumference of the circle, and long -before his calculations reach the regular polygon of ninety-six sides -(which is as far as Archimedes carried it), he will realize how the -great Syracusan was hampered by the lack of the arithmetical notation -now in use. Next, supposing himself in possession of the Arabic method -of notation, let him conceive the labor of Rudolph von Ceulen, who, -before logarithms were known, computed the ratio of the circumference to -the diameter to thirty-five decimal places,—an achievement considered -so great that the result was inscribed upon his tombstone,—and then, -turning to the calculus, let him examine the formulas by which Clausen -and Dase, of Germany, computing independently of each other, carried out -the value to two hundred decimal places, their results agreeing to the -last figure; this will give him a conception of the superior instruments -of thought invented by those who developed the calculus. His idea of -the labor-saving devices introduced by the calculus will be heightened -still more on learning that Mr. Shanks, of Durham, England, carried the -calculation to six hundred and seven decimal places,—a result so nearly -accurate that if it were correctly used in calculating the circumference -of the visible universe, the possible error would be inappreciable in -the most powerful microscope. On further learning that in 1882 Lindeman, -of Königsberg, rigorously proved this ratio, commonly represented by the -symbol π, to be incapable of representation as the root of any algebraic -equation whatever with rational coefficients, he will not only refrain -from joining the common herd of squarers of the circle, but no further -argument will be needed to show the nature and value of the labor-saving -devices introduced into the domain of thought by modern mathematics. - -Since it is unreasonable to expect that every reader shall be familiar -with higher mathematics, the duty of using simpler illustrations cannot -be evaded. Fortunately for the purpose in hand, the book of experience -furnishes these with an abundance that is almost bewildering. - -[Sidenote: Chemistry.] - -A professor of chemistry was lecturing to an audience of teachers on -agriculture. When he began to write upon the black-board they smiled -at his spelling. Iron he wrote Fe. Water he spelled H₂O. They soon saw -that he was using the instruments of thought furnished by a science -with which, unfortunately, few of them were familiar. He had found that -the use of these chemical symbols made his thinking as much superior to -that of the ordinary man as the work of the youth upon a self-binder is -superior to that of the giant working with no better instrument than the -sickle of our forefathers. - -[Sidenote: Arabic notation.] - -The school furnishes numerous examples to illustrate this point. When -the teachers of a well-known city began the use of objects to impart the -ideas of number and of the fundamental rules in arithmetic, the interest -of the pupils and their facility in calculation grew wonderfully. The -teaching was in accordance with the laws of mental growth. For fear the -pupils would manipulate the Arabic figures without corresponding ideas, -collections and equal parts of objects were drawn upon the slate to -illustrate addition and subtraction of integers and fractions. The plan -was followed for years and carried upward through the grades. Finally -the pupils were examined for admission into the high school. A problem -involving the four fundamental rules in combinations which could not be -illustrated by pictures of objects, or the objects themselves, was set -for solution. Out of fifty-nine applicants, only ten succeeded in giving -the correct answer. The same kind of problem was given three times by -three different persons, and with practically the same outcome. The -teachers realized that they had kept up for too long a time the thinking -in things, instead of drilling the pupils upon the process of thinking in -the symbols of the Arabic notation. It is, of course, possible to think -number without using the Arabic digits. The Romans did so by means of -their counting-boards, and the Chinese do so by devices of their own. -The characters which were brought into Western Europe through Arabic -influences are derived, according to Max Mueller, from the first letters -of the Sanskrit words for the first ten numerals. Their use facilitated -calculation to such an extent that arithmetic gradually ceased to be -the prerogative of slaves and ecclesiastics; its operations began to -be understood by freemen and by the nobility. If children are denied -the use of objects in their early lessons in number, they resort to -counting on their fingers. If they are not led from this thinking on -their fingers to thinking in figures, they will never become expert in -arithmetic. Sometimes the fingers no longer move, but the mind conceives -pictures of the hand, and the mind’s eye runs along the fingers of -hands not visible to the corporeal eye. It is equally bad if the pupils -never think number except by mental pictures of blocks, sticks, balls, -and the like. When the pupil sees 7 × 9, he should not conceive seven -heaps of nine shoe-pegs each, and then a rearrangement into six groups -of ten shoe-pegs, and three stray ones alongside of these groups; but -instantaneously the symbols 7 × 9 should suggest, with unerring accuracy, -the result,—63. - -[Sidenote: Fractions.] - -In the schools of another district the principal proposed concrete -work in fractions. The teachers and pupils began to divide things into -halves, and thirds, and fourths, and sixths. They added and subtracted -by subdividing these into fractions that denoted equal parts of a unit. -Whilst the charm of novelty still clung to the process, a stranger who -visited the schools asked one of the teachers how the pupils and parents -liked the change. “Everybody is delighted,” was the exclamation. A year -later the same teacher was asked by the visitor, “How are you succeeding -with your concrete work in fractions?” With a dejected air she replied, -“We are disappointed with the results.” “Just as I expected,” exclaimed -the visitor; “for you were making the children think on the level of -barbarism, instead of teaching them to use the tools and labor-saving -machinery of modern civilization.” - -[Sidenote: Reckoning interest.] - -Still another incident, taken from actual life, will serve to throw -light upon the subject under discussion. In the booming days of the iron -industry a laborer had saved and put out at interest twelve hundred -dollars. The rate was six per cent., and no interest had been paid for -one year and four months. Unable to reckon interest with figures, the -toiler asked the principal of the schools to tell him the amount of -interest due. Next day he greeted the principal by asking, “Did you not -make a mistake in your calculation?” The reply was, “In my hurry to -avoid being late at school I may have made a mistake.” He found that -the man was right, and curiosity led him to ask how the error had been -detected. “I reckoned it,” said the man. This aroused still greater -curiosity; for the principal knew that, beyond the ability to count, the -man had no knowledge of arithmetic. By agreement they met on Saturday -afternoon, so that the man might show his method of reckoning interest. -At the appointed hour the man laid six pennies on the floor to denote a -year’s interest on one dollar, and then laid two pennies alongside of -these as the additional interest on a dollar for four months. The supply -of pennies being exhausted, he made strokes with chalk, and proceeded to -do this twelve hundred times, and then to count them for the purpose of -ascertaining the interest. It was thinking in things with a vengeance. -And yet the making of strokes with chalk was a step in symbolic -representation, and shows the innate tendency of the human mind to use -symbols in thinking. - -[Sidenote: Words.] - -[Sidenote: Dialects.] - -Even the words used in counting are symbols. In fact, every word that -signifies anything is a symbol used by the mind to indicate an idea more -or less complex, as well as the thing or things or relation of things in -the external world which corresponds to the idea. In advanced thinking -the words denote ideas more and more complex as the problems grow in -difficulty or involve more of the abstract and general concepts under -which the mind classifies the objects of which it takes cognizance. This -is more largely true of the words in a developed language than it is of a -dialect with little or no literature. A reference to the writer’s early -home will be pardoned in this connection. His father, a plain farmer in -Eastern Pennsylvania, sent four sons through college and gave each of -them a professional or university education. When they gather under the -parental roof they use the dialect of their early days in discussing life -on the farm and in rehearsing the funny experiences of their boyhood; -but when they discuss a question in science or mathematics, in law, -medicine, or theology, they drop the dialect of their boyhood and use the -instruments of thought furnished by languages having a literature. Some -one has facetiously said of one town in the Lehigh Valley that the people -pray in seven languages and swear in eight. It is a witty statement of an -actual fact. The Welshman can pray as well as swear in his native tongue. -The Pennsylvania German can vent his feelings fully in his own dialect -when he grows profane. As soon as he says his prayers he reverts to the -language of the pulpit and of Luther’s Bible because he there finds the -words which express the deepest wants and emotions of the human soul. - -[Sidenote: Melanchthon.] - -[Sidenote: Growth of the German language.] - -[Sidenote: Value of a rich vocabulary.] - -When Melanchthon prepared the Saxony school plan he insisted that pupils -should read Latin, write Latin, and speak Latin to the exclusion of the -mother tongue. If an educator of to-day should advocate this policy in -the fatherland, he would be banished. Melanchthon, surnamed preceptor -Germaniæ, knew what he was about. He taught at a time when teachers of -the humanities lamented that children were born in the homes of parents -speaking German. He lectured at a time when Luther and his colleagues -were visiting market-places to talk with the peasants for the purpose -of gathering words and phrases by which the New Testament might be -adequately rendered in the vernacular of the common people. A development -extending over one hundred and fifty years was required before the -lecturers at the universities found in it enough words and phrases to -serve as instruments of thought for purposes of advanced investigation -and ratiocination. So rich and flexible has the German become that Voss -succeeded in translating Homer into German, using the same metre, the -same number of lines, without adding to or subtracting from the ideas of -the original. Schlegel’s translation of Shakespeare is equally famous -and equally successful. Both of these masterpieces show how essential -a rich vocabulary is in rendering or in reproducing the best thoughts -of the best minds; they show the importance of linguistic development -and linguistic teaching. For purposes of thought and culture a rich -mother tongue is of untold advantage. It is a great blessing to be born -and raised in a home presided over by a well-educated mother. It is an -invaluable help to be trained in schools whose teachers speak and write -the languages which have felt the touch of the genius of Shakespeare and -of Goethe. Next to furnishing ideas or something to think about, the -thing of most importance in teaching a pupil to think is to enrich his -vocabulary, to train him in language. Dr. Whewell has well remarked that -“language is the atmosphere in which thought lives, for there is hardly -a subject we can think about without the aid of language. Consequently, -without knowledge of the language of a science all thinking with regard -to that science is impossible; for although we conceive the world by -means of our senses, we comprehend it only in and through the form of -language.” In this connection one cannot do better than listen to the -conclusions of men who have attained eminence as scholars, thinkers, and -writers. Speaking from experience, they can throw light upon the art of -correct and efficient thinking. - -[Sidenote: Dr. Morrell.] - -“Language, we must remember,” says Dr. Morrell, “is not constructed -afresh by every individual mind which uses it. It is a world already -created for us,—one into which we have simply to be introduced, and in -which the process of human development, up to any given period, is more -or less perfectly preserved and registered. Recollection, accordingly, -by enabling us to appropriate to ourselves a whole system of signs, -with the ideas attached to them, initiates us insensibly into the -intellectual world of the present, puts us upon the vantage-ground of -the latest degree of civilization, and enables us to grasp the ideas of -the age without the labor of thinking them out consecutively by our own -individual effort.”[11] - -[Sidenote: Dr. Whewell.] - -“Language,” says Dr. Whewell, “is often called an instrument of thought; -but it is also the nutriment of thought; or, rather, it is the atmosphere -in which thought lives; a medium essential to the activity of our -speculative power, although invisible and imperceptible in its operation; -and an element modifying, by its qualities and changes, the growth and -complexion of the faculties which it feeds. In this way the influence of -preceding discoveries upon subsequent ones, of the past upon the present, -is most penetrating and universal, though most subtle and difficult to -trace. The most familiar words and phrases are connected by imperceptible -ties with the reasonings and discoveries of former men and most distant -times. Their knowledge is an inseparable part of ours; the present -generation inherits and uses the scientific wealth of all the past. And -this is the fortune not only of the great and rich in the intellectual -world, of those who have the key to the ancient storehouses and who have -accumulated treasures of their own, but the humblest inquirer, while he -puts his reasoning into words, benefits by the labors of the greatest -discoverers. When he counts his little wealth, he finds he has in his -hands coins which bear the image and superscription of ancient and -modern intellectual dynasties; and that, in virtue of this possession, -acquisitions are in his power, solid knowledge within his reach, which -none could ever have attained to if it were not that the gold of -truth, once dug out of the mine, circulates more and more widely among -mankind.”[12] - -[Sidenote: Dr. Hinsdale.] - -“The word ‘vernacular,’” says Hinsdale, “is derived from _vernaculus_, -which comes from _verna_, a slave born in his master’s house; and it -means the speech to which one is born and in which he is reared,—the -_patrius sermo_ of the Roman, the _Mutter-sprache_ of the German, -the mother tongue of the Englishman. Command of a noble vernacular -involves the most valuable discipline and culture that a man is capable -of receiving. It conditions all other discipline and culture.... The -greatest mental inheritance to which a German, a Frenchman, or an -Englishman is born is his native tongue, rich in the knowledge and -wisdom, the ideas and thoughts, the wit and fancy, the sentiment and -feeling, of a thousand years. Nay, of more than a thousand years; for -these languages, in their modern forms, were enriched by still earlier -centuries. To come back to the old thought, such a speech as one of these -only flows out from such a life as it expresses, and is in turn essential -to the existence of that life.”[13] - -[Sidenote: English.] - -Parents who wish their children to possess the best instruments of -thought cannot be too careful in the selection of teachers for them. -Children whose mother tongue is a dialect should be trained in one or -more of the languages that have been enriched by centuries of development -and literary culture. The best that the people of Pennsylvania-German -extraction can do for future generations is to make the transition -as speedily as possible from their vernacular—so poverty-stricken in -its vocabulary—to the English, with its abundant vocabulary and its -unsurpassed literary treasures. In the English they will find the -instruments of thought fitted to develop native powers that have been -inherited from an ancestry of sturdy husbandmen, and strengthened through -heredity by centuries of contact with the soil, even as the giant Antæus, -in wrestling with Hercules, is fabled to have gained new strength as -often as he came in contact with mother earth. The same advice will -apply to the other nationalities who have come to live on American soil, -even though they have brought with them a more developed vernacular. -The English dictionary contains one hundred and twenty thousand -words; but besides these words in common use, the dictionaries of the -specialists contain several hundred thousand more, which may be called -technical terms, and which serve as instruments of thought in scientific -discussions and investigations. To these we next turn our attention. - - - - -VI - -TECHNICAL TERMS AS INSTRUMENTS OF THOUGHT - - It is the power of thinking by means of symbols which - demarcates men from animals, and gives one man or nation the - superiority over others. - - LEWES. - - Hardly any original thoughts on mental or social subjects ever - make their way among mankind or assume their proper importance - in the minds even of their inventors until aptly selected words - or phrases have, as it were, nailed them down and held them - fast. - - J. S. MILL. - - Though most readers, probably, entertain, at first, a - persuasion that a writer ought to content himself with the use - of common words in their common sense, and feel a repugnance to - technical terms and arbitrary rules of phraseology, as pedantic - and troublesome, it is soon found by the student of any branch - of science that, without technical terms and fixed rules, there - can be no certain or progressive knowledge. The loose and - infantine grasp of common language cannot hold objects steadily - enough for scientific examination, or lift them from one stage - of generalization to another. They must be secured by the rigid - mechanism of a scientific phraseology. This necessity has been - felt in all the sciences, from the earliest periods of their - progress. - - WHEWELL. - - Ideas and existences are represented by terms and phrases; - and as terms and phrases are representative of thoughts and - things, and are the means which enable us to speak about them, - the definitions, descriptions, and explanations of terms form - a very necessary part of science; and he who would understand - science must learn the meaning of the special terms employed in - it. - - GORE. - - -VI - -TECHNICAL TERMS AS INSTRUMENTS OF THOUGHT - -[Sidenote: Technical terms.] - -[Sidenote: Their value.] - -Some teachers are very much afraid of technical terms. They teach -their pupils to say name-word instead of noun, action-word instead -of verb, and bring over instead of transpose. There is no end to the -phrases they invent for the sake of avoiding technical terms. Acting -on the maxim that a pupil shall never be allowed to use a word without -comprehending its meaning, they prefer to use compound words and phrases -to denote the fundamental ideas of the various branches of study. This -fear of technical terms is a natural result of the reaction against -rote teaching. So much has been said and written against the teaching -of mere words, especially big words, against parrot-like recitations -of definitions, rules, principles, and forms of statement given in the -text-book or wrought out by the teacher, that many people fail to see the -value of technical terms as instruments of thought. A separate chapter -is necessary to point out their function in scientific thinking and -instruction. In common parlance the use of technical terms should be -avoided. Do we say that Nebuchadnezzar had a long noun or a long name? -Noun is a technical term; name is the word in ordinary use. Do we say -that a man broke his femur or his leg? The doctors who set the limb will -probably use the technical term in their conferences. In talking with -the common people they use the common names, unless they wish to awe -the multitudes by a show of learning. Often, indeed, men use big words -to hide their ignorance. In physiology the investigations are carried -as far as possible, and then a term is coined to cover the unknown. -Often high-sounding words are strung together to cover a lack of ideas -or to establish a reputation for erudition. These are tricks to which a -genuine teacher has no occasion to resort. It is his duty to ascertain -the educational value of the technical terms of science, and to use these -terms for the purpose of fixing scientific ideas in the mind and of -causing the pupil to think clearly and exactly. - -[Sidenote: Basal concepts.] - -At the basis of every science, as we have seen, there are certain ideas -which cannot be conveyed to other minds by the use of the corresponding -technical terms. These basal concepts must be built up in the learner’s -mind by skilful teaching, sometimes by the very process by which the -race acquired or discovered them. It may require a trip to the field, to -the museum, or to the mine; or an experiment in the laboratory may be -necessary. Perhaps a development lesson is needed to enable the pupil to -grasp the idea clearly and fully. It is very certain that if the idea is -hazy and ill-defined, the subsequent thinking will be loose, obscure, -and unsatisfactory. The glib use of technical terms may often hide from -the teacher the defects of the pupil’s thinking, and it may require -an examination to reveal the points wherein the teacher has failed. -Questions which require a pupil to look at his knowledge from a new point -of view are helpful; an examination abounding in such questions may be -an intellectual blessing to both teacher and pupil. The examiner should, -of course, avoid puzzling catch-questions, for these are calculated to -embarrass the pupil and confuse his thinking. - -[Sidenote: Popular lectures.] - -A clear thinker can always make his ideas intelligible to those who -have acquired the basal concepts of the things, principles, and laws -with which he deals. Lecturers on popular science avoid the abstruse -questions of advanced science and the technical terms which do not convey -a definite meaning to the average hearer. They select topics which can be -discussed in the language of common life, and often state the results of -scientific research without leading the audience through the successive -steps by which these results are obtained. The popular lecture requires -special gifts that are not in the possession of every scientist. Huxley -was one of the most gifted men of the century; yet he says of himself,— - -[Sidenote: Huxley.] - -“I have not been one of those fortunate persons who are able to regard -a popular lecture as a mere _hors d’œuvre_ unworthy of being ranked -among the serious efforts of a philosopher, and who keep their fame as -scientific hierophants unsullied by attempts—at least of the successful -sort—to be understanded by the people. On the contrary, I have found that -the task of putting the truths learned in the field, the laboratory, -and the museum into language which, without bating a jot of scientific -accuracy, shall be generally intelligible, taxed such scientific and -literary faculty as I possessed to the uttermost; indeed, my experience -has furnished me with no better corrective of the tendency to scholastic -pedantry, which besets all those who are absorbed in pursuits remote from -the common ways of men, and become habituated to think and speak in the -technical dialect of their own little world, as if there were no other.” - -[Sidenote: Exact thinking.] - -There is an error, on the other hand, into which practical men fall when -they object to the technical language of the scientist. There are many -things in science which cannot be made plain to the non-scientific -mind. The difficulty lies not in the terminology employed, but in the -lack of the basal concepts necessary for the advanced thinking which -must be employed. Says Robert Galloway, “Words when employed in science, -unlike their employment in common use, have a meaning steadily fixed and -precisely determined; this precision in the meaning of scientific terms -necessarily requires on the part of those who can make proper use of them -_accurate habits of thought_; this is an indispensable qualification for -attainment in any science; there is no dispensing with it, consequently -one who does not know the language of a science, and who has not been -taught to think accurately with respect to it, cannot understand properly -what may be told or shown him about the facts or principles of that -science.” - -[Sidenote: De Quincey.] - -From this point of view it is easy to see the use which the teacher -should make of technical terms. Circumlocutions and explanatory phrases -may be helpful in developing fundamental ideas, but the corresponding -technical terms should be associated with the ideas as soon as these -assume clear, definite shape. Language is the atmosphere in which -thinking lives; technical language is as necessary to the scientific -thought as the air we breathe is to the physical life. In one of his -letters to a young man whose education had been neglected, De Quincey -renders an important service to the science of teaching. “In assigning -to the complex notion X the name transcendental, Kant was not simply -transferring a word which had previously been used by the school-men to -a more useful office; he was bringing into the service of the intellect -a new birth; that is, drawing into a synthesis, which had not existed -before as a synthesis, parts or elements which exist and come forward -hourly in every man’s mind. I urge this upon your attention, because you -will often hear such challenges thrown out as this (or others involving -the same error): ‘Now, if there be any sense in this Mr. Kant’s writings, -let us have it in good old mother English.’ That is, in other words, -transfer into the unscientific language of life scientific notions which -it is not fitted to express. The challenger proceeds upon the common -error of supposing all ideas fully developed to exist _in esse_ in all -understandings, ergo, his own; and all that are in his own he thinks we -can express in English. Thus the challenger, in his own notions, has -you in a dilemma, at any rate; for, if you do not translate it, then it -confirms his belief that the whole is jargon; if you do (as, doubtless, -with the help of much periphrasis, that will be intelligible to a man -who already understands the philosophy), then where was the use of the -terminology? But the way to deal with this fellow is as follows: My good -sir, I shall do what you ask; but before I do it I beg you will oblige -me by (1) translating this mathematics into the language of chemistry; -(2) translating this chemistry into the language of mathematics; (3) -both into the language of cookery, and, finally, solve me the Cambridge -problem, Given the captain’s name, the year of our Lord, to determine the -longitude of the ship? This is the way to deal with such fellows.” - -[Sidenote: Images.] - -[Sidenote: Higher forms of thinking.] - -Technical terms are very helpful in dealing with that which cannot be -imaged or visualized. When Francis Galton began his inquiries into the -power possessed by different minds to conceive the breakfast table, to -recall vividly the various dishes and the way in which they are placed -upon the table, many men of scientific habits of thought declared that -there is no such human faculty. On the other hand, the educational -reformer whose early training did not make him familiar with the -thought-processes of higher mathematics may honestly declare that he -cannot conceive an abstract number, and, as a matter of course, he can -have no adequate conception of the value of the higher forms of thinking -in symbols. Dr. W. T. Harris has well said that the mind can think ideas -which cannot be pictorially conceived or made to stand before the mind -in thought-images. In thinking this class of ideas, technical terms are -indispensable as instruments of thought. - -[Sidenote: Symbols classified.] - -[Sidenote: Suggestive symbols.] - -The value of technical terms as instruments of thought is seen in a still -clearer light if we try to classify the various uses of the signs and -symbols which are employed as aids in thinking. Many of these have no -office beyond that of _suggesting_ the things or ideas for which they -stand. To this class belong the marks which suggest to the tramp a cross -dog or a good meal. As soon as he has seen them, they could be erased; -the train of thought which they started in his mind can go on without -them. Of a similar character are the devices by which the merchant marks -the buying and the selling prices of goods, the red and blue lights used -on railways and ocean steamers, the secret signs and signals employed by -the signal corps of an army, and the steps, grips, signs, countersigns, -and passwords employed by secret societies as a means of identification. -Very many of the artificial devices used in systems of mnemonics have no -higher function than that of suggesting what otherwise might be forgotten. - -[Sidenote: Symbols as substitutes.] - -Very different are the signs and symbols which mathematics employs as -substitutes for the quantities to be considered. In adding a column -in the ledger or in a statistical table the mind thinks the figures -without reference to the concrete objects which they denote. In the -solution of a problem in algebra the unknown quantities are represented -by symbols like _x_ and _y_, the known quantities by the first letters -of the alphabet or by numerical expressions; the relations between -the quantities are indicated by equations; there is no thought of the -quantities themselves while the mind is engaged in manipulating the -symbols according to well-defined rules of operation, and only when the -result is to be interpreted do the quantities reappear in the field of -consciousness. The substitute symbol is a device for temporarily dropping -an idea until it is needed for interpretation; the suggestive symbol is -a means of bringing an idea or thought into the domain of consciousness. -The latter furnishes or recalls material for the mind to act upon; the -former lightens the burden which the mind would otherwise have to carry. -The arithmetical solution of an age question in which the mind constantly -carries the thought of A’s age and his wife’s age as compared with the -algebraic solution of the same question in which A and his wife, as -well as their ages, sink temporarily out of sight, shows the value of -substitute signs and symbols in mathematical thinking, and explains why -algebraic methods are so far superior to the clumsy and involved methods -of arithmetical analysis. - -[Sidenote: Expressive symbols.] - -Different from either of these is the class of symbols used in expressing -ideas. This class includes not only the words of written and spoken -language, but also the natural signs of gesture language and the -conventional signs of manual language taught to deaf mutes. The language -is full of faded metaphors indicating the office of common words. They -are said to express meaning, to convey thought, to embody ideas, to -enshrine content. They may be likened to window-panes through which one -sees what is back of them. Sometimes the window-panes, like spectacles -when first worn, attract more attention from the person looking than the -objects seen through them,—a parallel to what occurs when the articulate -speech, or its rhetorical adornment, attracts more attention than the -thought expressed. But if that which is seen through the window-pane -is on the order of a Santa Claus loaded with toys and Christmas-gifts, -then no notice is taken of the medium through which the object is seen. -Hence the very best teaching—that which rivets attention upon the thought -conveyed—always fails to teach the spelling of words incidentally. -Furthermore, the instruction which frequently stops to draw attention to -the grammar of the sentences, the spelling of the words or their mode of -utterance, interferes with the formation of logical habits of thinking -and divests the words of their function as expressive signs. When the -word itself becomes an object of thought the mind is not thinking by -means of that word. It has been well said that we may fail to apprehend -the meaning of what a person is saying because the tone of his voice -arrests our attention through its resemblance to that of some one else -in whom we feel an interest; that so far as signs thus attract notice -on their own account, they fail to fulfil their function as a means of -attending to something other than themselves. For this very pertinent -observation credit is due to Mr. G. F. Stout, who (“Mind,” lxii. page 18) -has very clearly drawn the distinction between the three classes of signs -or symbols used as helps in thinking. He says,— - -[Sidenote: G. F. Stout.] - -“Suggestive signs serve only to bring something to mind; they are not -a means of minding it when once recalled. An expressive sign, on the -contrary, is a means of attending to its signification.... Expressive -signs differ from substitutes in a manner exactly the inverse of that -in which they differ from suggestive signs. A suggestive sign has -fulfilled its purpose and becomes of no further avail so soon as it has -suggested its meaning. A substitute sign is a counter which takes the -place of its meaning; so long as it fulfils its representative function -it renders useless all reference to that which it represents. The -counters are manipulated according to certain rules of operation until a -certain result is reached, which is then interpreted. The operator may -be actually unable to interpret the intermediate steps. Algebraical and -arithmetical symbols are to a great extent used as mere substitute signs. -The same is true of the symbols employed in formal logic. It is possible -to use signs of this kind whenever fixed and definite rules of operation -can be derived from the nature of the things symbolized, so as to be -applied in manipulating the signs without further reference to their -signification. A word is an instrument for thinking about the meaning -which it expresses; a substitute sign is a means of not thinking about -the meaning which it symbolizes.” - -[Sidenote: Fixing concepts.] - -In addition to these three purposes the technical term may serve still -another important end. It helps to fix the new concept or notion after -it has been developed by skilful instruction. Its association therewith -makes it a suggestive sign whenever occasion requires the recurrence -of the concept or thought for which it stands. The train of thought is -facilitated and made possible by the use of technical terms as expressive -signs. And if the idea denoted by it can be accurately defined, so -that the definition becomes a triumph of intellect, or if it can be -quantified, so as to become a unit of measure like the volts, ohms, -ampères, and watts in applied electricity, the technical term may even -serve a purpose analogous to the substitute signs in sciences like formal -logic and mathematics. - -[Sidenote: Proper use of technical terms.] - -The foregoing analysis indicates the proper method of teaching technical -terms. First, the basal concept should be carefully developed and -clearly presented; it should then be fixed in the mind by association -with the corresponding technical term; finally, the union should be -made permanent by frequently causing the two to appear together in -the domain of thought, by treating them as welcome guests when they -appear together in the citadel of mind. Divorce of one from the other -should be as impossible as in the case of the two parties to a suitable -marriage. On the _fête_ days of science they should appear together, -each suggesting the presence of the other, the technical term serving -as a helpmeet to the idea, and as its representative when, in the -charmed circle of scientific investigation, the presence of the idea -is not absolutely required. Circumlocutions, like name-word for noun, -quality-word for adjective, and relation-word for preposition, may be -helpful in presenting the idea or in introducing the technical term; they -may be tolerated, like a third party in the making of a match; but when -the match has been made, and the wedding has been solemnized, they should -drop out of sight as of no further use. The figure of speech could easily -be pressed too far; for many objects known to science have a common as -well as a technical designation. Each has its proper place in the realm -of thought,—the common name in ordinary conversation, the technical term -when scientific precision is required. - - - - -VII - -THOUGHT AND LANGUAGE - - It seems to me quite certain that we can and do think things - without thinking of any sound or words. Language seems to me - to be necessary to the progress of thought, but not at all - necessary to the mere act of thinking. It is a product of - thought: a vehicle for the communication of it, a channel for - the conveyance of it, and an embodiment which is essential - to its growth and continuity. But it seems to be altogether - erroneous to represent it as an inseparable part of cogitation. - Donkeys and dogs are without true thought, not because they - are speechless, but they are speechless because they have - no abstract ideas, and no true reasoning powers. In parrots - the power of mere articulation exists sometimes in wonderful - perfection. But parrots are not so clever as many other birds - which have no such power. - - Man’s vocal organs are correlated with his brain. Both are - equally mysterious, because they are co-operative, and yet - separable, parts of “one plan.” - - ARGYLL. - - That the language may be fitted for its purpose, not only - should every word perfectly express its meaning, but there - should be no important meaning without its word. Whatever we - have occasion to think of often, and for scientific purposes, - ought to have a name appropriated to it. - - J. S. MILL. - - -VII - -THOUGHT AND LANGUAGE - -[Sidenote: Three possible contingencies.] - -In the development of intellectual life three contingencies are possible. - -1. The growth of the vocabulary may be more rapid than the acquisition of -ideas. - -2. The accumulation and development of ideas may exceed the ability to -express them in language. - -3. The acquisition of ideas and words, of thought and language, may be -simultaneous. - -Without doubt, these possibilities in mental growth exist for wise and -beneficent purposes. - -[Sidenote: Words without ideas.] - -The tendency to acquire words without the corresponding ideas is, in -at least one direction, a source of gain rather than loss. The pert -phrases, profane words, and other objectionable language which the child -accidentally hears from the lips of older persons, and at times uses to -the unspeakable annoyance of parents and teachers, would be an occasion -for far more serious alarm if the meaning were fully understood. Were it -a law of our mental life that the hearing and learning of a profane or -obscene word necessarily carried with it a clear grasp of the meaning, -the resulting harm to the inner life of the soul would be immeasurably -greater, and the stain upon the character would be vastly more difficult -to remove. The objectionable language may mirror the habits of thought -and speech into which those in charge of the child have fallen, awaken -in them a new sense of their responsibility, and cause them to be more -careful of what they say; or it may prove an index to the kind of company -into which the child is drifting, and thus serve as a danger-signal to -parent and teacher. When the mind has not learned to think the thought -expressed, a simple warning against the use of such ugly words generally -suffices to eradicate them from the child’s vocabulary; and in such -instances it is a blessing in disguise that the learning of the words -was not accompanied by the acquisition of their meaning. The loss to the -intellectual life is more than balanced by the gain in moral training. - -[Sidenote: Thinking without words.] - -Is thinking possible without language? If by language is meant oral -speech and written words, the sign-language of deaf mutes is sufficient -to compel an affirmative answer to the question. Moreover, there are -modes of thinking and of expressing thought other than by the use of -words. Of the means of expressing thought without words, symbols like the -ten digits and the sigma of the new psychology are well-known examples. -The player in a game of chess, croquet, or billiards thinks movements -in advance of making them, and generally without describing the same in -words. The drawings and plans by means of which the architect designs a -new building, the mental images of mechanical contrivances which precede -the invention and construction of machines, the mental pictures used in -designing, engineering, and sketching, in original geological thought, -prove beyond the shadow of a doubt that thinking may go forward without -words and sentences, and may find expression in ways better adapted to -the needs of the artisan. The graphic method of presenting to the eye -the results of an investigation is less cumbersome than any description -in words. Some men depend so much upon mental pictures in their thinking -that they assert they cannot think at all without them. In some kinds -of gymnastic drill the movement is described in words, then conceived by -the mind, and finally executed. This exercise has a different educational -value from the exercise in which the student simply imitates the -movements of the teacher, the latter being an instance of thinking and -expressing thought without the help of words. The speed with which many -movements must be executed, as in fencing, legerdemain, athletic sports, -the manipulation of the lever in the hands of the engineer, requires -thinking without the intermediate agency of words and sentences. The time -it takes for an idea to pass into words, and through them into actions, -is measurably greater than the time required for the direct translation -of thought into action. Although the difference in specific instances is -measured by the fraction of a second, it would involve serious loss of -time as well as energy in the handicrafts if thoughts could only pass -into action through speech or written language. - -[Sidenote: Superfluity of words.] - -[Sidenote: Thought and action.] - -[Sidenote: Francis Galton.] - -Some persons run to mouth; others lack in this respect. To the former -class belong those whose lips move in study; those who talk to -themselves; and many whose paucity of ideas does not justify their -superfluity of words. Let such a man be elected as a delegate to a synod -or a convention, and the sessions will be prolonged beyond the usual -time. As a rule, the energy of such men is exhausted in speech; they -are not noted for getting things done. On the other hand, the men of -great executive ability are oftentimes men of few words; their thought -is translated into doing rather than talking. The man of deeds is always -estimated above the man of words, the general above the orator, Cæsar -the commander above Cæsar the orator. Sometimes the men of original -turn of mind find that their thinking outstrips their power to express -thought. Francis Galton says of himself, “It is a serious drawback to -me in writing that I do not so easily think in words as otherwise. -It often happens that after being hard at work and having arrived at -results that are perfectly clear and satisfactory to myself, when I try -to express them in language I feel that I must begin by putting myself -on quite a different intellectual plane; I have to translate my thoughts -into a language that does not run evenly with them. I therefore waste a -great deal of time in seeking for appropriate words and phrases, and am -conscious, when required to speak on a sudden, of being often obscure -through mere verbal maladroitness, and not through want of clearness -of perception. This is one of the small annoyances of my life. I may -add that often while engaged in thinking out something I hatch an -accompaniment of nonsense-words, just as notes of a song might accompany -the thought. Also, that after I have made a mental step, the appropriate -word frequently follows as an echo; as a rule, it does not accompany it.” - -[Sidenote: Knowing and telling.] - -This throws a new light upon one phase of school work. The boy who has -a notion of the content of a lesson sometimes stops in the midst of a -recitation and, without premeditation, exclaims, “I know it, but cannot -say it.” The teacher retorts, “You do not know what you cannot express.” -Both are right and both are wrong. There is, probably, a measure of -truth in what each claims. If the pupil had mastered the text, he -would not only have a clear idea of the lesson, but he would also have -acquired from the book or from the teacher the words to express the idea. -Nevertheless, if there is reason for thinking that the pupil has devoted -reasonable time to the lesson, his linguistic powers should be developed -by questions and other appropriate help. The good sense and native -instincts of most teachers lead them to give this help. The teacher whose -captious disposition issues in remarks calculated to repress a backward -pupil’s powers of expression should find employment outside of the -school-room. - -[Sidenote: Foreign-born children.] - -The child of foreigners may outstrip native children and astonish the -school by unprecedented progress because, being already familiar with -the ideas of the lesson, it is compelled simply to acquire the language -by which the ideas are expressed. By reason of their inability at first -to tell what they know, such children are often classified with those -less mature, and the mastery of the new language in their case is not as -difficult as the mastery of new ideas for which brain-growth may be the -essential condition. To ignore the fact that such children often know -more than they can tell is pedagogic folly in the highest degree. - -[Sidenote: Language clarifies thought.] - -[Sidenote: Literary societies.] - -Courses of study are sometimes mapped out so as to cause inequality in -the pace with which ideas are accumulated and language is developed. -Undue stress on grammar, rhetoric, and belles-lettres may cause abnormal -development in the direction of flowery language, a verbose style, an -ornate diction. It is a fault difficult to correct. To insist that such a -student shall have something to say, to force him into studies that will -bring him face to face with great questions as yet unsettled, to beget -in him a state of mind in which he is troubled with ideas, to compel him -to work over and over what he writes until his sentences are as clear -as crystals, seems necessary to counteract the one-sided development -of such students. The curriculum of study may err on the other side. -The graduates in the various courses of engineering (civil, electrical, -mechanical, and mining) sometimes develop technical, to the neglect of -linguistic, skill. In the presence of a body of capitalists they are -made deeply conscious of the difference between the ability to think and -the ability to express thought.[14] In one large school of technology the -graduates established prizes in English composition and endowed chairs -of the English language and literature, so that future students might -acquire the power to state in clear and intelligible language the results -of their work as specialists. In no long time it was discovered that -for this purpose they also needed training in an art similar to that of -the teacher,—namely, the art of developing the ideas and thoughts which -underlie and condition the engineering project under consideration. For -him who would be a leader among men, the ability to express thought is -quite as important as the ability to think. Moreover, there is a vast -difference between ability to express thought on one’s feet in the -presence of an audience and ability to express it on paper in the privacy -of the home. J. J. Rousseau and Washington Irving could write well, but -neither of them could make a speech. Patrick Henry’s eloquence before an -audience was unsurpassed; he never could write a satisfactory report. -Power in both directions may be acquired in a college course through the -exercises of a good debating society. The student who, during four years, -carefully writes out his thoughts, then discards his manuscript while -speaking, and studies how he can best convince his hearers and how he can -prune himself of the defects pointed out by the merciless criticism of -his fellows, can feel sure of ultimate success. President Barnard says -of one of our largest institutions that half its glory departed when -its literary societies were killed through the influence of the Greek -letter fraternities. A public speaker who is a slave to his manuscript is -deserving of pity. College authorities may well exercise their ingenuity -in finding a substitute for the drill and practice which the literary -societies of by-gone days afforded in learning to think and to express -thought in the face of opposition, criticism, and other unfavorable -conditions. - -[Sidenote: Influence of language upon thinking.] - -[Sidenote: Teaching English.] - -Thought and language exercise a reciprocal influence. Thought is -stimulated and clarified by the effort to express it. Often it is shaped -by the limitations of one’s vocabulary and the range of the words with -which one’s hearers or readers are familiar. The faded metaphors of -language betray us into fallacies. Phrases like the witness of the -spirit, total depravity, have led to extravagant expectations and -unwarranted conclusions. People sometimes have a religious phraseology -without a corresponding religious experience, and hence deceive -themselves and others. Everywhere we see instances that go to show how -important it is that the development of the power to think should keep -pace with the growth of the power to express thought. Very much is said -in these days about the use of good English. As Adam threw the blame -upon Eve, and Eve cast it upon the Serpent, so every one blames some -one else for the poor English used at school and college. In the end -the teachers are usually made to bear most of the blame: the college -professor blames the teachers in the high school; these, in turn, blame -the teachers in the lower grades; and when the matter is cast up to the -primary teacher, she throws the blame upon the street and the home. A -professor in the college department of a university gave many ludicrous -specimens of English in the work handed to him by students. He was asked -of what college class he had charge, and when he replied the sophomore, a -high-school teacher suggested that the specimens reflected quite as much -upon the teachers of the freshman class as upon the schools below the -university. - -[Sidenote: The committee.] - -A women’s society in one of our large cities sent a committee to the -superintendent to complain of the poor English used by the children in -the schools. He agreed that strenuous efforts should be made to provide -a remedy. He added, “If you will take care of the English in the homes -and on the streets, I will get the teachers to look after the English in -the schools.” Instead of throwing blame upon others, it were far more -sensible for each educated person to ask wherein he is to blame for -setting others a bad example and wherein he can help the teachers of -English to accomplish the desired result. - -[Sidenote: Aim.] - -The aim in teaching English is twofold,—first, to get the student to -appreciate good English and good literature; secondly, to get him to use -it in speaking and writing. The latter end cannot be reached by mere -practice in essay-writing. Ability to think is a condition of ability -to express thought. Too many of the subjects assigned lay stress upon -the forms of speech and not upon the content of language. When pupils -think in words and disconnected phrases rather than sentences, when -they violate the rules for capitals, punctuation, and paragraphs, the -teachers of English may be solely to blame; but, in so far as the use -of good English depends upon good thinking, the blame for the use of -faulty language rests upon all who teach. If the ability to think is not -developed in proportion to the use of language, the school will produce -stylists who exalt the forms of speech above their content, slaves of -beautiful and flowery language who resemble the fops and dudes of social -life. To emancipate from such slavery requires more than an emancipation -proclamation from the president of a college association. - -[Sidenote: Linguistic studies.] - -[Sidenote: Language tributary to thinking.] - -The labors of the brothers Grim, Max Müller, and others have reduced -the knowledge of language to a science. Linguistic studies have become -as interesting as any branch of natural science. They shed new light -upon the history of mankind. In furnishing material for thought, as well -as mental discipline, they are not inferior to any other study in the -curriculum. It would, however, be a mistake to suppose that philological -studies are superior to other disciplines as means for developing power -to think and power to express thought. The professor of any language -is apt to regard that language as an end, and not as means to an end. -Primarily, language is a medium of communication. It distinguishes man -from the brute creation, and furnishes him the instruments of thought by -which he carries forward processes of reasoning beyond the reach of the -lower animals. At the university language in general, or any particular -language, may be studied as a specialty, and can thus be made an end in -itself as appropriately as any other subject which is studied for its -own sake. In the lower schools language should always be made tributary -to the art of thinking. It should be employed to embody thought, and -to convey thought, without intruding itself upon our attention as the -thing of chief value. Any phase of linguistic study may be lifted by -an enthusiastic teacher into the chief place in the course of study. -Orthography has sometimes been taught as if it were the chief end of man -to spell correctly. Grammar has been taught as if a faulty sentence -were one of the sins forbidden by the Decalogue, and as if the fate -of the republic depended upon parsing, analysis, and diagramming. The -pronunciation of words may be emphasized until the lips of teacher and -pupil smack of an overdose of dictionary, until the overdoing of obscure -vowels draws attention away from the thought to the manner of utterance. -A sensible man articulates his words in such a manner as readily to be -understood, but never in such a way as to excite remark or draw the mind -of the listener from the subject-matter of the discourse. - -In educational practice, the manner of expressing the thought should -not supplant the more important art of making the pupil think. Getting -and begetting thought are of more consequence than the expression of -thought; in fact, they condition the correct use of language. All talk -about English, or German, or Spanish, or Latin, or Greek, as if any -one of these languages were an end in itself for the average pupil, -is wide of the mark. Correct sentences, beautiful expressions, and -rhetorical phrases can never make a nation great or perpetuate its free -institutions. Flowery language can never save a dying sinner or console -the widow who is following the bier of a son, her only child and support. -Fine words never win a battle by land or by sea. The most eloquent -orations against Philip of Macedon did not keep him from destroying the -liberties of Greece. - -Correct and forceful language is a gift to be coveted, a prize worth -striving for; but it should never be made the all-absorbing aim of -education. The teacher of any phase of language must for a time make his -instruction the object of chief concern; but he should never ignore the -fact that language is and ever should be an aid to thought, a stimulus to -thinking, an embodiment of ideas, a medium of communication, a means to -an end. - - - - -VIII - -THE STIMULUS TO THINKING - - Good methods of teaching are important, but they cannot supply - the want of ability in the teacher. The Socratic method is - good; but a Socrates behind the teacher’s desk to ask questions - is better. - - THOMAS M. BALLIET. - - Of all forms of friendship in youth, by far the most effective - as a means of education is that species of enthusiastic - veneration which young men of loyal and well-conditioned minds - are apt to contract for men of intellectual eminence in their - own circles. The educating effect of such an attachment is - prodigious; and happy the youth who forms one. We all know - the advice given to young men to “think for themselves;” and - there is sense and soundness in the advice; but if I were - to select what I account perhaps the most fortunate thing - that can befall a young man during the early period of his - life,—the most fortunate, too, in the end, for his intellectual - independence,—it would be his being voluntarily subjected for a - time to some powerful intellectual slavery. - - DAVID MASSON. - - -VIII - -THE STIMULUS TO THINKING - -[Sidenote: Thought stimulus.] - -Whilst the distinction between thinking in things and thinking in -symbols should never be ignored or lost sight of by the teacher, it need -not be brought to the attention of the learner,—at least not in the -elementary stages of instruction. It is more profitable for the learner -to be absorbed in gathering the materials of thought and in learning -by practice how the educated man uses the instruments of thought for -drawing correct conclusions by the most effective methods. If the eye of -consciousness is turned inward upon the mental processes too early, the -flow of thought is interrupted and turned away from its logical trend. -The teacher, on the other hand, is expected to watch the growth of the -mind, to awaken its powers, and to rouse these into vigorous activity. -It is essential not merely that he furnish the pupils with the proper -materials and the best instruments of thought, but it is necessary also -to stimulate and direct their thinking; otherwise that which is given -them may overload the memory, lie undigested in the mind, exhaust the -energy of the intellect in the effort at retention, and ultimately cause -mental dyspepsia. - -[Sidenote: Competition.] - -[Sidenote: Socratic question.] - -Men engaged in the struggle for existence or preferment usually find -ample stimulus to their thinking faculties in the competition which real -life affords. If the merchant does not think accurately and effectively, -the consequences make themselves visible in his bank-account. The desire -for gain is the stimulus to thought in the commercial world. An appeal -to the same motive is often made through the offer of prizes and -fellowships. The competition of maturer years finds an adumbration in -the competition for class-standing and for superiority in field sports. -The teacher who employs no higher stimulus to thought must be a stranger -to the mysteries of the art which he professes to practise. The best -device for stimulating thought has come down to us hallowed by the ages. -It bears the name of the greatest teacher of ancient Athens. It is the -question as employed in the Socratic method. Not every question is the -Socratic question. A man who has lost his way may ask a question, but it -is for the sake of getting information. The teacher may be striving to -fix in the memory the salient points of the lesson: he asks questions, -the answers to which the pupils are expected to have at their tongue’s -or fingers’ end. A question thus used for purposes of drill is often -called a categorical question. It is not the Socratic question. Yonder -sits a boy who for half an hour has been wrestling with a problem. Unable -to find a clue to the solution, he asks the teacher for help. Instead -of telling him directly what he wishes to know, the Socrates behind the -teacher’s desk asks a question which causes the pupil to put side by side -in his mind two ideas never before linked together in his thought. Upon -the learner’s face is seen an expression as if light had broken in from -on high. He goes back to his seat, and ere five minutes have elapsed -he is rejoicing in the glory of a triumph. The teacher did not do the -pupil’s thinking; he simply asked the Socratic question, which aims to -make the pupil think for himself. - -[Sidenote: Substitute teachers.] - -This stimulus to thought is employed by every master in the art of -teaching. The question may be used to badger and confuse a pupil, -especially if the teacher is not fully acquainted with the ideas and -thoughts already in the learner’s mind. To cause each pupil to place -side by side in his mind ideas and concepts whose relation he had not -before perceived, it is necessary that the teacher be familiar with the -intellectual storehouse of every member of the class. At this point the -substitutes who occasionally supply the places of regular teachers are -at a serious disadvantage. Not knowing what the pupils have mastered, -they must often waste time in finding out where the new should be linked -to the old, and where it is necessary to clarify and develop ideas with -which the members of the class are only partially familiar. Often these -lose interest in the recitation while the new teacher quizzes them on -things that have grown stale by repetition. - -[Sidenote: The living teacher.] - -[Sidenote: The dead line.] - -[Sidenote: Knowledge and teaching power.] - -[Sidenote: The course of study.] - -[Sidenote: Difficulties.] - -Back of the Socratic method must be a Socrates to ask the questions. -Education results not from highly differentiated methods, but primarily -from the play of mind upon mind, heart upon heart, will upon will. In -the difficult art of making others think the most important factor is -the teacher himself. Thinking begets thinking. In this connection one -cannot forbear contrasting the living teacher with other educational -forces. Treatises on education are in the habit of printing nature with -a capital letter, whilst words like teacher, humanity, unless they -stand at the beginning of the sentence, begin with a small letter. Are -lifeless rocks, dead leaves, stuffed birds, and transfixed bugs more -potent in begetting thought than the teacher himself? If nature were -such a wonderful teacher, then the savage, who is in daily contact with -nature, and who knows little or nothing of the artificial life of our -great cities and great seats of learning, should be the best thinker. A -teacher whose power to stimulate thought is not superior to dead leaves -and bugs and butterflies must have reached the dead line. Teachers may be -divided into two classes,—those who have ceased to grow and those who -are still alive and growing. Under the tuition of the former the boy soon -loses interest in study, and seldom acquires the power to think. From -a dead tree you cannot propagate life. Ingraft a lifeless teacher upon -the school; the most skilful devices of school management and recitation -serve only to intensify the dull routine, the mechanical iteration and -repetition which Bishop Spalding declares to be the most radical defect -in our systems of education. It takes life to beget life. A growing mind -is required to beget growth in other minds. A good thinker begets habits -of close and careful thinking in those whom he moulds. Some minds are -more gifted in this respect than others. Without doubt the reader can -recall the difference between knowledge and teaching power which he felt -while under several instructors at the same time. From those gifted with -stimulating power he came away with a mind full of interrogation points, -and with the attention riveted upon problems calling for investigation. -Under their tuition the commonest things acquired new interest and -became food for thought. The thinking seemed to spring out of that upon -which the mind was feeding. Without the stimulating influence which -comes from a live teacher, contact with nature, access to libraries and -laboratories, may amount to very little. The chief trouble in our schools -is not that the courses of study are too crowded, but the teachers are -too empty. There is not enough fuel in their minds to keep alive the -glow of thought. A course of study in the hands of a skilful instructor -is like a good bill of fare under the direction of a skilful caterer. -The latter does not expect every guest to eat his way through the entire -bill of fare; he so manages the succession of dishes as to stimulate -the appetite to the end of the feast; he sends the guests away without -the feeling of satiety,—in fact, anxious for the next banquet. The wise -teacher does not expect the pupils to assimilate everything in the course -of study; he aims so to feed and stimulate their minds that they find -genuine pleasure in thinking, and go away from him with a desire not -only for more knowledge, but also for things that give suitable exercise -to the reflective powers. Watch a boy at work upon a puzzle, and you -will be convinced that he finds genuine delight in thinking that which -is difficult. The most popular teachers are not they who smooth away -every difficulty in the pathway of the student, but they who stimulate -his thinking and help him to a sense of mastery over intellectual -difficulties. The quickening, stimulative influence of the Socratic -question lies in its content rather than its form; and both form and -content derive their vivifying power from the personality of the teacher. - -[Sidenote: Conscious and unconscious influences.] - -The stimulating influences which go forth from a live teacher are -partly conscious and partly unconscious. The latter are the more -effective. Minds gifted with quickening power create about themselves -an intellectual atmosphere that is like the invigorating atmosphere of -the mountains or the tonic breezes which blow from the sea. The woman -who touched the hem of the Saviour’s garment felt at once the vivifying -influences which were all the time going forth from the Great Teacher. -Here we stand face to face with the greatest mystery of the teacher’s art. - -[Sidenote: The heart.] - -Some light is shed upon the mystery by the intimate relation which exists -between the conscious and the subconscious life of the soul. The ideas -upon any subject which the individual cherishes during his conscious -moments, the train of logical thinking which he pursues when the will -gives direction to reflection, the creative effort which he seeks to -put forth in a given direction,—these shape the activities which go -forward in the depths of the soul when perhaps the attention is directed -to the discharge of routine duties. “Out of the heart are the issues of -life.” “Out of the fulness of the heart the mouth speaketh.” From the -treasure-house of the heart come welling up thoughts, ideas, sentiments, -and purposes which largely determine the influence exerted upon others -when the individual is not aware of it. The teacher must make himself -what he wishes his pupil to be. If foot-ball and base-ball and boating -form the staple of his thinking, the centre of his affections, these -athletic sports, in ways that are marvellous and often past finding out, -become the objects of thought in which his students will delight. If -the truths and principles of science absorb his interest and engage the -best thought of his conscious hours, these will determine the moulding -influence which he will unconsciously exert upon others. If he delights -in germ-ideas, in seed-thoughts, these will emanate from him whenever he -is thrown into contact with inquiring minds. Much, of course, is due to -native ability, to inherited qualities. The circle of minds which one -teacher can reach is further limited by the breadth or narrowness of his -views, by the points which he has in common with others, by the amount of -sympathetic interest which he manifests in their progress and welfare, -by the sum total of the characteristics of generic humanity which he has -taken up into himself. In other words, his stimulating power depends upon -the extent to which his inner life is representative of the best thought -and the best traits of the age in which he lives and of the people to -whom he belongs. - -[Sidenote: Exhaustive treatment.] - -[Sidenote: Hope.] - -A teacher may destroy his power to awaken and stimulate thought by -developing every subject in all its bearings to its logical or final -conclusion. He should send his classes away from the daily lecture or -recitation to the library or the laboratory, to the study, the shop, or -the field, with the sense of something to be achieved, with the feeling -that there are fields of research for them to explore, fields that will -amply repay careful study, investigation, and reflection. There is -nothing that tires a boy so soon as the feeling that there is nothing for -him to do, nothing that he can master, achieve, or conquer on his own -account. The normal child is so constituted that it loves activity, looks -into the future, and regards itself as an important factor in the world’s -life. The advance from childhood to youth is marked by a transition into -the period that is brimful of hope and ambition. The pampered son of a -rich man may feel no longing of this sort; his opportunities for early -travel and premature indulgence in every whim may have brought him to -the point where the whole world seems like a sucked orange for which -one has no further use. Unless the rich father and mother possess an -extraordinary amount of good sense, their children do not have an even -chance with the children of the middle classes whose outlook upon life -supplies abundant motives for study and exertion. - -[Sidenote: The field of vision.] - -If a boy has not made a mistake in selecting his parents, if the -atmosphere of the home in which his first six years are spent is normal, -he comes to school with a sense of something to be achieved. Should -this feeling be lacking, the true teacher will aim to beget it by the -instruction he gives and by appeals to the innate desire for knowledge. -As the intelligence dawns, the interrogation points on the boy’s face -multiply; his appetite for knowledge grows by what it feeds on. If the -branches of study do not become more interesting than any occupation by -which the boy can earn coppers, there is something wrong either with the -boy or his teacher, or with both. In the ascent of the hill of science -every step upward widens the horizon, increases the field of vision, and -stimulates to new effort. Every field explored beckons to new fields of -investigation. It is the prerogative of the teacher to point out what is -in store for the aspiring youth. Take, for instance, the domain of pure -mathematics. A pupil had learned in his geometry that parallel lines -never meet. The teacher told him that his geometrical studies would after -a while acquaint him with lines that are not parallel and yet never -meet. No sooner had he met lines of this kind, situated in different -planes, than his teacher told him of lines that continually approach but -never meet. The appeal to his curiosity helped to stimulate the desire -for knowledge and kept him thinking earnestly and seriously until he -met the asymptote and its curve. The study of asymptotes soon grew more -interesting than chess or any sports upon the athletic field. - -[Sidenote: Master minds.] - -The aim of the teacher should be to make himself useless. In other words, -the school should aim to lift the pupil to the plane of an independent -thinker, capable of giving conscious direction to his intellectual -life and of concentrating all his powers upon anything that is to be -mastered. It is to be reckoned a piece of good fortune for a bright -and talented youth to fall under the dominating influence of a master -mind. In endeavoring to walk in the footsteps of an intellectual giant, -to comprehend his theories and speculations, and to carry the burden -of his thoughts, unexpected strength and power are developed, and when -the day of emancipation comes—as it always does come in the case of -gifted youth—the learner will find that he has entered a higher sphere -of intellectual activity, and will henceforth rank among the world’s -productive thinkers. - -[Sidenote: False stimulants.] - -[Sidenote: Mental lethargy.] - -As was said at the beginning of the chapter, the competition of men -in mature life is usually sufficient to stimulate their thinking. The -men whose duties make a constant drain upon their productivity need -other forms of thought-stimulation. Reference is not here made to the -narcotics, alcoholic stimulants, and other drugs which brain-workers use -in periods of reaction and fatigue: these stimulate only for a short -time, and leave the nervous system and the brain weaker than before; they -shorten life by burning the candle at both ends; they cannot supply the -need of sleep, rest, and recreation. To take rational exercise, to eat -proper food, and to obey all the laws of health is the sacred duty of -every person who teaches by word of mouth or pen. Every effort should be -made to keep vitality at its maximum. Often the mind resembles the soil -which yields a richer harvest if permitted to lie fallow for a time. If -at the close of a period of rest or a summer vacation the mind refuses -to work, what shall then be done to stimulate mental activity? Different -men derive stimulus from different sources. One finds help from taking a -pen in hand, another by facing a sea of upturned faces. A clergyman of -considerable repute uses an Indian story to start his mental machinery. -Henry Ward Beecher declared that the greatest kindness which could be -shown him was to oppose his public utterances. Opposition roused all his -powers and helped him to think vigorously and to the best advantage. -Schiller is said to have kept rotten apples in his desk, because he -believed that the odor stimulated his mind. Some men find help in -solitude, from the singing of birds, from the sound of rustling leaves -and falling waters, from the noise of ocean waves, or from the glimpse of -distant waters or far-off mountains. An eminent theologian is stimulated -by the playing of a piano in the next room. The stimulus from books is -reserved for discussion in a separate chapter on the Right Use of Books. - -[Sidenote: Hinderances.] - -As there are helps, so there are hinderances to good thinking. Petty -cares, executive duties, noises in the same room, or in the next room, -or upon the street, are well-known examples. Their name is legion, and -their cost is enormous if they come from manufacturing establishments -near the school. A word about the extra-mural music which emanates from -vile machinery on the streets is not out of place in this connection. An -English writer asserts that the organ-grinders of London have done more -in the last twenty years to detract from the quality and quantity of the -higher mental work of the nation than any two or three colleges at Oxford -have effected to increase it. A mathematician estimates the cost of the -increased mental labor these street-musicians have imposed upon him and -his clerks at several thousand pounds’ worth of first-class work, for -which the government actually paid in added length of the time needed for -his calculations. - -[Sidenote: Our fellow-men.] - -In matters of this kind every man must be a law unto himself. Since no -two human beings are exactly alike, but each is a new creation fresh from -the hands of the Creator, it follows that each person must study his -own peculiarities, form his own habits of work, and acquire the power -to think in the midst of the circumstances in which he is placed. By -resolute effort the mind can ignore many a hinderance and distraction. -The best stimulus from without comes from our fellow-men. “Our minds need -the stimulus of other minds, as our lungs need oxygen to perform their -functions.” At school the stimulus comes from classmates, from those in -the higher and lower classes, but above all else, from the best books -and the best teachers. In the life beyond the school the stimulus comes -from the daily contact and competition with others, from conversation and -discussions with those who think, from communion with the best books, -with nature, and with nature’s God. - -[Sidenote: Sources of stimulus.] - -After the powers of the mind have been awakened and disciplined, -stimulus and inspiration may come from ten thousand sources. Silence -and solitude, city and country, business and pleasure, observation and -travel, observatories and laboratories, libraries and museums, nature and -art, poetry and prose, fiction and history, may each in turn serve as a -spur to creative, inventive, and productive thinking, as an incentive -to original research, fruitful investigation, and profitable reasoning. -Among all the sources of stimulation, the good teacher and the good book -take superlative rank. - - - - -IX - -THE RIGHT USE OF BOOKS - - Even the very greatest of authors are indebted to miscellaneous - reading, often in several different languages, for the - suggestion of their most original works, and for the light - which has kindled many a shining thought of their own. - - HAMERTON. - - He reads a book most wisely who thinks everything into a book - that it is capable of holding, and it is the stamp and token of - a great book so to incorporate itself with our own being, so - to quicken our insight and stimulate our thought, as to make - us feel as if we helped to create it while we read. Whatever - we can find in a book that aids us in the conduct of life, or - to a truer interpretation of it, or to a franker reconcilement - with it, we may with a good conscience believe is not there by - accident, but that the author meant we should find it there. - - LOWELL. - - Much as a man gains from actual conflict with living minds, - he may gain much even of the same kind of knowledge, though - different in detail, from the accumulated thinking of the - past. No living generation can outweigh all the past. If - books without experience in real life cannot develop a man - all round, neither can life without books do it. There is a - certain dignity of culture which lives only in the atmosphere - of libraries. There is a breadth and a genuineness of - self-knowledge which one gets from the silent friendship of - great authors without which the best work that is in a man - cannot come out of him in large professional successes. - - PHELPS. - - The great secret of reading consists in this,—that it does - not matter so much what we read or how we read it as what we - think and how we think it. Reading is only the fuel; and, the - mind once on fire, any and all material will feed the flame, - provided only it have any combustible matter in it. And we - cannot tell from what quarter the next material will come. The - thought we need, the facts we are in search of, may make their - appearance in the corner of the newspaper, or in some forgotten - volume long ago consigned to dust and oblivion. Hawthorne in - the parlor of a country inn on a rainy day could find mental - nutriment in an old directory. That accomplished philologist, - the late Lord Strangford, could find ample amusement for an - hour’s delay at a railway station in tracing out the etymology - of the names in Bradshaw. The mind that is not awake and alive - will find a library a barren wilderness. - - CHARLES F. RICHARDSON. - - -IX - -THE RIGHT USE OF BOOKS - -[Sidenote: A novel.] - -A clergyman who found the reaction from his pulpit efforts so great that -often he could not bring himself to think vigorously and consecutively -before the middle of the following week was advised by his physician to -try the effect of an Indian tale or an exciting story, and found that -a good novel works like a charm in bringing the mind back to normal -action. After the interest in the story or novel begins to grow there is -danger of reading too long, of reading until another spell of fatigue and -reaction comes. The book should be laid aside as soon as the first glow -of mental action is felt. - -[Sidenote: Books.] - -Most thinkers need the stimulating influence of other minds. These can -be found at their best upon the shelves of a well-selected library. They -are ready to help us whenever we feel ready to give them our attention. -Men put the best part of themselves into their books. The process of -writing for print intensifies mental activity, spurs the intellect to the -keenest, most vigorous effort, and arouses the highest energy of thought -and feeling. Authors that exert a quickening influence upon our thinking -should be kept for use whenever we need a stimulus to rouse the mind from -its lethargy. - -Leibnitz got his best ideas while reading books. He had acquired the -habits of a librarian to whom favorite volumes are always accessible. - -[Sidenote: As stimulus.] - -A scientist of repute says he gets the necessary stimulus from Jevons’s -treatise on the inductive sciences. Professor Phelps has collected an -instructive list of authors whose writings have been helpful to other -authors of note. He says,— - -[Sidenote: Examples.] - -“Voltaire used to read Massillon as a stimulus to production. Bossuet -read Homer for the same purpose. Gray read Spenser’s ‘Faerie Queene’ as -the preliminary to the use of his pen. The favorites of Milton were Homer -and Euripides. Fénelon resorted to the ancient classics promiscuously. -Pope read Dryden as his habitual aid to composing. Corneille read Tacitus -and Livy. Clarendon did the same. Sir William Jones, on his passage to -India, planned five different volumes, and assigned to each the author he -resolved to read as a guide and awakener to his own mind for its work. -Buffon made the same use of the works of Sir Isaac Newton. With great -variety of tastes successful authors have generally agreed in availing -themselves of this natural and facile method of educating their minds to -the work of original creation.”[15] - -[Sidenote: Great thinkers.] - -The most valuable function of standard authors lies in their quickening -influence upon the intellectual life. The effort to appropriate their -ideas and to master their thoughts is the best possible exercise for the -understanding. In thinking their thoughts, weighing their arguments, and -following their train of reasoning the mind gains vigor, strength, and -the capacity for sustained effort. The invigorating atmosphere which -a great thinker creates has a most remarkable tonic effect upon all -who dwell in it. By unconscious absorption they acquire his spirit of -inquiry, his methods of research, his habits of investigation, his way -of attacking and mastering difficulties. While trying to walk in his -footsteps they learn to take giant strides. His idioms, his choice of -words, his favorite phrases and expressions are at their service when -they enter new fields of truth. Both in power and aspiration they become -like him through the mysterious process of mind acting upon mind, of -heart evoking heart, and of will transfusing itself into will. A great -thinker gets his place in the galaxy of shining intellects through the -truths which he communicates; and as truth is the best food for the soul, -so the quest of truth is the best exercise for all its faculties. - -[Sidenote: The literature of knowledge and the literature of power.] - -De Quincey, in his essay on Alexander Pope, draws an important and -oft-quoted distinction between the literature of knowledge and the -literature of power. He says the function of the one is to teach, of -the other to move. The former he likens to a rudder, the latter to -an oar or a sail. To illustrate the difference he asks, “What do you -learn from ‘Paradise Lost’? Nothing at all. What do you learn from a -cookery-book? Something new, something that you did not know before, in -every paragraph. But would you, therefore, put the wretched cookery-book -on a higher level of estimation than the divine poem? What you owe to -Milton is not any knowledge, of which a million separate items are still -but a million of advancing steps on the same earthly level; what you owe -is _power_,—that is, exercise and expansion to your own latent capacity -of sympathy with the infinite, where every pulse and each separate influx -is a step upward, a step ascending, as upon Jacob’s ladder, from earth to -mysterious altitudes above the earth. All the steps of knowledge, from -first to last, carry you farther on the same plane, but could never raise -you one foot above your ancient level of earth; whereas, the very first -step in power is a flight, is an ascending into another element where -earth is forgotten.” - -[Sidenote: Lowell.] - -The value of the literature of power as a means of imparting power to -every soul that lives under its influence is easily seen and generally -acknowledged. But the literature of knowledge serves the double purpose -of furnishing us material for thought and of acting as a stimulus to -thought. On this point we have the testimony of the wisest who have -ventured to give advice upon the use of books. Lowell says, “It is -certainly true that the material of thought reacts upon the thought -itself. Shakespeare himself would have been commonplace had he been -padlocked in a thinly shaven vocabulary, and Phidias, had he worked in -wax, only a more inspired Mrs. Jarley.” - -The advice which Lowell gives concerning a course of reading and the ends -of scholarship to be kept in mind by those who read with a purpose is too -valuable to be omitted in this connection: - -[Sidenote: His advice.] - -“One is sometimes asked by young people to recommend a course of reading. -My advice would be that they should confine themselves to the supreme -books in whatever literature, or, still better, to choose some one great -author and make themselves thoroughly familiar with him. For, as all -roads lead to Rome, so do they likewise lead away from it, and you will -find that in order to understand perfectly and to weigh exactly any vital -piece of literature you will be gradually and pleasantly persuaded to -excursions and explorations of which you little dreamed when you began, -and will find yourselves scholars before you are aware. For, remember, -there is nothing less profitable than scholarship for the mere sake of -scholarship, nor anything more wearisome in the attainment. But the -moment you have a definite aim, attention is quickened, the mother of -memory, and all that you acquire groups and arranges itself in an order -that is lucid, because everywhere and always it is in intelligent -relation to a central object of constant and growing interest. This -method also forces upon us the necessity of thinking, which is, after -all, the highest result of all education. For what we want is not -learning, but knowledge; that is, the power to make learning answer its -true end as a quickener of intelligence and a widener of our intellectual -sympathies. I do not mean to say that every one is fitted by nature or -inclination for a definite course of study, or, indeed, for serious study -in any sense. I am quite willing that these should ‘browse in a library,’ -as Dr. Johnson called it, to their heart’s content. It is perhaps the -only way in which time may be profitably wasted. But desultory reading -will not make a ‘full man,’ as Bacon understood it, of one who has -not Johnson’s memory, his power of assimilation, and, above all, his -comprehensive view of the relations of things. ‘Read not,’ says Lord -Bacon, in his ‘Essay of Studies,’ ‘to contradict and confute; not to -believe and take for granted; nor to find talk and discourse; but to -weigh and consider. Some books are to be tasted, others to be swallowed, -and some few to be chewed and digested; that is, some books are to be -read only in parts; others to be read, but not curiously (carefully), and -some few to be read wholly and with diligence and attention. _Some books, -also, may be read by deputy._’ - -“This is weighty and well said, and I would call your attention -especially to the wise words with which the passage closes. The best -books are not always those which lend themselves to discussions and -comment, but those (like Montaigne’s ‘Essays’) which discuss and comment -ourselves.”[16] - -Professor Phelps, in his lectures to divinity students, gives golden -advice to the class of professional men whose life-work compels them -to draw upon their productive intellect more than any other class of -professional men. - -[Sidenote: Phelps.] - -“There is an influence exerted by books upon the mind which resembles -that of diet upon the body. A studious mind becomes, by a law of its -being, like the object which it studies with enthusiasm. If your favorite -authors are superficial, gaudy, short-lived, you become yourself such -in your culture and your influence. If your favorite authors are of the -grand, profound, enduring order, you become yourself such to the extent -of your innate capacity for such growth. Their thoughts become yours not -by transfer, but by transfusion. Their methods of combining thoughts -become yours; so that on different subjects from theirs you will compose -as they would have done if they had handled those subjects. Their choice -of words, their idioms, their constructions, their illustrative materials -become yours; so that their style and yours will belong to the same class -in expression, and yet your style will never be merely imitative of -theirs. - -“It is the prerogative of great authors thus to throw back a charm over -subsequent generations which is often more plastic than the influence of -a parent over a child. Do we not feel the fascination of it from certain -favorite characters in history? Are there not already certain solar minds -in the firmament of your scholarly life whose rays you feel shooting down -into the depths of your being, and quickening there a vitality which you -feel in every original product of your own mind? Such minds are teaching -you the true ends of an intellectual life. They are unsealing the -springs of intellectual activity. They are attracting your intellectual -aspirations. They are like voices calling to you from the sky. - -“Respecting this process of assimilation, it deserves to be remarked -that it is essential to any broad range of originality. Never, if it -is genuine, does it create copyists or mannerists. Imitation is the -work of undeveloped mind. Childish mind imitates. Mind unawakened to -the consciousness of its own powers copies. Stagnant mind falls into -mannerism. On the contrary, a mind enkindled into aspiration by high -ideals is never content with imitated excellence. Any mind thus awakened -must, above all things else, be itself. It must act itself out, think its -own thoughts, speak its own vernacular, grow to its own completeness. -You can no more become servile under such a discipline than you can -unconsciously copy another man’s gait in your walk or mask your own -countenance with his.”[17] - -“Give to yourself a hearty, affectionate acquaintance with a group of -the ablest minds in Christian literature, and if there is anything in -you kindred to such minds, they will bring it up to the surface of your -own consciousness. You will have a cheering sense of discovery. Quarries -of thought original to you will be opened. Suddenly, it may be in some -choice hour of research, veins will glisten with a lustre richer than -that of silver. You will feel a new strength for your life’s work, -because you will be sensible of new resources.”[18] - -[Sidenote: Two ways of reading.] - -There are two ways of reading books,—one a help to thinking, the other -destructive of ability to think. If the reader allows the ideas of a -book to pass through his mind as a landscape passes before the eye of -a traveller, ever seeking the excitement of something new and never -stopping to reflect upon the contents of the book so as to weigh its -arguments, to notice its beauties, and to appropriate its truths, the -book will leave him less able to think than before. Passive reading is -permissible when the aim is merely recreation, but he who would read -to gain mental strength must read actively, read books that he can -understand only as the result of effort. President Porter gives this -advice: - -[Sidenote: President Porter.] - -“The person, particularly the student, who has never wrestled manfully -and perseveringly with a difficult book will be good for little in this -world of wrestling and strife. But when you are convinced that a book is -above your attainments, capacity, or age, it is of little use for you, -and it is wiser to let it alone. It is both vexing and unprofitable to -stand upon one’s toes and strain one’s self for hours in efforts to reach -the fruit which you are not tall enough to gather. It is better to leave -it till it can be reached more easily. When the grapes are both ripe -and within easy reach for you, it is safe to conclude that they are not -sour.”[19] - -[Sidenote: Reading as a source of material.] - -There are many phases of the library problem which do not call for -consideration in this connection, but in addition to their value as -a stimulus to thinking, the function of books in furnishing proper -material for thought and suitable instruments of thought deserves special -consideration on the part of those charged with the duty of teaching -others to think. There was a time when libraries were managed as if it -were the mission of the librarian to keep the books from being used. -The modern librarian seeks to make the accumulated wisdom of the past -accessible to all. He regards the library as a storehouse of knowledge, -from which any one able to read can get what he needs. Cyclopædias and -dictionaries of reference, card catalogues, and helps like Poole’s -“Index to Periodical Literature” make the best thought of the best minds -in these and other days accessible to the student. He who wishes to gain -a hearing on any theme must know what others have said upon it. Disraeli -has well said that those who do not read largely will not themselves -deserve to be read. The prize debates between different colleges are -teaching students how to utilize books in getting material for public -discussions. Theses for graduation develop the ability to use books in -the right way. And yet, valuable as books are for furnishing fuel to the -mind, they may be used to destroy what little ability to think a pupil -has otherwise developed. To assign topics for composition which require -a culling of facts from books, and to allow the essays to be written -outside of school hours, expose the pupil to unnecessary temptations. In -the public schools there should be set apart each week several periods of -suitable length, during which the pupil, under the eye of the teacher, -writes out his thoughts. In such exercises the attention should not be -riveted upon capitals, spelling, punctuation, grammatical construction, -and rhetorical devices; the mind should be occupied solely and intensely -with the expression of the thought. Mistakes should be corrected when the -pupil reviews and rewrites his composition. Books can be used to furnish -material for thought; the elaboration can be helped by oral discussions; -the interest thereby aroused will make each member of the class anxious -to express his thoughts; hesitation in composing and distraction from -dread of mistakes can be overcome by making the class write against time. - -[Sidenote: Enriching one’s vocabulary.] - -Books are helpful in enriching one’s vocabulary. Treatises on rhetoric -teach what words should be avoided. The student finds more difficulty in -getting enough words to express his thoughts. The study of a good series -of readers is more valuable as a means of acquiring a good vocabulary -than all the rules on purity, propriety, and so forth, which are found in -the text-books on rhetoric. A good series of school readers employs from -five to six thousand words. With these the average teacher is familiar -to the extent of knowing their meaning when he sees them in sentences. -He does not have a sufficient command of a third of them to use them in -writing or speaking. The selections of a Fifth Reader contain more words -than are found in the vocabulary of any living author. The step from -knowing a word when used by another to the ability to use that word in -expressing our own thoughts has not been taken in the case of the larger -proportion of the words with which we are familiar on the printed page. -Most persons use more words in writing than in oral speech, more words in -public speaking than in ordinary conversation. We unconsciously absorb -many words which we hear others use, but we pick up a far larger number -from those we see in print simply because the printed page contains a -larger variety of words than spoken language. In this respect there is a -vast difference between the oral discourse and the written manuscript of -the same person. The style is different; the sentences in oral discourse -are less involved; the diction is less complicated; the vocabulary is -less copious. Hence the advantage of the boy who has access to standard -authors over the youth who has access to few books, and these not well -selected. Without any effort, the former gains possession of a vocabulary -which makes thinking easier and richer. - -[Sidenote: School readers.] - -The lack of a library of standard authors can be supplied, to some -extent, by a judicious use of the school readers. If the mastery of the -words and the getting of the thought precede the oral reading of the -lesson, and if the vocal utterance is followed by oral and written -reproduction of the thought, correct habits of study will be formed, and -the working vocabulary of teacher and pupil will be vastly increased. -The habit of eying every stranger on the printed page will be fixed, and -the appropriation of new words will rise above the subconscious stage. -Only one other exercise is comparable,—namely, the comparison of words -in a lexicon for the purpose of selecting the right one in making a -translation from some ancient or modern language. Such translations, if -honestly made, enrich the vocabulary and furnish exercise in the study of -the finer shades of meaning which words have, as well as in the use of -the words for the purpose of expressing thought. - -[Sidenote: Franklin’s plan.] - -[Sidenote: Correcting papers.] - -Most persons, when they face an audience or feel at all embarrassed, -think in phrases, in broken sentences. Hence exercises designed to -cultivate the habit of thinking in sentences are very valuable. -Franklin’s plan of rewriting the thought of a book like “The Spectator,” -and then comparing his own sentences with those of a master-mind, can be -followed with great advantage, because it lifts the burden of correction -from the teacher’s shoulders and throws it upon the pupil, giving the -latter the full benefit of the exercise. Moreover, it cultivates in the -pupil the habit of watching how thought is expressed by standard authors. -The teacher’s interest in the thought side of language often makes him -forget that the correct use of capitals, punctuation marks, sentences, -and paragraphs is a matter of thinking quite as much as invention and the -arrangement of materials. These externals of the process of composing -must at some time be made the object of chief regard. The reason so -many pupils do not learn their use is found in the fact that teachers -hate the drudgery of correcting papers, and they expect the pupils to -acquire this knowledge incidentally. The right use of books obviates the -necessity for much of this drudgery, and secures the desired end with a -minimum expenditure of time and effort. Skill in the use of capitals and -punctuation marks is best acquired when the attention is not absorbed -by the elaboration of ideas or by the labor of composing. The externals -involved in putting sentences upon paper can claim the chief attention in -the dictation of standard selections from a school reader. This exercise -enables the pupil to make his own corrections, and is worth a dozen in -which the teacher makes the corrections, only to be cast aside after a -momentary glance by the pupil. The exercise may be varied by copying a -selection from a standard author upon the black-board, covering it with -a screen or shade (on rollers) during the dictation, and exposing it to -view only while the corrections are made. If each one of the punctuation -marks is made an object of special attention in a particular grade, there -are enough grades to cover them all before the pupil reaches the high -school. - -[Sidenote: Dictation.] - -A superintendent revolutionized the language-work of an entire county by -dictating to the applicants at the annual examination for provisional -certificates a selection from a First Reader for the purpose of testing -their knowledge of capitals and punctuation and the other details of -written speech. Every one saw the value of the test, and it led to a -study of the school reader from a new point of view. - -[Sidenote: Books for all.] - -[Sidenote: Right use of books.] - -It is not easy to overestimate the value of books, not merely for those -who aspire to become thinkers, but even for all classes of men in -civilized life. Books treasure the wisdom of the ages and transmit it to -future generations. They kindle thought, enliven the emotions, and lift -the soul into the domain of the true, the beautiful, and the good. They -furnish recreation and instruction, comfort and consolation, stimulation -and inspiration. They confirm or correct the opinions already formed, and -give tone to the entire intellectual life. They enlarge the vocabulary, -exemplify the best methods of embodying thought in language, and show -how master-minds throw their materials into connected discourse, how -they organize facts, truths, inferences, and theories into systems of -science or speculation. One can subscribe to all that is said in favor -of object-teaching and laboratory methods, and still be consistent in -maintaining that it should be one of the chief aims of the school to -teach the right use of books, that the college and university fail in -their mission if they neglect to put the student into the way of using -a library to the best advantage. If the policy of many schools were -adopted in other fields of human activity, the folly would be too glaring -to escape notice. Suppose, by months of effort, a botanist could create -in his son a liking for the plants of the nightshade family, some of -which, like the potato and the tomato, are good for food and others are -poisonous. Having created the appetite, the father makes no effort to -gratify it. The son, failing to distinguish between the good and the bad, -the esculent and the poisonous, and finding the latter within easy reach, -begins to gratify his appetite by eating without discrimination. The -deadly effects are more easily imagined than described. - -[Sidenote: Good literature.] - -A parallel folly has been committed in hundreds of communities which have -taxed themselves to banish illiteracy and to make ignorance impossible -among the young people. Reading is carefully taught; the ability to -read is followed by an appetite for reading; a strong desire for the -mental food derived from the printed page is created. Yet nothing is -done to supply the right kind of books for the purpose of gratifying -this appetite. The average youth is allowed to get what he can from the -book-stalls, which contain much that is as deleterious to the soul as -some plants of the nightshade family are to the body. It is as much a -duty to supply proper literature as it is to impart the ability to read. -When, in the twentieth century, some historian shall give an account -of the educational development of Pennsylvania, he will record it as a -fact passing strange and well-nigh incapable of explanation that for -more than three decades there stood upon the statute-books of a great -commonwealth a law preventing boards of directors from appropriating any -school funds to the purchase of books for a school library except such -works of a strictly professional character as were necessary for the -improvement of the teachers. Within the last decade a new era has dawned -in library legislation and in the purchase of books. Directors are now -empowered to levy a tax for library purposes, and free libraries are -springing into existence not only in the large centres of population, but -even in the rural schools. The movement has come not a whit too soon; -for habits of reading are sadly needed to supplement life in the factory -and on the farm. To make from day to day nothing except the head of a -pin, or the sixtieth part of a shoe, may develop marvellous skill and -speed in workmanship, but such division of labor leaves little room for -intellectual activity or for anything above the merest mechanical routine. - -[Sidenote: The factory.] - -It should not occasion surprise that operatives in factories seek the -mental excitement which human nature always craves after hours of -monotony. Far better that they should find recreation in a good book than -in a game of cards, in a free library than in a drinking-saloon. That the -workman may taste the joys of the higher life of thought, it is essential -that he have access to the best literature in prose and poetry, to books -of travel, biography, history, science, and sociology. If he lack these, -his mind will lose itself in local gossip, in discontent over his lot, -in envy of those who have more to eat and drink, better clothes to wear, -and better houses to live in. Of the pleasures of the higher life he can -have as many as, if not more than, others have; for at the close of the -day his mind is not exhausted by professional thinking, and he can enjoy -a good book far more than the men whose daily occupation obliges them to -seek recreation in physical exercise. - -[Sidenote: The farm.] - -[Sidenote: Twentieth century.] - -The same remarks apply to life on the farm. The incessant drudgery -of monotonous toil day after day from early dawn till late at night -has sent farmers and their wives to untimely graves, sometimes to the -insane asylum. They need the intellectual stimulus which comes from -good books, the health-giving recreation which comes with the change -from the fatiguing toil of the day to the perusal of good literature in -the evening. Under the more rational policy of providing a supply of -good books along with the creation of a taste for reading, the working -people of the next generation will be as well read, as well informed, -and as capable of sustained thought as those who think money all day, or -spend their strength in vocations which act upon the mind very much as a -grindstone acts upon a knife,—narrowing the blade while sharpening the -edge. Let it be hoped that early in the twentieth century the laboring -classes will have shorter hours of work, more leisure for reading, and an -appreciation of good books equal to that of Charles Lamb, who asserted -that there was more reason for saying grace before a new book than -before a dinner. Under the beneficent influence of free text-books and -free libraries it should be possible to create in the rising generation -a spirit like that of Macaulay, who declared that if any one should -offer to make him the greatest king that ever lived, with palaces and -gardens, and fine dinners and wines, and coaches and beautiful clothes, -and hundreds of servants, on condition that he should not read books, he -would decline the offer, preferring to be a poor man in a garret with -plenty of books rather than a king who did not love reading. - - - - -X - -OBSERVATION AND THINKING - - The degree of vision that dwells in a man is the correct - measure of a man. - - THOMAS CARLYLE. - - When general observations are drawn from so many particulars - as to become certain and indubitable, these are the jewels of - knowledge. - - DR. I. WATTS. - - To behold is not necessarily to observe, and the power of - comparing and combining is only to be obtained by education. It - is much to be regretted that habits of exact observation are - not cultivated in our schools; to this deficiency may be traced - much of the fallacious reasoning, the false philosophy which - prevails. - - HUMBOLDT. - - You should not only have attention to everything, but quickness - of attention, so as to observe at once all the people in the - room, their motions, their looks, and their words, yet without - staring at them or seeming to be an observer. This quick and - unobserved observation is of infinite advantage in life, and is - to be acquired with care; and, on the contrary, what is called - absence, which is a thoughtlessness and want of attention about - what is doing, makes a man so like either a fool or a madman, - that, for my part, I see no real difference. A fool never has - thought, a madman has lost it, and an absent man is for the - time without it. - - LORD CHESTERFIELD. - - -X - -OBSERVATION AND THINKING - -[Sidenote: Inventors.] - -Very few thinkers have let us into the secret of their thinking. Probably -most of them could not if they would. They are too much absorbed in that -which engrosses their attention to pay any heed to the processes of the -inner life. Occasionally an inventor or discoverer gives us a glimpse -of the state of his mind when the new idea flashed into consciousness. -Such glimpse always reveals his indebtedness to habits of careful -observation. His thinking was stimulated by some felt want or puzzling -phenomenon, and perhaps by contact with others engaged in similar lines -of study. Oftentimes a number of persons are thinking of ways, means, and -contrivances by which a widely felt want may be supplied or a perplexing -fact explained. After prolonged effort and meditation, during which -the mind is concentrated upon one thing to the neglect of everything -else having no bearing upon the problem in hand, the happy thought is -suggested by the observation of some neglected fact or the perception -of some unsuspected relation. Probably half the inventions are made in -that way. What seems accidental or a piece of good luck is in reality the -result of long musing and reflection, during which many comparisons are -made, until at length the right combination gives the desired result. -Wants keenly felt by mankind in general or by some gifted individual in -particular serve as a powerful stimulus to thought, and quicken the eye -and the ear to perceive what was before unnoticed, thereby laying the -foundation for invention, discovery, or progress in new fields of thought. - -[Sidenote: Writers.] - -Great writers are equally indebted to their powers of observation. Of the -men of genius whom the world delights to honor, probably no one watched -his inner development more closely than Goethe. He gives us the following -account of how his works were produced: - -[Sidenote: Goethe.] - -“To each one of my writings a thousand persons, a thousand things have -contributed. The learned and the ignorant, the wise and the foolish, -childhood and age have all a share therein. They all, without suspecting -it, have brought me the gifts of their faculties, their thought and -experience. Often they have sown, and I have reaped. My works are a -combination of elements which have been taken from all nature and which -bear the name—Goethe.” - -[Sidenote: Human nature.] - -Human nature furnishes as much room for observation as all the rest -of nature. The hopes and fears, the joys and sorrows, the trials and -struggles, the thoughts and beliefs, the aspirations and achievements, -the motives and deeds of the men and women whom we meet in our daily life -and on the pages of history and fiction (such as is true to life) offer -a field for observation as vast, as interesting, and as important as all -the rocks and soils, the bugs and beetles, the insects, birds, beasts, -and fishes that dwell beneath or above or on the surface of the earth. -The larger proportion of the books taken from free libraries are works of -fiction,—a fact which shows that the interest of most of those who read -is centred upon the things of the human heart and in the observation of -human life. - -Goethe’s views of originality are these: - -[Sidenote: Originality.] - -“We are always talking about originality, but what do we mean? As soon -as we are born the world begins to work upon us, and this goes on to the -end. After all, what can we call our own except our energy, strength, and -will? If I could give an account of all that I owe to great predecessors -and contemporaries, there would be little left of my own.” - -[Sidenote: Observation.] - -Observation lies at the basis of the thinking which leads to invention in -the arts, to discovery in the domain of science, to productivity in the -fields of literature, journalism, and oratory. It lies at the foundation -of success in the professions and in the ordinary walks of life. The -medical school, for instance, seeks to develop the power of noting facts -and making careful observations. It encourages the student to put his -observations on paper while the patient is before him, to compare the -diseased or injured part with the corresponding healthy part, and to -watch symptoms as a basis for a correct diagnosis of the case to be -treated. - -[Sidenote: Books.] - -[Sidenote: Daily life.] - -The use of the encyclopædia, if pursued without any attempt to verify its -statements, may destroy the habits of observation which are so essential -to correct thinking. Mere reliance on books cannot beget trustworthy -habits of thought, for books contain the errors, as well as the wisdom, -of the ages. Errors of judgment may be corrected by thinking; errors of -fact must be corrected by observation. Many a book is made useless by new -observations and discoveries. “Send to the cellar as useless every book -on surgery that is eight years old,” said the professor to the librarian -of a great university. The order is an indication of the rapid advances -which science is making under the influence of observation, experiment, -hypothesis, and verification. Observation is needed not merely to extend -our scientific knowledge, but far more imperatively to acquaint us with -our environment. We cannot learn from books the multitudinous details -of business, or of our daily life. Books cannot make us acquainted -with the circle of friends in which we move, the pupils whom we teach, -the things in dress, toilet, and behavior upon which our standing and -reputation very largely depend. No thinker has a right to neglect these. -Many a famous professor has diminished his usefulness by carelessness in -the observation of such details. The worst failures in the class-room -are due to failure in observing either the difficulties or the conduct -of the pupils. If conduct is to be regulated, it must be observed; if -difficulties are to be explained, the teacher must perceive when and -where they occur. - -Men noted for their absent-mindedness nevertheless owe much of their fame -and success to their ability to make accurate observations in favorite -lines of study. Notwithstanding the many ludicrous tales about Newton’s -failure to see ordinary conditions and circumstances, he showed himself -indefatigable in watching the effect of a glass prism upon the ray of -light admitted into a dark room. The falling of an apple started in -his mind a train of thought which led to the discovery of the law of -gravitation. - -[Sidenote: Experiment.] - -[Sidenote: Daguerre.] - -Our best thinking is based upon experience, and our two main sources of -experience are observation and experiment. How does experiment differ -from simple observation? In the latter we watch conditions, phenomena, -and sequences as they follow one another in the ordinary course of -nature. In an experiment we change or control the course of nature by -varying the conditions and causes for the sake of seeing the effects -produced. In experiment the relation of causes and effects is studied by -adding or excluding one factor after another. Take the discovery which -made Daguerre famous. Up to his time men had tried in vain to fix the -impression of the image formed in the camera obscura. No alchemist ever -went to work at a more unpromising task than the one Daguerre set before -himself. “As years rolled on, the passion only took deeper hold upon him. -In spite of utter failures and discouragement of all kinds, for years in -loneliness and secrecy, suspected of mental weakness even by his wife, -he kept on in the same line of experiment.” Finally an accident gave him -a clue to discovery. The plates with which he experimented were stowed -away in a rubbish closet. One day he found, to his surprise, upon one -of these plates the very image which had fallen upon it in the camera. -Something in the closet must have produced the effect. He removed one -thing after another, getting the same effect, until nothing remained -except some mercury which had been spilled upon the closet floor. This -was inferred to be the agent which developed the image, and thus was laid -the foundation of the modern art of photography.[20] - -[Sidenote: Accidental observations.] - -The observation of a fact often stimulates thought in new directions. In -fact, new sciences have arisen from accidental observations. “Erasmus -Bartholinus thus first discovered double refraction in Iceland spar; -Galvini noticed the twitching of a frog’s leg; Oken was struck by the -form of a vertebra; Malus accidentally examined light reflected from -a distant window with a double refracting substance; and Sir John -Herschel’s attention was drawn to the peculiar appearance of a solution -of quinine sulphate. In earlier times there must have been some one who -first noticed the strange behavior of a loadstone, or the unaccountable -motions produced by amber. As a general rule we shall not know in what -direction to look for a great body of phenomena widely different from -those familiar to us. Chance, then, must give us the starting-point; but -one accidental observation well used may lead us to make thousands of -observations in an intentional and organized manner, and thus a science -may be gradually worked from the smallest opening.”[21] - -[Sidenote: Factories.] - -In recent years experimental research has become a regular occupation in -connection with large manufacturing establishments. In some factories -along the Rhine upward of sixty men are employed in chemical experiments -for the purpose of finding what use can be made of waste products. In -this way over two hundred useful products from petroleum have been -discovered, and a large increase in profits has been the result. The -great electrical works spend time and money upon experiments, and -jealously censor every article written by their employees for scientific -journals lest their valuable secrets should be given away. A company -engaged in the manufacture of cash registers offers a yearly premium for -the most helpful suggestion from the men and women in its employ. In one -year the firm received over eleven hundred suggestions, of which at least -eight hundred were utilized in improvements of various kinds. - -[Sidenote: Universities.] - -[Sidenote: Where observation is needed.] - -[Sidenote: The weather.] - -These instances are only samples of many that could be cited to show -how systematic observation and experiment lend a helping hand to our -national prosperity. Manufacturers carry them on for the sake of gain, -the universities for the sake of widening the field of knowledge. To aid -in such research large endowments have been established, and many of -the common people willingly pay tax in support of State universities. -Treatises on inductive logic and on the physical sciences have been -prepared by Herschel, J. S. Mill, Jevons, and others for the purpose -of showing the correct methods of research by the use of instruments -of precision, of standards of measurement, and of other apparatus; for -the laws of thought must be obeyed in the interpretation of natural -phenomena. Although as a matter of discipline the teacher in our public -schools may well study these advanced treatises, yet the habits of -observation which the elementary school should aim to beget and to foster -are simpler in detail, more easily acquired, and, it may be added, -of inestimable value in the subsequent life of the pupils. Habits of -observation are needed not only by authors, inventors, and scientists, -but also by all other people for the interpretation of the books they may -read and for the discharge of the daily duties devolving upon them. The -engineer, the fireman, the conductor, the tradesman, the mechanic, the -detective, the scout, the warrior, must be able to see things as they are -or face partial failure. Too many of them have eyes and see not; they -have ears and hear not. The study of nature is valuable as a preparation -for life either in the country or in the city. Our rural population -have not learned to see and appreciate the marvels in nature which are -transpiring on every side. The way in which the almanac is consulted -for signs to guide in sowing and planting, for prognostications of the -weather, show how little the average man can make observations. The -printers have found it necessary to retain these absolutely unreliable -weather predictions in their almanacs; the attempted omission has been -an experiment involving the loss of thousands of dollars. The success of -the quack is largely due to limited observation. One cure is made much of -while multitudes of failures are always forgotten. - -[Sidenote: Country and city.] - -Our rural population would be far more contented if the boys and girls -were taught at school how to observe and appreciate their surroundings. -They have many advantages over city folks which they never realize as -sources of enjoyment. The senses themselves, which have been styled -the gate-ways of knowledge, may be improved by judicious exercise; and -the power of the mind to interpret sense-impressions may be developed -to a marvellous degree. The savages of our North American forests had -developed keen eyes and ears; the more civilized backwoodsmen were soon -more than a match for the wily Indian. To-day, when the latter watches -the trained sharp-shooters hitting with unerring accuracy a mark more -than half a mile distant, he shakes his head and walks away in silence. - -[Sidenote: The child.] - -It has been asserted that a child gains more knowledge in the first -seven years of its life than in all its subsequent days. If the domain -of abstract and scientific knowledge be excluded from the comparison, -this is probably true. At any rate, if the thinking which is based upon -the knowledge of facts thus gained is to be correct, the facts must be -correctly observed. - -[Sidenote: Observation a source of thought-material.] - -Observation is thus of prime importance, not merely as furnishing a -stimulus to thought, but also as supplying abundant materials of thought. -Travel, experience, experiment, as well as the ordinary course of natural -phenomena, furnish abundant opportunity for the formation of correct -habits of observation. The observations thus made should be recorded in -the memory, if not on manuscript. From the storehouse of the memory, thus -filled with materials for thought, the mind derives many of the best -data for reaching conclusions. Observation, experience, and reading, as -sources of thought-material, presuppose an accurate and retentive memory -in those who think well and act well. The relation of memory to thinking -deserves treatment in a separate chapter. - -[Sidenote: Nature-study.] - -There is a limit to the number of observations which the mind can carry -and use. Nature-study may be overdone. Mere seeing is not thinking. What -the eye beholds must be sorted and assigned to its appropriate class; -otherwise the treasure-house of memory will soon resemble a wilderness -of meaningless facts. Than this only one thing can be worse,—namely, a -wilderness of meaningless words. - -[Sidenote: Reading and observation.] - -[Sidenote: Teaching a child to read.] - -[Sidenote: First test.] - -[Sidenote: Second test.] - -Reading is a species of observation. An exercise in oral reading, during -which each pupil is called down as soon as he miscalls a word, is often -an astonishing revelation, showing how few of the advanced pupils can -accurately see and correctly name every word in a stanza or paragraph. -Methods of teaching a beginner to read are correct in seeking to -develop the ability to pronounce words without help from others. Faulty -application of a method that is right in this respect may seriously -retard, and even destroy, the power of thinking what is on the printed -page. What on earth is a first-year pupil to do with the many hundred -words which he is sometimes taught to pronounce? Often words are arranged -in sentences which come dangerously near the slang of the slums, and -which no child ever hears in a cultured home. Furthermore, some sentences -in primers and first readers are well-nigh void of meaning, the aim being -to teach the words for the sake of the combinations of letters which -they contain. The first test to apply to a method of teaching a beginner -to read is the question, How quickly does it teach that which must be -known as a condition of pronouncing new words,—namely, the shape and the -sound or sounds of each of the letters of the alphabet? As compared with -the sound and the shape, the name of the letter is of relatively little -importance. Students of Hebrew may read that language fluently without -being able to repeat the Hebrew alphabet, the names of the letters being -a mere matter of convenience in talking about them. The second great -test to be applied to the method of teaching a beginner to read is the -question, Does it form the habit of getting thought from the printed -page? Grown men have admitted that they passed through several readers -before they discovered that there was a meaning or connected story in the -words which they were pronouncing. They saw and gave names to words very -much as people see and give names to objects round about them without -recognizing the significance of what is seen, or thinking the thoughts -which the Author of the Universe has spread out before them in the great -book of nature. - -[Sidenote: Third test.] - -The third test to be applied to the method of teaching reading is -the question, Does it save the pupil from the unnatural tones of the -school-room by training him to use his voice in the right way? To this -test reference will be made later. - -[Sidenote: Observation should lead to thinking.] - -If observation is to have abiding value, it must lead to thinking. This -is as true of the observation of words and sentences on the printed or -written page as it is of the observation of earth and sky and sea, of -the starry heavens above and the moral law within (which filled the soul -of the philosopher Kant with never-ceasing awe). How the things obtained -from books and from the world outside are appropriated in thought and -made our own will appear more fully when we discuss the relation of -memory to thinking. - - - - -XI - -THE MEMORY AND THINKING - - Overburden not thy memory to make so faithful a servant a - slave. Remember Atlas was weary. Have as much reason as a - camel, to rise when thou hast thy full load. Memory, like a - purse, if it be overfull that it cannot shut, all will drop - out of it: take heed of a gluttonous curiosity to feed on many - things, lest the greediness of the appetite of thy memory spoil - the digestion thereof. - - THOMAS FULLER. - - To impose on a child to get by heart a long scroll of phrases - without any ideas is a practice fitter for a jackdaw than for - anything that wears the shape of man. - - DR. I. WATTS. - - The habit of laying up in the memory what has not been digested - by the understanding is at once the cause and the effect of - mental weakness. - - SIR W. HAMILTON. - - There is no one department of educational work in which - the difference between skilled and unskilled teaching is - so manifest as in the view which is taken of the faculty - of memory, the mode of training it, and the uses to which - different teachers seek to put it. - - FITCH. - - -XI - -THE MEMORY AND THINKING - -[Sidenote: Memory and judgment.] - -Many people freely admit that they have a poor memory. Their -misstatements, breaches of etiquette, and failure to keep engagements -they excuse by claiming a poor memory for dates, names, faces, facts, -and the like. Accuse them of possessing poor judgment, and they are very -much offended. They fail to see the close relation between a good memory -and good judgment, between an accurate memory and sound common sense, -which is but another name for good judgment in matters that all men have -in common. Judgment affirms the agreement or disagreement between two -objects of thought. It involves comparison. How can the comparison be -accurate if the memory is not accurate in the ideas it recalls of the -things to be compared? - -[Sidenote: Comparison.] - -At one time it was a mooted question whether the mind can think of more -than one thing at a time. As a matter of doubt this question is no longer -discussed. For, since all thinking involves comparison, if two objects -are to be compared, they must be held before the mind at one and the same -time. A good memory is, therefore, a very important aid to reflection. - -[Sidenote: Memorizing.] - -[Sidenote: Two forms of memory.] - -And yet Thucydides and Lord Bolingbroke are said to have complained of a -memory so retentive of details that it seriously interfered with their -processes of thought. It is commonly believed that much memory work -interferes with the growth and development of a pupil’s ability to think. -“Much memorizing deadens the power of thought,” says W. T. Harris, who -is recognized at home and abroad as one of the profoundest thinkers that -America has produced. Innumerable anecdotes are told of great thinkers -to show their forgetfulness in the commonest details of every-day life. -These anecdotes are handed down from one generation of students to the -next; their mirth-provoking character gives them vitality; they grow -more ludicrous the oftener they are told; they do harm because they -lead pupils to undervalue the importance of a good memory to those who -are ambitious to shine as thinkers. Often, after it is too late, the -student finds how he has crippled his whole intellectual life by neglect -and abuse of the memory. A correct conception of the nature of memory -and its function in every department of thought and research is of -immense importance to those who teach, as well as to those who have gone -far enough in their studies to give conscious direction to their own -intellectual life. Most writers on education have treated, directly or -indirectly, of the use and abuse of the memory; every examiner appeals -to it more or less in the questions he puts; and every teacher shows -the nature and extent of his skill in the kind of demands he makes -upon the retentive power of his pupils. Take, for instance, the lesson -in geometry. There are two ways of learning and giving the proof of a -theorem: the language of the text-book may be committed to memory, and -accepted in the class-room; or the pupil may fix in his mind the line -of argument and give in his own language the successive steps of the -demonstration. The former method is a sure sign of bad teaching and of -defective habits of study. Whenever a skilful teacher finds his pupils -giving the exact words of the text-book on geometry, he changes the -lettering of the figure, and sometimes even the figure itself. He is not -satisfied until he feels sure that the pupil is thinking the thoughts -of the geometry and recalling the ideas by the inner nexus which binds -them into a line of argument. He insists on it that the learner shall -cultivate a memory for ideas rather than words. - -[Sidenote: Verbal memory.] - -Does it follow that the verbal memory is to be neglected and despised? -This is the feeling of the learner who has tasted the joys of thinking; -he hates the drudgery of learning by heart, because he has reached the -age when logical memory begins to assert itself at the expense of the -verbal memory. No less a psychologist than Professor James of Harvard -has recently put in a plea for the verbal memory which, by reason of the -abuses to which it was formerly subjected, has fallen into such disuse -that pupils on reaching the high school are often unable to quote a -single stanza of poetry. In his “Talks on Psychology to Teachers” he -says,— - -“The older pedagogic method of learning things by rote, and reciting them -parrot-like in the school-room, rested on the truth that a thing merely -read or heard, and never verbally reproduced, contracts the weakest -possible adhesion to the mind. Verbal recitation or reproduction is thus -a highly important kind of reactive behavior on our impressions; and -it is to be feared, in the reaction against the old parrot recitations -as the beginning and end of instruction, the extreme value of verbal -recitation as an element of complete training may nowadays be too much -forgotten.”[22] - -[Sidenote: Association.] - -Psychologists have shown that, in remembering and recollecting, the -mind works according to certain laws of association. Of two words or -ideas which have been before the mind at the same time, or in immediate -sequence, the one naturally tends to suggest the other. If the attention -is directed to the words as they follow each other in a line of poetry, -the memory will recall these in the order in which they occur. If the -mind’s eye is fixed on the ideas which the words express, the memory may -carry these by reason of the logical connection which exists between -them. Often the connection between the two things which are to be -remembered is purely arbitrary. Then the link which binds them together -must be forged by some mechanical process like frequent oral repetition, -or by constant gazing at them upon the printed page, or by writing them -out so that the impression made upon the mind through the eye and the ear -is further strengthened through the muscular sense. The latter species of -memory is usually called the mechanical memory, in distinction from the -memory for ideas, which has been aptly styled the logical memory. - -[Sidenote: Mechanical memory.] - -The verbal memory is but one form of the mechanical memory. There is no -necessary connection between persons and their names, between events -and dates, between things and their symbols; these must be learned by -bringing them together before the mind until by the law of association, -called contiguity in time and place, the link that binds them is forged; -or, to change the figure, until they occupy places side by side on the -tablets of the mechanical memory. It is sometimes supposed that there is -a necessary connection between the two factors and their result in the -multiplication table. But the moment we construct an arithmetical scale -based on the dozen instead of ten, 7 × 8 = 48 instead of 56 (the former -combination of figures signifying four twelves and eight ones), and the -arbitrary character of the combinations in the Arabic notation becomes -apparent at a glance. Sometimes a peculiarity in a rule like that for the -middle and the opposite parts in the right-angled spherical triangle may -assist the memory; but in most cases the formulas which are in constant -use in the higher mathematics must be fixed by the methods of drill -appropriate for the mechanical memory. - -[Sidenote: Pestalozzi’s mistake.] - -It is a mistake in teaching as well as in practical life to neglect the -mechanical memory. In many directions it takes care of itself through -the conditions and requirements of a person’s daily occupation. The -salesman in a large store, the conductor on a railway, the politician -on the hustings remembers many things in this way, and not because they -are bound together by a logical nexus like that which binds together the -thoughts of a geometrical proof. Many things which the pupil must carry -from the school into practical life must be retained through drill and -repetition. Pestalozzi imagined that if he taught pupils how to construct -the multiplication table it would not be necessary for them to commit it -to memory. The Swiss teachers long ago found out the insufficiency of his -method; found out that, whilst it pays to let a pupil construct the table -for himself, because it increases his interest in the combinations, and -thus lightens the burden of the mechanical memory, the drill must be kept -up until the sight of two factors suggests their product with infallible -accuracy. Valuable time can be saved if the teacher will make a list of -things that must be fixed in the mechanical memory for the purpose of -facilitating the thought-processes in more advanced stages of instruction -and in the discharge of the duties of practical life. The following are -typical examples of what should be lodged in the mechanical memory: - -1. A reasonable vocabulary of words in the mother tongue. - -2. A working vocabulary of words in the foreign languages which the -circumstances or occupation of a student will compel him to use. - -3. The combinations of addition up to one hundred, the multiplication -table, and the tables of weights and measures. - -4. Algebraic and other formulas which constantly recur in the higher -mathematics. - -5. The fundamental formulas in chemistry, physics, and other sciences. - -6. Declensions, conjugations, comparison, and genders of words in such -foreign languages as the pupil expects to read, write, and speak. - -7. The most necessary fact-lore of history and geography. - -8. Choice selections from the best literature and such definitions as -mark a triumph of intellect in the history of human thought. - -This enumeration may indicate the range and kind of knowledge which -should be fixed in the mechanical memory so that the mind may be in -possession of the best instruments of thought evolved by ages of -civilization. Many of the things above named must be learned by an -effort of retention, pure and simple, like that of the boy who is sent -to a store to buy half a dozen sheets of paper, two yards of ribbon, -five dozen eggs, and specified quantities of salt, flour, and other -provisions. He may write these on paper and thus ease the memory burden, -but in solving mathematical problems and in reading, writing, or speaking -a foreign language it is impossible always to carry for use written or -printed tables, vocabularies, and lexicons. To use these in thinking, -one must have them on his tongue and at his fingers’ end. Of course it -makes a difference whether one wishes simply to read a language, like -Latin or Greek, or to use it, like French and German, in conversation and -correspondence. In the former instance it is sufficient to learn the -language symbols through the eye; in the latter they must be acquired -through the ear, the tongue, and the pen. - -[Sidenote: Time for learning languages.] - -It is a wise provision of nature that the perceptive powers and the -mechanical memory are most active in childhood and youth. The normal -child is hungry for words and facts, and gathers information from every -conceivable quarter. The judgment and the reason develop after the mind -has been stored with the materials upon which these may act. Parents -and teachers who are ignorant of this order of development often force -the reasons for arithmetical processes upon the pupil when these are -difficult and when he could learn the eleven hundred variations of the -Greek verb without difficulty, whilst the study of the classical and -foreign languages is postponed to an age when the acquisition of a -new language becomes a difficult task because the logical memory has -driven the mechanical into the background, and the growth of judgment -and reason makes the pupil crave the intellectual food furnished by -the thought-studies. It is a species of cruelty to force upon children -the consideration of the why’s and the wherefore’s of mathematical -operations, when learning how to go through the motions would be quite -enough of a tax upon their mental strength. Some of the demonstrations -in arithmetic are logically more difficult than many of the proofs in -geometry; hence no pupil should be asked to pass his final examination in -arithmetic before he has mastered the elements of geometry. The proper -sequence of subjects is of immense importance in leading the child -from the lower to the higher forms of intellectual activity. With the -proper study of geometry the logical memory steps to the front, and the -thought-studies should then supplant those which largely appeal to the -mechanical memory. - -Nevertheless, it is a distinct loss if the verbal or mechanical memory is -ever allowed to drop into desuetude. On this point the practice, as well -as the testimony, of Dr. W. T. Harris is worthy of the attention of every -person charged with the training of himself or others. - -[Sidenote: Harris on the memory.] - -“If a person finds himself forgetful of names, it is a health-giving -process to take a certain portion of time in committing to memory -words. If this is done by committing new masterpieces of poetry and -prose, or in committing to memory the words of a new language, there -is profit or gain to the thinking powers, as well as to the memory. -Doubtless the cultivation of verbal memory, building up, as it does, -a certain convolution in the brain, has a tendency to prevent atrophy -in that organ. This contains a hint in the direction of keeping up in -the later part of life the faculties which are usually so active in -youth. The tendency is to neglect childish faculties and allow them to -become torpid. But if this is liable to weaken certain portions of the -brain in such a way as to induce hemorrhage, ending in softening of the -brain, certainly the memory should be cultivated, if only for the health -of the brain, and the memory for mechanical items of detail should be -cultivated on grounds of health as well as on grounds of culture. The -extreme advocates of the rational method of teaching are perhaps wrong in -repudiating entirely all mechanical memory of dates and names or items. -Certainly they are right in opposing the extremes of the old pedagogy, -which obliged the pupils to memorize, page after page, the contents of -a grammar _verbatim et literatim et punctuatim_ (as, for instance, the -graduates of the Boston Latin School tell us was the custom early in -this century). But is there not a middle ground? Is there not a minimum -list of details, of dates and names which must and should be memorized, -both on account of the health of the nervous system and on account of -the intrinsic usefulness of the data themselves? And must not the person -in later life continue to exercise these classes of memory which deal -with details for the sake of physical health? This is a question for the -educational pathologist.”[23] - -[Sidenote: Vocabularies.] - -A teacher of Hebrew spent one-fourth of his time in drill on Hebrew roots -and their meaning. His students groaned under the drudgery imposed. At -the end of the first six chapters of Genesis, he surprised his class by -the announcement, “Now you know half the words in the Hebrew Bible.” -He had selected words used five hundred times, then words used three -hundred times, and drilled on these in various ways until he had fixed -all the words in most frequent use in the Hebrew text. It was a great -saving of time in the end, and a great step towards reading at sight the -Old Testament in the original. By the modern short-cuts to knowledge -the pupils are hurried from one classic author to another, and hence -they never master the vocabulary to the extent of reading Latin or Greek -at sight. A little less haste at the start, and a little more drill -for the purpose of fixing new words as they come up, thus avoiding the -everlasting turning to the lexicon for more than half the words in a -lesson, would facilitate progress and enable the student to find some -pleasure in the study of foreign languages. - -[Sidenote: Teaching languages.] - -An old teacher of Latin, who had discovered this secret in the -acquisition of a foreign tongue, agreed to take a small class in Livy -on condition that the students write in a special blank-book and review -every day all the words whose meaning they were required to hunt in the -lexicon. At the end of ten weeks half the class read two pages without -looking up more than two words. Their study of Latin not only gave them -a sense of pleasure, but, in thinking the thoughts of the author through -the medium of the eye-symbols and then putting them into good English, -they acquired excellent thought-material, an extensive vocabulary, and -superior skill in syntactical construction. It proved a most valuable -exercise in thinking and in the expression of thought. - -[Sidenote: Logical memory.] - -Valuable as the mechanical memory is for the purpose of furnishing the -thought-instruments, it sinks into comparative insignificance alongside -of the logical memory. The latter is the memory for ideas, binding them -by associations based on cause and effect, reason and consequence, -similarity and contrast, the general and the particular. It is the kind -of memory by which the mind carries a knowledge of the laws of science, -the principles of art, the salient points of a discourse, the train of -ideas in a book, the leading thoughts in a system of philosophy. It -converts history and geography from a dry collection of facts, dates, -and names into a living organism whose parts are internally related by a -plastic principle, and combined into a whole that has order and system -in every detail. How much better that a pupil’s knowledge of history -and geography should be thus systematized than that it should resemble -a wilderness of facts! As a means for furnishing thought-material, the -logical memory is far more valuable than the memory which holds words and -things by the accidental ties of sound, sight, and fanciful relations. - -[Sidenote: Latham’s classification.] - -A classification of the forms of memory into portative, analytical, and -assimilative, given in Latham’s book on the “Action of Examinations,” is -helpful in determining the relation of memory to thinking. - -[Sidenote: Portative memory.] - -The portative memory simply conveys matter. “Its only aim, like that -of a carrier, is to deliver the parcel as it was received.” It is the -form of memory that enables some people to carry the contents of entire -volumes in their minds, sometimes in the very words, oftener in ideas -only. The rhapsodists in ancient Greece who could repeat entire books of -Homer are examples in point. Some men of superior talent have possessed -this power in an eminent degree. Macaulay, on a voyage across the Irish -Channel, rehearsed from memory an entire book of Virgil’s “Æneid.” It is -the kind of memory that shines at examinations and excites the envy of -persons less gifted with powers of retention. It may easily be degraded -into a slave, doing work which should be performed by higher mental -powers. Hence it has been appropriately styled the Cinderella faculty -of the mind. Like the girl in the story, it may be abused dreadfully by -having all sorts of useless drudgery heaped upon it. To require a child -to learn the five thousand isolated facts formerly scattered through -treatises on geography was an exercise as useless as the picking of the -lentils which were poured into the ashes to give Cinderella something to -do, and, unfortunately, there is no bird from fairyland to assist in the -accomplishment of the task. - -Much as we may admire the power of Thomas Fuller, who could repeat five -hundred unrelated words in foreign languages after hearing them twice, it -is an accomplishment not worth acquiring. As an accomplishment it recalls -the king to whom a man exhibited his skill in throwing a pea so that it -would stick on the end of a pin,—a feat acquired after years of patient -practice. The man hoped to get a valuable present for his exhibition of -skill. The king ordered a bag of pease to be given him, saying that it -was all his accomplishment was worth. - -There is no end of warnings as to the possible evil effects of a good -memory upon the power to think,—warnings that a teacher may take to heart -with advantage to himself and others. - -[Sidenote: Memory and the understanding.] - -Dr. Carpenter asserts that when the form of memory by which children -learn a piece of poetry whose meaning they do not comprehend exists in -unusual strength, it seems to impede rather than aid the formation of the -nexus of associations which makes acquired knowledge a part of the mind -itself. In illustration, he cites the suggestive case of Dr. Leyden, “who -was distinguished for his extraordinary gift of learning languages, and -who could repeat long acts of Parliament, or any similar document, after -having once read it. Being congratulated by a friend on his remarkable -gift, he replied that, instead of being an advantage to him, it was often -a source of great inconvenience, because, when he wished to recollect -anything in a document he had read, he could only do it by repeating -the whole from the commencement till he reached the point he wished to -recall.” - -Latham has well said, “The ready mechanical memory of a youth, besides -enabling him to mislead unpractised examiners, makes him deceive himself. -Teachers find that a very ready memory is a bad educator; it stunts the -growth of other mental powers by doing their work for them. A youth who -can recollect without trouble will, as it were, mask the difficulty in -his classical author or his mathematics by learning by rote what stands -in his translation or text-book, and march forward without more ado. Thus -a quick memory involves a temptation which may enervate its possessor -by suffering him to evade a difficulty instead of bracing himself to -encounter it in front.”[24] - -Maudsley writes in the same strain: “This kind of memory, in which -the person seems to read a photographic copy of former impressions -with his mind’s eye, is not, indeed, commonly associated with high -intellectual power; for what reason I know not, unless it be that the -mind, to which it belongs, is prevented, by the very excellence of its -power of apprehending and recalling separate facts, from rising to -that discernment of their relations which is involved in reasoning and -judgment, and so stays in a function which should be the foundation of -further development, or that, being by some natural defect prevented from -rising to the higher sphere of a comprehension of relations, it applies -all its energies to a comprehension of details. Certainly one runs the -risk, by overloading the memory of a child with details, of arresting the -development of the mental powers of the child; stereotyping details on -the brain, we prevent that further development of it which consists in -rising from concrete conceptions to the conception of relations.”[25] - -Here is another warning from the pen of Archbishop Whately: - -“Some people have been intellectually damaged by having what is called -a good memory. An unskilful teacher is content to put before children -all they ought to learn, and to take care that they remember it; and so, -though the memory is retentive, the mind is left in a passive state, and -men wonder that he who was so quick at learning and remembering should -not be an able man, which is as reasonable as to wonder that a cistern if -filled should not be a perpetual fountain. Many men are saved by their -deficiency of memory from being spoiled by an education; for those who -have no extraordinary memory are driven to supply its place by thinking. -If they do not remember a mathematical demonstration, they are driven to -devise one. If they do not remember what Aristotle or Bacon said, they -are driven to consider what they are likely to have said or ought to have -said.”[26] - -In his letter to a student who lamented his defective memory, P. C. -Hamerton says that, so far from writing, as might be expected, a letter -of condolence on a miserable memory, he felt disposed to write a letter -of congratulation. “It is possible that you may be blessed with a -selecting memory which is not only useful for what it retains, but also -for what it rejects. In the immense mass of facts which come before you -in literature and in life it is well that you should suffer as little -bewilderment as possible. The nature of your memory saves you from this -by unconsciously selecting what has interested you and letting the rest -go by.”[27] - -[Sidenote: Analytical memory.] - -In the last quotation we get a hint of the form of memory which Latham -styles the analytical. “The analytical memory is exercised when the -mind furnishes a view of its own and thereby holds together a set of -impressions selected out of a mass. Thus a barrister strings together the -material facts of his case, and a lecturer those of his science by their -bearing on what he wants to establish.” - -Many thinkers sift everything they read, hear, and see. That which they -do not need is rejected and forgotten. That which has a bearing upon -their investigations is selected, retained, and utilized. As an aid in -thinking a form of retention called the index memory is very helpful. -The lawyer should know where to find such law as he does not carry in -his head. Having found the required statute or judicial interpretation, -he applies it to the case in hand. No sooner is a case finally decided -or settled than he drops its details from his mind and directs his -intellectual strength to the interests of the next client. - -In this ability to sift, select, and reject, as the occasion demands, -lies the secret of the success of many a public lecturer, of many a -magazine writer. The men in the pulpit or upon the platform who lack -this gift soon wear out; the public speedily detects when they have -nothing more to give. The preparation of debates, speeches, essays, and -theses trains these forms of memory. After the analytical habit has been -formed, the student unconsciously, yet constantly, gathers, classifies, -and stores materials for thought. The public are frequently surprised by -the array of striking facts, interesting data, apt illustrations, and -pleasing anecdotes with which he enlivens every topic of discussion and -elucidates every subject of investigation. - -[Sidenote: Assimilative memory.] - -Higher than the analytical is the assimilative form of memory which -“absorbs matter into the system so that the knowledge assimilated -becomes a part of the person’s own self, like that of his name or of a -familiar language.” The assimilation of knowledge has a parallel in the -assimilation of food. The phrase that knowledge is the food of the mind -has almost become classical in treatises on education. The figure of -speech throws light upon the relative functions of memory and thinking -in the acquisition and elaboration of knowledge. Before the food is set -before the child it should be cooked and put into the most palatable -form,—a parallel to the preparation of the lesson by the teacher so that -he may put it before the learner in its most attractive form. - -Before the food is swallowed it should be masticated, broken into -parts,—a parallel to the act of analysis by which the chunks of knowledge -are resolved into their elements and each set before the mind in the -simplest form, in the form in which it can be grasped most easily. - -[Sidenote: Transformation of knowledge.] - -If the food remains in the stomach unchanged, it produces dyspepsia and a -long train of bodily ills. If the knowledge which the mind appropriates -is retained unchanged, it produces mental dyspepsia, and there is -no real assimilation. From this point of view we can easily see why -Montaigne said that to know by heart is not to know at all. Just as the -food which is taken into the body must be transformed into chyme and -chyle and blood before it can be assimilated, so the knowledge which is -taken up by the mind must be transformed if it is to be assimilated. -The best illustration of the transformation of knowledge is that given -by an anecdote of Gough, which has now become classic. In a Pullman -car a crying child was disturbing the slumbers of every passenger. At -last a gruff miner, whose patience was exhausted, stuck his head out -of his berth and exclaimed, “I should like to know where that child’s -mother is?” “In the baggage car in a coffin,” was the reply of the -person in charge of the child. The knowledge imparted by that phrase -was immediately transformed into new thought and sentiment and purpose. -There was not another word of complaint throughout the entire journey; -every passenger was thinking of the unfortunate child in the light of an -orphan. Their hearts were stirred with feelings of sympathy, which, in -the case of the old miner, issued into will and purpose, for he got up, -began to carry the little one, and did his best to make it feel contented -in the new surroundings. If the lessons in civil government and history -of the United States remain in the memory a mere tissue of dates, names, -and events, the teacher has failed, no matter how brilliant the answers -in class or at the examination. If these lessons do not issue in new -thoughts, sentiments, and purposes, if they do not enlarge the mental -vision of the pupils, beget in them the sentiment of patriotism and cause -them to resolve that they will support the government by paying a just -share of its taxes and by insisting on a pure ballot,—in a word, if these -lessons do not make the pupil say that he will live for his country and -even die in its defence,—then the teacher has failed because there has -been no adequate assimilation of knowledge. - -Another figure of speech is sometimes used to describe the transformation -of knowledge. “Except a grain of wheat fall into the earth and die, it -abideth by itself alone; but if it die, it beareth much fruit.”[28] If -the knowledge which enters the mind remains unchanged, it abideth by -itself alone. But if it perish in its original form, if it is changed -through the process of growth so as to enter into new relations, it -brings forth a harvest of thought and sentiment and purpose. The last two -should be the concomitants of the crop of new thoughts which spring from -seed-thoughts implanted in the soul. - -That the ancients understood the use and abuse of the memory is evident -from their method of teaching law. - -[Sidenote: Teaching the law.] - -The Roman school-boy learned by heart the Twelve Tables of the Law. -His teachers were not satisfied with a mere knowledge of the words; -they insisted that he should understand the meaning of the law, and -apply it in regulating his own conduct and in passing judgment upon the -conduct of others. Is it any wonder that the Roman people became the -exponents of law and order throughout the civilized world, and that Roman -jurisprudence still exerts a moulding influence upon the legislation of -the Latin races, if not of the entire civilized world? - -There is still another nation of antiquity whose youth were instructed -in the law with the most scrupulous care. The Ten Commandments of the -Mosaic Law were committed to memory. In Chapter VI., 6-9, of Deuteronomy, -we read: “And these words, which I command thee this day, shall be in -thine heart: and thou shalt teach them diligently unto thy children, -and shalt talk of them when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou -walkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and when thou risest up. -And thou shalt bind them for a sign upon thine hand, and they shall be -as frontlets between thine eyes.” Verse 18 of Chapter XI. is still more -explicit: “Therefore shall ye lay up these my words in your heart and in -your soul, and bind them for a sign upon your hand, that they may be as -frontlets between your eyes.” - -The exact words of the law were to be fixed in the memory, and kept both -before the bodily and mental eye until they passed into the deeds and -conduct of every-day life. In John vii. 49 we find the same thought: -“This people who knoweth not the law are cursed.” This was the universal -conviction of the Jewish people after the Babylonian exile, if not -before. The reading of the Talmud has been likened unto travelling -through endless galleries of lumber, where the air is darkened and the -lungs are well-nigh asphyxiated with the rising dust. On one point, -however, the Jewish Rabbis speak with the authority and earnestness of -those who know whereof they affirm. “To the Law!” is the exhortation -sounded abroad in every key. “Let your house,” says one, “be a house of -assembly for those wise in the law; let yourself be dusted by the dust -of their feet, and drink eagerly their teaching.” “Make the study of the -law thy special business,” says another. “The more teaching of the law,” -says a third, “the more life; the more school, the more wisdom; the more -counsel, the more reasonable action. He who gains a knowledge of the law -gains life in the world to come.” - -Maxims like the following show the stress that was laid upon exercises -designed to bring out the full force and import of the law: “When two -sit together and do not converse about the law, they are an assembly of -scorners, of which it is said, ‘Sit not in the seat of the scorners.’ -When, however, two sit together and converse about the law, the Shechinah -(the Divine Presence) is present among them.” “When three eat together at -one table, and do not converse about the law, it is as though they ate of -the offerings of the dead. But when three eat together at one table and -converse about the law, it is as though they ate at the table of God.” -“The following are things whose interest is enjoyed in this world, while -the capital remains for the world to come; Reverence for fathers and -mothers, benevolence, peacemaking among neighbors, and the study of the -law above them all.” - -It is very apparent that the chosen people were not satisfied with -mere memorizing of the law. Their teachers sought to make it a living, -regulative force in all the relations of man. Their practice emphasized -a phase of memory work which should be borne in mind whenever pupils are -requested to learn by heart any form of words or selection of literature. -Words have no value so long as they remain mere words. When words convey -the intended meaning, the more perfect the form in which they are joined -together the deeper and more lasting is the impression made upon the -mind of the learner. The thoughts which have been transmitted in forms -fixed for ages may not produce a harvest of new thought and linguistic -expression, but may issue in feeling and will, in lofty emotions and -noble purposes, in heroic deeds and unselfish devotion, in righteousness -and right conduct far more valuable than mediocre effusions of prose and -poetry, or many of the speculations of scientists and philosophers. - -[Sidenote: Seed-thoughts.] - -Thoughts that are to regulate conduct and life may be remembered in the -form in which a nation has treasured them for ages. If thoughts are to -become seed-thoughts, their form must be changed through the process of -growth; otherwise no crop of new thoughts can mature. The expression, -seed-thoughts, is a figure of speech based upon vegetable life. The -mind may be likened unto soil that has become fertile through the labor -and skill of the husbandman. The mind grows fertile and productive by -cultivation. Like the sower going forth to sow, the good teacher deposits -in the youthful mind ideas which germinate and bring forth a harvest -of thought, sentiment, and purpose. If the grain of wheat be cut in -pieces, and then put into the soil, there can be no growth, because the -life has been destroyed. The ideas which the teacher instils into the -minds of the pupils should be living ideas. Their vitality should not be -destroyed by dissection into fragments from which all life has departed. -Sunshine and moisture are conditions of growth. Lack of sympathy is -lack of sunshine. Cold natures have an Arctic effect in stunting and -preventing growth. Again, instruction may be so dry that nothing can -thrive under its influence. Like a drought, it may speedily evaporate -the child’s love of school and interest in study. Weeds may choke the -growing crop. These the husbandman removes and destroys, so that the -good seed may have a chance to ripen. With equal solicitude the faithful -teacher watches the development of the seed-thoughts which are sprouting -in the mind. For a time the seed is hid in the earth. Seed-thoughts -disappear in the unconscious depths of the soul. They are not lost. By -processes which we cannot explain, they sprout and grow and ripen. That -such mysterious processes are going forward in the hidden depths of the -soul cannot be doubted. A process of growth may be unseen; its visible -results are evidence that it exists and is going forward. If the soil be -barren or the conditions of growth be wanting, no harvest is possible. -Unfortunately, the unskilful husbandman always blames the soil and the -weather when he himself is at fault. Unfortunate is the pupil whose -teacher is a fossil, devoid of life and the power to infuse life. Under -such a teacher the pupil always gets the blame. - - - - -XII - -IMAGING AND THINKING - - Things more excellent than any image are expressed through - images. - - JAMBLICHUS. - - An unimaginative person can neither be reverent nor kind. - - RUSKIN. - - Few men have imagination enough for the truth of reality. - - GOETHE. - - Science does not know its debt to the imagination. - - EMERSON. - - The human race is governed by its imagination. - - NAPOLEON. - - -XII - -IMAGING AND THINKING - -Every human being divides the world into two parts, the self and the -not-self. It would not be right to say that he divides the world into two -hemispheres, because self may occupy more space and engross more thought -than all else in the universe. - -[Sidenote: Self.] - -The idea of self is complex. It includes our thoughts, emotions, and -purposes. Kindred and friends, home and country, creed and occupation, -dress and personal appearance, possessions and the work one has done,—in -fact, all one has and is and does enters into the idea of self. When -we lose a child, a manuscript, an investment, a position, we are apt -to feel as if a part of ourselves had been lost. So closely are the -things of self identified with the inner self, the self in the narrowest -signification of the term, that the latter is oftentimes lost in the -former; and the end of existence is sought in wealth, fame, honor, social -position, erudition, and the thousand other things which intensify the -feeling of self by giving it form and content. - -[Sidenote: Image of self.] - -An important element in the thought of self is the image of self that -every man carries in his own mind. This image of self is derived from -looking-glasses and photographs, from the sight of hands and feet and -the other impressions of the physical organism which reach the mind -through the senses. In the minds of many persons the image of self is -ever present, it matters not whether they are eating or drinking, walking -or talking, singing or thinking, posing or working. The perpetual -presence of the image of self gives rise to vanity and pride, to avarice, -ambition, and other detestable forms of selfishness. - -It is the province of education to bring self and the things of self into -proper relation with the not-self, with God and the universe. That this -may be accomplished the images of sense and the idea of self must be made -to take their proper place in the domain of thought and volition. - -[Sidenote: Education defined.] - -Not many years ago it was customary in certain quarters to define -education as the process of unsensing the mind and unselfing the will. -The definition never became popular. It contains a truth and an error, -both deserving of careful consideration. The maxim may signify that by -the process of education the soul is to be emancipated from the tyranny -of the senses and from the domination of selfish desires. The mind may -be hindered in its growth because it is under the thraldom of desire and -appetite. Excess in eating and drinking, in sight-seeing, and in other -pleasures which so easily ripen into dissipation may check the normal -development of the higher faculties. The delight which some gifted -natures find in beautiful colors and good music may prevent them from -acquiring the power of abstract and abstruse thinking. The things of the -mind may be sacrificed to the things of sense, the higher life of the -soul may be stifled through the exaltation of self and the domination of -selfish desires. - -[Sidenote: Unsensing the mind.] - -What is meant by unsensing the mind? It may mean, for instance, that -the student of arithmetic is to be freed from the necessity of counting -strokes or fingers in finding the sum or the product of two numbers; that -the learner is to get away from the cats and dogs of the First Reader as -soon as possible; that he is to be lifted by education to the plane on -which he can think in abstract and general terms. In this sense it is -correct to say that it is the purpose of education to unsense the mind. -The phrase may also be interpreted to imply that the habit of thinking -by means of visual images is to be got rid of. In this sense it is a -dangerous maxim. - -[Sidenote: Arrested development.] - -The first thinking of children is carried on in mental pictures. It is -one of the aims of the school to lift the learner above this necessity -of thinking in things by enabling him to think in symbols. These symbols -are in their turn visualized; and we may have specimens of arrested -development in the use of figures as well as in the use of fingers, -blocks, or other objects employed in teaching the fundamental operations -of integers and fractions. The principal of a well-known ward school -aimed at great speed in arithmetical calculations. The results which -his teachers obtained excited surprise and admiration. The test of -progress was the number of digits that a pupil could add, or subtract, or -multiply, or divide in a minute. The danger of this instruction became -apparent when it was found that of five or six hundred children drilled -in that way only one ever reached the high school, and she was only a -third-rate student, who never acquired skill or proficiency in thinking -in abstract and general terms. Mental energy was exhausted in the attempt -to develop lightning calculators. There was no growth in the direction of -thinking the laws and truths which make knowledge scientific. - -[Sidenote: The thinking of savages.] - -The untutored savage is guided by sense impressions; he thinks in mental -pictures; he is incapable of a chain of reasoning like the demonstration -of a theorem in geometry. Tribes have been found who could not count -beyond three; any number in excess of two was called many or a multitude. -Whilst their powers of observation were developed to a remarkable degree, -they lacked the power of abstruse thought. Their descendants, who are -now at school, make rapid progress in knowledge which appeals to the -senses; they find more than the usual difficulty in studies requiring -demonstrative reasoning or sustained effort in scientific thought. Music -is their delight; they can be taught to sing like birds in the air; -their bands give sighs to brass itself. As in the eighteenth century the -Iroquois, who would not submit to the doctrines of Christianity, were -overcome by concerts, so, in the nineteenth, the missionaries of British -Columbia appeal to the red man’s ear for music in winning him for the -Christian religion. - -[Sidenote: Popular audiences.] - -Language is full of faded metaphors which show how the things of the mind -are conceived in images formed through the senses. Those who address -popular audiences clothe their thoughts in figures of speech based upon -the mental pictures in which the common people carry on their thinking. -The ability to think in the language of science and philosophy is a later -development, and those who by disuse or neglect impair their power to -think in sense-images pay a penalty in losing, or never acquiring, the -power to move the multitudes. - -[Sidenote: Mental pictures.] - -The power to think in mental pictures, or through the sense-impressions -which memory recalls, varies in different persons. Occasionally the sense -of touch is very active; the child in such cases manifests a desire to -handle everything within reach, and undoubtedly gains impressions of -peculiar strength answering its desire to know. A limited number of -children in every school get their best impressions through the ear, -and hence are said to be ear-minded; but the far larger proportion are -eye-minded to the extent of connecting their most accurate knowledge -with images obtained through vision. Similar peculiarities exist among -older persons. A friend claims that he hears the voices of speakers while -reading the proof-sheets of their speeches. Another friend claims that -he cannot bring up a mental picture of the faces of his children and his -friends, but he writes out strains of music which he thinks and hears -while seated on railway cars. The power of bringing up a vivid picture of -the breakfast-table, or of some scene of special interest, is possessed -by many persons. They live over again in memory the delights of travel, -and enjoy scenery through the vivid mental pictures stored away in the -treasure-house of memory. The ability to appreciate the best literature -in prose and poetry depends largely upon the power of visualizing the -realities at the basis of the descriptions and figures of speech. Francis -Galton thinks that the perspicuous style of French literature and the -wonderful manual skill of the French people is due to their power of -thinking in visual images. He says,— - -[Sidenote: The French.] - -“The French appear to possess the visualizing faculty in a high degree. -The peculiar ability they show in prearranging ceremonials and fêtes of -all kinds and their undoubted genius for tactics and strategy show that -they are able to foresee effects with unusual clearness. Their ingenuity -in all technical contrivances is an additional testimony in the same -direction, and so is their singular clearness of expression. Their phrase -‘figurez-vous,’ or ‘picture to yourself,’ seems to express their dominant -mode of perception. Our equivalent of ‘imagine’ is ambiguous.”[29] - -[Sidenote: Galton’s investigations.] - -The profession of teaching owes Mr. Galton a special debt of gratitude -for the light which his investigations throw upon the process of -thinking. These investigations were published in a volume entitled -“Inquiries into Human Faculty.” When he began to inquire among -his friends as to their power to call up mental pictures of the -breakfast-table, those engaged in scientific pursuits were inclined -to consider him fanciful and fantastic in supposing that the words -_mental imagery_ really expressed what he thought everybody supposed -them to mean. He says they had no more notion of its true nature than a -color-blind man who has not discerned his defect has of the nature of -color. When he spoke to persons in general society, he got very different -replies. Among other curious things which he discovered, he found that -the power of thinking in sense-images, or mental pictures, may be partly -inherited, partly developed by practice, and that it may be impaired -by disuse or by the habit of hard thinking peculiar to men engaged in -scientific pursuits. Scientific men, as a class, have feeble powers of -visual representation. He reached the conclusion that “an over-ready -perception of sharp mental pictures is antagonistic to the acquirement -of highly generalized and abstract thought, especially when the steps of -reasoning are carried on by words as symbols, and that if the faculty of -seeing the pictures was ever possessed by men who think hard, it is very -apt to be lost by disuse.” - -[Sidenote: Wrong methods.] - -He further claims that the visualizing faculty can be developed by -education. This is very significant. It shows how unwise methods may harm -our children in two directions. The wrong method may keep the mind at -work in the concrete when the science under consideration demands more -advanced and very different methods of thought. In the other direction -the mind may be tied to words, descriptions, book methods, and symbolic -representations, whereas the thinking which one’s future duties demand -points in the direction of drawing, mechanics, and handicrafts, in which -success turns upon the power of thinking in visual images and mental -pictures. One cannot forbear quoting his language in so far as it bears -upon the thinking developed by schools for manual training in distinction -from the thinking developed by the university which aims to fit its -students for the professions and for scientific thought and experimental -research. - -[Sidenote: Thinking in images.] - -“There can, however, be no doubt as to the utility of the visualizing -faculty when it is duly subordinated to the higher intellectual -operations. A visual image is the most perfect form of mental -representation wherever the shape, position, and relations of objects -in space are concerned. It is of importance in every handicraft and -profession where design is required. The best workmen are those who -visualize the whole of what they propose to do before they take a tool in -their hands. The village smith and the carpenter who are employed on odd -jobs employ it no less for their work than the mechanician, the engineer, -and the architect. The lady’s maid who arranges a new dress requires it -for the same reason as the decorator employed on a palace, or the agent -who lays out great estates. Strategists, artists of all denominations, -physicists who contrive new experiments, and, in short, all who do not -follow routine, have need of it. The pleasure its use can afford is -immense. I have many correspondents who say that the delight of recalling -beautiful scenery and great works of art is the highest that they know; -they carry whole picture-galleries in their minds. Our bookish and wordy -education tends to repress this valuable gift of nature. A faculty -that is of importance in all technical and artistic occupations, that -gives accuracy to our perceptions, and justness to our generalizations -is starved by lazy disuse instead of being cultivated judiciously in -such a way as will, on the whole, bring the best return. I believe -that a serious study of the best method of developing and utilizing -this faculty, without prejudice to the practice of abstract thought in -symbols, is one of the many pressing desiderata in the yet unformed -science of education.”[30] - -What is meant by the process of unselfing the will? If the maxim is -interpreted to mean that education must eliminate the selfishness of -the individual, and teach him to will and act for the good of humanity, -especially of all with whom he comes in contact, the maxim points out an -important end of education. If, on the other hand, the maxim is made to -mean that the self, with its peculiarities, is to be sacrificed in the -educative process, it carries a contradiction on its face. The lower self -may have to be sacrificed in order that the higher self may be conserved. -He that loseth his life shall save it; he that saveth his life shall lose -it, is the teaching of Holy Writ. - -Open a dictionary and search for words indicating how the belief in the -necessity of emancipating life from the dominion of self has been woven -into the very texture of the English language. Egotism, which originally -meant the excessive use of the pronoun I, has come to signify all kinds -of self-praise, self-exaltation, and to include all manner of parading -one’s virtues and excellencies; egoism denotes a state of mind in which -the feelings are concentrated on self. Vanity and self-conceit are two -words closely allied to the natural selfishness of the human heart. The -former indicates the feeling which springs from the thought that we are -highly esteemed by others; the latter is an overweening opinion of one’s -talents, capacities, and importance. There is another list of compound -words, like self-denial, self-sacrifice, self-abnegation, which point to -the importance of eliminating self and thoughts of self from the soul’s -activities in thinking and willing. Virtues like humility, love, service, -sacrifice, are lauded in every Christian land. They are the Christian -virtues exemplified by Jesus of Nazareth, who lived to do good to others, -and who died that the sinning, sorrowing millions on earth might find -peace and consolation for their troubled souls. - -[Sidenote: Selfishness.] - -The unselfing of the will depends as much upon right thinking as does the -unsensing of the mind. The untrained mind deals too much with things near -at hand in the objective world; the uneducated will deals too much with -the thing nearest to every man in the subjective world,—the individual -self. The thought of self may enter so thoroughly into the feelings and -activities of the soul that the rights of others are never thought of -in the gratification of self and in the efforts at self-aggrandizement -and self-glorification. Selfish desire and selfish ambition may dominate -the soul and cause the individual to trample upon the dearest rights -of others. The millions which some men heap up are squeezed from the -productive toil of thousands, perhaps millions, of human hands. Colossal -fortunes can seldom be made without reducing a considerable number of -human beings to a condition of living from hand to mouth, to a state of -chronic poverty. That the inordinate ambition of a masterful politician -may be gratified, the hopes of other aspirants must be frustrated and -their rights must be trampled upon. Hence in the end there is little -happiness among office-holders and office-seekers. The selfishness of -great conquerors is still more inexcusable. In the effort to gratify an -unholy ambition the lives of thousands are sacrificed, their blood is -spilt upon the battle-field, and their health is undermined by suffering -and disease. If the men who send the soldier to the front were themselves -compelled to sleep in ditches, or to expose themselves to the fire of -machine-guns upon the open field, wars would not be declared, or, if -declared, would soon cease. - -[Sidenote: Self-sacrifice.] - -The higher life demands that the lower self be subordinated, regulated -and sublimated in the education of man. The individual may be taught to -find happiness in self-sacrifice for the sake of others, in deeds of -love, charity, and benevolence. That this may result from the educative -process, there should occur a change of heart, resulting in a change of -view and in a transformation of the habits of thought so that self is -seen in its true relation to mankind and to God, so that the things of -time and sense shall stand in true relation to the verities of eternity -and the interests of the higher life. - -[Sidenote: Self-development.] - -On the other hand, if the maxim is interpreted to mean that any gifts -_or_ powers of the self are to be sacrificed in preparation for a given -calling, say for the army or navy, it becomes a dangerous heresy. The -true end of education is found in the harmonious development of all our -faculties. Every man is in one sense the product of countless ages and -generations, and from another point of view he is a new creation fresh -from the hand of his Maker, and a distinct setting forth of the creative -power of Him who said, “Let us make man in our own image, after our -likeness.” As such he has a claim upon immortality, as well as upon all -the help which earth can give him towards a full realization of self. -Every person feels that there are possibilities of his being which are -never realized in this world; that it will require the ceaseless ages -of eternity to unfold and mature his God-given powers and traits. Any -unselfing of the will in the sense of sacrificing or checking the growth -and fruition of the best of which the self is capable, is a violation of -Spencer’s famous definition that education is a preparation for complete -living. - -[Sidenote: Justice to others.] - -What, then, is the relation of the imaging power to the proper unselfing -of the will and the full realization of the self? “A great deal of the -selfishness of the world comes not from bad hearts, but from languid -imaginations.”[31] To do justice to others, we must put ourselves in -their place. This we cannot do except through the exercise of the -imagination. The imagination is the creative power of the mind. By means -of it we can create for our thinking the world in which our neighbor -lives, and learn to understand his motives, aims, hopes, needs, and -temptations. This will keep us from many a mistake in judging his conduct -and estimating his character. Moreover, this thinking of ourselves -into the life and surroundings of our fellow-men is a condition of -success in dealing with them. It helps the merchant to sell his wares -and the teacher to govern his pupils. It helps the orator to reach the -hearts of the audience whom he is addressing, and the journalist to -write editorials that will modify the views and mould the thinking of -the reading public. Every profession and every occupation requires the -constant exercise of the imagination so that we may see life from our -neighbor’s point of view, and, in sympathizing with him or helping him, -outgrow our innate selfishness. A hard, cruel, unforgiving man makes a -failure of life even though he win riches, fame, and public position. - -[Sidenote: Ideals.] - -By means of the imagination we paint ideals of life and conduct, which -hover before the mind in the hour of struggle and trial, luring us onward -and upward, spurring us to greater effort, and giving to life added -charms and glories. Without the power to imagine what is beyond the -real, the workman sinks to the level of drudgery, and never rises to the -plane of artistic production. - -[Sidenote: The child’s imagination.] - -[Sidenote: Geography.] - -The imagination is very active in children. Watch their plays if you -would see how they convert a stick into a horse, the play-house into a -home, and mimic the drama of life in their games and contests. Their life -is largely make-believe and thinking in images. This tendency to think in -images can be utilized in the lessons in arithmetic, geometry, geography, -and history. Without the combination of images into new forms and -products, the pupil cannot think the thoughts peculiar to these branches. -For instance, the lesson in geography starts with what the child has seen -or can see at home, and proceeds to that which is away from home, using -pictures, drawings, lantern-slides, and vivid descriptions to aid the -imagination in picturing scenery, cities, countries, and forms of life in -other parts of the globe. It may be a question what the mind should think -in connection with the symbols and truths of that science. The form of -a continent is without doubt best conceived as given on a map. For many -practical purposes, cities may be thought as mere starting-points and -halting-places in a journey. Many a river is for mature minds a winding -black line on colored surfaces called maps. Nevertheless, if geography -means for a pupil no more than this, it will be dry and uninteresting -indeed. Out of the images of things observed the mind should be led to -construct images of what it has not seen. These images are never an -adequate picture of the foreign city or country, even after they have -been supplemented or modified by visits to museums, conservatories, and -zoological gardens, by excursions to the field, the forest, and the -factory, or even by travel at home and abroad. The thoughts of a country -that one has journeyed through, or lived in for a time, consist partly -of images and partly of symbolic representations. Since thinking in -images is easier for beginners than thinking in symbols, the instruction -in geography should begin with child-life at home, with the things on the -breakfast-table, with the garments worn and the means of transportation -used, and proceed from these to the life, the home, the dress, and the -sports of children living in other lands and other climes. The lessons in -geography make constant appeals to the imagination, and call for thinking -in images or mental-pictures in connection with map-symbols and the -discussions of causes and laws. - -[Sidenote: History.] - -Not less valuable is the power of imaging in the study of history. Many -details are worthless and meaningless until the imagination weaves them -into a fabric in which their relations and significance become apparent. -So far as the trend of history is concerned, it would have mattered -very little if the name of the ship in which the Pilgrim fathers sailed -had been Aprilshower instead of Mayflower, if the number of passengers -had been one hundred and one instead of exactly one hundred, if they -had landed at some place other than Plymouth Rock. Their coming, their -compact, their religious life and purposes were of chief importance. -Details help to fill out the mental picture of their voyage, landing, -and settlement. They throw a halo of interest around the central event, -or germinal idea. Or, to change the figure, they furnish the scaffolding -by means of which the teacher gradually raises the edifice of historical -knowledge. After the edifice has been completed the scaffolding may be -removed. After the essential or central idea has been grasped and fixed, -details like the name of the ship, the number of emigrants, and the exact -day of their arrival may be forgotten. The mind can often unload the -luggage that is not absolutely needed, and move with more ease and speed -into new fields of thought and investigation. - -[Sidenote: Geometry.] - -[Sidenote: Arithmetic.] - -Geometry has been aptly styled eine Augenwissenschaft, “a science of the -eye” (the last word being used not as the object with which the science -deals, but as the means by which its ideas are acquired). The line drawn -upon the black-board has breadth, and is not at all a mathematical -line. Through the eye it serves to suggest the line which has length -without breadth or thickness. Progress in solid geometry is impossible -if the mind does not image or conceive the volumes of three dimensions -indicated by the drawings on a surface which has but two dimensions. In -arithmetic many of the business transactions upon which the problems -are based have not come into the experience of the child, but must be -evolved by appeals to the imagination if the solutions are to be brought -within easy reach of the understanding. The power of combining images -into new forms aids greatly in the construction of apparatus and in the -making of experiments. It helps the scientist to evolve his theories and -hypotheses. It is the faculty by which man becomes a creator in science, -art, literature, and philosophy. - -[Sidenote: Creative imagination.] - -[Sidenote: Productive thinking.] - -[Sidenote: Knowledge uncommunicated.] - -Few suggestions for the exercise of the creative imagination can be -given. Here rules are more of a hinderance than a help. The imagination -is not creative in the sense of evolving something out of nothing,—this -notion has misled many in their estimate of genius,—but in the sense -of producing that which never existed, at least for the individual -himself. Its activity has been denominated plastic from the fact that -it moulds and fashions the materials or images into the forms which the -new product is to assume. The influence of judgment is needed to keep -the imagination from violating the laws and principles inherent in the -things from which its materials are drawn. The understanding aids and -is aided by this creative, plastic function of the imagination. The -two should have free play in productive thinking. Let the student of -science or art saturate himself with the theme on which he is working; -let him keep health and energy of body and mind at their highest point; -let him concentrate his best powers on what is to be accomplished, -keeping clearly in mind the end to be reached and the materials to be -used; the product for which he is working will spring into being in -ways that he cannot explain. Like an unfathomable well which has been -gathering its waters through hidden channels from mysterious sources, -the stream of thought comes welling up from the depth of the soul into -the conscious life of the thinker, giving him the living waters by -which he can satisfy the thirst for knowledge felt by other souls. In -expressing, formulating, and communicating the thoughts which thus come -to him he cannot help feeling the “joy of creating.” “The history of -literature,” says Shedd, “furnishes many examples of men whose knowledge -only increased their sorrow, because it never found an efflux from their -own minds into the world. Knowledge uncommunicated is something like -remorse unconfessed. The mind, not being allowed to go out of itself, and -to direct its energies towards an object and end greater and worthier -than itself, turns back upon itself, and becomes morbidly self-reflecting -and self-conscious. A studious and reflecting man of this class is -characterized by excessive fastidiousness, which makes him dissatisfied -with all that he does himself or sees done by others; which represses -and finally suppresses all the buoyant and spirited activity of the -intellect, leaving it sluggish as ‘the dull weed that rots by Lethe’s -wharf.’” - -[Sidenote: Forms of creative effort.] - -No teacher and no system of training can furnish both brains and culture. -It is not the mission of any person to create in every line of effort. -Some find their joy in evolving and expressing thought with tongue or -pen, others through the brush or the chisel, and still others through -machinery and the handicrafts. In every occupation man may experience -the joy of creating if his powers of imaging are allowed to play and -interplay with other activities of thought. Each in normal conditions -helps the others, and the activity of all combined is essential to -complete living. - - - - -XIII - -THE STREAM OF THOUGHT - - At Learning’s fountain it is sweet to drink, - But ’tis a nobler privilege to think; - And oft, from books apart, the thirsting mind - May make the nectar which it cannot find. - ’Tis well to borrow from the good and great; - ’Tis wise to learn; ’tis godlike to create! - - J. G. SAXE. - - Madame Swetchine says that to have ideas is to gather flowers: - to think is to weave them into garlands. There could be no - happier synonym for thinking than the word weaving,—a putting - together of the best products of observation, reading, - experience, and travel so as to represent a patterned whole, - receiving its design from the weaver’s own mind. We have plenty - of flowers; we want more garlands. We have libraries, books, - and newspapers; we want more thinkers. - - T. SHARPER KNOWLSON. - - -XIII - -THE STREAM OF THOUGHT - -In speaking of our inner life we employ language that abounds in -metaphors drawn from the external world. Some are faded metaphors; others -are still fresh and new enough to suggest what was in the minds of those -first using them. Many of these metaphorical expressions draw attention -to one side or phase of the truth. If pressed with the design of making -them embody the whole truth, they become untruths. - -[Sidenote: The flow of thought.] - -One fact of our waking consciousness is that thought goes on without -stopping so long as we remain awake. Indeed, some philosophers have drawn -the inference that the soul always thinks, that during the hours of deep -sleep the brain-centres may be at rest, but that thought nevertheless -flows on in the unconscious depths of our being. Locke combats this idea -at length and with more than usual warmth. During sleep on a railway -train we sometimes seem to be awake, the ends of our conscious thinking -apparently fitting into each other without gaps; and yet the calling -out of the stations convinces us that we must have been wrapped in -unconscious slumber when we passed certain stations without noticing that -the train stopped and the stations were announced. On the other hand, it -is the experience of earnest students that the striking of a clock may -escape notice because the mind has been deeply absorbed in a difficult -problem. - -[Sidenote: Teacher’s duty.] - -The question need not concern us beyond the fact that the thinking of -our most wakeful moments perpetually plays into our subconscious life. -In order that the flow of thought welling up from the deepest depths of -the soul may be clear, copious, and full, it is the duty of the teacher -to keep himself and his pupils wide awake during the hours of study and -recitation. He should not worry them by excessive tasks or unreasonable -examinations so that the hours of sleep are disturbed by dreams, followed -during the day by weariness and fatigue. The folly of burning the -midnight oil and of spending too many hours each day in mental toil is -fraught with evil consequences in the domain of thought. In the main -Harbaugh was right when he undertook to change Franklin’s maxim about -early rising into the following form: “Go to bed early, and get up late; -but then keep awake all day.” - -[Sidenote: Thought like a stream.] - -So far as we are aware, thought is going forward continuously while we -are awake. This phase of consciousness has been likened to a stream, and -has given rise to the expression, _The stream of thought_. The metaphor -can be pressed very far without conveying untruths. A stream does not -always flow with the same velocity. It is at times deep, at other times -shallow, now moving forward like a swollen torrent, now flowing placidly -with scarcely a wave or a ripple perceptible on its surface. Here its -smooth course is disturbed by wind and storm and rain; there its even -flow is influenced by rocks and irregularities in the bed of the stream. -Again and again its current is modified by affluents which empty their -waters into the main stream, perhaps changing the appearance from clear -to cloudy or muddy, or, it may be, exerting the opposite effect. To all -these peculiarities in the flow of the stream there are likenesses in -the stream of thought. At times it is deep and at other times shallow, -now violent and disturbed, now calm and placid, sometimes clear to the -bottom, sometimes cloudy, yea, muddy, always modified more or less by -influences from without, which are taken up into the main current of -thought and alter the stream like the tributaries of a great river. - -[Sidenote: Early life.] - -[Sidenote: Other metaphors.] - -On reaching the level country a river may spread out into a lake, -resulting in a clearing up of the water and resembling the periods -of calm meditation during which the soul clarifies its thinking. The -lifelike behavior of rivers and the carving of land forms from their -youth through maturity to old age have furnished many a figure of speech -for our poetic literature. The change from the active upper waters to the -sedate lower current may typify the change in the stream of thought as we -pass from youth to age. While the volume of the stream is small and the -channel lacks depth, it is easy to change the direction of the current, -as sometimes happens when a straight channel is dug to take the place of -its windings. In early life the stream of thought is apt to wander in -meandering courses; the teacher may very frequently find it necessary to -keep the mind from wandering, to direct the stream of thought towards the -destined goal, and to make it groove for itself channels in harmony with -logical habits. In teaching pupils to think it is quite as essential to -give direction to thought as it is to furnish either thought-stimulus -or thought-material. In one respect the metaphor, stream of thought, -fails utterly to express the truth. The constituents of thought are not -related to each other like the molecules of a liquid which move freely -among themselves. Thoughts have a connection with those that precede and -those that follow. An inner nexus binds the successive portions of a -demonstration. Hence other figures of speech have been employed to denote -the connection between the successive elements of a logical proof, such -as the train of thought, the line of argument, the chain of reasoning. - -[Sidenote: Cognitive function.] - -It will be readily admitted that often our thinking is so loose and -disjointed that its component parts resemble the liquid more than the -chain, whereas our best thinking—namely, that which leads to a goal in -the shape of a trustworthy conclusion—resembles a train of cars in which -motive power is derived not from steam, but from a conscious expenditure -of will-power. The teacher may perform the triple function of fireman, -engineer, and switch-tender, supplying the fuel for the process, -regulating the speed, and directing it along the lines of track which -lead to the desired goal. It is as natural for a pupil to think as it -is for a stream to flow towards the ocean. The stream may run shallow -if no supply of water is received from the outside. It is the mission -of the teacher to keep up the supply, to remove as far as possible the -obstructions which are likely to throw the current of thought into -unexpected channels. It is a peculiarity of this current of thinking that -it is cognitive, or possesses the function of knowing. Human thought -resembles the stream in seemingly taking up and carrying what was not a -part of itself. Just as the stream of water carries minerals in solution -as well as silt, sand, pebbles, and even heavier objects, so the stream -of thought appears to lay hold of objects and to carry them as part of -itself. Here, however, the strings of the analogy break. The stream of -thought is in the mind; the objects with which it deals are outside of -the mind. Mental pictures of these objects float in the stream of thought -as objects on the bank of a river are mirrored in its waters; yet the -parallel is not complete, because the mind may turn the eye upon itself -and make what is thus seen the object of thought. This turning upon -itself may be likened to eddies in the stream. But even when the mind -thus turns back upon itself and views its own states and activities, -these are regarded as objective, as related to the thinking process very -much like the objects of knowledge in the external world. - -Another important phase of thinking finds no likeness in any of the -figures of speech above referred to. The mind meets certain objects of -thought on which it seems to tarry or fasten itself. This has led some -writers to deny that the stream of thought is a continuous current. -This view causes undue stress to be laid upon the material of thought, -and leads the teacher to undervalue his function as directing guide in -teaching pupils to think. Even Professor Bain claims that,— - -[Sidenote: Bain’s view.] - -“The stream of thought is not a continuous current, but a series of -distinct ideas, more or less rapid in their succession, the rapidity -being measurable by the number that pass through the mind in a given -time. Mental excitement is constantly judged of by this test; and if we -choose to count and time the thoughts as they succeed one another, we -could give so much more precision to the estimate.”[32] - -[Sidenote: Transitions.] - -[Sidenote: Two phases.] - -These transitions should not be confounded with the relations between -objects of thought or between objects in the external world. The -relations may be part of the thought of that which is perceived or known, -or they may be made distinct ideas or thoughts. The important phase -under consideration is the passage of the mind from one idea or thought -to another. Such transitions are quite as important and quite as much a -part of the current of thought as the premises and conclusions on which -the mind seems to rest. These two phases of the thought-process may be -likened to the perching and the flight of a bird. This figure of speech -is used by Professor James, among whose services to the profession -of teaching it is not the least that he has called attention to the -importance of these transitions in the stream of consciousness. His -account is so lucid and satisfactory that one cannot forbear to quote his -words at some length. Referring to the stream of thought, he says,— - -[Sidenote: View of Professor James.] - -“Like a bird’s life, it seems to be made up of an alternation of flights -and perchings. The rhythm of language expresses this, where every thought -is expressed in a sentence and every sentence closed by a period. The -resting-places are usually occupied by sensorial imaginations of some -sort, whose peculiarity is that they can be held before the mind for an -indefinite time and contemplated without changing; the places of flight -are filled with thoughts of relations, static or dynamic, that for the -most part obtain between the matters contemplated in the periods of -comparative rest. _Let us call the halting-places_ the ‘substantive’ -parts and the places of flight the ‘transitive’ parts of the stream of -thought. It then appears that the main need of our thinking is at all -times the attainment of some other substantive part than the one from -which we have just been dislodged. And we may say that the main use of -the transitive parts is to lead us from one substantive conclusion to -another. Now it is very difficult, introspectively, to see the transitive -parts for what they really are. If they are but flights to a conclusion, -stopping them to look at them before a conclusion is reached is really -annihilating them. Whilst if we wait until the conclusion be reached, -it so exceeds them in vigor and stability that it quite eclipses and -swallows them up in its glare. Let any one try to cut a thought in the -middle and get a look at its section, and he will see how difficult -the introspective observation of the transitive tract is. The rush of -the thought is so headlong that it almost always brings us up at the -conclusion before we can arrest it. Or if our purpose is nimble enough -and we do arrest it, it ceases forthwith to be itself. As a snow-flake -crystal caught in the warm hand is no longer a crystal, but a drop, -so, instead of catching the feeling of relation moving to its term, we -find we have caught some substantive thing, usually the last word we -were pronouncing, statistically taken, and with its function, tendency, -and particular meaning in the sentence quite evaporated. The attempt -at introspective analysis in these cases is, in fact, like seizing a -spinning top to catch its motion, or trying to turn up the gas quickly -enough to see the darkness. And the challenge to _produce_ these -psychoses, which is sure to be thrown by doubting psychologists at any -one who contends for their existence, is as unfair as Zeno’s treatment -of the advocates of motion, when, asking them to point out in what place -an arrow _is_ when it moves, he argues the falsity of their thesis from -their inability to make to so preposterous a question an immediate -reply.”[33] - -[Sidenote: Nouns, verbs, etc.] - -[Sidenote: Connectives.] - -The science of logic deals almost altogether with the halting-places, -with the substantive parts, with the ideas, notions, concepts that -are to be compared, and with the resulting judgments, inferences, and -conclusions. Whether the teacher has studied the science of logic or not, -it is to these he devotes his chief attention; they can be analyzed, -defined, and clearly fixed as thought-products or knowledge. Defects in -the thinking-process are apt to show themselves here; at least, they -furnish tangible data for criticism, corrections, and reviews. These -thought-products on which the mind loves to linger are denoted by nouns, -verbs, adjectives, and adverbs,—the parts of speech which constitute the -bulk of the vocabulary of every language. The movements of the mind from -one object of thought to another are indicated by conjunctions and other -connectives. Thinkers are often known by their favorite connective words -and phrases. Pupils catch these from the phraseology of their teachers, -or pick them up unconsciously from the books they read. Some languages -are richer in such connective words and phrases than others; the mind -carries away some influence in the way of making these transitions in -thought from every language which it studies; its thinking is moulded -by the language which it masters. Logic has very little to say about -these transitions for which one language sometimes supplies words and -expressions altogether wanting in another. Frequently we grow conscious -of them through the feeling of a gap to be filled, or of a chasm to be -leaped over, or of an obstacle to be cleared away, or of something that -obstructs our thinking and hinders it from reaching the goal. Here again -one cannot refrain from quoting Professor James, although his words do -not indicate that he fully realizes the value for elementary instruction -of what he has written. Here are his words: - -“The truth is that large tracts of human speech are nothing but _signs -of direction_ in thought, of which direction we, nevertheless, have an -acutely discriminative sense, though no definite sensorial image plays -any part in it whatsoever. Sensorial images are stable psychic facts; -we can hold them still, and look at them as long as we like. These bare -images of logical movements, on the contrary, are psychic transitions, -always on the wing, so to speak, and not to be glimpsed except in -flight. Their function is to lead from one set of images to another. As -they pass, we feel both the waxing and the waning images in a way quite -different from the way of their full presence. If we try to hold fast -the feeling of direction, the full presence comes, and the feeling of -direction is lost. The blank verbal scheme of logical movement gives us -the fleeting sense of the movement as we read it, quite as well as does a -rational sentence awakening definite imaginations by its words.”[34] - -[Sidenote: Directing the youthful mind.] - -Right here the teacher who is an artist finds the opportunity for the -display of his highest skill. It is his privilege to direct the flights -and the perchings of the youthful mind. He can shape the thoughts and -their sequence. He can cause the intellect to move from the reason to -its consequence, or in the reverse direction if that be more natural or -more appropriate. He can guide the thought from cause to effect, from -the whole to the parts, from the general to the particular, from the -end to the means, from the design to its execution; or a movement the -other way is possible in each of these categories. While thus choosing -the direction which thought shall take, he can select the objects upon -which it shall tarry. This directing influence he will often exert when -he is not aware of it. His own habits of mind will be reflected in the -mental life of his pupils. There was profound philosophy in the reply of -a gifted author who, when asked by his daughter what she should study, -said, “I am more concerned about the teachers under whom you study than -about the branches of study which you may select.” Habits of thought -depend far more upon the teacher than upon the text-book, upon the -quality of the instruction than upon its general content. There is, of -course, a difference in the culture value of different branches of study; -but a study as valuable as geometry may be pursued in a loose way, whilst -branches of much inferior value for developing power to think may be -taught and studied by the methods of rigid and exact thought. - -[Sidenote: The artist-teacher.] - -[Sidenote: Forms of speech.] - -In shaping the activity of thought, the artist-teacher makes the mind -tarry long enough for clear apprehension, sometimes for thorough -comprehension, upon the ideas, judgments, and conclusions which are the -framework of a system of thought, but he does not neglect the transitions -from one to the other, as if these were of little account or necessarily -took care of themselves. The transitions in thought are aided by set -phrases and forms of solution. As soon as these are mastered, there -develops the tendency to think them as algebraic symbols, which do -substitute duty in the absence of that for which they stand. For fear -of this, the teacher sometimes fails to drill on them long enough to -fix them in the mind,—certainly a radical mistake. Drill is a condition -of the highest discipline in the school as well as in the army. The -drill-master seeks to habituate the soldier to the word of command, -so that he will obey in the face of danger without thinking of the -consequences. The drill-master at school seeks to make it second nature -for a pupil to go through the logical motions, but not without conscious -thought of the process or the consequences. Whenever the learner uses -forms of parsing, analysis, or solution, his mind should go through the -movements of thought expressed by the language. Ask any ordinary class -to give you a noun of the first person; they are almost sure to give -you either a noun of the third person or a pronoun of the first person. -Dictate a sentence with a noun in the first person, and ask the pupils to -parse it in the customary way; in nearly all cases they will parse it as -a noun of the third person. Ask them to tell why a personal pronoun is so -called; frequently they say because it indicates a person,—a statement -quite applicable to other kinds of pronouns. If the logical or customary -forms of speech are employed, the stream of thought moves on, the mind -often failing to perceive the new truth, or error, or nonsense inherent -in the language employed. School-boys have tricks of their own which turn -upon this peculiarity in the movement of thought. “Who killed Cain?” is -suddenly asked. “Abel,” is the reply generally elicited by the question. -Should you say, Nine times seven _is_ or _are_ forty-two? The boy who -decides in favor of _is_ or _are_ gets a shock of surprise on being told -that the product of nine times seven is not forty-two. - -[Sidenote: A strange reply.] - -One day a teacher was lecturing upon education in the dark ages. To show -how the energies of the common people were exhausted in the struggle -for existence, the resolution of a synod in the south of France was -cited. The resolution enjoined upon the bishops the duty of seeing to -it that during a period of scarcity of food the peasants were at least -provided with bread made of acorns. A few minutes later a reference was -made to the autobiography of Thomas Platter, in which certain things are -described as happening about the time of the Diet of Worms. On being -asked in what period of history that was, a pupil promptly replied, “When -the common people were fed on worms.” - -[Sidenote: Biblical phraseology.] - -[Sidenote: Huxley’s story.] - -Very much of the sermonizing of our day gives rise to the same kind of -thinking. The mind is borne along by the customary flow of words. The -phrases used have an orthodox sound; perhaps they are biblical in the -sense that they occur in the Bible. It is impossible to tell whether any -clear idea or real religious experience is suggested to the hearer’s -mind by the words used. The ideas excited in the hearer should be those -for which the words stand in the mind of the speaker. If the ideas of -the speaker are not clear, how can his words suggest anything definite -to the audience? Huxley relates an amusing story of an after-dinner -orator who was endowed with a voice of rare flexibility and power, and -with a fine flow of words, and who was called upon to speak without much -preparation. The applause was terrific. When Huxley asked a neighbor who -was especially enthusiastic what the orator had said, the latter could -not tell. Nothing was lacking in the post-prandial speech save sense and -occasionally grammar.[35] - -The fuller consideration of the stream of thought in listening and -lecturing, in reading, speaking, and composing, is deserving of separate -chapters. The mental attitude in listening resembles that in getting -thought from the printed page. Silent reading is for the reader’s own -benefit; it comprises by far the larger proportion of our reading. In -oral reading, the stream of thought is somewhat different, the aim being -similar to that of public speaking,—namely, to suggest or convey to the -hearer thoughts from some other mind. In the act of composing, the aim -is to evolve thought from the mind’s own resources and activities. The -thought process is very much the same, no matter whether we dictate to -a stenographer, or speak to an audience, or use the pen in giving to it -form and abiding shape. It will be most convenient to treat together the -stream of thought in listening and in silent reading, and to reserve for -separate consideration the activity of the mind in writing, speaking, and -oral reading. - - - - -XIV - -THE STREAM OF THOUGHT IN LISTENING AND READING - - Reading is thinking along a prescribed line that lies goldenly - beneath the flow of words. - - BRUMBAUGH. - - Whittier uses words as stepping-stones upon which with a light - and joyous bound he crosses and recrosses at will the rapid and - rushing stream of thought. - - LONGFELLOW. - - To listen well is to think well,—the hearing ear must be - attended by the alert mind, eager to seize upon incoming - sensations and weave them into a garland of thought. - - M. G. B. - - Words, however well constructed originally, are always tending, - like coins, to have their inscription worn off by passing - from hand to hand; and the only possible mode of reviving it - is to be ever stamping it afresh by living in the habitual - contemplation of the phenomena themselves, and not resting in - our familiarity with the words that express them. - - J. S. MILL. - - -XIV - -THE STREAM OF THOUGHT IN LISTENING AND READING - -[Sidenote: A suggestive dialogue.] - -Two men engaged in speculative pursuits met after one had published a -book. Let us speak of them as A and B. - -A: I have just read your new book. Many things in it please me very much, -but in it you say so and so, with which I do not find myself in full -accord. - -B: I say nothing of the kind in that book. - -A: I surely read your book. - -B: You never read a book in your life. You read some sentences or -paragraphs; your mind begins to react upon what you have read; and ere -long you imagine that your inferences are the conclusions of the author. - -A: I have a notion to write a psychology, and to set forth my views in -full. - -B: Don’t you do it. You know no psychology. You have been of great -service in stimulating others to think; you are a most delightful -lecturer; but you have never mastered psychology. - -[Sidenote: Feeling.] - -[Sidenote: Interest.] - -If a third party could have listened to the conversation, what stream -of consciousness would have started in his mind? Possibly surprise at -the frankness of B and the composure of A, mingled with thoughts of -what they were discussing. In other words, a strong tinge of feeling -would be perceptible in the stream of thought. In the minds of the two -engaged in the dialogue, feeling must have greatly modified the current -of thought. The greatest kindness that can be shown to some men is to -oppose or criticise their views. Opposition and criticism stimulate their -thinking, and rouse their mental powers to the highest possible tension -and activity. In men of the opposite temperament, feeling beclouds their -thinking, and makes the stream of thought more sluggish. The common -prejudice against appeals to feeling are due to the abuse of the right -which every orator has of addressing the feelings through the intellect, -and of thereby moving the will. To move the will is the essence and aim -of all eloquence. In listening or lecturing, in reading or composing, -some form of emotion always accompanies the stream of thought. The -orator may move the hearer to tears or to laughter; he is not untrue to -his mission if he can thereby win a vote, secure a verdict, or move the -hearer to action. A lecture is addressed primarily to the understanding. -It is greatly improved if the stream of thought which it starts and -supplies is accompanied by feelings of interest and the pleasurable -emotions attendant upon novelty, curiosity, or admiring approval. The -consciousness that we understand a lecture is accompanied by pleasurable -emotions which help to sustain the attention. - -[Sidenote: Spurgeon.] - -The writer once paid a shilling to hear Spurgeon. It was his purpose to -get a good seat, so that he might study this famous preacher’s gestures -and delivery, the quality of his voice, and the secret of his eloquence. -The text was hardly announced before every one in the audience, including -the writer, forgot all about Spurgeon, and thought only of his message to -the thousands before him. The secret of his oratory lay in his ability to -make the audience forget everything except the gospel he was preaching. -If people, after hearing a speaker, talk of his fine delivery, his -flowery language and beautiful figures of speech, or his peculiarities -of pronunciation and other eccentricities, it is proof positive that he -has failed. Instead of holding the attention to what he was saying, the -audience was thinking of his manner and delivery. A well-printed book -has the advantage of keeping the author’s personal characteristics from -interfering with the stream of thought. It has the disadvantage of losing -all the helps to listening and thinking which come from the tones of the -voice and eloquent delivery. - -The accusation of B against A, referred to at the beginning of this -chapter, is applicable to many readers. For several sentences the mind is -riveted upon the author’s meaning. Presently a train of thought starts; -the eye runs along the sentences to the bottom of the page. On turning -the page, the reader wakes up to the consciousness that his mind does not -retain, perhaps never had the slightest notion of the contents of said -page. Often the train of thought leads to no goal; the thinking resembles -the process of wool-gathering, the tufts of wool on bushes and hedges -necessitating much wandering to little purpose. - -[Sidenote: The works of great thinkers.] - -For the sake of cultivating ability to think, students are advised to -read the works of great thinkers, like Kant, Schleiermacher, and Hegel. -Such reading is often a sham and a delusion. No one has done more to -shape the critical thinking of the world than Kant; and yet how many -young men waste time upon his pages because they are not prepared to -think his thoughts. Schleiermacher stimulated and modified the thinking -of theologians in every department of their science except Old Testament -exegesis; and yet the celebrated Dr. Kahnis, of the University of -Leipsic, used to say of Schleiermacher, “Er ist rein nicht zum studiren.” -Nevertheless, students for the ministry have been known to waste hours in -trying to read his writings, which they were not prepared to understand. -Of the obscurer passages in Hegel an eminent authority says, “It is a -fair question whether the rationality included in them be anything more -than the fact that the words all belong to a common vocabulary, and are -strung together on a scheme of predication and relation,—immediacy, -self-relation, and what not,—which has habitually recurred. Yet there -seems no reason to doubt that the subjective feeling of the rationality -of these sentences was strong in the writer as he penned them, or even -that some readers by straining may have reproduced it in themselves.”[36] - -It may be worth an honest effort for students and teachers to try to -grasp the meaning of such writers; but if after a fair trial the mind -is left empty of meaning, it is wise to follow the advice of Locke with -regard to obscure ancient authors: - -“In reading of them, if they do not use their words with a due clearness -and perspicuity, we may lay them aside, and, without any injury done -them, resolve thus with ourselves: - -“Si non vis intelligi, debes negligi.”[37] - -Several months or years of study may be required to prepare the mind for -grasping the ideas or phraseology of new departments of investigation. -No one can comprehend the treatises on physiological psychology without -devoting several weeks to the anatomy of the brain. - -[Sidenote: Reading.] - -[Sidenote: Lewes’s view.] - -The words, phrases, and sentences of the printed or written page should -call up in the mind of the reader that for which they stand in the mind -of the author. What the stream of thought should be in reading a book is -well worthy of careful consideration. G. H. Lewes, in “Problems of Life -and Mind,” claims that “our thought is a constant interchange of ideas -and images, some trains of thought being carried on mainly by images -more or less vivid, others mainly by ideas with only a faint escort of -images.” It should be said, by way of explanation, that he does not use -the word “ideas” in the Platonic sense of patterns fixed in nature, of -which the individual objects in any given class are but imperfect copies, -and by participation in which they have their being; nor in the sense of -a mental image or picture, which (in opposition to Sir William Hamilton), -the Century Dictionary claims, has been the more common meaning of the -term in English literature since the sixteenth century. In Lewes’s pages -ideas never stand for images, nor for copies of sensations. Sully says -that the term idea is used to include both images and concepts, marking -off the whole region of the representative from the presentative, but -that, like the term notion, it now tends to be confined to concepts. -With Lewes all ideas are thoughts, but not all thoughts are ideas. He -does not reject the popular usage of the word in phrases like the idea -of Shakespeare’s Othello, of Bismarck’s policy. Take the following -sentence from Justin McCarthy’s “History of Our Own Times:” “Unluckily, -Lord Palmerston became possessed with the idea that the French minister -in Greece was secretly setting the Greek government on to resist our -claims.” In thinking the thought of this sentence the mind is not filled -with any images of Greece or mental pictures of any other kind. Possibly -the adjective Greek may bring to the minds of some persons the map symbol -of Greece or even scenery and cities in Greece, especially if they have -travelled or resided there; but such mental pictures really interfere -with the current of thought in reading. In planning a route from New -York to San Francisco one is apt to think it in the lines and dots of -railway maps. That in the mind for which words stand may be styled their -meaning, and Lewes claims that much of our reading does not translate -the words into their full signification, but proceeds by a process of -logical symbolism. He asserts that “the greater proportion of all men’s -thinking goes forward with confident reliance on the correctness of the -logical operations, and with only an occasional translation of symbols -into images. The translation—verification—does, indeed, from time to time -take place, and always in proportion to the novelty of the connections; -but how easily and how fatally the mind glides along the path of logical -operation without pausing to interpret more than the relation of the -symbols is humorously illustrated in the common story of a physicist, -whose claim to omniscience was the joke of his friends. Being asked -earnestly whether he had ‘read Biot’s paper on the malleability of -light?’ ‘No,’ he replied; ‘he sent it me, but I have not yet had time to -read it.’” - -[Sidenote: An example.] - -Lewes’s meaning is made somewhat clearer by two examples which he uses. -“Suppose you inform me that the blood rushed violently from the man’s -heart, quickening his pulse, at the sight of his enemy. Of the many -latent images in this phrase, how many were salient in your mind and -in mine? Probably two,—the man and his enemy,—and these images were -faint. Images of blood, heart, violent rushing, pulse, quickening, and -sight were either not revived at all or were passing shadows. Had any -such images arisen, they would have hampered thought, retarding the -logical process of judgment by irrelevant connections. The symbols had -substituted _relations_ for these _values_,—the logical relations of -inclusion and exclusion which constitute judgment. You were not anxious -to inform me respecting the qualities of blood, heart, pulse, etc., but -only of a certain effect produced on one man by sight of another; and -this effect you expressed in the physiological terms which came first -to hand; you might have expressed it equally well in very different -psychological terms,—‘fierce anger seized the man’s soul, rousing all -his energies at the sight of his enemy,’ when assuredly there would not -have been present images of ‘anger,’ ‘seizing,’ ‘soul,’ ‘rousing,’ and -‘energies.’ These terms are symbols which stand for clusters of images, -and can at will be translated into images, just as algebraic letters -stand for values which can be assigned. But for purposes of thought -and calculation such translation is unnecessary, is hampering; all -that is necessary is that the terms should occupy their proper logical -position.”[38] - -[Sidenote: Another example.] - -The other example is still more striking. “Suppose I read the phrase, -‘The ship which carried Nelson was appropriately named the Victory;’ -unless the ship itself is the prominent interest, I have probably no -image at all, or at least only a faint and fleeting shadow of some vague -outline. I do not picture a man-of-war, I do not see the hull, masts, -cordage, and cannon, though these, with the figure-head, fluttering -flags, and pennons, may successfully emerge if I dwell on the ship. I -perhaps do not see Nelson, or, at any rate, do not see his pale face, one -eye, and one arm, but only some faint suggestion of a human form. The -purpose of the phrase was not to raise images, but to communicate a fact -respecting the name of the ship; and my intelligence has been occupied -with this purpose. I must, it is true, have understood each word, or, -at any rate, each clause of the sentence; but for this understanding -it is not necessary that I should translate, nor even that I should be -capable of translating, each word into an image or cluster of images; -it is enough if I apprehend a series of logical relations. We all use -occasional words with intelligent and intelligible propriety, the meaning -of which as isolated terms we cannot translate. We read Shakespeare and -Goethe without a suspicion of the many words which for us have no images. -But if one of these words occurs in an unfamiliar connection we are at -once arrested, as we are if any familiar word is placed in an unfamiliar -position. Suppose we come upon the sentence, ‘The ship which carried -Nelson was named _Victory_; the ship which carried Napoleon across the -desert was named _Akbar_,’—we are at once arrested; the connection of -ship and desert is unusual, and is seen, on reflection, to be contrary to -experience; but when we learn that the camel is called the ‘ship of the -desert,’ we recognize the new value assigned to the term, and the logical -correctness of the phrase is thereby recognized.”[39] - -These examples, and others like them which Lewes gives, bring us face -to face with the proposition that “much of our thinking is carried on -by means of symbols without any images, which is the same thing as -thinking being carried on by words without any meanings and with only the -accompanying intuition of their logical relations.” Thus, after a century -of exhortation against the blind use of words we are brought face to face -with the question of using words in thinking without realizing the full -meaning, an abuse of words for which reformers have shot their arrows at -rote teaching from every possible point of view. What truth is there in -the statement of Mr. Lewes? What can be his meaning? - -[Sidenote: Literature.] - -[Sidenote: Imaging in poetry.] - -[Sidenote: The correct plan.] - -It must be admitted that men in mature life skim newspapers, magazines, -and books, especially books of fiction and books of reference, without -realizing in their minds the import of all the words upon which the eye -falls. The aim may be to get the plot of the story or a fact for some -specific use, or a hurried view of the news and current events of the -last twenty-four hours. But this is not the kind of thinking which the -teacher aims to beget in the minds of his pupils. Nor does it ever lead -to a just appreciation of literature. All literature which appeals to the -imagination cannot be read and enjoyed in that way. No one can rightly -read a choice selection without thinking what was in the author’s mind, -reconstructing the images and scenes which were before his mental eye and -following the movements depicted by his language. Movement is more easily -conceived than scenery, and abounds in the stories which are most popular -among children. Judicious exercises will soon enable the pupil to call up -all kinds of imagery. In the Standard Fifth Reader it is suggested that -the pupils sit with closed eyes and close attention while the teacher -or one of the pupils reads a paragraph or stanza. For illustration, Kate -Putnam Osgood’s poem, entitled “Driving Home the Cows,” is selected. - - Out of the clover and blue-eyed grass - He turned them into the river lane; - One after another he let them pass, - Then fastened the meadow bars again. - - Under the willows and over the hill - He patiently followed their sober pace; - The merry whistle for once was still, - And something shadowed the sunny face. - - Only a boy! and his father had said - He never could let his youngest go; - Two already were lying dead - Under the feet of the trampling foe. - - But after the evening’s work was done, - And the frogs were loud in the meadow-swamp, - Over his shoulder he slung his gun, - And stealthily followed the foot-path damp; - - Across the clover and through the wheat, - With resolute heart and purpose grim; - Though the dew was on his hurrying feet - And the blind bat’s flitting startled him. - - Thrice since then had the lanes been white, - And the orchard sweet with apple-bloom; - And now, when the cows came back at night, - The feeble father drove them home. - - For news had come to the lonely farm - That three were lying where two had lain; - And the old man’s tremulous, palsied arm - Could never lean on a son’s again. - - The summer days grew cool and late: - He went for the cows when the work was done; - But down the lane as he opened the gate - He saw them coming, one by one: - - Brindle, Ebony, Speckle, and Bess, - Shaking their horns in the evening wind; - Cropping the buttercups out of the grass; - But who was it following close behind? - - Loosely swung in the idle air - An empty sleeve of army blue; - And worn and pale, from the crisping hair, - Looked out a face that the father knew. - - The great tears sprang to their meeting eyes - For the heart must speak when the lips are dumb; - And under the silent evening skies - Together they followed the cattle home. - -[Sidenote: Some thoughts are not images.] - -Who can fully appreciate these stanzas without picturing the landscape of -clover, blue-eyed grass, meadow bars, river lane, cows moving homeward, -and especially the boy with the shadow on his face, the two older -brothers lying dead under the feet of the trampling foe? The subsequent -parts of the poem lend themselves to the activity of the imagination, -to a play of sympathy for the father seemingly bereft of all his sons, -until on a summer day cool and late he sees fluttering in the wind an -empty sleeve of army blue, beneath a face that he knew,—a scene which, -if constructed by the imagination, cannot help stirring the emotional -life of the reader and giving him proper tones and inflections in oral -reading while more fully realizing the price paid in war for the saving -of the nation. Very much of our thinking does not turn on images or -mental pictures. We do not primarily think justice, law, kindness, mercy -under the form of images, though by a secondary process we can throw -these ideas into concrete examples and image them as occurring in life. -Very many ideas cannot be made concrete in that way, as, for example, -the ideas of infinity, eternity. Sometimes an indistinct or faded image -does duty for the idea of horses in general, but in such cases the image -is representative of the idea, and should not be confounded with the -idea. Both are thoughts, but not all thoughts are ideas or images. Many -thoughts are propositions and cannot be imaged at all. - -[Sidenote: Putting content into words.] - -The images which go with words grow in fulness as one’s experience -enlarges. Take the word fire. The first idea was formed from fire in -the stove and in the smithy. A fuller idea resulted from the sight of a -distant mountain on fire. Then a distant conflagration resulting in the -loss of a block of town property gave the word still fuller content. -Finally, the destruction of the State Capitol, in which part of the -manuscript of a book, other valuable papers and records were destroyed, -and in which one or two friends almost lost their lives, gave a meaning -to the word fire which it never had before. Without doubt it hampers the -mind and impedes the logical processes of thought if the word invariably -calls up the idea of these fires with the accompanying emotions. - -[Sidenote: Books on mathematics and other sciences.] - -We saw the value of the labor-saving devices introduced by the symbols -and formulas of mathematics and other sciences. Analysts carry forward -long trains of thought by means of symbols whose meaning can be, but -is not always, called up with the successive links of the chain of -reasoning. In adding a column of figures, in solving an algebraic -equation, in reading a work on higher mathematics or logic, in thinking -the formulas of chemistry, physics, astronomy, etc., and in dealing -with objects, forces, and relations which have been accurately and -definitely quantified, the thinking may be carried forward by the use -of symbols which can be interpreted and applied whenever the occasion -requires, but whose meaning is not always present to the mind. In reading -of things which have not been quantified, the stream of thought often -flows on without images, or mental pictures, or copies of sensations. -Nevertheless, the examination of any school reader or book of selections -from the best literature will show how our best writers and orators -appeal to the imagination, and to what a large field the method of -thinking in images or mental pictures is applicable for the purpose of -securing due appreciation of good literature and proper expression in -oral reading. - -The simplest thinking is the comparison of objects when these are present -to the senses. It prevails largely in the handicrafts and in the ordinary -duties of life. More difficult is the comparison of images or mental -pictures of things when these are not present to the senses, but must be -recalled by the memory. This thinking is essential to the appreciation of -poetry, to the vivid presentation of thought, and should not be neglected -by those who wish to move the multitudes with tongue or pen. “Imaging,” -says Dryden, “is in itself the very height and life of poetry, which, -by a kind of enthusiasm or extraordinary emotion of the soul, makes it -seem to us that we behold those things which the poet paints.” Higher, -from the scientist’s point of view, is the thinking in substitute symbols -which stand for ideas definitely fixed or quantified. Higher still is -the comparison of abstract and general ideas through expressive symbols, -including their application to the problems of life; for this is the kind -of thinking that characterizes the scientist and the philosopher, the -engineer and the surgeon, the editor and the orator, and, in fact, all -whose vocation has risen to the rank of a profession. But highest of all -is the thinking which creates and invents, begetting progress in science -and art, in literature and history, in government and civilization. - - - - -XV - -THE STREAM OF THOUGHT IN WRITING, SPEAKING, AND ORAL READING - - The highest joy is the freedom of the mind in the living play - of all its powers. - - SCHILLER. - - The historian Niebuhr, speaking of the historian’s vocation, - remarks that he who calls past ages into being enjoys a bliss - analogous to that of creating. With still more truth may we - say of that mind which is able, in the conscious awakening of - all its powers, to give full and satisfactory utterance to its - thick-coming thoughts, that it enjoys the joy of a creator. If - there is one bright particular hour in the life of the educated - man, in the career of the scholar, it is that hour for which - all other hours of student-life were made,—that hour in which - he gives original and full expression to what has been slowly - gendering within him. - - SHEDD. - - Unless a man can link his written thoughts with the everlasting - wants of men so that they shall draw from them as from wells, - there is no more immortality to the thoughts and feelings of - the soul than to the muscles and bones. - - BEECHER. - - -XV - -THE STREAM OF THOUGHT IN WRITING, SPEAKING, AND ORAL READING - -[Sidenote: The first speech.] - -Eventful in his career is the day on which a young person speaks in -public for the first time. His hands and arms are in his way; his lower -limbs quake; his lips and throat feel dry and parched; the vocal organs -refuse to obey his bidding; he experiences other discomforts which he -cannot explain and which are due to embarrassment and nervousness. What -is worst of all, he cannot tell what has gone wrong in his mind. If his -speech was committed, the memory fails to recall some word or sentence -that seems absolutely essential to the sequence of thought. If he speaks -extemporaneously, the stream of thought stops flowing, or turns back -in eddies, or perhaps spreads out over all the land instead of moving -towards the proper goal. In fact, all these annoyances have their fontal -source in the mind, in a play of emotions in which stage-fright is the -principal element. To this young man some trusted friend should whisper, -“Take courage;” for if ever in his life a young man needs encouragement -it is when he makes his first speech or preaches his first sermon. - -[Sidenote: Public speakers are made, not born.] - -Public speakers are made, not born. Native talent is helpful, but not all -sufficient. Most of the obstacles to success disappear as soon as one has -learned to think on his feet; that is, to control the stream of thought -when facing an audience. - -[Sidenote: Dangers of fluency.] - -There are, of course, exceptions to all rules. Some young men possess -an amount of self-confidence which is proof against embarrassment. Such -youth are sometimes gifted with a flow of words that is fatal to ultimate -success. It enables them to fill time without previous preparation. -Bautain describes a “fatal facility a thousand times worse than -hesitation or than silence, which drowns thought in floods of words, or -in a torrent of copiousness, sweeping away good earth and leaving behind -sand and stones alone. Heaven keep us from these interminable talkers, -such as are often to be found in southern countries, who deluge you, -relatively to anything and to nothing, with a shower of dissertation and -a down-pouring of their eloquence. During nine-tenths of the time there -is not one rational thought in the whole of this twaddle, carrying along -in its course every kind of rubbish and platitude. The class of persons -who produce a speech so easily and who are ready at the shortest moment -to extemporize a speech, a dissertation, or a homily, know not how to -compose a tolerable sentence; and I repeat that, with such exceptions as -defy all rule, he who has not learned how to write will never know how to -speak.”[40] - -No one stands in greater need of the discipline derived from the use of -the pen than those who overflow with words and sentences. Their dearth -of ideas can be remedied in no other way. The sentence which escapes -from the lips is fleeting and soon forgotten. The sentence in black -and white, which stares you in the face from the written page, can be -read and re-read until its lack of sense and its wealth of nonsense and -absurdity grow too glaring to be endured. Paragraph after paragraph can -thus be tested, condensed, and stuffed full of meaning. This discipline -ultimately enables a fluent talker to speak with force and to the point, -because it gradually transforms his habits of thinking, deepening the -stream of thought and enabling it to carry craft too weighty to be borne -by a shallow stream. - -[Sidenote: Hesitating speakers.] - -The person who is afflicted with hesitation and embarrassment also -stands in sore need of the discipline of writing. In the solitude of the -home one can take time to find and fix the right word, to weave it into -sentences that stand the test of grammar, logic, and rhetoric, and to -arrange a line of thought from which everything irrelevant is excluded. -Embarrassment vanishes with the advent of the feeling that one has -something to say. The growth of language, which invariably accompanies -the evolution and clarification of thought, corrects hesitation. Soon -the hands drop to the side or obey the will in gesture, and the feeling -of ease begins to color the delivery. Nothing more beneficial can happen -to a young preacher than the call to preach the same discourse a number -of times in succession, each time to a different audience. Repetition -will make him a master of the train of ideas, improving his phraseology, -and deeping the stream of thought. Who has not watched with delight the -improvement in the presentation of a lecture heard from the same lips -half a dozen times in succession? The change for the better was due to -the deepening, straightening, and improvement of the channel in which the -stream of thought seems to flow. - -[Sidenote: Writing.] - -If a student several times each month during a college course writes out -and fixes a line of argument for a debate, he can acquire the power to -fix and retain the thoughts as fast as he writes. The habit of memorizing -the words is, of course, pernicious, because it is apt to make him the -slave of his manuscript, to destroy his freedom in meeting the blows of -an antagonist, and to divest him of the glow of feeling and animation -which gives force to the delivery while the mind is engaged in the -elaboration of the argument. The sequence of ideas rather than of words -should be fixed in the mind, very much as the student of Euclid fixes -in his mind, not the words, but the ideas which constitute the chain of -proof. This kind of practice gives a young speaker the sense of security -without destroying his freedom in modifying the line of thought while -standing upon his feet. - -[Sidenote: Criticism.] - -From this point of view the folly of much criticism in teaching is -very apparent. The current of thought is frequently interrupted by -drawing attention at the wrong time to mistakes in grammar and errors of -pronunciation. The proper time for such criticism is after the movement -of thought has reached the goal; and even then the critic should not call -attention to too many defects at one time; otherwise the effect will be -to discourage and bewilder the pupil. - -[Sidenote: The thought.] - -The stream of thought is the most essential thing in writing, speaking, -and oral reading. The management of face and hands and feet, the -postures of the body, and the vocal utterance should, of course, not -be neglected. The intelligent counsel of a good friend is needed to -point out mannerisms and eccentricities. The practice prescribed by a -wise teacher is helpful in pruning the delivery of defects and harmful -habits which are sure to grow where attention to the thought sinks the -delivery into the subconscious realm. Nevertheless, the main thing in -writing and speaking is the stream of thought. A profound truth was -stated by the Kentucky backwoodsman, who said that he would have it in -him to become as great an orator as Henry Clay, were it not that he found -himself lacking in two things: Whenever a favorable opportunity for a -great speech presented itself he never knew _what to say_ nor _how to -say it_. The how is more easily acquired than the _what_. Both should -receive attention, from the kindergarten to the university. The getting -of something to say is invention. It is the one thing in which special -teachers and special courses give least help. The power of invention is -acquired by years of effort and discipline. Tributaries from many sources -must pour into the stream of thought before it becomes full, copious, and -capable of carrying great thoughts, or of supplying the motive power for -great undertakings. - -[Sidenote: Hinderances.] - -In writing nothing should be allowed to interfere with the stream of -thought. Some can write in the midst of noise. Others must seek silence -and solitude. Gifted men like Horace Greeley can write in the cars, upon -the knee, anywhere. Habit has much to do with the art of composing. In -any event, the stream of thought must be kept flowing. In so far as -the rules of grammar, logic, rhetoric have become unconscious guiding -principles, they do not interfere with the evolution of thought. In so -far as they absorb the attention and hinder the flow of thought, they -should be cast to the winds during the first glow of writing. Better -think of these during the process of rewriting, polishing, and correcting. - -So great a thinker and successful a writer as Charles Darwin makes the -following suggestive statement concerning his own methods of composing: - -[Sidenote: How Darwin composed.] - -“There seems to be a sort of fatality in my mind, leading me to put at -first my statement or proposition in a wrong or awkward form. Formerly -I used to think about my sentences before writing them down; but for -several years I have found that it saves time to scribble in a vile hand -whole pages as quickly as I possibly can, contracting half the words; -and then correct deliberately. Sentences thus scribbled down are often -better ones than I could have written deliberately.”[41] - -No one should speak as he writes, nor should any one write as he speaks. -Few men are satisfied with the stenographic report of a speech, exactly -true to the language at the time of delivery. A reporter who cannot make -a speech read better, without changing the line of thought, than if it -were printed exactly as spoken is not a master of the art of reporting. -Written discourse abounds in longer sentences, in more involved -constructions, in forms of diction which please the eye, but are too -cumbersome for the voice and the ear. The public speaker is prone to use -short, simple sentences in which the subject of the sentence does not -pass out of the mind before the predicate is reached. His style abounds -in questions which arrest the attention of the hearer; if necessary, he -indulges in colloquial expressions to which the ears of the hearer are -accustomed, thereby bringing himself nearer the common people. - -[Sidenote: Fox’s opinion.] - -[Sidenote: Written discourse.] - -Upon a speech delivered in the British Parliament high praise was -bestowed in the hearing of Mr. Fox. “Does it read well?” he inquired. -“Yes, grandly,” was the reply. “Then,” said he, “it was not a good -speech.” It may be difficult to point out exactly wherein speaking -differs from writing so far as the stream of thought is concerned; yet -one feels the difference. Austin Phelps shows the difference by using an -extract from an essay on the “End of God in Creation:” - -“What was the final cause of creation? The transition from the -unconditioned to the conditioned is incomprehensible by the human -faculties. What that transition is, and how it could take place, and -how it became an actualized occurrence, it is confessed on all hands -are absolutely incomprehensible enigmas. We cannot reasonably imagine, -then, that, if we are thus ignorant of the nature and mode of this -stupendous fact, we can nevertheless comprehend its primitive ground, -can explore its ultimate reasons, can define its final motive. Nor can -we think to unveil the infinite soul at that moment when, according to -our conceptions, the eternal uniformity was interrupted and a new mode -of being, absolutely unintelligible to us, was first introduced. We -cannot think to grasp all the views which were present to that soul, -extending from the unbeginning past to the unending future, and to fathom -all its purposes, and to analyze all its motives. If anywhere, we must -here repel everything like dogmatic interpretation of the phenomena, and -admit whatever is put forth only as conjectural in its nature, or, at -all events, partial, and belonging far more to the surface than to the -interior of the subject.” - -[Sidenote: Example of spoken discourse.] - -One can easily see how ill adapted to oral delivery these sentences are. -Phelps throws the same leading thoughts and succession of thoughts into a -form adapted for public speaking: - -“Why did God create the universe? Creation is incomprehensible to man. -What is creation? How was it possible? How did it ever come to be? I -cannot answer. Can you? Every man of common sense confesses his ignorance -here. But if we are ignorant of what creation is, and how it is, can we -imagine that we understand why it is? Shall we think to unveil the mind -of God in the stupendous act? That moment when God said ‘Let there be -light’ was a moment of which we can know nothing but that ‘there was -light.’ Shall we think to see all that God saw? Can we look through the -past without beginning, and the future without end, and fathom all His -purposes and all His motives? Can we, by searching, find out God? If we -must repel assertion anywhere, we must do so here. Whatever we may think, -it is but little more than guess-work. At the best it can be but knowing -in part. The most we can know must be on the surface. It cannot penetrate -to the heart of the matter.”[42] - -[Sidenote: Two kinds of style.] - -The plan of writing down a line of discussion helps to clarify the -thought. Casting aside the manuscript as soon as the sequence of ideas is -fixed in the mind emancipates the speaker from the written page. Several -years of practice develop two kinds of style, one adapted for writing, -the other for speaking. After this stage of development is reached, it -may be no longer necessary to formulate on paper every line of argument. -Nevertheless, the pen cannot be laid aside entirely without detriment to -the quality of the thought and the effectiveness of oral discourse. - -[Sidenote: Dictating.] - -Everything calculated to interfere with the stream of thought should, so -far as possible, be eliminated from the act of composing. Some men find -the pen an irksome drain upon their energy and vitality. Their thought -moves faster than they can write. The employment of a stenographer aids -them in the work of composing. The danger against which they must guard -is a growing dislike to the use of the pen, and a deterioration of their -style resulting in the obliteration of the difference which distinguishes -effective speaking from successful writing. - -[Sidenote: Lectures and orations.] - -There is a radical difference between a lecture and an oration. Public -speaking which partakes of the nature of the lecture, aiming primarily -at instruction or the communication of knowledge, may be assisted by -experiments, by maps, charts, and pictures upon the screen, by specimens -and models designed to throw light upon the theme under discussion. -Public speaking which partakes of the nature of oratory, its aim being to -move the will to action, is generally limited in the appliances it can -utilize, and in the way it must appeal to the hearer. It must not exhaust -the attention of the hearer by consuming his time in the establishment of -principles, and in showing, by lengthy details, how results are obtained. -Far better is it to cite authorities, to quote their language if -necessary, and to make the application to the case in hand. In referring -to recognized standards, like a dictionary, a treatise on law, or the -Sacred Scriptures, it is always best to quote the exact words. This is -also more appropriate on the written page than a reproduction of the -thought in inferior forms of statement. In public speaking, however, the -original statement may be too involved, and a breaking up into shorter, -simpler sentences may aid the forward movement of the stream of thought. -The first aim of the speaker is to be understood. If he fails to reach -the understanding, he can neither persuade nor convince, nor spur the -will to action. - -[Sidenote: Starting in too high a key.] - -There is another limitation to the kind of public speaking which partakes -of the nature of oratory. The idea which the speaker seeks to have -realized in the vote, or verdict, or conduct of others, must be carried -back to the necessary ideas of the hearer. The full discussion of this -peculiarity in the stream of thought belongs to treatises on rhetoric. -Such a discussion can be found in Theremin’s Rhetoric, translated by -Shedd. Suffice it to say that the recognition of this principle makes -the speaker a more thoughtful man. It causes him to rely for the effect -he seeks to produce upon solid and sterling qualities rather than showy -rhetoric. It tends to make the stream of thought flow deeper, fuller, -yet clearer and with more power. Any interference with the stream of -thought while the speaker is before the audience may be disastrous. -The crying of a child, or an outburst of feeling in the audience, -or some other mishap may disconcert his mind. Legouvé tells how the -world-renowned advocate, Berryer, lost a very good cause by unconsciously -starting his speech in too high a key. “His temples soon felt the unusual -fatigue of the larynx; from the temples it passed to the brain; the -strain being too great, the brain gave way; the thought became confused, -and the language disarranged and indistinct.” He broke down in open court -because he never thought of descending from the lofty perch on which -his voice started at the beginning of his plea. Legouvé claims, and the -experience of many speakers confirms the claim, that the abuse of the -high notes has not infrequently affected injuriously the orator’s very -flow of thought. - -[Sidenote: The three generals.] - -Three generals made stump speeches on a joint trip during the last -Presidential campaign. One day the name of the candidate of the other -great political party was mentioned, when there was a perfect storm of -applause in the gallery. A second reference elicited similar applause, -and the disconcerted general, who had bravely faced the enemy on the -battle-field, took his seat. The next general, walking on a crutch, -came forward, and requested that all who had been sent to disturb the -meeting should rise. Ho one moved. He exclaimed, “There are some cowards -here.” Then he asked that all who had come to listen and learn should -rise. Everybody rose. He exclaimed, “There are some liars here.” Next -he announced that any one attempting to disturb the meeting would be -pitched out of doors, the general on the crutch declaring he would -lead the attack. Soon a man arose as if to ask a question. Whereupon -a big burly policeman threw the fellow out, and there was no further -outside interference with the stream of thought in the mind of speaker -or listeners. The man on the platform always has the advantage over -disturbers in the audience, provided he is master of his faculties, full -of resources, and quick at repartee. - -[Sidenote: The schools of France.] - -[Sidenote: The reading lesson.] - -The schools of France have been quoted to show the uselessness of -exercises in oral reading. As in other things, so in school matters, -distance lends enchantment to the view. Legouvé, in his lectures on the -“Art of Reading,” mentions with approval that in the great Republic of -North America reading aloud is justly considered one of the very first -elements of a child’s education, whilst in France, reading aloud does not -reach even the sorry dignity of a diverting art, but is regarded as a -curiosity, a luxury, often something hardly better than a pretension.[43] -This was written several decades ago, and may not be just to the French -nation at this time. The value of oral reading depends upon the way -in which it is done. If it amounts to no more than calling words and -parrot-like imitation of the teacher’s manner of reading, the exercise is -a waste of time. The mastery of the new words and of the thought embodied -should precede the attempt to read a lesson aloud. The mastery of the -words involves ability to recognize them at sight, to pronounce them with -fluency and ease, and to spell them by letter and by sound. It implies -both a knowledge of their meaning and ability to use them in a sentence. -An average series of readers has a vocabulary of five thousand words. The -meaning of all these words may be known at sight, but ability to use them -by tongue or pen is quite another thing, the vocabulary of most persons -being not much in excess of a thousand words. The thought can be mastered -by an exercise in silent reading, followed by the oral and written -reproduction of the lesson. The mastery of the thought is a condition of -proper vocal utterance. - -[Sidenote: Acting and reading.] - -[Sidenote: Reading and talking.] - -There is a difference between acting and reading. The actor endeavors -to speak and act after the exact manner of the character whom he -impersonates. The reader aims to suggest the thought instead of imitating -the original actors. An actor will go through the motion of stabbing -or shooting an enemy; the reader simply aims to suggest the thought of -what was done. Exercises in breathing, gesture, tone, pitch, cadence, -voice may be needed for the sake of correcting defects; nevertheless, -everything connected with oral reading should turn on and culminate in -the stream of thought. If anything else is made the object of chief -regard, the main purpose of oral reading is lost. It furnishes an -excellent test by means of which the teacher can determine whether the -pupil understands what he reads or is merely calling words after the -manner of a parrot. To correct the unnatural tones acquired in the -school-room, the pupil is wisely exhorted to read as he would talk. In -the effort to develop a style of reading exactly like talking, some -teachers ruin their natural way of talking and reading. In conversation, -they talk as if they were trying to read. While reading, they seem to be -trying to talk. The human voice is so made that it puts the quotation -marks to selections recited from memory and to sentences read from a -manuscript or book. As a rule, a person can read best what he himself -has written; yet his voice tells whether his sentences and thoughts are -framed and evolved at the moment of delivery, or taken from a manuscript -prepared beforehand. As a matter of fact, no one can read as he talks or -speaks. A blindfolded listener could tell when Spurgeon was reading or -speaking. The same was true of Charles Sumner, and of every other great -speaker America has produced. - -[Sidenote: Abiding thoughts.] - -To think the best thoughts of the best men is the privilege of him who -can read. To plant these thoughts in other minds by reading aloud is a -noble achievement. To give in speech something from our own resources -that others shall treasure is nobler still, because it links our life -with the creative workers of the world. But noblest of all is it to -write what shall be read by our own and future generations, in our own -and other lands, as a source of light and life, of uplift and enjoyment. -The worst punishment that can befall a human being is to be cut off from -participation in the movement of the race towards greater well-being -and perfection. One naturally desires to employ his gifts and powers -for the benefit of mankind. The stream of thought determines what we -shall accomplish. If others are to be benefited by our thinking, they -must think our thoughts. The stream of our thought must carry ideas of -interest and value to them, ideas they will care to get and keep. If -our thinking is busy with things of transient interest, transient will -be our influence over others. If our thought is to abide, it must deal -with verities of eternal moment to humanity, with the works of Him who -made the heavens and the earth, with the truth of Him who is “the same -yesterday, to-day, and forever.” - - - - -XVI - -KINDS OF THINKING - - “What we want is not the example of Democritus, who put out - his eyes that, ceasing to read, he might think the more; or - the example of Pythagoras, who devoted his evenings to solemn - reflections on the events of the day. We want men and women of - all-round activities who will set apart an hour for thought’s - own sake, and thus fulfil the exhortation of a wise man whose - practice it was to ‘sort his thoughts and label them.’” - - T. S. KNOWLSON. - - “People read a great deal more than they used to do,—there - is more to be read,—but they think less. The chief danger of - to-day is that of intellectual apathy. Life is so complex, the - struggle for existence is so keen, and pleasures of various - kinds so cheap and abundant, that men and women seem to live - entirely on the surface of things. What we need is a call to - independent thought.” - - IBID. - - -XVI - -KINDS OF THINKING - -[Sidenote: Equivocal terms.] - -[Sidenote: The term _thinking_.] - -[Sidenote: Kinds of thinking.] - -As was pointed out in the first chapter, the word _thinking_ has several -meanings. One can hardly write or speak on education without using the -word in more senses than one, and it is not always convenient to break -the line of thought or discussion by indicating with a definition the -meaning intended. This is a violation of Pascal’s rule, that no terms -in the least obscure or equivocal shall be used without defining them. -Pascal possessed one of the most remarkable intellects the world has ever -known. His style has been described as a garment of light. Few thinkers -have attained, to an equal degree, clearness of expression and perfect -grasp of the truth. Nowhere are these qualities more essential than in -lectures and treatises on teaching. It is a misfortune that so useful -a word as _thinking_ should ever be ambiguous. The use of equivocal -terms leads to misunderstandings in theory and faults in practice. The -advantage of technical terms lies in the fact that after they have -been clearly defined they can always be used in the same sense. The -disadvantage in the use of technical terms is that they convey no meaning -to minds unfamiliar with the terminology of the specific science to -which they belong. Hence the best thinkers cannot escape the necessity -of employing words in current use to convey their thoughts. As soon as -words pass into common parlance they acquire a variety of meanings and -of shades of meaning. The thought of a people is always more or less -in advance of their vocabulary; the same word must be used in several -meanings, because no other term equally simple and convenient can serve -as a substitute. No one, for instance, can write or speak in the English -language without using the word _is_ in both its figurative and its -literal sense. The connection must show what signification is intended. -The same remark applies to the word _thinking_. The connection must show -whether it is used in the colloquial sense of guessing, or in the logical -sense of a comparison of two ideas through their relation to a third, -or in the broader sense of imaging, reflecting, and reacting upon what -one reads or hears, or in a still broader sense, to designate any form -of mental activity. Since the popular mind employs the word as a general -term to cover the entire intellectual life, it is convenient to specify -kinds of thinking by the use of adjectives like independent, loose, -continuous, organic, technical, scientific, and other qualifying phrases. -Inasmuch as these distinctions are made for the purpose of characterizing -differences observed in the thought-processes of the maturer life for -which our pupils are to be trained, it is helpful to glance at them for -the purpose of seeing the bearing of what we do at school upon habits of -thought beyond the school. - -[Sidenote: The independent thinker.] - -What is meant by an independent thinker? Evidently one who is not -indebted to others for the inferences which he draws or the conclusions -at which he arrives. Many practices at school are subversive of habits -of independent thinking. The assignment of lessons of such length -and difficulty that the weaker pupils must rely upon their stronger -classmates for help, or resort to “coaches, keys, and ponies” for -assistance, makes them helpless instead of self-reliant, and cultivates -the memory at the expense of the understanding. The lessons should be -graded so as to beget the sense of mastery. Every difficulty that is -overcome by a pupil’s own efforts tends to develop in him an ambition to -conquer other difficulties. Few, if any, joys can be compared with the -ecstatic joy of victory. Moreover, it should be the aim of the teacher -to beget in the pupil a love of truth more potent and profound than -reverence for a favorite authority. On the contrary, the feeling of -independence and the desire of distinction by differing from other people -may grow into a passion. This seldom does much harm in the case of an -editor or a professor. If you give either of them leave to criticise and -to print, he is well satisfied. If he is elected to a board of managers -or the national assembly, his critical faculty and his fondness for -finding fault and thinking differently from other people may make him -a hinderance to the leaders, who must get things done, or cause him to -stand apart, like Ewald, in the German Reichstag, as a one-man party, -whose views must be ignored on all questions requiring prompt action or -immediate decision. To counteract this tendency in a youth of strong -personality, it is difficult to devise anything better than the moulding -supremacy of class-spirit, the chastening influence of a contest in the -literary society, and the relentless lessons which a boy gets on the -play-ground when he will not play because the game does not go his way. -Independence of thought in the quest of truth, on the one hand, and -concert of action for the public good, on the other, are two of the most -useful lessons to be learned at school. At this point there is room for a -kind of child-study apart from a syllabus of set questions, and leading -to results which cannot be tabulated in statistics or averages. The -average in such cases is untrue as a guide, and may be utterly subversive -of correct habits of thinking, or the correct method of dealing with the -individual. To give enough optional or specific work for the brightest, -and not too much general or required work for the slowest, is an ideal -hard to realize in the assignment of work, and yet of supreme importance -in the endeavor to develop habits of independent thinking. - -[Sidenote: Independent thinking and popular government.] - -There is great need for independent thinking under a system of popular -government, especially on the part of those who exercise the elective -franchise. In the modern caucus or convention one man often does the -thinking for the rest. “If he is the man whom I follow, I call him my -leader. If he is the man whom you follow, I call him your boss.” When the -leader or boss is not sufficiently sure of his ability to bind the others -by his orders, those who have a following are invited to a conference, at -which a line of action is agreed upon to relieve the multitudes of the -trouble of thinking. A delegate who was giving very vociferous vent to -his feelings was rebuked by a colleague, saying, “Just think where you -are.” He replied with more emphasis than elegance, “I was not brought -here to think, but to shout.” Independent thinking is as hard work as -the average man cares to do. He craves a guide, an authority to relieve -him of the trouble of thinking for himself. Outside of their particular -vocation or profession it is absolutely necessary at times for the -strongest intellects to accept the conclusions of other thinkers. The man -who has been successful at making money, and who finds that his thinking -in financial matters is trustworthy, often makes himself obnoxious by -assuming that his opinions and conclusions should be accorded equal -weight in every other sphere of human activity. There is no better -place to teach the individual his limitations without destroying his -independence as a thinker than the atmosphere of a great university. - -The dependent thinker is aptly described by a writer in _Leisure Hours_ -in the following language: - -[Sidenote: The dependent thinker.] - -“It is sometimes amusing to hear a man of this order coming out strongly -with opinions which he would have you believe are thoroughly independent -and original, but which you can trace directly to the source from which -he got them. You could indicate those sources if it were not uncivil to -do so, very much as a shrewd but not very well-behaved old gentleman -is said to have indicated at church, in a tone sufficiently loud to be -heard by the clergyman and the congregation, too,—which was especially -galling,—the authors to whom the said clergyman had been indebted for -his sermon, ‘That’s Sherlock; that’s Tillotson; that’s Jeremy Taylor.’ -‘I tell you what, fellow, if you don’t hold your tongue, I’ll have you -turned out of church.’ ‘That’s his own.’” - -The men who must depend upon others to do their thinking for them deserve -pity and commiseration. The bureaus which thrive by furnishing essays -and orations for commencements, sermons for special occasions, and even -for the regularly recurring Sunday services, show how often our schools -make their pupils dependent instead of self-reliant. On being cast upon -the sea of life, their minds resemble a craft which has lost its rudder; -they drift with wind and tide, uncertain where they shall land. Their -thinking is not grounded on first principles; hence their minds reflect -transient views on every question. The strong personality in the sunlight -of whose influence they happened last to bask moulds their opinions -and directs their intellectual life until they move into the sphere of -new influences, constantly resembling those whom Randolph of Roanoke -stigmatized as dough-faces because their votes were under the control of -party leaders and were cast regardless of their convictions of right. - -[Sidenote: Continuous thought.] - -The men whom the world reveres as great thinkers have been distinguished -by their ability to give continuous thought to whatever engaged their -serious attention. Newton claimed that he made his discoveries by always -thinking about them. His biographers relate how he would for hours remain -seated upon his bed, half dressed, absorbed in thought, forgetful of his -surroundings. Stories of the absent-mindedness of Socrates, Sydney Smith, -Neander, Edison, and many others who attained eminence as philosophers, -authors, or inventors, are interesting indeed, but they throw no light -upon the way in which these men acquired their marvellous powers; they -merely show a capacity for focussing all the energies of the soul upon -one point to the exclusion of sense impressions from without. It is -very certain that men who excel in any line of work acquire habits of -concentrated and continuous thought in one direction. Very different from -these are the mental habits of the boy and the average man. A writer in -_Cornhill Magazine_ describes their intellectual activity as follows: - -“The normal mental locomotion of even well-educated men and women (save -under the spur of exceptional stimulus) is neither the flight of an -eagle in the sky, nor the trot of a horse upon the road, but may better -be compared to the lounge of a truant school-boy in a shady lane, now -dawdling passively, now taking a hop-skip-jump, now stopping to pick -blackberries, and now turning to right or left to catch a butterfly, -climb a tree, or make dick-duck-drake on a pond; going nowhere in -particular, and only once in a mile or so proceeding six steps in an -orderly and philosophical manner.” - -[Sidenote: Loose thinkers.] - -[Sidenote: Organic thinking.] - -The thoughts of some men resemble mosaic work. Each part is beautiful in -itself, but has no inner connection with those next to it. Men of this -class are called loose thinkers; it is always difficult to retain what -they say. The thinking of a totally opposite class of men resembles the -growth of an organism. They start from a germinal idea, which, like seed -sown into good soil, begins to grow, throwing out parts which have inward -connection and which together constitute an organic unity. In a machine -any part can be replaced by another. In the organism no such substitution -is possible. For each organ bears a life relation to the whole, and if -it is wanting the unity of the organism is destroyed. Organic thinking -gives the hearer the feeling that the several parts and inferences of -a discourse are evolved from his inner consciousness. Having had the -germ-idea in his mind, he feels as if he had held all it involves; the -speaker supplied the conditions of development as the sun supplies warmth -for vegetable growth. The effect of such thinking is irresistible. The -branches of study which thus grow out of a fundamental idea, and show -the inner relation between the subjects not as a mere sequence, but as -a living organic relation, have an educative value which cannot be too -highly prized. The organic thinker, if he makes himself understood, has -the audience on his side; and his cogency can seldom be refuted except by -showing either that his germinal idea is wrong or that his conclusions -have no connection with his premises. - -[Sidenote: Harris on stages of thinking.] - -Dr. Harris has drawn attention to three stages of thinking. He claims -that in the first stage things are regarded as the essential elements -of all being, that in the second the mind discovers relations,—truly -essential relations,—and that in the third stage the mind thinks the -self-related. “Self-relation is the category of the reason, just as -relativity is the category of the understanding, or non-relativity -(atomism) the category of sense-perception.” Theoretically this -distinction is important as giving us a rational basis for the knowledge -of God as revealed to man. Practically, every child thinks the idea of -God. Where the study of science or philosophy leads to atheism, the wish -is always father to the thought. - -[Sidenote: Technical and scientific thinking.] - -Clifford has made a distinction between technical and scientific -thinking. The former enables one to do with skill and accuracy what has -been done heretofore. The latter partakes of the nature of prophecy or -prediction. He claims that scientific as well as merely technical thought -make use of experience to direct human action, but that while technical -thought or skill enables a man to deal with the same circumstances he has -met before, scientific thought enables him to deal with circumstances -different from any he has met before. In his opinion, scientific thought -is human progress itself. An example or two can best be given in his own -language. - -“If you make a dot on a piece of paper, and then hold a piece of Iceland -spar over it, you will see not one dot, but two. A mineralogist, -by measuring the angles of a crystal, can tell you whether or not -it possesses this property without looking through it. He requires -no scientific thought to do that. But Sir Rowan Hamilton, the late -Astronomer Royal of Ireland, knowing these facts, and also the -explanation of them which Fresnel had given, thought about the subject, -and predicted that by looking through certain crystals in a particular -direction we should see not two dots, but a continuous circle. Mr. -Lloyd made the experiment and saw the circle, a result which had never -been even suspected. This has always been considered one of the most -signal instances of scientific thought in the domain of physics. It -is most distinctly an application of experience gained under certain -circumstances to entirely different circumstances.”[44] - -Clifford compares two well-known achievements in the domain of astronomy -which help to set the distinction between technical and scientific -thought in a still clearer light: - -“Ancient astronomers observed that the relative motions of the sun and -moon recurred all over again in the same order every nineteen years. They -were thus enabled to predict the time at which eclipses would take place. -A calculator at one of our great observatories can do a great deal more -than this. Like them, he makes use of past experience to predict the -future; but he knows of a great number of other cycles besides the one of -nineteen years, and takes account of all of them; and he can tell about -the solar eclipse of six years hence, exactly when it will be visible, -and how much of the sun’s surface will be covered at each place, and to -a second at what time of the day it will begin and finish there. This -prediction involves technical skill of the highest order, but it does -not involve scientific thought, as any astronomer will tell you. By such -calculations the place of the planet Uranus at different times of the -year had been predicted and set down. The predictions were not fulfilled. -Then arose Adams, and from the errors in the prediction he calculated -the place of an entirely new planet that had never yet been suspected; -and you all know how the new planet was actually found in that place. -Now this prediction does involve scientific thought, as any one who has -studied it will tell you. Here, then, are two cases of thought about the -same subject, both predicting events by the application of previous -experience, yet we say one is technical and the other scientific.”[45] - -[Sidenote: Science as knowledge of things in their causes and relations.] - -The foregoing distinction may be valuable in the training of university -students whose career is to be that of original research and discovery, -but it has very little value for teachers in schools of lower grade. For -ordinary purposes, science is the knowledge of things in their causes and -relations. If the teacher begets the habit of asking why, and makes the -pupils dissatisfied with simply knowing the how and the what, he has gone -far towards making them thinkers in the scientific sense of the word. - -How shall the knowledge of things in their causes and relations be -attained? The mind first thinks things as isolated units apart from and -without reference to other things. Under the impulse to know it resolves -the thing into its elements or constituent parts, and then puts them -together in a more complete idea of each thing as a whole. The boy whose -curiosity impels him to take apart a watch or clock is following the bent -of the mind to proceed analytically. If he does not try to put the pieces -together, so that the reconstructed whole will keep time as before, he -needs stimulus in the direction of synthetic thinking. Soon his interest -in time-pieces leads him to detect similarities between American watches -and those made in Switzerland, and he learns to classify time-pieces, -to see a multitude of details and peculiarities at a glance, one -characteristic or peculiarity bringing to his mind the distinctive parts -and construction of every watch in a given class. From the way in which -a given watch keeps time, he draws inferences in regard to the entire -class. This is inductive thinking. From the conclusions he has framed, he -makes up his mind as to the new watch which the jeweller offers him for -sale. He is now thinking deductively. - -[Sidenote: Distinction between laws and causes.] - -From thinking things as units, the mind passes to thinking the relations -of things. The adaptation of means to ends in play, in ministering to -bodily wants, occupies the mind in very early stages of thinking. The -gifts of the kindergarten appeal to this tendency in the mind, and help -to develop it into habit and faculty. Design and its execution, means and -end, the tool and its use, the raw material and the purpose for which -it is to be used, thought-material and the essay in which it is to be -formulated,—these are so many ways of thinking things or ideas in their -relations. Not only may a relation become a distinct object of thought, -but relations between relations, classes of relations,—for instance, in -simple and compound proportion,—can thus be made to stand apart before -the mind as distinct objects of thought. The most important of all these -relations is that of cause and effect. How things come to be, their -origin and development, the forces that make them what they are, are -the questions of profound and abiding interest to the scientific mind. -Laws are often spoken of as if they were causes. A law is a generalized -statement of an invariable sequence of things or motions of things. We -sometimes personify these sequences, and speak of them as if they were -forces in nature. The laws are personified, as if they were conscious -beings demanding obedience, and inflicting punishment for disobedience. -The consciousness of the personification is lost, and then along with -spelling nature with a capital letter, we fall into the mistake of -making laws stand for the Maker and Creator of all things. Furthermore, -it is very important to distinguish the ground of knowledge from causes -that are operative in the world outside of mind. The rain of last night -caused the streets to be muddy; but the condition of the streets, an -effect of rainfall, may be the ground of our knowledge that it must have -rained last night. The fact that the earth is flattened at the poles, -or, in other words, that its curvature is less at the poles than at the -equator, explains the fact that degrees of latitude get longer as we -approach the poles. The former is the cause, the latter is an effect. -But the mind drew the former as an inference from the determination -of degrees of latitude by actual measurement. The effect became the -ground of knowledge. Frequently the cause is known or inferred from its -effect. That which is causal in the world of mind is effect in the world -outside of mind; and that which is effect in nature becomes the ground of -knowledge in the processes of thought. From this point as vantage-ground, -we spy the land in which thinking becomes knowing. - - - - -XVII - -THINKING AND KNOWING - - When a man’s knowledge is not in order, the more of it he has - the greater will be his confusion of thought. When the facts - are not organized into faculty, the greater the mass of them - the more will the mind stagger along under its burden, hampered - instead of helped by its acquisitions. - - H. SPENCER. - - That knowledge cannot be gained without more or less of correct - and prolonged thinking is a practical maxim which no one would - be found to dispute. But that there is much knowledge which - does not come by _mere_ thinking is a maxim scarcely more to - be held in doubt. Thinking is, then, universally recognized - as an important and even necessary part of knowing; but it is - not the whole of knowing. Or, in other words, one must make - use of one’s faculties of thought as an indispensable means - to cognition; but there are other means which must also be - employed, since it is not by thought alone that the human mind - attains cognition. - - LADD’S “PHILOSOPHY OF KNOWLEDGE,” page 130. - - -XVII - -THINKING AND KNOWING - -One morning a teacher was awakened by a noise, the like of which he had -never heard and hopes never to hear again. It was unlike anything in his -former experience. Soon he began to distinguish the hissing of steam and -the moaning of men, but the cause was still a mystery. Later, he learned -that the blast furnace in the neighborhood had exploded, and that several -men were killed and others had been seriously injured by the explosion. - -[Sidenote: Interpretation of sense-impressions.] - -The cause of the noise could not be inferred, because there was nothing -in his former experience with which it could be compared. The escaping -steam and the voices of the suffering workmen were recognized because -they could be interpreted in the light of what he had seen and heard -before. In order that any one may derive definite knowledge from -sense-impressions, there must be something in past experience to give -meaning to the new experience. - -Observation that issues in knowing is coupled with a process of thought -in which the new perception is linked to the ideas which the mind brings -to the perception. In other words, observation always involves the -element of thinking; without thinking, sense-impressions cannot give us -knowledge. - -Knowing is impossible without thinking, and yet not all thinking gives -ripe to knowing. What is the relation between the two? - -[Sidenote: What is knowledge?] - -Knowledge has been defined as firm belief in what is true on sufficient -ground. The explanation of this definition which Locke gives is well -known to every student of philosophy. “If any one is in _doubt_ -respecting one of Euclid’s demonstrations, he cannot be said to _know_ -the proposition proved by it; if again he is fully _convinced_ of -anything that is not true, he is mistaken in supposing himself to know -it; lastly, if two persons are each _fully confident_, one that the moon -is inhabited, and the other that it is not (though one of these opinions -must be true), neither of them could properly be said to _know_ the -truth, since he cannot have sufficient _proof_ of it.”[46] - -[Sidenote: Belief.] - -The foregoing definition consists of three parts,—1, firm belief; 2, -in what is true; 3, on sufficient ground. In common parlance, belief -is distinguished from knowledge, the latter implying a higher degree -of assurance than the former. In some treatises on psychology belief -denotes all forms of assent, including the highest possible certainty and -conviction. The expression _firm belief_ excludes the element of doubt -from knowledge. - -[Sidenote: Truth.] - -Truth, according to the etymology of the word, signifies that which the -mind trows or believes to be fact or reality. It has its source in God, -whilst knowledge proceeds from man. To be true, a proposition must be -in exact accordance with what is or has been or shall be. Truth exists -apart from the cognitions of the human mind. It would continue to exist -if the mind of man were blotted out of existence, and there was truth -long before the intelligence of man was called into being. The aim of -thinking is to find out and lay hold of the truth. Thinking in which -truth and error are mixed may have value as partial knowledge and as a -stepping-stone to fuller knowledge. Knowledge becomes full and complete -only in so far as it contains the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but -the truth. - -[Sidenote: The ground of knowledge.] - -Full knowledge implies a basis upon which it may rest. There may be -sufficient ground for the firm belief which constitutes the essence of -knowledge even when the truth cognized is incapable of full and complete -demonstration. - -[Sidenote: The reason why.] - -It is natural for a child to believe. The statements of others are -accepted as true without question, so long as the child has not been -deceived by others. Hence many teachers have assumed that their chief -function is to ask the reason _why_, so that belief in what is true may -be based upon sufficient ground, and that nothing shall be accepted as -true until it is proved. This was one of the erroneous views under which -Pestalozzi labored. He justified the undue attention paid to mathematics -in his school on the ground that he wished his pupils to believe nothing -which cannot be demonstrated as clearly as two and two make four. -Whereupon Père Girard replied, “In that case, if I had thirty sons I -would not intrust one of them to you; for it would be impossible for you -to demonstrate to him, as you can that two and two make four, that I am -his father and that I have a right to his obedience.”[47] - -[Sidenote: Exhaustive study.] - -[Sidenote: The question how.] - -The progress of a pupil may be hindered by too much emphasis upon the -ground of knowledge. The human mind cannot make an exhaustive study of -very many things. Exhaustion is a term applied by logicians to a method -of proof in which “all the arguments tending to an opposite conclusion -are brought forward, discussed, and proved untenable or absurd, thus -leaving the original proposition established by the exclusion of every -alternate.” Speaking positively, we may say that exhaustive study of -a subject explores it in all its bearings and relations as well as -in its nature and essence. In every subject the known is bounded by -the unknown; new methods of preparation and investigation constantly -reveal novelties in whole classes of objects which it was supposed had -been studied exhaustively. The specialist seeks to know all that has -been brought to light in his field of research, and to push out the -limits of knowledge beyond the goal reached by his predecessors. The -thoroughness of the specialist is not required in elementary instruction. -The writer knows of a teacher who for an entire term kept a class of -boys at work upon highest common factor and least common multiple on the -plea that they did not thoroughly understand these subjects. No better -plan of disgusting boys with arithmetic and algebra could have been -devised. Thorough knowledge of these two subjects involves reasoning and -demonstrations more difficult to grasp than half the theorems in Euclid. -Instead of aiming at exhaustive treatment, the true teacher is satisfied -with knowledge adequate for the subsequent work of the course. If the -pupil has reached the stage where he can appreciate the reason why, it -may be (though it is not always) wise to raise this question, and to -insist on a comprehension of the proof. Very often the mind has enough -to do in trying to see _how_; the question _why_ then interferes with -the mastery of the mechanical operations. Let any adult take up a system -of arithmetic with which he is unfamiliar, say the arithmetic based on -counting by fives, or by twelves, or by thirties (each of the last two, -mathematically speaking, better than the arithmetic based on tens), he -will soon find it is work enough at first for his intellect to perform -the operations of adding, subtracting, multiplying, and dividing without -reference to the philosophic explanations which exhaustive study would -require at every step in the operations. - -[Sidenote: When knowledge is clear, when distinct.] - -Descartes applied several of the technical terms of optics to the science -of mind, and in this he has been followed by Locke, Leibnitz, and others. -An object seen at a great distance or in insufficient light looks -obscure; as the eye approaches, or as the dawn increases, the object, as -a whole, becomes clear enough to be distinguished from other objects, -although its constituent parts are still confused. Increasing light or a -nearer approach finally enables us to discern the parts, and the vision -of the object grows distinct. Clear vision occurs where the object, as a -whole, can be recognized; distinct vision occurs when the parts of the -object seen can be recognized. In like manner ideas are said to be clear -as distinguished from obscure, when they are discerned in outline; they -are distinct (opposed to indistinct or confused) when they are discerned -in their elements or constituent parts. Distinct mental vision requires -analytic and synthetic thinking. - -Of many objects the mind needs only clear knowledge for ordinary -purposes. One may distinguish two brothers by the total impression of -each which he carries in his mind, and yet be totally unable to tell any -specific marks by which he knows the one from the other. The painter, -on the other hand, cannot be satisfied with this total impression; he -studies the individual features until he has a distinct impression of -their likenesses and differences. - -Of the map of one’s own country it pays to know the States and -Territorial divisions. Of one’s State, a knowledge of the counties, -and of one’s county, a knowledge of the townships may be helpful. -For specific vocations more minute knowledge may be desirable. Each -individual mind can well afford to stop with a measure of geographical -knowledge that is adequate for the duties of his vocation and the -purposes of his reading of books and newspapers. - -Very little of our knowledge of geography is based upon experience; most -of it rests upon testimony. The eye at a glance may take in the outlines -of an island of the Susquehanna river. The fact that Great Britain is an -island rests upon the testimony of maps; our belief is based upon what we -have always heard and read, and is further strengthened by the absence of -testimony to the contrary. If the fact had ever been questioned, the mind -might hold its judgment in suspense until sufficient ground was found to -warrant a conclusion. - -[Sidenote: Value of questions.] - -When the knowledge which a pupil has is to be deepened or made more -distinct a series of well-chosen questions may beget the required -thinking. For instance, let us take the case of a pupil who has -reached the stage where his knowledge of the properties of the parts -of speech should be made more complete. Let the teacher ask for the -difference between a pencil and a part of speech, between a noun and a -name, between gender and sex, between number in grammar and number in -arithmetic, between person in grammar and a person like the President -of the United States, between case in grammar and a case in division -of fractions, between tense and time, between mode and manner, between -action and a verb, between the object of an action and the object of a -verb. Comparison will soon show the inaccuracy of the statement that the -direct object of an action is in the accusative case; and the learner -will see that case is a property of nouns, not of objects, and cannot be -predicated of the object of an action, but of the _word_ which _denotes_ -the object of the action, which word may be either in the nominative -or the accusative case as the verb is either in the passive or active -voice. Comparison will lead the pupil to see clearly that gender is -a property of nouns, whereas sex or the absence of sex is predicated -of that for which nouns stand. Comparison will serve to bring out the -distinction between number in grammar as a property of nouns indicating -one or more than one, and numbers in arithmetic, of which there are as -many as there are units or collections of units in the universe. Thinking -by comparison will lead to the detection of similarities and differences, -to discrimination, combination, and generalization, and through these to -more distinct and more adequate knowledge. - -Questions which draw attention to likenesses and differences, to causal -relations and logical sequences, stimulate analysis and comparison; the -resulting judgments clarify the stream of thought and push the boundary -of knowledge into the regions of the hitherto unknown. - -[Sidenote: Theory, true and false.] - -The greatest minds when working under the influence of a false theory -fail to arrive at truth. Socrates rejected the view of Anaxagoras that -the sun is a fire, because we can look at a fire, but not at the sun, -because plants grow by sunshine and are killed by fire, and because a -stone heated in fire is not luminous, but soon cools, whereas the sun -always remains equally hot and luminous. Newton did more than all other -thinkers combined to make astronomy a science; his discoveries in physics -and mathematics rank him among the greatest investigators the world has -thus far known; yet he spent many nights trying to find the method by -which the baser metals could be transmuted into silver and gold; his -researches as an alchemist led to nothing, because he was working under -the spell of a false theory.[48] - -[Sidenote: Scientists.] - -Faraday acknowledged that he was often compelled to give up his -preconceived notions, and in some cases his failures are almost as -instructive as his discoveries. It was characteristic of him to hold -to his theories until he proved them either true or false, and he was -ever ready to reject any hypothesis as soon as he found it inconsistent -with the laws of nature. Newton was willing to suspend judgment for -years upon his theory of gravitation, until more accurate measurements -of the earth’s size and the moon’s distance showed his theory and -calculations to be right. Socrates advised his followers to quit the -study of astronomy, probably because he felt that in his time the data -were not sufficient to warrant definite conclusions. Hosts of instances -can be cited showing that the thinking of the strongest intellects does -not issue in knowing when it is based upon or biassed by a wrong working -hypothesis. And yet it must be confessed that wrong hypotheses may lead -to valuable negative results, as in the case of Kepler’s investigations, -each exploded theory making room for the construction of a theory more -in accordance with the facts. The superiority of men of genius lies in -their love of truth and fidelity to fact; in the facility with which -they construct theories to account for observed phenomena; in the -patience with which they test theory by fact, and in the readiness with -which they reject every hypothesis as soon as it is found to be in -irreconcilable conflict with well-established facts. The average life of -a theory in science is said to be only ten years. The average would be -lower still if all rejected theories had been put into books. The men -possessed of a truly scientific spirit differ from ordinary men not only -in the painstaking accuracy of their observations and in the surprising -fertility with which they frame theories, but also in the habit of -verifying every hypothesis until there is sufficient ground to establish -its truth and to receive it as an addition to the sum total of human -knowledge. - -[Sidenote: The common people.] - -The common people are quite as ready to frame theories as the scientists -and philosophers. It would be well if they were equally patient in -testing their theories and in verifying their suppositions. The human -mind cannot help generalizing. The moment a child uses a common noun it -begins to classify. Its tendency to pull things to pieces and to put them -together again are exhibitions of the mind’s tendency to treat everything -by analysis and synthesis. Purpose and design, cause and effect early -show themselves in the thinking of children. The teacher need but guide -these activities and give the mind the proper material to work upon; the -result cannot be doubtful if the mind which plays upon the learner’s mind -has been trained to operate according to the laws of thought and the -principles which must guide in the discovery of the truth. - -[Sidenote: Doubt.] - -Doubt is sometimes the prerequisite of knowledge. To raise a doubt in -the mind of a growing youth may cause him to think. It may cause him to -explore the grounds of his knowledge, to ascertain the rational basis -upon which his beliefs rest, and to reject such as were of the nature -of prejudice or of tradition with no sufficient warrant for acceptance. -Rational belief is far superior to blind faith. - -When the doubt is raised in regard to the verities of one’s religious -faith there is grave danger of landing in scepticism or infidelity. What -is truth? may be asked in the spirit of Pilate, who turned away from the -Great Teacher with a despairing sneer and without waiting for a reply. -Pilate had trifled with his own conscience until he could no longer -discern truth and righteousness. Some men need better hearts in order -that they may think and know the highest truth. The hope can be held out -that whenever the truth is earnestly sought by the human heart the soul -will ultimately be guided into a knowledge of the truth. To disturb the -grounds upon which rest the principles of morality and religion is a -dangerous experiment, especially in the case of immature minds. The flood -of doubt may sweep away the solid foundations of a pupil’s moral nature -and leave him a wreck upon the quicksands of vice or upon the rock of -scepticism. - -It is the nature of the child to believe, to cherish faith in what others -tell him and in what the world presents to his vision. To disturb the -fervor and strength of this trust before the understanding is ripe for -fuller knowledge may result in life-long injury. The child’s faith in -fairyland, in Santa-Claus, should, of course, be kept from becoming a -source of terror. The stories of ghosts, spooks, and hobgoblins sometimes -employed in the nursery to influence conduct may cause fears, terrors, -and horrors from which it is well to emancipate the child as speedily as -possible through the light of clearer knowledge. - -[Sidenote: The desire to know.] - -Better than doubt as a stimulus to thought is the desire to know. St. -Augustine was on _fire to know_. The teacher who kindles and keeps -burning this fire in the soul of the pupil has supplied the most powerful -incentive to thought; for without thinking knowledge is impossible of -attainment. - -[Sidenote: Full cognition.] - -As we may start our wood flaming by coals hot from another’s fire, so we -may kindle a burning desire for knowledge by bringing the mind in contact -with minds that are all aglow with the desire to know. A burning fire may -soon exhaust its fuel if left to itself. The teacher supplies the fuel, -fans the flame, directs its activity for well-defined purposes. Here the -analogy breaks. Instead of smoke and ashes we want living products as -the result of knowing. As thinking leads to knowing, so knowing should -give rise to further thinking. Nowhere is the teacher’s function of -guiding more indispensably necessary than in the interplay of these two -activities. While the learner is engrossed in the pursuit of knowledge, -the teacher is watching the process and the results. He is not satisfied -unless the activity of thinking and knowing ends in full cognition. It -has been well said that a dog knows his master, but does not cognize -him; that to cognize means to refer a perception to an object by means -of a conception. The objects of thought must be sorted and arranged in -groups; the particular notion must take its place in the general concept; -the materials upon which the mind acts must be assimilated and organized -into a unity, showing how each has its origin and how it stands in living -relation to every other part of the organic whole; otherwise thinking -cannot lead to complete cognition. - -[Sidenote: The limit of instruction.] - -The incident at the beginning of this chapter shows that some preparation -is necessary to interpret sense-impressions and organize the materials -of thought for the purpose of cognition. The degree of preparation -determines how far the instruction at a given time shall aim to go. To -get a clearer idea of the thing to be known may exhaust the learner’s -strength. If so, the presentation should stop at that point. But as soon -as his power and interest are equal to the task he should be led to -analyze the object of thought so as to cognize the constituent elements, -the essential attributes, a process whereby he will arrive at distinct -knowledge. It may be advisable before dropping the inquiry to institute -comparisons between objects of the same class, for the purpose of calling -attention to differences and likenesses and evolving general concepts or -universal propositions. For many thinkers these are the goal of thinking. -If they can resolve the universe to a few simple generalizations, -their minds are satisfied. Nothing more barren can well be imagined or -conceived. - -[Sidenote: Application of knowledge.] - -Cognition is not complete until the knowledge has been or can be applied. -At times there may be a division of labor and glory in the discovery and -application of truth. The discoveries of Professor Henry which made the -electric telegraph possible involved thinking quite as valuable as the -invention of Professor Morse. The achievement of Cyrus W. Field in laying -the Atlantic cable involved thinking quite as important as the researches -and experiments of Lord Kelvin which made the cable successful. -Interesting examples of such division of labor in thinking cannot justify -neglect of the applications after a general truth has been evolved and -stated. - -The instruction may sometimes begin with a statement of applications, -in order to prepare the mind for the thinking that issues in knowing. -The applications of color in the railway service, in navigation, and in -the arts will create an interest in the study of color without which the -presentation of the fundamental ideas may be in vain. Several lecturers -have admitted that they failed, in the presentation of color lessons, -to hold the attention of their pupil-teachers until they excited an -interest in color by indicating important applications. This statement of -applications by way of preparation must, however, not be confounded with -the applications which should follow the framing of general propositions -and the cognition of general truths. - -The hypotheses of the scientist correspond to the general truths and -principles which instruction always aims to reach. In all except the most -advanced investigations, the pupil should work under the guidance of -principles that have risen above the hypothetical stage. He should think -under the inspiration of well-established truths. He should master the -known in his chosen field before he seeks to enlarge the boundaries of -human knowledge by invasions into the realm of the unknown. Sad is the -spectacle of a talented mind wasting its strength in fruitless efforts to -rediscover what is already well established. - -[Sidenote: The formulation of truths.] - -[Sidenote: Similarity in diversity.] - -The formulation of truths in mathematical studies is sometimes carried to -extremes. The pupil may at times be allowed to work under the guidance -of principles which he knows by implication, and which he has never had -occasion to formulate in explicit statements. The formulation of the -principles of algebra can be carried into the statement of hundreds of -general propositions. If the pupil is asked to fix all these in the -crystallized or specific form given in the text-book, it may result in a -prodigious waste of time. Furthermore, the effort to follow invariably -any formal steps in the order of instruction is apt to make the -instruction unduly formal and lifeless. No thinker can afford to think -in the set forms of the syllogism while evolving a train of thought. -Conscious conformity to these hinders progress in the spontaneous -evolution of germinal ideas. In like manner, although the student of -pedagogy may find a guide in the rules and principles of his science -while preparing the subject-matter of a lesson, yet, in giving the -instruction, the truth must be the object of chief regard, the centre of -attention in consciousness. Constant thought of prescribed steps makes -the teaching stiff and formal, and dissipates the joyous interest which -accompanies free and spontaneous thinking. Formal rules are very often -like hobbles on the feet of the horse. They impede his speed, rob him of -half his power and energy, and spoil his enjoyment of the open field. -Bearing this in mind, the young teacher will perhaps not be harmed by -the advice that in his teaching he should ever seek to lead the learner -to clear and distinct perception of likenesses and differences in the -subject-matter of each and every lesson. The newer methods of teaching a -beginner to read, wisely draw attention to the points of similarity and -difference in the shapes and sounds of the letters of the alphabet. They -even go to the extreme of comparing sounds with the noises of animals, -with which the child in the larger cities is totally unfamiliar. This -error is not half so bad as the opposite extreme. Very much of the bad -teaching by which the schools are afflicted arises from the assumption -that the learner sees the points of agreement and difference which are -so very obvious to the mature mind of the teacher. The consequence is -mental confusion and loss of the joy of definite thinking. The detection -of likeness in objects having many points of diversity gives the mind an -agreeable surprise. This emotion is an element in the pleasure afforded -by the various forms of wit, metaphor, and allegory. Professor Bain -has shown how greatly progress in science and art is indebted to the -discovery of similarity in the midst of great diversity.[49] Much of the -child’s progress in knowledge must be ascribed to the same principle. -Children notice points of similarity that often escape older persons. On -seeing the picture of a tiger, they call it a cat. A mother who showed -her little daughter, just beginning to talk, the caricature of a man -prominent in the public eye, was surprised to hear the child exclaim, -“Papa.” It was the child’s word for man, as she afterwards discovered. -Where she saw contrast, the child only noticed the points of similarity -between one man and another. As the power of discrimination advances, -the mind pays more attention to points of difference than to points -of likeness. Indistinguishableness gives way to clear and distinct -knowledge. With the further growth of intelligence the mind seeks the -hidden resemblances in objects far removed from one another in space -and time, or by surface appearances. At first sight the bat seems like -a bird, because it can fly. Scientific discrimination assigns it to the -class of mammals. The identification of the lightning in the clouds with -the sparks of the electric machine gave Franklin world-wide reputation -as a philosopher. The identification of the force which causes bodies -to fall to the earth with the force which holds the moon in its orbit, -and with the kind of force by which the sun attracts the bodies of the -solar system, has been justly called the greatest example of the power -to detect likeness in the midst of diversity. The power of detecting -similarity in diversity should be appealed to whenever it is helpful -either for purposes of illustration or discovery. Algebra is shorn -of half its difficulty as soon as the learner is led to see that the -operations in multiplication, division, involution and evolution of -monomials turn on signs, coefficients, and exponents. Let him grasp the -thought that the words add, subtract, multiply, and divide respectively -express the law of exponents in the four operations above named; and he -will not only escape the perplexities of the average student in the more -difficult operations of ordinary algebra, but he will also see at a -glance the beautiful truth which underlies the manipulation of logarithms. - -[Sidenote: The thinking that ripens into knowing.] - -Thinking that ripens in knowing involves comparison, discrimination, and -formation of judgments. Through the detection of likeness and unlikeness -in objects and their relations, judgments are formed, inferences are -made, and conclusions are drawn, which mark the transition from thinking -to knowing. Discrimination, identification, judgment, reasoning, -definition, division, and classification mark the stages through which -the mind passes in thinking things, their relations, more especially -their causes, effects, laws, and ends. Analysis and synthesis, induction -and deduction, are the processes by which the intellect explores the -content and extent of concepts, and passes to general principles and -truths, and to their applications in thought and action. As processes of -mental activity, these are discussed in detail by the psychologist. The -laws of thought to which they must conform in order to be correct are set -forth in treatises on logic. It would be a mistake to underestimate the -value of a knowledge of logic and psychology; but neither of them can -supply the place and function of the living teacher. He who would learn -to think in some special line of research should go to a master of that -specialty, learn of him what is well established in the chosen field of -study, imbibe his methods of work, think his thoughts, catch his spirit, -and follow his advice until the hour for independent investigation comes. -Great is the tonic effect of a university atmosphere; but greater still -is the bracing influence of the atmosphere created by a specialist who is -both a master in his department and a master in the art of teaching. The -choice of a teacher is of more account than the choice of a university, -either at home or abroad. - -[Sidenote: Knowing involves more than mere thinking.] - -Thinking is not the whole of knowing. Feeling and willing play an -important part in thinking and knowing. Words like heretic, sceptic, -and sophist have a history which shows the distrust of mankind in pure -intellectual effort. It would be hard to find a better commentary on the -effect of a perverse heart upon the operations of the intellect than the -following paragraph from Max Müller, although it was penned for a purpose -entirely different from the use here made of it. - -“No title could have been more honorable at first than was that of -Sophistes. It was applied to the greatest thinkers, such as Socrates and -Plato; nay, it was not considered irreverent to apply it to the Creator -of the Universe. Afterwards it sank in value because applied to one who -cared neither for truth nor for wisdom, but only for victory, till to be -called a sophist became almost an insult. Again, what name could have -been more creditable in its original acceptation than that of sceptic? -It meant thoughtful, reflective, and was a name given to philosophers -who carefully looked at all the bearings of a case before they ventured -to pronounce a positive opinion. And now a sceptic is almost a term -of reproach, very much like heretic,—a word which likewise began by -conveying what was most honorable, a power to choose between right and -wrong, till it was stamped with the meaning of choosing from sheer -perversity what the majority holds to be wrong.”[50] - -There are realms in which thought cannot beget knowledge of the truth -until there is a radical change in the wishes and desires of the heart, -in the choice and alms of the will, in the movings of the inmost depths -of the soul. - - - - -XVIII - -THINKING AND FEELING - - There is much contention among men whether thought or feeling - is the better; but feeling is the bow and thought the arrow; - and every good archer must have both. Alone, one is as helpless - as the other. The head gives artillery; the heart, powder. The - one aims, and the other fires. - - BEECHER. - - It may be noted that medical men, who are a scientific - class, and, therefore, more than commonly aware of the great - importance of disinterestedness in intellectual action, never - trust their own judgment when they feel the approach of - disease. They know that it is difficult for a man, however - learned in medicine, to arrive at accurate conclusions about - the state of a human body that concerns him so nearly as his - own, even though the person who suffers has the advantage of - actually experiencing the morbid sensations. - - HAMERTON. - - When pupils are encouraged to make for themselves fresh - combinations of things already known, additional progress is - certain. Variety of exercise in this way is as attractive to - children as many of their games. If, when such exercises are - given, the rivalry involved in taking places were discontinued, - and all extraneous excitement avoided, the play of intelligence - would bring an ample reward. I plead for discontinuance of - rivalry in such exercises, because, while it stimulates - some, in other cases it hinders and even stops the action - of intelligence. If any teacher doubts this, he may subject - a class to experiment by watching the faces of the pupils, - and next by asking from the child who has been corrected an - explanation of the reason for the correction. Hurry in such - things is an injury, and so is all commingling of antagonistic - motives. All fear hinders intellectual action, and the fear - of wounded ambition offers no exception to the rule. The fear - of being punished is more seriously detrimental than any - other form of fear which can be stirred. It is essentially - antagonistic to the action of intelligence. Let mind have free - play. - - CALDERWOOD. - - -XVIII - -THINKING AND FEELING - -[Sidenote: Bodily conditions.] - -In all our thinking it is very important to get a clear and full vision -of the thing to be known. This is not always as easy as it seems. Like -Nelson in the battle of Copenhagen, we may consciously turn the blind eye -towards what we do not like and exclaim, “I do not see it.” The lenses -through which we gaze may be green, or smoked, or ill-adjusted, and thus -without suspecting it we may see things in false colors or distorted -shapes. Our bodily condition may color everything we see and think. In -health and high animal spirits every thought is rose-colored. In periods -of disease and depression everything we think seems to pass, “like a -great bruise, through yellow, green, blue, purple, to black. A liver -complaint causes the universe to be shrouded in gray; and the gout covers -it with inky pall, and makes us think our best friends little better than -fiends in disguise.” - -[Sidenote: Prejudice.] - -One of the greatest hinderances to correct thinking is prejudice. Hence -all who have presumed to give advice on the conduct of the understanding -have had something to say concerning prejudice. Bacon has a chapter -on the idols of the mind, and Locke contends that we should never be -in love with any opinion. In a charming little volume on the “Art of -Thinking,” Knowlson has a chapter in which he enumerates and discusses -the prejudices arising from birth, nationality, temperament, theory, and -unintelligent conservatism. The list might easily be enlarged. Close -analysis must convince any one that feeling strengthens all forms of -prejudice, and there are very few, if any, fields of thought in which -it is not essential for the attainment of truth to divest ourselves -of preconceived notions and the resultant feelings, and to weigh the -arguments on both sides of a question before reaching a conclusion. - -[Sidenote: The wishes of the heart and the conclusions of the intellect.] - -A student may take up geometry with a feeling of prejudice for or against -the study, based upon what he has heard from others concerning its -difficulties or the teacher who gives the instruction; but after he has -mastered the demonstration of a theorem he does not lie awake at night -wishing the opposite were true. In the realms of mathematics the wishes -of the heart are not in conflict with the conclusions of the intellect. -In the domain of ethical, social, historical, or religious truth the head -often says one thing and the heart another. “We see plainly enough what -we ought to think or do, but we feel an irresistible inclination to think -or do something else.” In most of the instances in which the study of -science has led to agnosticism the wish was father to the thought. When -two men argue the same question, weighing the same arguments and reaching -opposite conclusions, as did Stonewall Jackson and his father-in-law at -the outbreak of the Civil War, the inclinations and wishes of the heart -must have influenced their thinking. - -[Sidenote: Feeling an element in all mental activity.] - -Feeling is an element in all forms of mental activity. The intellect -never acts without stirring the emotions. The teacher who reproved a -pupil for showing signs of pleasure and delight over the reasoning of -Euclid, saying, “Euclid knows no emotion,” must have been a novice in the -art of introspection. Who cannot recall the thrill of delight with which -he first finished the proof of the Pythagorean proposition? Mathematics -is considered difficult; the emotions connected with victory and mastery -sustain the student as he advances from conquest to conquest. The effort -which some thinkers make to reduce the phenomena of the universe to a -few universal principles is, without doubt, sustained and stimulated by -a feeling that there must be unity in the midst of the most manifold -diversity. - -[Sidenote: Descartes.] - -Scientists and philosophers are prone to imagine themselves free from -the prejudices which warp the thinking of the common mind. Descartes -started to divest himself of all preconceived notions; yet he could not -divest himself of the notion that he was immensely superior to other men. -“This French philosopher regarded himself as almost infallible, and had -a scorn of all his contemporaries. He praised Harvey, but says he only -learned a single point from him; Galileo was only good in music, and here -he attributed to him the elder Galileo’s work; Pascal and Campanella are -pooh-poohed. Here is an instance of how pride in one’s own work may beget -a cheap cynicism with regard to the work of others; and how as a feeling -it blinds the mind to excellences outside those we have agreed to call -our own.” Of men in general Jevons, in his treatise on the “Physical -Sciences,”[51] says,— - -“It is difficult to find persons who can with perfect fairness register -facts for and against their own peculiar views. Among uncultivated -observers, the tendency to remark favorable and to forget unfavorable -events is so great that no reliance can be placed upon their supposed -observations. Thus arises the enduring fallacy that the changes of the -weather coincide in some way with the changes of the moon, although exact -and impartial registers give no countenance to the fact. The whole race -of prophets and quacks live on the overwhelming effect of one success -compared with hundreds of failures which are unmentioned or forgotten. -As Bacon says, ‘Men mark when they hit, and never mark when they miss.’ -And we should do well to bear in mind the ancient story, quoted by Bacon, -of one who in Pagan times was shown a temple with a picture of all the -persons who had been saved from shipwreck after paying their vows. When -asked whether he did not now acknowledge the power of the gods, ‘Ay,’ -he answered; ‘but where are they painted that were drowned after their -vows?’” - -Sometimes the feeling that a given way of looking at things is -undoubtedly correct prevents the mind from thinking at all. A lady -claimed that she had been taught to accept the statements of the Bible -in their literal sense, and that in this belief she was going to live -and die. She was asked to read the twenty-third Psalm. At the end of -the first verse she was asked whether she could be anything else than a -sheep if the Lord was literally her Shepherd. When, a little farther on, -she was asked in what green pastures she had been lying down, she burst -into tears. Her condition, and that of hundreds of thousands of others, -is correctly given in the opening pages of J. S. Mill’s “Subjection of -Women.”[52] - -[Sidenote: J. S. Mill on the influence of feeling upon thinking.] - -“So long as an opinion is strongly rooted in the feelings, it gains -rather than loses in stability by having a preponderating weight -of argument against it. For if it were accepted as the result of -argument, the refutation of the argument might shake the solidity of -the conviction; but when it rests solely on feeling, the worse it fares -in argumentative contest the more persuaded its adherents are that -their feeling must have some deeper ground which the arguments do not -reach; and while the feeling remains, it is always throwing up fresh -intrenchments of argument to fill any breach made in the old.” - -[Sidenote: Regard for truth.] - -When a man’s opinions are, as he thinks, grounded in first principles, -it is but natural that he should be unwilling to abandon them without -a struggle to intrench himself behind impregnable arguments. If he has -reached his conclusions as the result of long and careful inquiry, he has -a right to hold on to them with more than ordinary tenacity. The same -regard for truth which led him to form an opinion should, however, make -him willing to change whenever he finds himself in the wrong. He should -avoid the frame of mind of the Scotch lady who, when it was charged that -she was not open to conviction, exclaimed, “Not open to conviction! I -scorn the imputation. But,” added she, after a moment’s pause, “show me -the man who can convince me.” The secret of this tenacity of opinion is -not love of truth, but love of self,—in one word, pride. - -[Sidenote: Emotions are helpful.] - -[Sidenote: Dr. Brumbaugh on the emotions.] - -In view of the hinderances which certain kinds or degrees of feeling -throw into the way of thinking, it might be inferred that the thinker -must suppress the element of feeling in his inner life. No greater -mistake could be made. If the Creator endowed man with the power to -think, to feel, and to will, these several activities of the mind are -not designed to be in conflict, and so long as any one of them is -not perverted or allowed to run to excess, it necessarily aids and -strengthens the others in their normal functions. Whilst it is a duty to -overcome prejudice, fear, embarrassment, anxiety, and other emotions or -degrees of emotion which interfere with our ability to think correctly, -especially when face to face with an audience or with our peers and -superiors, it is equally a duty to cultivate the emotions which -stimulate thinking and strengthen the will. Without the ability to feel -strongly, it is impossible to stir the hearts of an audience. A strong -character is impossible without strong emotion. Jesus could weep and -denounce. He showed the strongest emotion in his public discourses and -at all the great turning-points of his life. The men and women who have -done most for the race showed the element of strong feeling in their -thinking and in their efforts at philanthropy and reform. It is the -feeling of patriotism that sustains the soldier on the field of battle -and the statesman in the midst of public criticism and personal abuse. -According to Plato, the feeling with which education begins is wonder. -“The elementary school,” says Dr. Brumbaugh, “does its best work when it -creates a desire to learn, not when it satisfies the learner.” Teachers -everywhere are beginning to see that it is the mission of the elementary -school to beget a desire for knowledge that will carry the pupil onward -and upward, and not to make him feel satisfied with a mere knowledge of -the rudiments, so that he will leave the school at the first opportunity -to earn a penny. - -Dr. Brumbaugh further says,— - -“We must recognize the emotional life as the basis of appeal for all high -acting and high thinking. We can never make men by ignoring an essential -element in manliness. To live well, we must know clearly, feel keenly, -and act nobly; and, indeed, we shall have noble action only as we have -gladsome action,—action inspired of feeling, not of thought. The church -made men of great power because it made men of great feeling.” - -[Sidenote: Playing upon the feelings.] - -The close connection between thinking and feeling cannot be ignored -without serious detriment to the intellectual development of the pupil. -Some teachers play upon the feelings in ways that prevent accurate -and effective thinking. The tones of voice in which they speak, their -manner of putting questions and administering discipline, their lack of -self-control, and their frantic efforts to get and keep order cause the -pupils to feel ill at ease and destroy the calmness of soul, which is -the first condition of logical thinking. The skilful teacher calls into -play feelings like joy, hope, patriotism, that stimulate and invigorate -the whole intellectual life; he is extremely careful not to stir emotions -like fear, anger, and hate, which hinder clear and vigorous thinking. - -[Sidenote: Responsibility for failure at examinations.] - -Feeling plays an important part in the examinations by superintendents -for the promotion of pupils, or by State boards whose function it is -to license persons to teach or preach, to practise law, medicine, or -dentistry, or to test the fitness of applicants for some branch of civil -or military service. Examiners are often responsible for the failure -of those whom they examine. If the first questions arouse the fear of -failure, causing the mind to picture the disappointment and displeasure -of parents and teachers and friends, and the other evils which result -from a loss of class standing, the resulting emotions hinder effective -thinking and thus prevent the pupil from doing justice to himself and -his teachers. The expert seeks to lift those whom he examines above all -feelings of embarrassment. With a friendly smile, a kind word, and a few -easy questions he puts the mind at ease, dissipates the dread of failure, -and gets results which are an agreeable surprise to all concerned. If he -cannot otherwise make those before him work to the best advantage, he -will even sacrifice his dignity by the use of a good-natured joke which -turns the laugh upon himself or upon some other member of the board of -examiners. Jokes at the expense of any one of those examined are a -species of cruelty which cannot be too severely condemned, to say nothing -of the effect upon the results of the examination. - -[Sidenote: Speculative thinking.] - -[Sidenote: Darwin’s experience.] - -Within certain limits thinking begets feeling, and feeling stimulates -thinking. Beyond these limits each interferes with the other. When -feeling rises to the height of passion it beclouds the judgment and -prevents reflection. Certain kinds of speculative thinking leave the -heart cold and ultimately destroy the better emotions and the warmer -affections. “It is terrible,” said the daughter of a voluminous writer -on theology, “when a man feels a perpetual impulse to write. It makes -him a stranger in his own house, and deprives wife and children of -their husband and father.” Abstract thinking may be indulged in to the -exclusion of the tastes and emotions which help to make life worth -living. The oft-quoted experience of Darwin is a case in point. In -his autobiography he gives his experience, showing the effect of his -exclusive devotion to scientific pursuits upon his ability to enjoy -poetry, music, and pictures. “Up to the age of thirty and beyond it -poetry of many kinds gave me great pleasure, and even as a school-boy I -took intense delight in Shakespeare, especially in the historical plays. -I have also said that pictures formerly gave me considerable and music -very great delight. But now for many years I cannot endure to read a -line of poetry. I have tried lately to read Shakespeare, and found it so -intolerably dull that it nauseated me. I have also almost lost my taste -for pictures or music. Music generally sets me thinking too energetically -on what I have been at work on, instead of giving me pleasure.... My mind -seems to have become a kind of machine for grinding general laws out of -large collections of facts; but why this should have caused the atrophy -of that part of the brain alone, on which the higher tastes depend, I -cannot conceive.... If I had to live my life again, I would have made a -rule to read some poetry and listen to some music at least once a week; -for perhaps the parts of my brain now atrophied would thus have been -kept alive through use. The loss of these tastes is a loss of happiness, -and may possibly be injurious to the intellect, and more probably to the -moral character by enfeebling the emotional part of our nature.”[53] - -[Sidenote: The sight of an audience.] - -Every teacher has both felt and witnessed the effect of embarrassment -upon ability to think. To face an audience of a thousand people was -embarrassing to some excellent thinkers like Melanchthon and Washington. -On the other hand, the sight of a multitude of listening, upturned faces -stimulates natures and temperaments like that of Martin Luther and -Patrick Henry, causing them to think more vigorously and to feel more -deeply. - -[Sidenote: Great thoughts.] - -Great thoughts spring from the heart. This is certainly true of thoughts -which have lifted men to higher planes of effort. And it is true of the -best thoughts and volitions which a pupil puts forth. The desire for -knowledge may develop into the love of truth. The student is half made as -soon as he seeks knowledge for its own sake and values the possession of -truth above all other worldly possessions. - -[Sidenote: Interest.] - -The Herbartians deserve praise for the attention they have given the -doctrine of interest. The older text-books on psychology seldom refer -to interest as an important element in the education of the child. The -greatest boon which can come to a child is happiness, and this was -impossible in the days when fear of the rod held sway in the school-room. -Then children looked forward to the school with feelings of dread; they -went with fear and trembling. From the day that the children became -interested in their lessons the rod was no longer required. Instead of -crying because they must go to school, they now cry because they cannot -go. Through interest the school becomes the place to which children best -like to go. - -[Sidenote: Interest in a clock.] - -A boy who was pronounced incorrigible, and who had been transferred -from school to school because he could not get along with his teachers, -at last met a teacher who discovered that he could take apart and put -together watches and clocks. She allowed him to fix her clock, and thus -won his heart. She asked him to explain to the school the mechanism of -instruments for keeping time. His interest in clocks she connected with -the numbers twelve and sixty, then with the time-table, with denominate -numbers, and finally with the whole subject of arithmetic. Interest -in the exercises of the school converted the incorrigible boy into an -obedient and studious pupil.[54] - -There is no more important element of emotion for teachers to cultivate -than that which enters into the feeling of interest. Interest sustains -the power of thought, diminishes the need of effort in the direction of -voluntary attention, and lies at the basis of all successful teaching, -book-making, and public speaking. The teacher, the writer, the speaker -who wearies us has lost his power over us. The lesson, the book, the -sermon that interests us has found an entrance to our minds; the greater -the interest the more potent and profound the influence upon the inner -life. - -[Sidenote: Interest conditions ability to think.] - -The moment a teacher begins to lose interest in a subject, that moment -he begins to lose his ability to teach that subject. From this point of -view the recent graduate has a manifest advantage over the old pedagogue -whose interest in the subjects of instruction has been dulled by frequent -repetition. The latter can keep himself from reaching the dead-line -by keeping up his studies in the allied departments of knowledge, and -by watching the growth of mind and heart in his pupils,—a growth that -always reveals something new and interesting by reason of the boundless -possibilities that slumber in every human being. The interest in the -growing mind is spontaneously transferred to the branches of knowledge -which stimulate that growth, and, in ways that no one can explain, the -interest which the teacher feels is communicated to the pupils whose -minds are prepared to grasp his instruction. - -[Sidenote: Fiction.] - -By far the larger proportion of books taken from our free libraries are -books of fiction,—books which appeal to our emotional life. It shows -that even those who are habitual readers can be best reached through the -emotions. Of course, the act of reading proves that their feelings are -reached through the intellect; yet it cannot be denied that emotion is -the element of their inner life which sustains the interest in the novel. -Appeals to the intellect which do not touch the heart fail to reach the -deepest depths of our being, and hence fail to stimulate in others the -productive powers of the soul. Only thoughts which come from the heart -can reach the heart. This is true of the child and the adult, of the -reader and the listener, of the scientist and the man of affairs, of the -author and the editor, of the orator and the philosopher, of the teacher, -and, in short, of all whose duty it is to stimulate the thinking and to -influence the conduct of their fellow-men. - - - - -XIX - -THINKING AND WILLING - - Strong reasons make strong actions. - - SHAKESPEARE. - - Bad thoughts quickly ripen into bad actions. - - BISHOP PORTENS. - - The man of thought strikes deepest, and strikes safely. - - SAVAGE. - - Reason is the director of man’s will, discovering in action - what is good; for the laws of well-doing are the dictates of - right reason. - - HOOKER. - - -XIX - -THINKING AND WILLING - -Much thinking is spontaneous, in the sense that there is no conscious -effort of the will to direct and control the activity of the mind. Under -normal conditions the stream of thought flows onward, like the current -of water in the bed of a river. When the onward movement is interrupted, -an act of volition may be needed to bring the mind back to the regular -channel. There are forms of intellectual activity called dreaming, -reverie, and meditation, in which the ideas follow each other without -any effort to regulate them. Often they are fanciful, incoherent, and -illogical; they are suggested by passing objects, by musical sounds, -perhaps by the stimulating influence of a drug or narcotic. Few can -start a train of thought, winding up their minds as they would a clock, -and then letting it run down until the discourse, lecture, or newspaper -article is complete, no conscious effort of the will being required to -keep the mind from wandering. This may be partly a gift of nature, but -mostly it is the result of discipline. - -[Sidenote: Discipline.] - -[Sidenote: Mental discipline.] - -What is discipline? We speak of mental discipline, of military -discipline, of family discipline. What is the element which all these -have in common? An army is under discipline when every soldier and every -officer is subject to the will of his superior, so that the entire -body of men can be moved against the foe at the will of the commanding -general. A family is under discipline when the entire household is under -the control of the head of the house. The school is under discipline when -all the pupils are subject to the will of the teacher, and to the rules -which he has laid down for the regulation of conduct. The mind is under -discipline when its powers are under the control of the will, and its -activities are in accord with the laws of thought. It is important to -ascertain the laws of thought which underlie correct thinking. These are -developed and discussed in treatises on logic,—a science that should be -mastered not only by those who must meet others in the field of argument -and controversy, but by all who seek to regulate the thinking of their -own minds, or to aid others in the formation of correct habits of thought. - -[Sidenote: Habit.] - -Fortunately, the law of habit here comes into play to lighten the -conscious effort of the will. When the intellect, through the guidance of -a conscious will, has acted according to the forms of thought in which -the logician can find no fallacies, it tends to act again in that way, -and the next time a less expenditure of conscious effort is required. The -thinking of the teacher, if correct and logical, tends to beget correct -and logical habits of thought on the part of the pupil. It is a piece -of good fortune to fall under the dominating influence of a towering -intellect. For a time the growing mind that is engaged in thinking -the thoughts, and mastering the speculations, the reflections, the -reasonings, of a master who is such not merely in name, but also in fact, -may be in a subjection very like unto intellectual slavery. Sooner or -later the day of emancipation arrives; and those who were not under the -invigorating tuition of such an intellectual giant are surprised at the -thought-power developed by the youth whose equal they hitherto fancied -themselves to be. - -[Sidenote: Volitional control.] - -Those who expect to spend their days in teaching, lecturing, preaching, -pleading, or writing have great reason to strive after the discipline -which results in placing all the powers of mind and heart under the -control of the will. The feelings which interfere with reflection should -be repressed and expelled by strenuous effort. The emotions which -stimulate thinking should be cherished and fostered. The inner nexus, -which binds ideas in logical trains of thought, should be followed until -the habit becomes second nature. - -Thinking which goes forward according to some established habit -requires less effort than intellectual work that is accompanied with -much volitional effort. This fact serves as a valuable indication to -men who must do intellectual work for the press or the pulpit or the -lecture-room. Perhaps no one is better qualified to speak on this point -than Dr. Carpenter, who studied mental action from the physiological -point of view, and whose publications show the quality, as well as the -quantity, of his intellectual labor. He says,— - -[Sidenote: Dr. Carpenter.] - -“To individuals of ordinary mental activity who have been trained in the -habit of methodical and connected thinking, a very considerable amount -of _work_ is quite natural; and when such persons are in good bodily -health, and the subject of their labor is congenial to them,—especially -if it be one that has been chosen by themselves, as furnishing a -centre of attraction around which their thoughts spontaneously tend to -range themselves,—their intellectual operations require but little of -the controlling or directing power of the will, and may be continued -for long periods together without fatigue. But from the moment when -an indisposition is experienced to keep the attention fixed upon the -subject, and the thoughts wander from it unless coerced by the will, the -mental activity loses its spontaneous or automatic character; and (as in -the act of walking) more effort is required to maintain it volitionally -during a brief period, and more fatigue is subsequently experienced from -such exertion than would be involved in the continuance of an automatic -operation through a period many times as long. Hence he has found it -practically the greatest economy of mental labor to work vigorously when -he feels disposed to do so, and to refrain from exertion, so far as -possible, _when it is felt to be an exertion_. Of course, this rule is by -no means universally applicable; for there are many individuals who would -pass their whole time in listless inactivity if not actually spurred -on by the feeling of necessity. But it holds good for those who are -sufficiently attracted by objects of interest before them, or who have in -their worldly position a sufficiently strong motive to exertion to make -them feel that they _must_ work; the question with them being, _how_ they -can attain their desired results with the least expenditure of mental -effort.”[55] - -[Sidenote: Jokes.] - -There is a danger to which public speakers are exposed, against which -the efforts of a resolute will are not too potent. To capture a crowd -that is more easily moved by jokes than by argument, the speaker resorts -to sallies of wit and humor and turns the laugh upon an opponent. The -temptation to cultivate one’s gifts in this direction is very strong, -and when yielded to, it destroys the powers of logical reflection and -consecutive thought. Wit is illogical, because it introduces into -the current of thought what is foreign to the subject in hand, the -incongruity giving rise to the laughter. Wit and humor serve a useful -purpose in acting as a safety-valve to let off the discontent which -accumulates in the human breast, and may be used for that purpose with -great effect. But they should never be allowed to divert the stream -of thought from its logical channel. The reputation for wit and humor -may dispose people to laugh at everything a man says. It destroys their -respect for his judgment and impairs his power to follow a line of -thought to its legitimate conclusion. The ability to discuss a theme in -all its bearings and details implies the power to investigate a subject -in its essence and relations, to resolve an idea into its elements, and -to present these in the form most easily understood,—an object which -is as far from the purposes of the funny man as the poles are from the -equator. - -[Sidenote: Forms of thought-expression.] - -[Sidenote: Thinking in action.] - -All thinking tends towards the expression of thought. “Every expression -of thought,” says Tracy, “whether it be word, or mark, or gesture, -is the result of an active will, and as such may be classed among -the movements.” Word, mark, and gesture do not exhaust the list of -movements by which the mind expresses thought. Every handicraft is a -form of expressing thought quite as important as writing and speaking -and gesticulating. The fine arts and the useful arts are so many ways -through which the will passes into thinking and issues in the expression -of thought. Movements for reform are the intense expressions of great -thoughts which have their origin in the heart. The men who spend their -lives in the atmosphere of colleges and universities are apt to be -satisfied if they have expressed their thoughts in a lecture or on the -printed page. They live in books, and their thinking terminates in books. -The thinking which issues in getting things done, in deeds, actions, -achievements, is undervalued and too often ignored. University men are -waking up to this defect in their thinking. They are throwing themselves -into movements for reform and giving the world splendid examples of the -translation of thought into vigorous action. The effort to carry theory -into practice reacts powerfully upon the mind, forces the individual to -see things as they are, and saves him from the habit of looking only -for things which the schools have taught him to expect. When thinking -issues in doing, the process promotes intellectual honesty. This remark -is especially applicable to exercises in which the hand makes in wood, -metal, marble, or clay what the mind has conceived. The execution cannot -be accurate unless the thinking has been accurate and satisfactory. -Drawing is a universal language. It imposes upon the mind a degree of -accuracy which is wanting in the fleeting spoken word or even in the more -permanent printed or written sentences. - -[Sidenote: Thinking in business.] - -The movements in manual training are an excellent preparation for the -movements in the handicrafts and the daily occupations by which men gain -the necessaries and the comforts of life. Ten thousand men are active -in supplying our breakfast-table, and many thousand more in providing -clothing, shelter, light, heat, and the manifold necessities and luxuries -of modern society. All these involve thinking quite as useful, as -logical, and as effective as the thinking which ends in talk or printer’s -ink. The relation of thinking to doing and the reflex influence which the -latter exerts upon the former is seen in the solution of problems and in -all exercises involving the application of knowledge. Manual training -is really and primarily a training in thinking, but it is the kind of -thinking most closely related to thinking in things, and its value in -education is so great that it has led to the formulation of the maxim, -We learn to do by doing,—a maxim which deserves separate consideration, -because, as usually applied, it is taken to mean that doing by the hand -necessarily and inevitably leads to thinking and knowing. - -[Sidenote: Growth of the will.] - -Another aspect of the relation of thinking to willing claims our -attention. Thinking is an important element in the growth of the will. -The education of the will is coming to be recognized as a matter -of supreme importance. The development of character is everywhere -emphasized. No teacher in these days regards intellectual training -as the sole or chief aim of the school. The philosopher is no longer -regarded as the highest type of humanity. The age demands that thought -shall pass into volition, and that volition shall manifest itself in -action. The executive is not satisfied with the investigation of a -subject in its essence and relations, with the elaboration of thought -into a system; he must get things done. Mere thinking he despises. The -philosopher he regards as a man troubled with ideas, the poet as a man -troubled with fancies and rhymes; he hates men who let their minds “go -astray into regions not peopled with real things, animate or inanimate, -even idealized, but with personified shadows created by the illusions of -metaphysics or by the mere entanglement of words, and think these shadows -the proper objects of the highest, the most transcendental philosophy.” -And the sympathies of the multitudes are on the side of the executive in -his exaltation of the will as the chief element of utility and success. - -The acts of the will should be guided by intelligence. The will is weak -and vacillating if the ends to be accomplished are not clearly conceived, -if the purposes to be accomplished are not definitely thought out. -Thinking is the guide to willing. Thought gives direction to volition. - -[Sidenote: Self-gratification.] - -[Sidenote: Self-denial.] - -[Sidenote: The right.] - -There are successive stages in the growth of the will as clearly defined -as the activities of memory and imagination. In the first or lowest stage -the aim is some form of happiness. In the second stage the will acts -under the influence of some ethical idea, commonly finding expression -in a maxim like the command, Thou shalt not steal, or in some fixed -occupation like a trade or farm work. In the third the will acts under -the inspiration of the good or its opposite, and from motives grounded -in right or wrong. In all these stages of growth thinking is a most -important factor. Let us go into details for purposes of illustration. -The human will in its process of development starts on a physical rather -than a spiritual basis. On the one hand a want is felt and on the other -an impulse towards the satisfaction of that want. In course of time this -impulse or appetence assumes the form of intelligent or conscious purpose -looking towards the gratification of felt wants, and then the will begins -to show itself in the form of clear, definite volitions and actions. The -strength of the will depends largely upon these impulses or appetences; -and their strength in turn depends upon the health, the temperament, the -organization (physical and psychical) of the individual. If by careful -diet, exercise, or otherwise, we invigorate these, we thereby furnish -capital that will in after years bear compound interest in the form of -strong will-power. If the diet, exercise, play, sleep, and work are not -properly regulated, first by the parent, the nurse, and the teacher, and -later by the individual himself, the appetences develop into appetites -that enslave the will and seriously interfere with its further growth. As -the power to think is developed, the will passes over into a higher stage -of activity. The very longing for happiness leads the child to impose -restrictions upon itself. It feels happy if it can secure the approbation -of those with whom it associates. If we show our displeasure at something -it has done, the little philosopher begins to practise self-denial in -certain directions for the purpose of regaining and retaining our good -will. The second stage is now reached in which self-gratification gives -place to self-denial, the will acting under the influence of one or more -ethical ideas. The child at school is lifted upon this loftier plane -by the circumstances which surround him; it must practise the school -virtues,—punctuality, industry, obedience, and the like; it accepts -certain forms of self-restraint in keeping quiet, in abstaining from -play, in observing the rules of the school. Where the discipline is rigid -and the instruction lacks interest, it may even conceive of the school as -a mere place of self-denial and self-restraint. “Why do you come here?” -asked a director. The little boy replied, “We come here to sit and wait -for school to let out.” The hours at school can be sweetened by exercises -in thinking and expressing thought to such an extent that the school -becomes the place to which children best like to go. Some full-grown men -have not advanced very far beyond this second stage in the growth of -the will. They follow some regular occupation as the boy does in going -to school; they practise certain forms of virtue,—say honesty, so that -you could intrust to them your pocket-book with perfect safety,—but -they break the Sabbath, use God’s name in vain, and commit daily many -other sins and transgressions. Occasionally one finds a school in which -no pupil would dare to be caught telling a lie, and yet the moral tone -is low, there being vices which, like a cankerworm, eat out the moral -life of the school. The teacher should not feel satisfied until he has -raised the pupil to the third stage, where the will is brought under the -inspiration of the good, and right becomes the law of life. - -Upon this highest plane different phases of development can be detected. -The law of right may brandish the avenging rod of conscience and drive -the individual into paths of rectitude. The idea of duty thus operating -alone may reduce him to the subservience of a slave and prevent him from -reaching the high stature of perfect human freedom. This kind of slavery -is apt to be followed by a struggle in which the lower nature seeks to -assert itself against the higher, and if the latter conquers, the person -is apt to be elated with the feeling of victory. Whenever you hear a man -boast of the sacrifices he has made in his devotion to duty, you can -rest assured he has not yet reached that lofty elevation in will-culture -upon which the person does right spontaneously and without effort, and -never dreams of having made a sacrifice in the performance of the hardest -duties. - -[Sidenote: Evil.] - -Of course, the development from the first stage may move in the opposite -direction. If the appetences are gratified beyond the requirements of -self-preservation, or of the well-being of the child, they grow into -uncontrollable desires and passions; the individual sinks deeper and -deeper into selfishness. He may deny himself for the sake of some -ambition, or vice, or wicked end which the soul cherishes; then, unless -lifted up by the grace of God, he will ultimately land in a state -bordering on that of Mephistopheles in Goethe’s Faust, a character who -found pleasure in human suffering, and whose will was constantly under -the direction and inspiration of the principle of evil. He will at last -become like Milton’s Satan, who exclaimed, “Evil, be thou my good.” -College boys who delight in hazing innocent freshmen have gone far -towards this loathsome stage of moral degradation, the lowest which the -will can reach in its downward career. - -[Sidenote: Thought and volition.] - -Now, it is easy to see the relation of thinking to these several stages -of will-development. Volition presupposes something to be done, an end -to be sought and accomplished. If the will is to act steadily in the -endeavor to realize this end, the end must be clearly thought and held -before the soul in definite form. To do the right implies that the right -be known as the result of right thinking. A soul ignorant of right cannot -be expected to practise the virtues which are grounded in the law of -right. On the other hand, many forms of evil are never conceived by young -people unless suggested to them by their superiors. - -Volition issues in doing, and doing is a powerful stimulus to thinking. -Making things out of wood, metal, marble, wax, papier-maché, or even -out of paper is genuine thinking in things. It is a species of doing -which flows from thinking through willing and reacts upon the process -of thinking. To see how a thing is made is better than to be told -how, but to make it by our own effort, skill, and thought is vastly -more educative than seeing and hearing. Manual training tends to make -the pupil intellectually honest. He cannot get away from a thought -expressed in wood or other material as he can from a thought expressed -in language which may suffice to suggest his idea, but not to give it -adequate expression. This influence of doing upon thinking has led to -the formulation of the maxim, We learn to do by doing,—a maxim whose -limitations and legitimate meaning it will be necessary to discuss in a -separate lecture. - - - - -XX - -THINKING AND DOING - - When we turn to modern pedagogics, we see how enormously the - field of reactive conduct has been extended by the introduction - of all those methods of concrete object-teaching which are the - glory of our contemporary schools. Verbal reactions, useful as - they are, are insufficient. The pupil’s words may be right, but - the concepts corresponding to them are often direfully wrong. - In a modern school, therefore, they form only a small part of - what the pupil is required to do. He must keep note-books, - make drawings, plans, and maps, take measurements, enter the - laboratory and perform experiments, consult authorities, and - write essays. He must do, in his fashion, what is often laughed - at by outsiders when it appears in prospectuses under the - title of original work; but what is really the only possible - training for the doing of original work thereafter. The most - colossal improvement which recent years have seen in secondary - education lies in the introduction of manual-training schools; - not because they will give us a people more handy and practical - for domestic life, and better skill in trades, but because they - will give us citizens with an entirely different intellectual - life. Laboratory work and shop work engender a habit of - observation, a knowledge of the difference between accuracy and - vagueness, and an insight into nature’s complexity and into the - inadequacy of all abstract verbal accounts of real phenomena, - which once brought into the mind remain there as life-long - possessions. They confer precision; because, if you are _doing_ - a thing, you must do it definitely right or definitely wrong. - They give honesty; for, when you express yourself by making - things, and not by using words, it becomes impossible to - dissimulate your vagueness or ignorance by ambiguity. They - beget a habit of self-reliance; they keep the interest and - attention always cheerfully engaged, and reduce the teacher’s - disciplinary function to a minimum. - - WILLIAM JAMES. - - -XX - -THINKING AND DOING - -[Sidenote: Saying and doing.] - -The best methods of instruction in the ordinary school aim at the -expression of thought in language. If a thing has been well said, the -teacher and the examiner are apt to make no further inquiries. Although -the expression of thought in written or spoken language is a species -of doing, there is often a wide chasm between getting a thing said and -having it done. Many of the reforms and revolutions thought out by -university professors never get beyond the room in which they lecture or -the page on which they formulate their ideas. The freedom of speech in -the universities never troubles a despotic government until the ideas -of the professors and students show signs of passing into the life of -the nation. The difference between speech and action, between the man -of words and the man of deeds, has long been felt and emphasized. The -favorite method of teaching by lectures, and requiring the pupil to -take notes, fails utterly if it stops with mere telling how a thing -is to be done, and is not followed by actual doing on the part of the -learner. Work in the shop, in the field, and in the factory often proves -more effective in fitting a boy to earn a living than the theoretical -instruction of the schools. The advantage of doing over telling as a -means of learning has led to the formulation of the maxim, “We learn to -do by doing,” and some educational reformers have announced the maxim as -a principle of education universal in its application. Hence it is worth -while to clarify its meaning and to ascertain its limitations. In so -doing, we shall get a glimpse of the true relation between thinking and -doing. - -[Sidenote: The maxim applied to medicine and surgery.] - -A young man possessed of unbounded faith in this maxim came to town for -the purpose of practising medicine and surgery. He announced that if -any persons got sick he proposed to give them medicine in the hope of -learning the physiological and therapeutic effects of the various drugs. -If any limbs were to be amputated, he was willing to try his hand, in the -hope of ultimately learning how to perform surgical operations. He was -too simple to succeed as a quack. He did not get a single patient; the -people wisely gave him no opportunity of learning to do by doing. - -[Sidenote: The maxim in the other professions.] - -Equally foolish were it thus to apply the maxim to any of the other -professions. Would you, with life or property at stake, allow a novice -to plead your cause at court in order that he might learn to plead by -pleading? Who would waste the golden Sabbath hours in listening to one -who was trying to learn to preach by preaching? The civilized world -regards knowledge, which is the product of the act of learning, as the -indispensable guide of those who offer their services at the bar, from -the pulpit, or in the sick-room. When a Yale professor was asked whether -study was required of those divinely called to preach, he replied that -he had read of but one instance in which the Lord condescended to speak -through the mouth of an ass. - -[Sidenote: Comenius.] - -Even an ass may learn to do some things by continually doing them in a -blind way, and that, too, in spite of his proverbial stubbornness; but -such learning by blind practice is unworthy of the school-life of a being -gifted with human intelligence, and capable, it may be, of filling a -profession. Instinct may guide a bee or a beaver: but knowledge should -guide man in the arts and habits which he acquires. This fact is not -ignored in the maxim as originally given by Comenius. “Things to be -done should be learned by doing them. Mechanics understand this well: -they do not give the apprentice a lecture upon their trade, but they -will let him see how they, as masters, do; then they place the tool in -his hands, teach him to use it and imitate them. Doing can be learned -only by doing, writing by writing, painting by painting, and so on.” -There is in this statement a clear recognition, on the one hand, of the -knowledge-getting which precedes and accompanies all intelligent doing, -and, on the other, of the practice which is needful for the attainment -of skill. The master mechanic seeks first to give his apprentice a clear -concept of what is to be done; and the knowledge thus acquired through -the eye, and perhaps partly through hearing directions and explanations, -is afterwards put into practice by the actual manipulation of tools and -materials. If the maxim had been allowed to stand in this, its original -form and meaning, no one could have objected to its use and application. -But when the attempt was made to elevate it into a principle of binding -force for all teaching; when, furthermore, the form was shortened so as -to widen the meaning, and the maxim was then applied to regulate the -acquisition of every form of human activity, both physical and mental, it -is not surprising that protests were heard, and the necessity was felt of -investigating the maxim for the purpose of ascertaining its limitations -and defining its meaning. - -[Sidenote: Value of the maxim.] - -Yet we must not fail to make grateful acknowledgment of the services to -education rendered by those who lifted the maxim into prominence. How -often were pupils expected to learn one thing by doing another. Drawing -was advocated because it would improve the penmanship. Silent reading or -thought-getting was to be learned by oral reading or thought-giving. The -alphabet was taught as if the names of the letters would make the child -familiar with the sounds. The idea of number was to be gotten by naming -the numbers or imitating the Arabic notation. Facility and accuracy in -the use of language were to be acquired from exercises in parsing and -analysis. Familiarity with birds, flowers, minerals, chemicals, etc., was -to be gained from the learned phraseology of the text-books. Sometimes -even the teachers knew very little more than the technical terms. When -the great ornithologist, Wilson, visited Princeton College, the professor -of natural history scarcely knew a sparrow from a woodpecker. A great -change has come over Princeton and all other higher institutions of -learning; and the new influence has been felt in our high schools, and -even in the grades below. - -[Sidenote: Maxims, principles.] - -Whilst cheerfully acknowledging the value of the maxim of Comenius, -we should, nevertheless, insist on the difference between a maxim -which may regulate our conduct in specific cases and a principle -which is an all-controlling guide in operations. Coleridge says, “A -maxim is a conclusion upon observation of matters of fact, and is -speculative; a principle has truth in itself, and is prospective.” It -is always dangerous to generalize upon facts observed in one realm of -investigation, and then to allow others to apply these general statements -to realms as diverse from the original field of observation as mind or -spirit is from matter. The disciples in such cases always manifest the -hidden weaknesses in the system of their master. They rush in where he -would have feared to tread. They push his language to extremes, from -which his deeper insight, broader vision, and larger experience would -have caused him to shrink. Comenius framed the maxim from the observation -of bodily acts; some seek to apply it to every form of human activity. -The original language has been twisted into a statement that sounds -paradoxical. “We learn to do by doing.” What can these words mean? If we -_can_ do a given thing, what need is there of learning to do that thing. -If we cannot do the thing to be learned by the doing of it, how can any -doing on our part issue in learning? Evidently the maxim in its modern -form, if it is at all valid, must partake of the nature of a paradox, -which, though seemingly absurd, is yet true in essence or fact. For -the purpose of testing the validity of a paradoxical statement, there -is no better way than to ascertain its possible meanings, to eliminate -those evidently not intended, and finally to investigate the one or more -senses or interpretations that may legitimately be put upon the language. -The investigation will, in this instance, reveal the relation existing -between doing and the act of learning. - -[Sidenote: Analysis of the maxim.] - -In the first place, the maxim cannot mean that we learn to do by every -kind of doing. The kind of doing by which the young man hoped to learn -medicine and surgery was ridiculed centuries ago; no one in our day would -advocate mere blind doing as a means of learning. The maxim must refer to -doing guided by an intelligent will. The doing must be guided by thinking -that is based upon correct and reliable data or premises. - -Again, the maxim cannot mean that we learn one thing by doing another. -The maxim was emphasized in protest against the absurdity of some of -our methods of teaching. It may happen that the learner accidentally -discovers one thing while seeking to find out some other thing; to expect -that this shall always be the case is to invite disappointment. For -instance, pupils do not learn to spell while studying books if attention -is absorbed in the meaning, and is not drawn, in separate exercises, to -the correct orthography of words that are apt to be misspelled. - -[Sidenote: Fatigue.] - -There is a third limitation to the maxim on the side of attention. How, -for instance, is the art of writing acquired? It is undoubtedly true that -a boy cannot learn to write without himself writing; it is equally true -that he is not always learning or improving in penmanship while he is -practising with his pen upon paper. From the teacher or the copy he gets -a concept of the letters to be made. The first efforts at imitation are -fraught with defects. The pupil must clearly recognize wherein he failed, -and earnestly strive to remedy the defects, if the next attempt is to -be an improvement. The maxim, if here applied, must mean that the pupil -learns to do by continually doing, as nearly as he can, the thing to be -done. With each step of progress, his concept of the form of the letters -and how to make them becomes more accurate; or, in other words, his power -and skill keep pace with his knowledge. Finally, after much practice, -the nerves and muscles which control the act of writing are properly -co-ordinated; the habit of writing with ease is acquired; the process -becomes largely subconscious, if not altogether automatic. The learner -has at length reached the stage in which his attention is no longer -concentrated upon the form and beauty of the letters, but rather upon -the thought to be expressed, and it is quite possible that henceforth -his chirography will grow more illegible the more he writes. Of course, -he is now learning the art of composing by composing; but he has ceased -to learn in the direction of his handwriting by writing, because the -attention is riveted upon something else. Even before the subconscious -stage is reached, practice, if too long continued, may exhaust the powers -of attention, and doing can no longer issue in learning by reason of -fatigue. - -On the score of attention there is a limit to the application of the -maxim in another direction. Talking, oral reading, and public speaking -may be spoiled by too much attention. Practice in these, under the -guidance of an injudicious teacher, may serve to make the gestures too -studied, the pronunciation too precise, and the tones of the voice too -artificial, defects by which the hearer’s mind is drawn from the thought -to the delivery. - -[Sidenote: Injudicious criticism.] - -The lack of good elocutionary drill in youth is a serious misfortune, yet -the writer cannot help blaming the elocutionists for ruining one public -speaker among his acquaintances. Under their tuition the gestures and -articulation of this friend have become almost faultless; but there is -such a self-conscious air about his platform utterances that the audience -can think of nothing except the delivery. By his efforts at doing he -has learned most emphatically not to do. The same thing may happen in -elementary instruction, and in the practice-schools connected with our -State normal schools. Injudicious criticism by the teacher may so rivet -the attention upon the utterance that the pupils lose sight of the -thought to be expressed, and the more they practise under his guidance -the worse their reading becomes. The vocal and physical elements, in -the act of oral reading or speaking, should spring spontaneously out of -the thought and sentiment to be conveyed. Any drill which interferes -with this natural connection between the mental and the physical is -indescribably bad, and should never be regarded as a means of learning. -Equally severe must be the sentence of condemnation upon much of the -criticism to which pupil teachers are subjected by their fellow-students -and their critic-teachers at our normal schools, and upon the comments -made by candidates for the ministry and their professors upon the efforts -of the embryo preacher during the so-called homiletical exercises. -Injudicious fault-finding leads to a kind of doing which cannot issue in -learning. - -[Sidenote: Application.] - -[Sidenote: The arm and hand.] - -Within these limitations we find a wide field for the application of the -maxim to our efforts at learning to think and to express thought. The -hand performs a very important function in aiding the mind to perfect -its concepts. The metric system remains a dark, confused mass of names -so long as the pupil does not actually handle and use the metric units -of weights and measures. A few days of manual training, during which -the learner is compelled to measure accurately, are of immense account -in developing accurate ideas and accurate thinking. Of all the ways of -expressing thought, those by the hand and the tongue are more perfect -than those by the eye, the face, the gesture, the bodily movement. The -latter are well adapted to express feeling; the former, to express -thought. Few have ever thought of the marvellous mechanism given to a -human being in the arm and hand. A glimpse from the mathematician’s point -of view is here very interesting. A pencil fastened to the end of a ruler -revolving around a fixed point will describe a circle. If the pencil be -fastened to the end of a second ruler revolving around the end of the -first, while the first revolves around the original centre, the pencil -will describe a very complicated curve. If three radii, revolving in this -way, be joined together, the pencil at the end of the third can be made -to describe the cycles and epicycles by which the ancient astronomers -explained the movements of the planets. The modern mathematician has -shown that, by annexing a fourth, a fifth, and a sixth radius, each -revolving around the preceding, while the first is moving around the -original centre, all curves of the fifth and sixth orders can be -described. Let any one examine his right arm, starting from the shoulder -and ending with the fingers, and he will find that since infancy he has -had this mechanism for executing curves and movements, has been using -this wonderful system of revolving radii to express thought, and that -it has been to him a source of skill in thinking and doing. When viewed -in their anatomical and physiological aspects, human arms and hands are -seen to be a still more wonderful mechanism, rivalled only by the tongue -in capability for describing any curve and uttering any kind of thought. -Whilst the tongue may speak many oral languages, the hand writes them -all, and supplies additional methods for expressing thought in drawing, -painting, sculpture, instrumental music, in the various handicrafts, and -in the machines which act like man’s hand made bigger, more powerful, -more tireless. - -[Sidenote: Apprentices.] - -[Sidenote: Manual training.] - -From this point of view one can see a wide field for the intelligent -application of the maxim to our efforts at learning to write, to talk, -to walk, to play on a musical instrument, or to handle the tools of some -handicraft. If questioned with reference to these and kindred activities, -the physiologist would answer that the repeated action of the nerves -and muscles in specific functions fits them the better to act in the -same functions, and that the effect of the exercise of any function may -be stored up so as to increase the facility of the nervous structure -to exercise again every similar function. The psychologist would say -that any normal act performed under the guidance of an intelligent -will leaves, as its enduring result, an increased power to act and a -tendency to act again in like manner. Common parlance, which is apt to -enshrine its wisdom in proverbs, simply says, Practice makes perfect. -Doing, when it engrosses the attention, exerts a reflex influence upon -thinking; after it sinks to the subconscious level it ceases to exert -a helpful influence. The methods adopted in our manual-training schools -are, in this respect, much superior to those pursued under the old -apprentice system. The master mechanic found it to his interest to keep -the apprentice upon one kind of work until a high degree of skill was -attained. He used the apprentice as a means to an end,—the end being the -production of things that would sell and thus reimburse the master for -the time and trouble of teaching his trade to another. The mysteries -of the trade were kept to the last for fear the apprentice would quit -before the expiration of the time for which he was indentured. No better -plan for crushing the intellectual life could have been conceived. The -manual-training school, on the other hand, makes the boy, and not the -product, the end of its training, the object of chief concern. It seeks -not merely to make the man a better workman, but the workman a better -man. No pupil is asked to go through the same movement, to do the same -piece of work, for the purpose of developing skill, until every trace of -interest is gone. Nothing is made for the purpose of selling; everything -prescribed is for the purpose of developing the pupil’s powers, to enable -him to express thought by the use of working-tools and instruments. The -working-drawing and the model are the symbols which come nearest to a -full representation of the thing to be made. The word, the clay, the -stone, the metal, the leather, the cloth, are the materials in which -thought finds its final expression. Nothing is carried so far as to -deaden the boy’s interest in what he is doing; the charm of novelty is -kept up from day to day. If the first product is defective, a new problem -is set, involving the same fundamental operations, or the use of the same -tools and instruments. The manual-training school and the trade school, -if properly conducted, thus become a most valuable means for developing -the power to think in things. It aims to create the power to think, as -well as the power to do; the two are made commensurate and mutually -helpful. The thinking is made to issue in doing, and the doing is kept -from sinking into the subconscious stage, where it tends to degrade the -individual to the mere level of a machine. Within these limitations we -can endorse Professor Wilson’s tribute to the hand, and subscribe to his -demand that, as in the days of Israel’s glory, it shall be trained in -some useful handicraft, not merely as a means of livelihood, but more -especially as a means of making the pupil a better thinker, a completer -man. - -[Sidenote: Handicrafts.] - -“When I think of all that man’s and woman’s hand has wrought,” says he, -“from the day that Eve put forth her erring hand to pluck the fruit -of the forbidden tree to that dark hour when the pierced hands of the -Saviour were nailed to the predicted tree of shame, and of all that -human hands have wrought of good and evil since, I lift up my hand and -gaze upon it with wonder and awe. What an instrument for good it is! -What an instrument for evil! And all day long it never is idle. There -is no implement which it cannot wield, and it should never in working -hours be without one. We unwisely restrict the term handicrafts-man or -hand-worker to the more laborious callings; but it belongs to all honest, -earnest men and women, and is a title which each should covet. For the -queen’s hand there is the sceptre, and for the soldier’s hand the sword; -for the carpenter’s hand the saw, and for the smith’s hand the hammer; -for the farmer’s hand the plough; for the miner’s hand the spade; for -the sailor’s hand the oar; for the painter’s hand the brush; for the -sculptor’s hand the chisel; for the poet’s hand the pen; and for woman’s -hand the needle. And if none of these, or the like, will fit us, the -felon’s chain should be round our wrist, and our hand on the prisoner’s -crank. But for each willing man or woman there is a tool they may learn -to handle; for all there is the command, ‘Whatsoever thy hand findeth to -do, do it with thy might.’” - - - - -XXI - -THINKING IN THE ARTS - - A meagre soul can never be made fat, nor a narrow soul large, - by studying rules of thinking. - - PROFESSOR BLACKIE. - - Have your thinking first, and plenty to think about, and then - ask the logician to teach you to scrutinize with a nice eye the - process by which you have arrived at your conclusions. - - PROFESSOR BLACKIE. - - Invention, though it can be cultivated, cannot be reduced to - rule; there is no science which will enable a man to bethink - himself of that which will suit his purpose. But when he has - thought of something, science can tell him whether that which - he has thought of will suit his purpose or not. The inquirer - or arguer must be guided by his own knowledge and sagacity in - his choice of the inductions out of which he will construct his - argument. But the validity of the argument when constructed - depends upon principles, and must be tried by tests which are - the same for all descriptions of inquiries, whether the result - be to give A an estate, or to enrich science with a new general - truth. - - J. S. MILL. - - -XXI - -THINKING IN THE ARTS - -For centuries men have been disposed to look with disdain upon the -occupations in which the hands and the body are more concerned than the -mind. The arts in which thought predominates were honored above the -handicrafts; and it is only in recent years that educators have begun to -recognize the educative value of thinking through the hand as we find it -exemplified in schools for manual training. A comparison of the various -arts will serve to dignify this kind of training and to set it in a -clearer light before teachers and boards of education. - -Mediæval thinkers divided the arts into two classes, which they called -the mechanic and the liberal arts, and enumerated seven arts in each -class. - -[Sidenote: Mechanic arts.] - -The seven mechanic arts were Agriculture, Propagation of Trees, -Manufacture of Arms, Carpenter’s Work, Medicine, Weaving, and -Ship-building. The primary operations were mechanical, as the name -implies, and hence involved a genuine thinking in things. Their number -has been greatly multiplied; the operations have grown wonderfully -complex; thought upon the activities which they necessitate has led to -the discovery of guiding principles, and some have risen to the rank of -regular professions. The growth and the care of trees have given rise to -forestry. Ship-building and the manufacture of arms involve science of -the highest order. The practice of medicine and surgery requires skill -based upon kinds of knowledge and thinking that are rigidly scientific. -The thoughts which have been crystallized in modern inventions deserve -equal rank with the thoughts which philosophers have woven into systems. -The various trades of civilized society necessitate the expression of -thought through the hand. Manufactures and commerce involve transactions, -operations, and competition requiring the highest intelligence, the most -accurate thinking, the most vigorous effort. Any youth whose training has -fitted him to excel in these is sure of work and fair compensation. - -[Sidenote: The useful occupations.] - -Far too often the school has taught the pupil to undervalue and even to -despise useful occupations. Scientific research, philosophic speculation, -and literary productivity have been lauded as more honorable vocations. -Any honest occupation that furnishes adequate exercise for man’s -marvellous faculties is honorable in the sight of God. If two angels -should be sent from heaven, one to rule a kingdom, the other to break -stones upon the highway, each of them would be happy in the thought that -he was fulfilling his divinely appointed mission, and each would receive, -upon the completion of his task, the “well done” which will finally be -spoken to every good and faithful servant. - -[Sidenote: Woman in the arts.] - -In 1840 Harriet Martineau visited the United States and reported only -seven occupations open to women,—teaching, needlework, keeping boarders, -working in cotton factories, typesetting, bookbinding, and household -service. The school has been blamed for causing the rising generation to -underestimate the last named in comparison with the other occupations -open to women. When anything goes wrong in American life the school is -not only blamed, but also expected to supply the remedy. It must be -admitted that there is much false thinking on the subject of household -service in so-called polite society. A woman may cook for herself and -her own household without losing caste. As soon as she becomes the cook -in another woman’s kitchen she is banished from the parlor of fashionable -society. She can stand in a store or work in a factory without losing her -place in the social scale; but if she works for hire in the kitchen, she -is thenceforth treated as belonging to a lower caste. Is thinking in the -culinary art less valuable or less difficult than the thinking involved -in selling ribbons and laces? Does the preparation of a palatable meal -require less brains and less skill than the setting of type or the making -of yarn? Does good cooking add less to the welfare of the race than -playing on the piano or painting in oil- or water-colors? The teaching of -domestic science is calculated to change public opinion and to add to the -sum of human happiness by emancipating the home from the tyranny and the -caprices of the servant girl and by securing to deserving help a juster -appreciation of efficient thinking in household service. - -[Sidenote: America the paradise of woman.] - -America has been aptly named the paradise of woman. The American woman is -not expected to break stones upon the highway, to carry market-baskets on -the top of her head, to pull the milk-cart alongside of the dog, to do -all kinds of rough manual labor, whilst strong-armed and able-bodied men -have charge of the elementary schools. Fully two-thirds of the teachers -in America are women. Her sphere of activity has been greatly enlarged in -other directions. She may be the inferior of the stronger sex in original -and creative work,—time will settle that question,—but in ability to -carry college work and to do practical thinking she has shown herself -the equal of her brother and in every respect deserving of the exalted -position assigned to her in the New World. She has attained her standing -in America through her ability to think and to apply thought in the -useful arts. - -[Sidenote: The liberal arts.] - -The liberal arts were subdivided into the trivium and the quadrivium. The -trivium, consisting of grammar, logic, and rhetoric, sought to teach the -art of thinking correctly, of expressing thought in correct language, and -of presenting it in forceful, persuasive discourse. - -[Sidenote: Quadrivium.] - -[Sidenote: Discovery.] - -The quadrivium, consisting of arithmetic, geometry, astronomy, and music, -was composed of thought-studies, and furnished material for the thinking -of generations of the best men. The enlargement of the boundaries of -human knowledge has increased the number of studies to such an extent -that no student need weep like Alexander because there are no more worlds -to conquer. Moreover, in many directions the human race is simply on the -border-land of discovery. At the beginning of this century a professor -lamented that the age of discovery had passed. The professor who quoted -him in the middle of the century could point to the steam-engine, the -electric telegraph, and the use of anæsthetics. In the closing year -of the century we can point to a record of inventions and discoveries -unsurpassed in the thought-achievements of the race. Man has learned -to put thought into machines that do work with a speed and accuracy -impossible of attainment by the human hand. His thought is changing the -face of the earth and developing a civilization based upon a degree of -physical well-being and comfort of which the man of the last century had -not the faintest conception. To follow in thought the achievements of a -single year in the improvement of machinery and the resulting additions -to our material wealth is to fill the soul with wonder at the marvellous -powers of the race. All is due primarily to the exercise of the power -of thought, and secondarily to the manifold ways of expressing and -realizing thought. Never were there such magnificent opportunities for -those who have learned to combine thought and action, intelligence and -skill, brains and the handicrafts. The tradesman deserves honor and -recognition with those who earn their bread by their wits. Both can live -the higher life of thought and culture. - -[Sidenote: Trivium.] - -The relation of the trivium to the art of thinking is often misconceived. -Grammar, logic, and rhetoric furnish valuable food for thought, excellent -discipline for the mind, especially for the understanding; but they -do not beget the power of thinking in new fields of investigation. -Their function is corrective, not creative. Those who hope to learn -the art of composition by the study of English grammar are sure to be -disappointed. Grammar furnishes the tests and rules by which one may -determine the correctness of sentences. It may furnish discipline for -the understanding, and thus prove valuable as a means of culture. It -utterly fails to produce thinkers beyond the thinking required in the -interpretation of language. Parsing, analysis, and diagramming often -become a mechanical iteration of set phrases, resulting in mental apathy. -Questions in unexpected forms may then be needed to rouse the slumbering -powers of the intellect. - -Homer and Plato wrote good Greek, although neither of them had any -knowledge of grammar as a science. Men used correct sentences long before -there was a scientific treatment of the sentence. - -The same remarks are applicable to the other studies of the trivium. -Men’s minds obeyed the laws of thought and drew correct inferences -long before the science of logic was formulated. He who studies logic -in the hope that it will make him an original thinker is doomed to -disappointment. Logic has a critical as well as a disciplinary value. -Its influence upon the intellectual life is like that of mathematics. -It furnishes a test for one’s own thinking and provides the means for -detecting fallacies in the reasoning of others. Logic can be taught with -advantage to those who have learned to think; it fails to make creative -spirits who have the power of gathering thoughts, weaving them into a -system, and reaching trustworthy conclusions. - -Rhetoric possesses great disciplinary value for the understanding. It -deserves careful study on the part of those who express their thoughts in -public discourse. The moment it becomes an end, instead of means to an -end, it defeats its own purpose. To draw the attention to the figures of -speech and other rhetorical devices of an oration is to divert the mind -from the line of thought and to defeat the purpose for which rhetoric -is taught. The studies of the trivium are like the handicrafts in that -they serve as means to an end. From one point of view they deserve to -be classed with the useful arts; from another it is apparent that they -furnish material for thinking quite as valuable as the multitudinous -branches of study into which the quadrivium has been expanded. - -[Sidenote: Fine arts.] - -The arts are sometimes divided upon the basis of use and beauty. From one -point of view, as already indicated, the liberal arts may be regarded as -belonging to the category of the useful, and thus as forming part of a -class distinct from the fine arts. Yet the idea of beauty enters into all -that man does. Sooner or later he seeks to adorn his home, his language, -everything that he employs in giving expression to his inner life. - -The thinking which lies at the basis of the fine arts has distinguishing -qualities and characteristics. The mind may be so completely absorbed -in poetry, music, painting, sculpture, and in the other things which -make life beautiful that it ceases to be a fit instrument for useful -living or for engaging in more advanced thinking. The element of feeling -predominates in the appreciation of the beautiful. The two factors which -enter into the beautiful are the idea and the form. By casting into the -alembic of the imagination the materials which the mind gathers from -the external world, there is evolved the ideal; as soon as this ideal -is found embodied in any form of nature or art the object is called -beautiful. The power to see the idea in the form, the ideal in the work -of art, is a function of thinking, and deserves attention from those who -are teaching others to think. - -[Sidenote: Æsthetic and scientific studies differ.] - -Vast is the difference between the æsthetic and the scientific -appreciation of nature. The scientist pulls the flower to pieces, -analyzes its parts, imposes hard names, and destroys that about the -flower which is most attractive to the child and the poet. The student of -beauty admires it as it is in its original surroundings. He cultivates it -to adorn the garden, the yard, the home, the school-room. - -Very much, therefore, depends upon the way in which nature is studied. -The study may be pursued to beget habits of observation or to cultivate -a sense of the beautiful. It may be studied for the sake of ascertaining -the laws which govern the growth of plants, the changes of the seasons, -the movements of the heavenly bodies, the forces which give us light, -heat, and all else we need for body and mind. When it is studied for the -sake of truth and beauty, the effort lifts us into the domain of the -higher life. - -[Sidenote: The higher life.] - -Why should any portion of our life, as compared with another, be -styled the higher life? Because a man’s life may abound in some of the -activities which are essential to his existence and still fail to realize -the end of his existence. Take life on the farm with all its splendid -opportunities for the study of nature and of all that is attractive in -God’s universe. Which should be of most account in the education of the -farmer’s sons and daughters,—mind or money, light or lucre, the soul or -the soil, character or capacity for getting riches? The curse of wealth, -fame, office, and the like is that, if they become the chief object of -one’s ambition, they drag the soul into the dust of dishonor, if not the -dust of the street. - -[Sidenote: The farmer boy.] - -“If the farmer boy has only been taught how to raise better stock, what -will he do when that better stock ranges his farm? Will he be a happier -father and a nobler citizen? Will his home life be any less coarse and -dull? Will the possession of blooded stock make him any more honest -than common stock? If that is all you have taught him, will he not -still be a brute among his brutes? Indeed, just so far as you increase -his money-making without increasing his true culture and manliness, -you increase the probability that he will die a drunkard, his son a -spendthrift, and his grandson a pauper. The supreme need is character to -guide these resources.”[56] - -[Sidenote: The things of the mind.] - -Whilst it is worth while to dignify labor in all the handicrafts by -showing the need for intelligent thought on the part of those who follow -them, it is of vastly more importance to emphasize the things of the -mind, and to show how the ability to think conditions the activities of -the higher life and is essential to the full realization of man’s being. -The relation of thinking to the higher life will claim our attention in -the concluding chapter. - - - - -XXII - -THINKING AND THE HIGHER LIFE - - How vastly disproportionate are the pleasures of the eating - and of the thinking man! indeed, as different as the silence - of an Archimedes in the study of a problem, and the stillness - of a sow at her wash. Nothing is comparable to the pleasure of - an active and prevailing thought,—a thought prevailing over - the difficulty and obscurity of the object, and refreshing the - soul with new discoveries and images of things, and thereby - extending the bounds of apprehension, and enlarging the - territories of reason. - - DR. SOUTH. - - What is more pleasant than to read of strong-hearted youths, - who, in the midst of want and hardships of many kinds, have - clung to books, feeding, like bees to flowers? By the light - of pine-logs, in dim-lit garrets, in the fields following the - plough, in early dawns when others are asleep, they ply their - blessed task, seeking nourishment for the mind, athirst for - truth, yearning for full sight of the high worlds of which they - have caught faint glimpses; happier now, lacking everything - save faith and a great purpose, than in after-years when - success shall shower on them applause and gold. - - BISHOP SPALDING. - - -XXII - -THINKING AND THE HIGHER LIFE - -[Sidenote: The Book of books.] - -The preceding chapter pointed out the function of thinking in the arts, -and the reciprocal influence of these upon the power of thought. It -remains to point out the relation of thinking to the higher life. The -best point of departure for such a discussion is the book which has done -more to foster the higher life of the soul than all other books combined. -From some points of view the best book on teaching ever made is the -Book of books. In it we find not only practical examples and marvellous -illustrations of the art of the teacher, but also the most significant -maxims and statements bearing upon the development of the inner life. In -the account of the Temptation in the Wilderness, we have an utterance -from the lips of the Great Teacher, directing our attention towards the -higher life. “Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that -proceedeth out of the mouth of God.” (Matt. iv. 4.) - -[Sidenote: Bread-studies.] - -[Sidenote: The Great Teacher.] - -In the universities one hears a great deal about bread-studies. Knowledge -for its own sake, culture for culture’s sake, education, not for the -sake of its money-value, but for the mind’s sake, are the ideals held -up before the minds of the students. A world-famous professor of -mathematics demonstrated a new theorem, and closed the demonstration -with the exclamation, “Now, that is true, and, thank God, nobody can use -it!” Does knowledge increase in value as its utility diminishes? This -professor was drawing an annual salary of five thousand dollars, and -could well afford to ignore the money-value of an education. Lifted above -the struggle for bread, he had no sympathy with the multitudes in whose -experience the struggle for bread is the all-absorbing problem of life. -The theory of life propounded by the Great Teacher is very different. -He did not despise the arts that make bread and win bread. Twice He -miraculously multiplied the loaves and fishes, in order to feed the -multitudes. For many years He worked at the carpenter’s bench, and after -the death of His father helped to support His mother. When hanging upon -the cross, He intrusted His mother to the care of John, the “disciple -whom Jesus loved.” - -But when Satan came to him and suggested the making of bread by unlawful -means, He repelled the tempter, saying, “Man shall not live by bread -alone, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God.” Bread -here stands for more than physical food. It is symbolic of the life that -turns upon what we eat and drink, the garments we wear, and the houses we -live in. - -[Sidenote: The French king.] - -[Sidenote: Earning power.] - -The best of French kings cherished it as the ambition of his life to -make every one of his subjects so well off as to be able on Sunday to -have roast fowl for dinner. Had he lived in our day, he would have -included among the objects of his ambition a new bonnet for every woman -at least twice a year. Roast fowl and new bonnets cost money; and money -indicates the plane from which very many people look at every question of -government and education. Money stands for what we eat and drink, for the -garments we wear and the houses we live in, for the thousands of creature -comforts which we deem essential to our well-being and happiness. Perhaps -the school has not done all it is destined to accomplish in fitting the -pupils to win these, but there is abundant evidence to show that a good -school increases the earning power of the individual, and thereby makes -possible the higher life of mind, or of the soul. The untutored red man -eked out a scanty existence in spite of unparalleled advantages in soil -and stream and climate; the intelligence begotten by the modern school -has enabled our people to utilize and develop the material resources of -the New World to such an extent that Carlyle sneeringly said, “America -means roast turkey every day for everybody.” Let us accept the remark -as an acknowledgment that the American people are better fed than those -of England or Continental Europe; and yet Carlyle was right in hinting -that there is a life higher than that which turns upon what we eat and -drink and wear, for this is in accord with the view of life taught by the -greatest Teacher of all the ages. - -[Sidenote: The basis of the higher life.] - -It is worth while to pause a moment for the purpose of pointing out the -relation of the higher life to the side of life symbolized by bread. In -a word, the higher life rests upon the other as a basis. Where the vital -energies of a people are exhausted in the struggle for bread, the very -mention of education is a mockery. The school lays the foundation for the -higher life when it increases the average earning power of the industrial -classes, and thereby makes it easier for them to gain a livelihood. -Here is the first point of contact between the school and the higher -life. There is no language sufficiently strong to condemn the spirit -of the professor who, when he had demonstrated a new theorem in higher -mathematics, thanked God that nobody could use it. - -[Sidenote: What money can and cannot buy.] - -Only professors filling well-endowed chairs at our universities can -afford to speak disparagingly of Brot-studien and to advocate theories -of education which would sunder the school from practical life. An -education that unfits the pupil for bread-winning in case of necessity -cannot be too severely condemned; among other reasons, because it fails -to lay a proper foundation for the higher life. On the other hand, the -school that does not aim at something higher than dollars and cents -deserves equally severe condemnation; for that which makes life worth -living cannot be bought with money. If you are rich, you may buy a fine -house, but you cannot buy a happy home; that must be made,—_made_ by -you and by those who occupy it with you. With money you may rent a pew -in some fashionable church, but you cannot rent a good conscience,—that -depends upon your manner of living and dealing with others. Money will -enable you to buy a fine copy of Shakespeare, but it cannot purchase -for you the ability to appreciate a play of Shakespeare,—that is the -result of education. Wealth will enable you to cover the walls of your -costly mansion with beautiful pictures; and the sewing-girl, if she has -been properly taught in a public school, will get more enjoyment out of -them than can possibly be gotten by the sons and daughters of wealth and -luxury whose proper education has been neglected. - -[Sidenote: Thinking God’s thoughts.] - -[Sidenote: The objection.] - -[Sidenote: True contentment.] - -Plato wrote above the door of the academy, “Let no one enter here who -is destitute of geometry.” Why did he value geometry so highly? Not -merely as an introduction to the study of philosophy, for in one of -his dialogues he says, “God geometrizes.” He had an idea that a youth -in thinking the theorems of geometry is thinking divine thoughts. When -Kepler discovered the laws of planetary motion, he exclaimed, in ecstasy, -“O God, I think thy thoughts after thee!” When a pupil learns to think -the thoughts which the Creator has put into the starry heavens above us -and into all nature about us, he is thinking God’s thoughts and tasting -the enjoyments of the higher life. When he is taught the right use of -books, and given access to a public library, he may acquire the power to -think the best thoughts of the best men at their best moments. In nature -study, in the reading lesson, in the teaching of science and literature, -the school fosters the higher life of the pupil by enabling him to think -God’s thoughts and man’s best thoughts as these are enshrined in creation -and in the humanities. The objection is sometimes heard that the school -makes the working-classes discontented with their lot. “Teach a man to -think,” says the opponent of universal education, “and you make him -dissatisfied with what he has and knows.” If the school fixes the eye -upon wealth, fame, glory, official position, and other things which can -be attained only by a few, and which, when sought as the chief end of -life, resemble the apples of the Dead Sea, turning to ashes on the lips -as soon as they are tasted, then, indeed, the school may doom its pupils -to a life of discontent and disappointment. But if the school fixes the -eye upon the things of the higher life, things which are within the reach -of every boy and girl at school, it lays the foundation for a contentment -far transcending the possibilities of a life that turns upon feasting, -office-holding, and the things that can be bought with money. - -It must be admitted that the exercise of the higher powers carries with -it a certain feeling of discontent, but it is a feeling that conditions -true progress and is not doomed to ultimate disappointment. The true test -of what is preferable is the testimony of those who have knowledge of -both modes of existence. Who that knows both does not value the pleasures -of thinking above those of eating? Who would exchange the joy of doing -right for anything attainable by the man who, for the sake of success, -banishes ethics from his business or his politics? “Few human creatures,” -says Mill, “would consent to be changed into any of the lower animals for -a promise of the fullest allowance of a beast’s pleasures; no intelligent -human being would consent to be a fool, no instructed person would be an -ignoramus, no person of feeling and conscience would be selfish and base, -even though he should be persuaded that the fool, or the dunce, or the -rascal is better satisfied with his lot than they with theirs.” “It is -better to be a human being dissatisfied than a pig satisfied, better to -be a Socrates dissatisfied than a fool satisfied. And if the fool or the -pig is of a different opinion, it is only because they know only their -own side of the question. The other party to the comparison knows both -sides.” Who would not rather be an intelligent workingman seeking to -better his condition, than an ignoramus contented with little because he -knows nothing of the joys of the higher life? - -[Sidenote: Life’s contradictions.] - -[Sidenote: Tragedy and comedy.] - -[Sidenote: Beauty.] - -Life is full of contradictions and incongruities and disappointments. -Over against these, the school, in its relation to the higher life, -has a duty to perform. For the discontent which springs from life’s -contradictions and incongruities a safety-valve has been given to man -in his ability to laugh. The person who never laughs is as one-sided -and abnormal as the person who never prays. The comic is now recognized -as one form of the beautiful, and the beautiful is closely allied -to the true and the good. Without going into the philosophy of this -matter, attention may be drawn to the fact that beauty has a home in the -domain of art, as well as of nature; that the queen of the fine arts is -poetry; that the greatest poet of all the ages was Shakespeare; that -Shakespeare’s literary genius reached its highest flights in tragedies -and comedies; that whilst tragedy and comedy are two forms of the -beautiful in art, comedy is the highest form of the comic, whilst tragedy -is the highest form of the sublime. In teaching us to appreciate the -plays of Shakespeare, the school not merely teaches us when to laugh -and when to weep, thereby furnishing the safety-valve to let off our -discontent and to reconcile us anew to our lot, but puts us in possession -of that which money cannot buy,—namely, the ability to appreciate the -beautiful in its subtlest and sublimest forms. Who owns the moonlit -skies, the millionaire or the poet? Who owns the hills and the valleys, -the streams and the mountains; he in whose name the deeds and mortgages -are recorded, or he whose soul can appreciate beauty and sublimity? -Beauty has a home in nature and in art. It is the province of the school -to put us in possession of the beautiful, the sublime, and the comic, for -these quite as much as the true and the good belong to the things of the -higher life. - -[Sidenote: Faith, hope, and love.] - -How about life’s disappointments? Higher than the life of thought is the -life of faith and hope and love,—higher, because these are rooted and -grounded in the life of thought, ripen above it as its highest fruitage -and efflorescence. The nineteenth century has been an age of faith. Every -scientific mind has profound faith in nature’s laws, in the universal -efficacy of truth; and, like Agassiz and Gray and Drummond, multitudes of -the best minds have made the step from faith in natural laws to faith in -the laws which govern the spiritual world. - -The common people evince a faith almost bordering on credulity in the -readiness with which they accept the results of scientific research and -investigation. Faith lies at the basis of great achievements. Bismarck -declared that if he did not believe in the divine government of the -world, he would not serve his country another day. “Take away my faith,” -he exclaimed, “and you take away my country, too.” Whilst no religious -test can he applied to those who teach in our public schools, our best -people prefer teachers who have faith in the unseen to teachers who lack -faith in the truths of revelation. In ways that escape observation, the -spirit of faith passes from teacher to pupil, and gives the latter a -sense of something to live for and something to be achieved. - -[Sidenote: Immortality.] - -Faith begets hope. The hope of glory, of rewards in civil and military -life, of immortality on the pages of history, has stimulated to deeds -of heroism and self-sacrifice, and will continue to do so to the end -of time. The higher life knows of higher objects of hope than these. -Immortality on the pages of history is only an immortality in printer’s -ink. The true teacher wishes his pupils to cherish the hope of an -immortality far more real than an immortality in printer’s ink; he seeks -to implant in their hearts the hope of an immortal life in a world where -the soul shall be robed in a body like unto Christ’s risen body, which -Stephen saw in a vision of glory and Paul beheld in a manifestation of -overwhelming splendor. - -[Sidenote: Love makes life worth living.] - -That which makes life worth living is the life of love. In the thirteenth -chapter of First Corinthians, which is a poem, though lacking metre -and rhyme, Paul speaks of faith, hope, and charity, and says that, of -these three, the greatest is charity, or love, as the Revised Version -translates it. Faith shall be changed to sight, and hope to glad -fruition, but love shall abide forever. Throughout the ceaseless ages -of eternity, love of the truth, as it is, in Jesus,—yea, man’s love -for his Maker and his Saviour, and for the whole glorious company of -the redeemed,—will continue to glow and to grow, lifting the soul to -ever loftier heights of ecstasy and bliss. A foretaste of this ecstatic -bliss is possible in this life. Love of home and country, of kindred -and friends, of truth and righteousness, of beauty in all its forms, -of goodness of every kind, up to the highest forms of the good, gives -life on earth a heavenly charm. Even in this world, the love that binds -human hearts, that makes homes and brotherhoods, that issues in deeds of -kindness, friendship, and charity, is bringing more happiness to the race -than all other agencies combined. - - “The night has a thousand eyes, - And the day but one; - Yet the light of the whole world dies - With the setting sun. - - “The mind has a thousand eyes, - And the heart but one; - But the light of a whole life dies - When love is done.” - -[Sidenote: Thinking and living.] - -The school makes possible the higher life when it teaches the pupil to -think. Right thinking puts intelligence into the labor of his hands, -increases his earning-power, lays the foundation for his physical -well-being, and lifts him above an existence that is a mere struggle -for bread. It promotes the higher life by teaching him to think God’s -thoughts, as enshrined in all His works, and the best thoughts of the -best men, as embodied in literature and the humanities. It fits the -pupil for complete living by developing in him the power to appreciate -the beautiful in nature and art, power to think the true and to will the -good, power to live the life of thought, and faith, and hope, and love. - - -THE END. - - - - -FOOTNOTES - - -[1] For brevity’s sake the phrase, thinking in things, is preferred to -the more accurate but less convenient expression, thinking in the images -of things. - -[2] Psychopannychism denotes the doctrine that the soul falls asleep at -death, not to awaken until the resurrection. - -[3] For this incident the writer is indebted to Superintendent L. H. -Jones, of Cleveland, Ohio. - -[4] “Lessons in Psychology,” pages 260-267. - -[5] See “How London Lives,” Thomas Nelson & Sons, London. - -[6] “Johannes Kepler (1571-1630) was at one time in Prague assistant to -the Danish astronomer Tycho Brahe. Unlike Tycho, Kepler had no talent for -observation and experimentation. But he was a great thinker, and excelled -as a mathematician. He absorbed Copernican ideas, and early grappled with -the problem of determining the real paths of the planets. In his first -attempts he worked on the dreams of the Pythagoreans concerning figure -and number. Intercourse with Tycho led him to reject such mysticism and -to study on the planets recorded by his master. He took the planet Mars, -and found that no combinations of circles would give a path which could -be reconciled with the observations. In one case the difference between -the observed and his computed values was eight minutes, and he knew that -so accurate an observer as Tycho could not make an error so great. He -tried an oval orbit for Mars, and rejected it; he tried an ellipse, and -it fitted. Thus, after more than four years of assiduous computation, and -after trying nineteen imaginary paths, and rejecting each because it was -inconsistent with observation, Kepler in 1618 discovered the truth. An -ellipse! Why did he not think of it before? What a simple matter—after -the puzzle is once solved! He worked out what are known as Kepler’s -laws, which accorded with observation, but conflicted with the Ptolemaic -hypothesis. Thus the old system was logically overthrown. But not until -after a bitter struggle between science and theology did the new system -find general acceptation.”—Cajori’s “History of Physics,” pages 29, 30. - -[7] Young’s “The Sun,” pages 43, 44, second edition. - -[8] Young’s “Astronomy,” page 174. - -[9] Now the well-known Lord Kelvin. - -[10] “Actinism,” by Professor Charles F. Himes, pages 18, 19. - -[11] Dr. Morrell’s “Elements of Psychology,” quoted by Galloway in -“Education, Scientific and Technical,” page 165. - -[12] Quoted by Galloway in “Education, Scientific and Technical,” pages -116, 117. - -[13] Hinsdale’s “The Language Arts,” pages 17, 18. - -[14] Mr. Smiles, “Life of Stephenson,” third edition, page 474, tells -how George Stephenson, arguing one evening on the coal question with -Dr. Buckland, was quite unable to make good his case. The next morning -he talked over the matter with Sir W. Follett, and that illustrious -advocate, from the materials supplied by the practical knowledge of -Stephenson, was able easily to discomfit the learned dean. Quoted by A. -S. Wilkins’s “Cicero de Oratore,” page 105, second edition. - -[15] Phelps’s “Men and Books,” page 303. - -[16] Lowell’s “Books and Libraries,” pages 88-90, vol. vi., _Riverside -Edition_. - -[17] Phelps’s “Men and Books,” pages 105, 106. - -[18] Ibid., page 124. - -[19] N. Porter’s “Books and Reading,” page 57. - -[20] Charles F. Himes’s “Actinism,” pages 5, 6. - -[21] Jevons’s “Principles of Science,” pages 399, 400. - -[22] “Talks on Psychology,” page 34. - -[23] “Psychologic Foundations of Education,” pages 177, 178. - -[24] Latham, “Action of Examinations,” pages 229, 230. - -[25] Maudsley’s “Physiology of the Mind,” page 518. - -[26] Annotations on Bacon’s Essay “Of Studies.” - -[27] Hamerton’s “Intellectual Life,” page 125. - -[28] John xii. 24, Revised Version. - -[29] F. Galton’s “Inquiries into Human Faculty,” pages 100, 101. - -[30] F. Galton’s “Inquiries into Human Faculty,” pages 113, 114. - -[31] James Freeman Clarke’s “Self-Culture,” page 183. - -[32] Bain’s “The Emotion and the Will,” page 29. - -[33] James’s “Psychology,” vol. i., pages 243, 244. - -[34] James’s “Psychology,” vol. i., page 253 - -[35] Huxley’s “Discourses, Biological and Geological Essays,” pages vi, -vii. - -[36] James’s “Psychology,” vol. i., page 264. Of Charles Darwin’s habits -of reading, his son says, “I have often heard him say that he got a kind -of satisfaction in reading articles which (according to himself) he could -not understand. I wish I could reproduce the manner in which he would -laugh at himself for it.” Of his scientific reading, this son writes as -follows: “Much of his scientific reading was in German, and this was -a great labor to him; in reading a book after him, I was often struck -at seeing, from the pencil-marks made each day where he left off, how -little he could read at a time. He used to call German the ‘Verdammte,’ -pronounced as if in English. He was especially indignant with Germans, -because he was convinced that they could write simply if they chose, and -often praised Dr. F. Hildebrand for writing German which was as clear as -French.”—“Life and Letters of Charles Darwin,” vol. i., page 103. - -[37] Locke’s “Human Understanding,” vol. ii., page 85. - -[38] Lewes’s “Problems of Life and Mind,” Fourth Problem, pages 474, 475. - -[39] Lewes’s “Problems of Life and Mind,” Fourth Problem, pages 475-477. - -[40] Bautain’s “Art of Extempore Speaking,” pages 68, 69. - -[41] “Autobiography,” page 80. - -[42] “Men and Books,” pages 221, 222. - -[43] “In the name, then, of a sound condition of mind and body, and -in the confident hope of obtaining both for France, I call on our -people to imitate the people of the United States of North America -by making the art of reading aloud the very corner-stone of public -education.”—Legouvé’s “Art of Reading,” page 145. - -[44] Clifford’s “Essays,” page 88. - -[45] Clifford’s “Essays,” page 87. Thus the movements of Sirius led -astronomers (Peters and Auwers) to infer the existence of a satellite, -which was subsequently discovered by Alvan Clark & Son through the -eighteen-inch glass which they were completing for the Chicago -Observatory. Similarly, Professor Wright, of Oberlin, carefully studied -the Trenton deposits and their relations to the terrace and gravel -deposits to the westward, and predicted that similar paleolithic -implements would be found in Ohio. Two years afterwards Dr. Mertz -found, eight feet below the surface, a true paleolith of black flint at -Madisonville, in the Little Miami Valley. Other instances of scientific -prediction will occur to the reader. - -[46] “Essay on the Human Understanding,” Book IV., Chapter I. - -[47] Compayre’s “History of Pedagogy,” page 437, American translation. - -[48] “There can be no doubt that Newton was an alchemist, and that he -often labored night and day at alchemical experiments. But in trying to -discover the secret by which gross metals might be rendered noble his -lofty powers of deductive investigation were wholly useless. Deprived of -all guiding clues, his experiments were like those of all the alchemists, -purely haphazard and tentative. While his hypothetical and deductive -investigations have given us a true system of the universe, and opened -the way for almost all the great branches of natural philosophy, the -whole results of his tentative experiments are comprehended in a few -happy guesses, given in his celebrated ‘Queries.’”—Jevons’s “Principles -of Science,” pages 505, 506. - -[49] “The Senses and the Intellect,” pages 488-524. - -[50] Max Müller’s “Science of Thought,” page 605. - -[51] Page 402. - -[52] Page 6. - -[53] Darwin’s “Autobiography,” page 81. - -[54] For this incident the writer is indebted to Dr. A. E. Winship. - -[55] “Mental Physiology,” page 389. - -[56] Crooker’s “Student in American Life,” pages 23, 28. - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Thinking and learning to think, by -Nathan C. Schaeffer - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THINKING AND LEARNING TO THINK *** - -***** This file should be named 60893-0.txt or 60893-0.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/6/0/8/9/60893/ - -Produced by Turgut Dincer and the Online Distributed -Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was -produced from images generously made available by The -Internet Archive) - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - diff --git a/old/60893-0.zip b/old/60893-0.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ae1bc7e..0000000 --- a/old/60893-0.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/60893-h.zip b/old/60893-h.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 7218252..0000000 --- a/old/60893-h.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/60893-h/60893-h.htm b/old/60893-h/60893-h.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 39e6296..0000000 --- a/old/60893-h/60893-h.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13255 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" - "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> -<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> - <head> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> - <title> - The Project Gutenberg eBook of Thinking and Learning to Think, by Nathan C. Schaeffer. - </title> - - <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" /> - -<style type="text/css"> - -a { - text-decoration: none; -} - -body { - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; -} - -h1,h2,h3 { - text-align: center; - clear: both; -} - -hr { - margin-top: 2em; - margin-bottom: 2em; - clear: both; - width: 65%; - margin-left: 17.5%; - margin-right: 17.5%; -} - -p { - margin-top: 0.5em; - text-align: justify; - margin-bottom: 0.5em; - text-indent: 1em; -} - -table { - margin: 1em auto 1em auto; - max-width: 30em; - border-collapse: collapse; -} - -td { - padding-left: 2em; - padding-right: 0.25em; - vertical-align: top; - text-indent: -2em; -} - -.tdr { - text-align: right; - padding-right: 0; -} - -.tdpg { - vertical-align: bottom; - text-align: right; -} - -.attr { - text-align: right; - padding-right: 1em; -} - -.blockquote { - margin: 1.5em 10%; -} - -.center { - text-align: center; - text-indent: 0em; -} - -.figcenter { - margin: auto; - text-align: center; -} - -.footnotes { - margin-top: 1em; - border: dashed 1px; -} - -.footnote { - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; - font-size: 0.9em; -} - -.footnote .label { - position: absolute; - right: 84%; - text-align: right; -} - -.fnanchor { - vertical-align: super; - font-size: .8em; - text-decoration: none; -} - -.larger { - font-size: 150%; -} - -.noindent { - text-indent: 0em; -} - -.pagenum { - position: absolute; - right: 4%; - font-size: smaller; - text-align: right; - font-style: normal; -} - -.poetry-container { - text-align: center; - margin: 1em; -} - -.poetry { - display: inline-block; - text-align: left; -} - -.poetry .stanza { - margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em; -} - -.poetry .verse { - text-indent: -3em; - padding-left: 3em; -} - -.poetry .indent1 { - text-indent: -2em; -} - -.sidenote { - width: 20%; - padding: 0.5em; - margin-bottom: 0.3em; - margin-left: 1em; - float: right; - clear: right; - font-size: smaller; - color: black; - background: #eeeeee; - border: dashed 1px; -} - -.right { - text-align: right; -} - -.series { - margin: auto; - max-width: 30em; - padding: 0.5em; -} - -.series .blurb { - margin-left: 2em; -} - -.series .bordered { - width: 100%; - border-top: double black; - border-bottom: thin solid black; - padding: 0.5em 0em; -} - -.series .vol { - font-size: 90%; - margin-top: 1.5em; -} - -.smaller { - font-size: 80%; -} - -.smcap { - font-variant: small-caps; - font-style: normal; -} - -.titlepage { - text-align: center; - margin-top: 3em; - text-indent: 0em; -} - -.u { - text-decoration: underline; -} - -@media handheld { - -img { - max-width: 100%; - width: auto; - height: auto; -} - -.poetry { - display: block; - margin-left: 1.5em; -} - -.blockquote { - margin: 1.5em 5%; -} -} - </style> - </head> -<body> - - -<pre> - -Project Gutenberg's Thinking and learning to think, by Nathan C. Schaeffer - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - -Title: Thinking and learning to think - -Author: Nathan C. Schaeffer - -Editor: Martin G. Brumbaugh - -Release Date: December 10, 2019 [EBook #60893] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THINKING AND LEARNING TO THINK *** - - - - -Produced by Turgut Dincer and the Online Distributed -Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was -produced from images generously made available by The -Internet Archive) - - - - - - -</pre> - - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[1]</a></span></p> - -<p class="titlepage larger">LIPPINCOTT’S<br /> -EDUCATIONAL SERIES</p> - -<p class="titlepage smaller">EDITED BY<br /> -<span class="smcap larger">MARTIN G. BRUMBAUGH, Ph.D. LL.D.</span><br /> -PROFESSOR OF PEDAGOGY, UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA, AND COMMISSIONER<br /> -OF EDUCATION FOR PUERTO RICO</p> - -<div class="figcenter titlepage" style="width: 30px;"> -<img src="images/leaf.jpg" width="30" height="30" alt="" /> -</div> - -<p class="titlepage">VOLUME I</p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[2]</a></span></p> - -<div class="series"> - -<p class="center larger">Lippincott Educational Series</p> - -<div class="bordered"> - -<p class="center">EDITED BY DR. M. G. BRUMBAUGH</p> - -<p class="center">Professor of Pedagogy, University of Pennsylvania</p> - -</div> - -<p class="noindent vol">VOLUME I</p> - -<p class="noindent larger">Thinking and Learning to Think</p> - -<p class="noindent blurb">By <span class="smcap">Nathan C. Schaeffer</span>, Ph.D., LL.D., -Superintendent of Public Instruction for the -State of Pennsylvania. 351 pages. Cloth, -$1.25.</p> - -<p class="noindent vol">VOLUME II</p> - -<p class="noindent larger">Two Centuries of Pennsylvania History</p> - -<p class="noindent blurb">By <span class="smcap">Isaac Sharpless</span>, President of Haverford -College. 385 pages. Illustrated. -Cloth, $1.25.</p> - -<p class="noindent vol">VOLUME III</p> - -<p class="noindent larger">Kemp’s History of Education</p> - -<p class="noindent blurb">By <span class="smcap">Dr. E. L. Kemp</span>, Principal of East -Stroudsburg Normal School. 385 pages. -Cloth, $1.25.</p> - -<p class="noindent vol">VOLUME IV</p> - -<p class="noindent larger">Kant’s Educational Theory</p> - -<p class="noindent blurb">By <span class="smcap">Edward Franklin Buckner</span>, Ph.D., -Professor of Philosophy and Education in -the University of Alabama. 309 pages. -Cloth, $1.25.</p> - -</div> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[3]</a></span></p> - -<p class="titlepage u"><i><span class="smcap">Lippincott’s Educational Series</span></i></p> - -<h1>THINKING<br /> -<span class="smaller">AND</span><br /> -LEARNING TO THINK</h1> - -<p class="titlepage"><span class="smaller">BY</span><br /> -<span class="smcap">NATHAN C. SCHAEFFER, Ph.D., LL.D.</span><br /> -SUPERINTENDENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION FOR<br /> -<span class="smaller">THE STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA</span></p> - -<div class="figcenter titlepage" style="width: 150px;"> -<img src="images/lippincott.jpg" width="150" height="150" alt="" /> -</div> - -<p class="titlepage">PHILADELPHIA<br /> -J. B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY<br /> -1906</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[4]</a></span></p> - -<p class="titlepage smaller"><span class="smcap">Copyright, 1900<br /> -by<br /> -J. B. Lippincott Company</span></p> - -<p class="titlepage smaller">ELECTROTYPED AND PRINTED BY J. B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY, PHILADELPHIA, U.S.A.</p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[5]</a></span></p> - -<h2>EDITOR’S PREFACE</h2> - -<p>The progress of educational thought during the closing -years of this century has been marvellous. Professional -schools have created a demand for professional teaching -by giving an increasing group of skilled instructors to -our schools. This professional activity has caused our -leading cities to provide training-schools, as integral -parts of the city system of education. Finally, our great -universities have established departments of pedagogy -for the higher training in education. As a result, the -leading positions in higher schools and in supervision are -more and more demanding professionally trained leaders.</p> - -<p>In this auspicious awakening for professional leadership -there has come an increasing demand for standard -treatises upon the fundamental problems of education. -Treatises upon the history, methods, principles, and -systems of education have appeared with astonishing -frequency. That many of these are commercial treatises—made -to sell—is doubtless true. There is always a -great temptation to profit by an active demand. Well-disposed -but not always widely trained and broadly -cultured teachers, who have achieved a local success -with a method that owed its virtue to the personality -of its author and not to its intrinsic worth, have been -tempted into authorship. The wiser and nobler minds -in the profession wait. The days of unrest and experimentation, -breeding discord and confusion, have in part -passed away, and the time has come when the products -of all this divergent activity may be put to the test of -clear analysis and adequate experience. This is especially<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[6]</a></span> -true in the domains of historic and philosophic inquiry. -In experimental activity, touching the problems of psychic -life as related to its sensorium, much has been done -in a tentative way. Much must yet be done to produce -results of enduring significance.</p> - -<p>This series of educational treatises is projected to give -inquiring minds the best thought of our present professional -life. Fundamental problems in education will -be exhibited in the series from time to time by thoroughly -trained leaders of extended experience. Teachers may -confidently accept these as authoritative discussions of -the cardinal questions of their profession.</p> - -<p>The highest endowment of the human spirit on the -intellectual side is the power to think. Learning to -think is an essential process and end in all school work. -Thinking is the intellect’s regal activity. In a vague -way, all teaching appeals to the thought-activity of the -pupil; but vagueness in teaching is as pernicious as it is -common. To exhibit the value, scope, and process of -thought is of inestimable service to the teacher. It gives -specific direction to teaching processes, and saves the -child from a thousand fanciful expedients.</p> - -<p>In the craze of the passing decade for novelty in teaching, -there has resulted an undue emphasis upon forms of -so-called expressional activity. It has been, in many -quarters, forgotten that education is noblest when it produces -reflective activity. The power to analyze and -synthetize thought-complexes is the most fruitful endowment -of the intellectual life. Expression without -adequate reflection is productive of superficiality.</p> - -<p>We have been living a life of educational expedients. -The path of educational advance is strewn with countless -cast-off practices which once claimed attention largely -because of the feeling among too many that the newest -theory is the best. There has come, let us hope, the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[7]</a></span> -more rational resolve to test all new and loudly heralded -theories by fundamental laws of mental activity. To -emphasize the significance of this reaction, and to afford -helpful criteria of educational processes, this volume will -be found most stimulating, suggestive, and sensible.</p> - -<p>For the purposes of the teacher thinking may be distinguished -as follows:</p> - -<p>(<i>a</i>) <em>Clear thinking</em>, by which one is to understand thinking -the thing, and not some other thing in its stead. -Much thinking is not clear. The power of recall is not -fully developed. The mind acts, but is not able to assert -confidently the accuracy of what it acts upon. Much -needless criticism is heaped upon schools because pupils -cannot spell correctly, solve problems accurately, recite -a lesson in history or in geography properly,—in short, -because the pupil’s knowledge is not clear. The first -step in all true teaching is the step that makes clear to -the pupil the thing he is to think.</p> - -<p>(<i>b</i>) <em>Distinct thinking</em>, by which one is to understand thinking -the thing in its relations. This phase of thinking is -sometimes called apperception. It is the second, and not -the first step in thinking. There is no value in teaching -relations until the things to be related are first clearly -apprehended. Perception must precede apperception. -The pupil in the elementary school has been well taught -if he has been taught to think clearly and distinctly.</p> - -<p>(<i>c</i>) <em>Adequate thinking</em>, by which one is to understand -thinking the thing in its essential parts. This is the -analytic form of thought. The child at first cannot -think adequately. His mind thinks things as wholes. -He has not the power to think the whole and its parts, as -parts of the whole, simultaneously. He must rise to -adequate thinking only after clear and distinct thinking -have become habits of mind. The fuller phase of this -activity, by which these analyzed parts are synthetically<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[8]</a></span> -wrought into an organic unity, is the process of concept-making,—the -essential prerequisite of all high orders of -thought. This power every teacher should possess. It -is his surplus of knowledge, the possession of which -makes him easily master in the teaching process.</p> - -<p>(<i>d</i>) <em>Exhaustive thinking</em>, by which one is to understand -thinking the thing in its causes. This is the highest -form of thinking the thing. It gives perspective to -thought-processes, and eliminates all accidental and misleading -elements from the categories of thought. To -achieve this, one must specialize. The teaching of the -future must be more and more intensive in scope. The -day of the encyclopædist is gone. The teacher of to-morrow -must be a teacher who knows one order of truth -exhaustively, and who possesses the skill to incite in -others a permanent enthusiasm for that order of truth. -Scientific progress is conditioned by such teaching.</p> - -<p>The author has brought to this discussion the matured -convictions of broad training in American and European -systems of schools, and a wide and successful experience -in teaching pupils and directing systems of education. -The discussion takes on the modest but stimulating style -of the public speaker. The author has for many years -been among our foremost lecturers upon education. The -temper of the discussion is moderate and constructive. -There will be found here no wild excess, no straining after -fanciful effect, no advocacy of sensational and ephemeral -methods; nor is there a trace of pessimistic and destructive -criticism of the earnest teachers who are conscious -of limitations and are reaching hopefully for help. On -the contrary, the discussion is full of real sympathy, -founded upon personal experience with teaching in all -its phases, and abounds in stimulating suggestion.</p> - -<p class="right">M. G. B.</p> - -<p class="smaller">October 1, 1900.</p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[9]</a></span></p> - -<h2>PREFACE</h2> - -<p>For a number of years it has been the author’s duty as -well as privilege to lecture at county institutes on the -difficult art of teaching pupils to think. This led to the -request that the lectures be thrown into permanent form -for publication. The lecturer who never publishes has -no pet theories to defend; he can change his views as -often as he sees fit; yet, in spite of this advantage, he -cannot always escape or ignore the art of printing. One -who gives his thoughts to the public without the use of -manuscript and under the limitations of extemporaneous -speech, made necessary by the large audiences which -gather at teachers’ institutes, especially in Pennsylvania, -runs the risk of being misquoted and misunderstood; he -pays the penalty of being reported in fragmentary if not -distorted forms. This ultimately drives him, in justice -to himself and others, to write out his theories on education -and to give them to his coworkers in print.</p> - -<p>Portions of these lectures were delivered at the annual -meeting of the superintendents of New England, before -the State teachers’ associations of Massachusetts, Rhode -Island, and Florida, before the Connecticut Council of -Education, before the summer schools held under the -auspices of the Ohio State University and the University -of Wisconsin, and at several of the meetings of the National -Educational Association. The favorable hearing -accorded on these occasions induces the hope that the -lectures will be kindly received by many who teach outside<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[10]</a></span> -of Pennsylvania, and by some who give instruction -in our higher institutions of learning.</p> - -<p>Although no one can hope, on so difficult a theme, to -say much that will be entirely satisfactory to leading -educators, surely no apology is needed from any one who, -after spending his best years in educational work, attempts -to contribute his mite towards the solution of any -of the problems which confront the teacher.</p> - -<p>It is assumed that there is a body of educational doctrine -well established in the minds of teachers, and that -on many school questions we have advanced beyond the -border line of first discovery. Those who assert that our -educational practice is radically wrong and in need of thorough -reformation should hasten to clarify their own views -and ideas, to substitute constructive for destructive criticism, -and to give definite shape to their reforms; otherwise -a whole generation will grow to maturity and the reformers -themselves will pass away before any of their reforms -will have been accomplished. To give teachers the feeling -that what they are doing is all wrong, and to leave -them without anything better in place of what is condemned, -robs them of joy in their work, makes them -victims of worry and neurasthenia, and unfits them for -the care of children. It is hoped that these lectures will -be found to suggest a better way whenever criticism is -bestowed upon existing methods of instruction.</p> - -<p>No attempt is made to ridicule the arm-chair psychologists, -or the advocates of child study, or those patient -and painstaking workers who are honestly seeking to -establish the facts of mind through experiments in the -laboratory. He who has carefully reflected upon the art of -making pupils think will not hesitate to admit that thus -far he has received more light from the standard psychology -than from the labors of those who claim to be the -exponents of the new psychology. The latter can hardly<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[11]</a></span> -write or talk without using the terms coined by the older -students of mind; this shows their indebtedness to those -who taught and speculated before laboratories of psychology -were established. Sometimes the experiments have -only served to test and give a reason for what was already -accepted. Often they have brought to our knowledge -facts of mind which could never have been discovered -by the method of introspection. In either case the -experiments have resulted in clear gain. Let the facts -of brain and mind, of nervous and mental action, of -human growth, maturity, and decay be gathered, questioned, -tested, and classified; let their bearing upon -educational practice be set forth in the clearest possible -light: every resulting step of progress and reform will be -hailed with delight by all who have no pet theories to -defend.</p> - -<p>The lecturer is limited by time, by the kind of audience -which he addresses, and by circumstances largely -beyond his control. These limitations drop out when he -reduces his thoughts to writing, and a rearrangement at -many points becomes possible as well as desirable. The -expedients for relieving the strain of attention and winning -back the listless can be omitted; and omissions that -become necessary through the exigencies of the programme -must be supplied for the sake of logical sequence. -Moreover, the aims which those who engage the lecturer -set before him frequently require a modification of the -line of discussion, so that a course of lectures on a specific -theme cannot always follow the same order of treatment, -although substantially the same in content and scope. -Hence the division into chapters has been adopted as -preferable to the original sequence of lectures. Nevertheless, -the style of the rostrum has not been altogether -eliminated, because when oral discourse is thrown into -new forms, and the phraseology is changed for the sake<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[12]</a></span> -of publication, the loss in vividness, directness, and simplicity -is greater than the gain in diction and fulness of -statement.</p> - -<p>Lecturing, as well as book-making, has its peculiar -temptations. The lecturer must interest his hearers in -order to hold them; he is tempted to play to the galleries, -and to omit what is beyond the comprehension of the -average audience. The book-maker, on the other hand, -is tempted to display his learning, to make a show of -depth and erudition. The student of pedagogy is supposed -to be in search of profound wisdom. Those who -write for him often dive so deep that their style becomes -muddy. Unfortunately, some of the best treatises on -education have been written in the style of the philosopher -and wrought out on the plane of the university professor, -although intended for undergraduates at normal -schools, and for teachers whose meagre salaries do not -enable them to pursue courses of study at institutions of -higher learning. The lucid style of Spencer’s treatise on -“Education” has done much to counteract this tendency. -Yet many of the authors of our treatises on pedagogy -seem to be haunted by a feeling similar to that of the -German professor, who, on reading the opening chapters -of a new book, and finding them to be intelligible to his -colleagues, exclaimed, “Then I must rewrite these chapters; -otherwise nobody will read my book through.”</p> - -<p>Huxley has well described the penalty which must be -paid by those who speak or write for the purpose of being -understood. These are his words:</p> - -<p>“At the same time it must be admitted that the popularization -of science, whether by lecture or essay, has its -drawbacks. Success in this department has its perils for -those who succeed. The ‘people who fail’ take their -revenge, as we have recently had occasion to observe, by -ignoring all the rest of a man’s work and glibly labelling<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[13]</a></span> -him a mere popularizer. If the falsehood were not too -glaring, they would say the same of Faraday and Helmholtz -and Kelvin.”</p> - -<p>One who can never hope to rival the style of Spencer -and Huxley and those to whom the latter refers, will -nevertheless do well to emulate their skill in making -difficult things plain to people who are not specialists or -experts. He who writes for the teachers in our public -schools should put aside his ambition to be considered -erudite or profound, and endeavor above all things to be -understood. Vague theories are apt to beget a bad conscience -in those who teach and to destroy the joy which -every one has a right to feel while doing honest and -faithful work. Hence the writer offers no apology for -heaping illustration upon illustration in the effort to -make his meaning plain to those whom he aims to help.</p> - -<p>There is at present great need for clear thinking and -luminous presentation of facts on the part of all who write -on education for the people or for teachers in our public -schools. By a process similar to that by which the -mediæval imagination swelled the murder of the innocents -at Bethlehem into a slaughter of thousands of children -(there cannot have been many male children two years -old and under in a small Judean village), the harm which -some pupils suffer is magnified into a national crime at -the feet of American parents; the evils which result -from “Bob White” societies, from children’s parties, -from church sociables for young boys and girls, are all -ascribed to the school curriculum; and reforms in home -study are proposed which never fail to provoke a smile -on the face of a healthy boy.</p> - -<p>The hygienic conditions of the average school are -quite equal to those of the average home. The health -of many children improves during their attendance at -school. The pupils who are born with a sound mind<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[14]</a></span> -in a sound body, who get healthful diet, enough sleep, -and treatment from their elders which is not calculated -to make them nervous or unhappy, show none of the -illness from overwork, the dulness of brain from fatigue, -and the exhaustion of nervous energy which are made -to furnish the narrow basis of fact for vague and broad -generalizations. The haze in which those who must furnish -the printer a given amount of copy in a given time -are apt to envelop whatever they write has an effect -like that of misty air upon the size of visible objects. -Travellers who have come into a cloud while ascending -a mountain report that a small wood-pile then looks like -a barn, a cow seems larger than an elephant, men appear -as giants, and the surrounding heights assume -threatening proportions. As soon as sunlight clears the -atmosphere, objects are again seen in their true dimensions. -The moment the light of common sense penetrates -the haze and mist and fog and cloud which are -used to heighten the effect of essays upon school work, -the need of radical reform seems far less urgent; and -teachers, instead of wasting their time in worry and -uncertainty, begin with cheerful heart to impart that -which modern civilization requires every child to know -as a condition of bread-winning and complete living.</p> - -<p>There is, of course, a worse fault than obscurity of -style,—namely, dearth of ideas. The danger to which -the lecturer is always exposed, that of losing his hearers -and failing to be recalled (their minds may leave while -they are bodily present), spurs to effort in two directions. -Either he will try to say something worth listening to, or -he will strive to entertain by amusing stories and incidents. -If he be conscious of a lack of talent for humor, -he will try to stuff his lectures full of sense. If the lectures -here published lack in this respect, the writer is -willing to acknowledge failure.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[15]</a></span></p> - -<p>In preparing a course of lectures it is proper to bear in -mind the difference between the lecturer, the orator, the -poet, and the philosopher. The philosopher investigates -ideas and truths, explores their essence and relations, -and unfolds them in their deepest unity and in their -greatest possible compass. When this has been done -throughout the whole domain of thought, his mission is -accomplished. The poet seeks to clothe his ideas in -beautiful forms. When the idea is perfectly suited to -the form and the form to the idea, his mission is accomplished. -The orator aims to move the will; he quotes -authorities, uses ideas, appeals to the feelings, and subordinates -everything to the one end of gaining a verdict, -winning a vote, or getting a response in the conduct of -those whom he addresses. The lecturer seeks to impart -information. He aims to get a response in the thinking -of those whom he addresses. He tries to reach the intellect -rather than the will. Beautiful language and exhaustive -treatment are not essential parts of his mission. -It is his province to elucidate the theme under consideration, -to guide the efforts and inquiries of those who come -to him for instruction, to direct them to the sources of -information, and to furnish such incentives as he can -towards independent study and investigation.</p> - -<p>Since the data for pedagogy are derived mainly from -kindred fields of investigation, the lecturer on the science -and art of education has frequent occasion to -cite authorities and to utilize the labors and conclusions -of the men eminent in the sciences which throw -light upon the growth of the child, more especially -upon the development of mind and character. The -most original writers quote very little, and those who are -anxious to establish a reputation for originality refrain -from quoting others. It is the business of the lecturer to -lead the hearer to the sources of information. When<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[16]</a></span> -anything has been so well said that he cannot improve -upon the form of statement it is proper that he should -quote the language, carefully giving the source whence -it is derived. Without doubt, when the genius appears -who will do for pedagogy what Aristotle did for logic -and Euclid for geometry, he will so polish every gem he -gets from others and give it a setting so unique and appropriate -that the world will recognize the touch of the -master and acknowledge the contribution as peculiarly -his own handiwork. In painting and sculpture we look -to the past for the greatest works of art. In music the -century now closing has rivalled, if not surpassed, its -predecessors. In the science and art of education the -greatest achievements belong to the future. It is currently -reported and sometimes believed that when the -president of a celebrated university was asked why he -had transferred a certain professor from the department -of geology to that of pedagogy, he replied, “I thought -the fellow would do less harm in that department.” If -the story is not a myth, he probably meant less harm to -the reputation of the university. When in our day a -course in geology or logic or geometry is announced, one -can foretell the ground that will be covered. No such -prediction can be made with reference to a course of lectures -on teaching. The prophet is yet to come who will -fix the scope of the science of education and give it something -like definite and abiding shape.</p> - -<p>This volume is not designed to supplant systematic -treatises on psychology and logic. Its aim is to throw -light upon one important phase of the art of teaching. -If it contributes but two mites to the treasury of information -on the science and art of education, the labor bestowed -upon it has not been in vain. Should any critic -hint that two mites are all one has to give, it may be said -in reply that it is better to give something than to give<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[17]</a></span> -nothing at all, and that according to Holy Writ the -smallest contributions are not to be despised if made in -the right spirit. And it may add to the critic’s stock of -ideas to be informed that a small English weight, called -mite, outweighs very many of the current criticisms upon -modern education, that of this small weight it takes -twenty to make a grain, and that to a faithful teacher a -tenth of a grain of helpful suggestion is worth more than -many tons of destructive criticism.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[18]</a></span></p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[19]</a></span></p> - -<h2>CONTENTS</h2> - -<table summary="Contents"> - <tr> - <td class="tdr smaller">CHAPTER</td> - <td></td> - <td class="tdpg smaller">PAGE</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">I.</td> - <td>—<span class="smcap">Make the Pupils Think</span></td> - <td class="tdpg"><a href="#CHAPTER_I">21</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">II.</td> - <td>—<span class="smcap">Thinking in Things and in Symbols</span></td> - <td class="tdpg"><a href="#CHAPTER_II">35</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">III.</td> - <td>—<span class="smcap">The Materials of Thought</span></td> - <td class="tdpg"><a href="#CHAPTER_III">47</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">IV.</td> - <td>—<span class="smcap">Basal Concepts as Thought-Material</span></td> - <td class="tdpg"><a href="#CHAPTER_IV">63</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">V.</td> - <td>—<span class="smcap">The Instruments of Thought</span></td> - <td class="tdpg"><a href="#CHAPTER_V">85</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">VI.</td> - <td>—<span class="smcap">Technical Terms as Instruments of Thought</span></td> - <td class="tdpg"><a href="#CHAPTER_VI">99</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">VII.</td> - <td>—<span class="smcap">Thought and Language</span></td> - <td class="tdpg"><a href="#CHAPTER_VII">111</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">VIII.</td> - <td>—<span class="smcap">The Stimulus to Thinking</span></td> - <td class="tdpg"><a href="#CHAPTER_VIII">123</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">IX.</td> - <td>—<span class="smcap">The Right Use of Books</span></td> - <td class="tdpg"><a href="#CHAPTER_IX">137</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">X.</td> - <td>—<span class="smcap">Observation and Thinking</span></td> - <td class="tdpg"><a href="#CHAPTER_X">155</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">XI.</td> - <td>—<span class="smcap">The Memory and Thinking</span></td> - <td class="tdpg"><a href="#CHAPTER_XI">167</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">XII.</td> - <td>—<span class="smcap">Imaging and Thinking</span></td> - <td class="tdpg"><a href="#CHAPTER_XII">191</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">XIII.</td> - <td>—<span class="smcap">The Stream of Thought</span></td> - <td class="tdpg"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIII">209</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">XIV.</td> - <td>—<span class="smcap">The Stream of Thought in Listening and Reading</span></td> - <td class="tdpg"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIV">223</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">XV.</td> - <td>—<span class="smcap">The Stream of Thought in Writing, Speaking, and Oral Reading</span></td> - <td class="tdpg"><a href="#CHAPTER_XV">239</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">XVI.</td> - <td>—<span class="smcap">Kinds of Thinking</span></td> - <td class="tdpg"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVI">255</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">XVII.</td> - <td>—<span class="smcap">Thinking and Knowing</span></td> - <td class="tdpg"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVII">269</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">XVIII.</td> - <td>—<span class="smcap">Thinking and Feeling</span></td> - <td class="tdpg"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVIII">289</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">XIX.</td> - <td>—<span class="smcap">Thinking and Willing</span></td> - <td class="tdpg"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIX">303</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">XX.</td> - <td>—<span class="smcap">Thinking and Doing</span></td> - <td class="tdpg"><a href="#CHAPTER_XX">317</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">XXI.</td> - <td>—<span class="smcap">Thinking in the Arts</span></td> - <td class="tdpg"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXI">331</a></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="tdr">XXII.</td> - <td>—<span class="smcap">Thinking and the Higher Life</span></td> - <td class="tdpg"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXII">341</a></td> - </tr> -</table> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[20]</a></span></p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[21]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="CHAPTER_I">I<br /> -<span class="smaller">MAKE THE PUPILS THINK</span></h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[22]</a></span></p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>The value of a thought cannot be told.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Bailey.</span></p> - -<p>He who will not reason is a bigot; he who cannot is a fool; he -who dares not is a slave.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Byron.</span></p> - -<p>Reason is the glory of human nature, and one of the chief eminences -whereby we are raised above the beasts in this lower -world.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Watts.</span></p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="verse">Man is not the prince of creatures,</div> -<div class="verse">But in reason. Fail that, he is worse</div> -<div class="verse">Than horse, or dog, or beast of wilderness.</div> -<div class="verse attr"><span class="smcap">Field.</span></div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>Man is a thinking being, whether he will or no. All he can do -is to turn his thoughts the best way.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Sir W. Temple.</span></p> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[23]</a></span></p> - -<h3>I<br /> -<span class="smaller">MAKE THE PUPILS THINK</span></h3> - -<div class="sidenote">A test of teaching.</div> - -<p>For the purpose of testing the quality of gold alloy -jewellers formerly used a fine-grained dark stone, called -the touchstone. In the eyes of an educator -good instruction is more precious than pure -gold. The touchstone by which he tests the quality of -instruction, so as to distinguish genuine teaching from -its counterfeit, rote teaching, is thinking. The schoolmaster -who teaches by rote is satisfied if the pupils -repeat his words or those of the book; the true teacher -sees to it that the pupils think the thoughts which the -words convey.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Thring’s practice.</div> - -<p>Thring, who, next to Arnold, was perhaps the greatest -teacher England ever had, laid much stress upon thinking. -Sometimes he would startle a dull lad, in -the midst of an exercise, by asking, “What -have you got sticking up between your shoulders?” -“My head,” was the reply. “How does it differ from a -turnip?” And by questioning he would elicit the answer, -“The head thinks; the turnip does not.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Views of others.</div> - -<p>So important is thinking in all teaching that at the -World’s Educational Congress, in 1893, one educator -after another rose in his place to emphasize the -maxim, “Make the pupils think.” One of the -most advanced of the reformers shouted in almost frantic -tones, “Yes, make even the very babies think.” After -the wise men had returned to their homes, a Chicago -periodical raised the query, “How can you stop a pupil -from thinking?” And the conclusion it announced was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[24]</a></span> -that neither the teacher behind the desk nor the tyrant -upon his throne can stop a pupil from thinking. Evidently, -if that which sticks up between a boy’s shoulders -is a head and not a turnip, if the pupil is rational and not -an imbecile or an idiot, he does some thinking for himself; -and the maxim, “Make the pupils think,” requires further -analysis before it can be helpful in the art of teaching.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Thinking for one’s self. Relying on others.</div> - -<p>We who teach are very apt to overestimate thinking -in our own line of work and to undervalue thinking -outside of the school. There is, perhaps, as much good -thought in a lady’s bonnet as in the solution of a quadratic -equation. A sewing-machine embodies as much -genuine thought as the demonstration of a geometrical -theorem. The construction of a locomotive or a railway -bridge displays as much effective thinking as -Hegel’s “Philosophy of History,” or Kant’s “Critique -of the Pure Reason.” Most men think very well in doing -their own kind of work; in many other spheres -of activity they must let other people think for -them. When the professor of astronomy discusses -a problem connected with his science, he -thinks for himself; but when he buys a piece of land, he -gets a lawyer to think for him in the examination of the -title and the preparation of the deed. The lawyer -thinks for himself in the court-house; but when he goes -home to dine, he expects his wife, or the cook, to have -done the thinking for him in the preparation of the -dinner. Grover Cleveland had the reputation of thinking -for himself: many a politician found out that this -reputation was founded on fact; but when the ex-President -is sick, or has the toothache, he is willing to let a -physician or a dentist think for him. In like manner, -a pupil may think very well upon the play-ground; but -if the teacher, whose very name indicates the function of -guiding, fails to guide the pupil aright, the latter may<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[25]</a></span> -become a mere parrot in the class-room. What, then, is -involved in making a pupil think?</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Thinking defined.</div> - -<p>The difficulty in answering this question is increased -by the diversity of meanings of the word <em>thinking</em>. The -teacher who is not clear in his use of the term may employ -exercises calculated to develop one kind of mental -activity, and then accuse the pupils of dulness because -they do not show facility in some other intellectual process. -When a text-book on mental science defines -the intellect as the power by which we -think, the term <em>thinking</em> is used to designate every form -of intellectual activity. The Century Dictionary defines -thinking as an exercise of the cognitive faculties in any -way not involving outward observation, or the passive -reception of ideas from other minds. The logician -defines thinking as the process of comparing two ideas -through their relation to a third. Many exercises of the -school are supposed to cultivate thinking in the last sense -of the word, when in reality they cultivate thinking -only in the widest acceptation of the term.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">A faulty exercise.</div> - -<p>The writer saw a normal school principal conduct an -exercise in thinking, as the latter called it. Turning to -one of the pupils, he said, “Charley, will you -please think of something?” As soon as the -boy raised his hand the principal asked, “Does it belong -to the animal, the vegetable, or the mineral kingdom?” -Then turning to the other members of the class, he said, -“Who of you can think of the vegetable in Charley’s -mind?” The names of at least forty different vegetables -were given and spelled and written upon the black-board. -At last a pupil succeeded in naming what was in Charley’s -mind. Then there was a look of triumph upon the -faces of the principal and the class, as much as to say, -“Isn’t that splendid thinking?” At least one person felt -like burying his face in his hands for very shame; for<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[26]</a></span> -here was resurrected from the dead an old exercise of -philanthropinism which was buried more than a hundred -years ago. What should one call that kind of mental -activity? <em>Guessing.</em> That is all it is. The exercise -tended to beget a habit very difficult to break up after it -has been formed.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">A better plan.</div> - -<p>Far better was an exercise which the writer witnessed -in a graded school. The teacher had called the class in -the second reader. As soon as all the pupils -were seated she said, “You may read the first -paragraph.” Instead of reading orally, the class became -so quiet that one might have heard a pin drop. After -most of the hands were raised she called upon one pupil -to tell what the paragraph said. The second paragraph -was read and the substance of it stated in the pupil’s own -words. An omission was supplied by another pupil; an -incorrect phrase was modified by giving the correct -words for conveying the thought. In the course of the -lesson it became necessary to clarify the ideas of some. -This was accomplished by a few pertinent questions -which made the pupils think for themselves. After the -entire lesson had been read in this way she dismissed the -class without assigning a lesson. Every member of the -class went to his seat, took out his slate, and began to -write out the lesson in his own language. The interest -and pleasure depicted on their faces showed that it was -not a task but a joy to express thought by the pencil. -The teacher had given them something to think about; -she had taught them to express their thoughts in spoken -and written language; her questions had stimulated -their thinking, and when, later in the day, the lesson in -oral reading was given, the vocal utterance showed that -every pupil understood what he was reading. There was -no parrot-like utterance of vocables, but an expression -of thought based upon a thorough understanding and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[27]</a></span> -appreciation of what was read. The silent reading was -an exercise in thought-getting and thought-begetting, the -language lesson upon the slate was an exercise in active -thinking through written words, and the oral expression -furnished a test by which the teacher could ascertain -what she had accomplished in getting her pupils to think.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">A suggestive reply.</div> - -<p>The first thing necessary in making the pupil think is -best shown by relating another incident. The catalogue -of a well-known school announced that the teachers were -aiming to get their pupils to read Latin at sight and to -think in more tongues than one. A captious superintendent -wrote to the principal, saying, “I envy you. -How do you do it? We would be satisfied if we could -make pupils think in English.” The reply was equally -sharp and suggestive: “You ask how we make -pupils think. I answer, By giving them something -to think about. If you ask how we make them -think in more tongues than one, I answer, By giving -them, in addition to the materials of thought, the instruments -of thought as found in two or more languages.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The first essential.</div> - -<p>The first step in training a pupil to think is to furnish -him proper materials of thought, to develop in his mind -the concepts which lie at the basis of a branch -of study, and which must be analyzed, compared, -and combined in new forms during the prosecution -of that study. Just as little as a boy can draw fish -from an empty pond, so little can he draw ideas, thoughts, -and conclusions from an empty head. If the fundamental -ideas are not carefully developed when the study of a -new science is begun, all subsequent thinking on the -part of the pupil is necessarily hazy, uncertain, unsatisfactory. -How can a pupil compare two ideas or concepts -and join them in a correct judgment if there is nothing -in his mind except the technical terms by which the -scientist denotes these ideas? The idea of number lies at<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[28]</a></span> -the basis of arithmetic. How often are beginners expected -to think in figures without having a clear idea of -what figures denote! What teacher has not seen children -wrestling with fractions who had no idea of a fraction -save that of two figures, one above the other, with a -line between them! How many of our arithmetics are -full of problems involving business transactions of which -the pupil cannot possibly have an adequate idea! Not -having clear ideas of the things to be compared, how can -the learner form clear and accurate judgments and conclusions?</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Proper thought-material.</div> - -<p>So essential to correct thinking is the development of -the concepts and ideas which lie at the basis of each science, -that we may designate the giving to the -pupil of something to think about as the first -and most important step in the solution of the -educational problem before us. In other words, the furnishing -of the proper materials of thought is the first -step in teaching others to think. The force and the -validity of this proposition are easily seen if we reflect -upon the essential oneness of the manifold diversities of -thinking as they appear at school and in subsequent years.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Thinking in the professions.</div> - -<p>It is universally conceded that education should be a -preparation for life. The thinking at school should be -an adumbration of the thinking beyond the school. The -possession of enough data, or thought-materials, for reaching -trustworthy conclusions, which is the indispensable -requisite of successful thinking at school, is likewise a -necessary requisite of successful thinking in practical -life. It behooves us to inquire into the nature and foundation -of the thinking of men in the professions, -and in other vocations, for the purpose -of gaining further light upon the problem -before us. Let us, then, inquire into the nature and -foundation of the thinking of men eminent in a profession<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[29]</a></span> -or prominent in some other vocation. The professional -man may have less native ability, less general -knowledge, less culture and education, less mental power -than the client whom he advises or the patient for whom -he prescribes; and yet his inferences and conclusions -are accepted as more trustworthy than those of men outside -of the given profession, because he has a knowledge -of facts and data which they do not possess. If he be a -physician, special training and professional experience -have taught him how to observe the symptoms of different -diseases; how to eliminate sources of doubt and -error; how to reach a correct diagnosis of difficult cases, -and how to apply the proper remedies. If he be a -lawyer, he has been taught how to examine court records; -how to detect and guard against flaws in legal documents; -how to find and interpret the law in specific -cases; how to protect the life and property of his client. -The judge on the bench is learned in the law, though he -may be ignorant of science, literature, agriculture, commerce, -and manufactures. He is aided in arriving at correct -conclusions by thought-materials which are not in -the possession of laymen.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The thinking of experts.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Teaching not a trade.</div> - -<p>How does the thinking of an expert differ from that of -other men? Not so much in the processes of -thought as in the data upon which he reasons. -An ordinary witness may testify as to matters of fact; -the expert is supposed to possess extensive knowledge and -superior discrimination in a particular branch of learning -or practice; hence he may be a witness in matters as to -which ordinary observers cannot form just conclusions, -and he is held liable for negligence in case he injures -another from want of proper qualifications or proper -use of the thought-materials necessary to form trustworthy -conclusions. From this point of view we can see -new force and beauty in the remark of Fitch that teaching<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[30]</a></span> -is the noblest of the professions, but the sorriest of -trades. The aim of a trade is to make something that -will sell; its ultimate aim is money, a livelihood. -Teaching and the other professions, although they cannot -be sundered from money-making, have a nobler aim. -This arises out of the thought-materials with which they -deal. If a teacher’s mind does not busy itself with -these, he sinks to the level of a tradesman. A very keen -observer said of the head of a large boarding-school, -that he had learned his trade from the -principal of a large normal school under whom he had -been trained. The remark, if true, was severe, but significant. -It was an intimation that the substance of the -thinking of these two men was business rather than education; -that their conversation about the quality of the -beef and mutton served, about the loaves of bread, the -pounds of butter, and the bushels of potatoes consumed -each week, indicated that they were thinking more of -the stomach and the purse than of the things of the -mind; that their aim was a large attendance and a large -cash-balance at the end of the year rather than the -mental growth and professional preparation of their students. -Their thinking was efficient and trustworthy in -the domain in which it was exercised. It partook of the -nature of trade-thinking, and lacked professional quality -because it did not concern itself with problems of mental -growth and moral training, with the proper sequence of -studies, with the educational value of different kinds of -knowledge, and with the best methods of economizing -the time and effort of their students.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Mysteries.</div> - -<p>In several aspects teaching is like a trade. Every art -has its mysteries, with which those who practise it must -be familiar if they would succeed. Teaching is -no exception; and if the annual institute or -the school of pedagogy fails to clarify these mysteries<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[31]</a></span> -by putting the teachers in possession of materials for -thought and of methods of applying knowledge to beget -thinking which are not within the ken of the average -parent and the general public, then failure must be -written over the outcome. A mystery is a lesson to be -learned. A scrutiny of the mysteries which characterize -every trade and every art will serve not merely to emphasize -the necessity for furnishing proper thought-materials, -but will be helpful also in paving the way for -the consideration of another essential in training pupils -to think. Let us view them in the concrete.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Examples.</div> - -<p>A machinist, who was also a skilled mechanic, was -compelled by circumstances to quit his trade and to -accept a position as janitor. One day the pipe -leading from the sink to the sewer was clogged. -The teacher, in conjunction with a carpenter, worked a -long time to fix it, but in vain. The janitor was called, -who in a few moments overcame the difficulty by the application -of a principle in natural philosophy on which -the teacher could have talked learnedly, although he -knew not how to apply it in the given case. The janitor -related how the foreman in a foundry was baffled in the -effort to bore a hole through a piece of iron until a workman, -trained under a foreign master, suggested the purchase -of two things at a drug-store by means of which -the hole was easily bored. When the druggist asked -about the use that was to be made of these chemicals, -he was told that the use was one of the mysteries of the -machinist’s trade.</p> - -<p>Next, the carpenter fixed the mortise lock of a door -which needed attention, and the others lauded the skill -with which he handled his tools and applied his knowledge. -Before the three separated, the janitor’s son -came with a word which he could not find in his lexicon. -With the aid of chalk and black-board and grammar,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[32]</a></span> -the teacher showed how to dig out the roots of a -Greek verb and what beautiful changes occur in its conjugation. -The turn had come for the tradesmen to admire -the mysterious skill and power of the teacher.</p> - -<p>In applying the principle of natural philosophy, the -janitor made skilful use of one or two tools which the -teacher and the carpenter had never seen. He could -express thought through the tools of his own handicraft, -in ways that they could not. Each one of the three -men knew the tools and the mysteries of his own vocation. -During the entire scene there was not a logical flaw in -the thinking of any one of them. Probably there was -little difference in their native ability; certainly none in -the fundamental nature of their thought-processes. The -practical difference resulted from the data at their command -and from the tools they were using to express the -thoughts peculiar to their several vocations.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Man, the tool-user.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Instruments of thought the second essential.</div> - -<p>The power to use tools, instruments, and machinery -lifts man above the brute creation. There is labor-saving -machinery in thinking as well as in manual labor. -The more perfect the tools with which we work -the greater the results we can achieve without -waste of effort. In thinking as well as in working we -must use the best tools in order to attain the greatest -facility and efficiency. Yonder are two wheat-fields. In -one of them a giant is wielding the sickle of our forefathers; -in the other a youth, not yet out of his teens, -is at work. At the close of the day the work of the -giant will not bear comparison with that of the lad, because -the latter was sitting upon a self-binder. They had -the same material to work upon, yet, in spite of his superior -strength, the giant could not cope with his weaker though -better-equipped competitor. In like manner, the youth -who has mastered the algebraic equation, or the symbols -and formulas of chemistry, is in many respects the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[33]</a></span> -superior of a much brighter man who is not in possession -of these tools or instruments of thought. A boy of -average capacity who goes through a good high -school thereby acquires certain fundamental -ideas and the accompanying instruments of -thought by which he is enabled to solve problems -entirely beyond the power of a much brighter boy -who never studies beyond the grammar grade.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Confusion in thought and practice.</div> - -<p>The instruments of thought are generally spoken of as -symbols, whilst the materials of thought are the things -for which the symbols stand. In thinking, the mind -may employ the ideas which correspond to the things in -the external world; or it may employ the symbols by -which science indicates things that have been definitely -fixed or quantified. Failure to distinguish the sign from -the thing signified, the symbol from its reality, -leads to confusion in thought and to the most -disastrous results in mental development. Loss -of appetite for knowledge must inevitably result -from methods of teaching by which the pupil is -expected to learn the sounds of the letters from their -names, or musical sounds from the notation on the staff, -or the ideas of number from the arabic notation, or a -knowledge of flowers from the technical terms of a text-book, -or a knowledge of chemical elements and substances -from the definitions, descriptions, and formulas -of a scientific treatise. The symbol is indispensable in -advanced thinking; but to expect the learner to get the -fundamental ideas of a science from words, symbols, and -definitions is evidence that the teacher does not understand -the nature of thinking. It may, therefore, be -helpful to set forth clearly the important distinction -between thinking in things and thinking in symbols; to -point out their relative value in mental development; -and to fix their place in a rational system of education.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[34]</a></span></p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[35]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="CHAPTER_II">II<br /> -<span class="smaller">THINKING IN THINGS AND IN SYMBOLS</span></h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[36]</a></span></p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>The rote system, like other systems of its age, made more of forms -and symbols than of the things symbolized. To repeat the words -correctly was everything, to understand the meaning nothing; and -thus the spirit was sacrificed to the letter.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Herbert Spencer.</span></p> - -<p>Words are men’s daughters, but God’s sons are things.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Johnson.</span></p> - -<p>For words are wise men’s counters,—they do but reckon by -them,—but they are the money of fools.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Hobbes.</span></p> - -<p>It is only by the help of language (or some other equivalent set -of signs) that we can think in the strict sense of the word; that is -to say, consider things under their general or common aspects.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Sully.</span></p> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[37]</a></span></p> - -<h3>II<br /> -<span class="smaller">THINKING IN THINGS AND IN SYMBOLS</span></h3> - -<div class="sidenote">Lesson in geography.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Two kinds of thinking.</div> - -<p>Within half a mile of the Susquehanna River a teacher -was asking the class, “Of what is the earth’s surface -composed?” “Of land and water,” was the reply. In -answer to a question by the superintendent concerning -the earth’s surface, one boy declared that he had -never seen the earth. He had been acquiring -words without the corresponding ideas. Turning to -another boy, this official said, “Will you please show -me water?” With a gleam of satisfaction on his face, -the lad raised his atlas, pointed to the blue coloring -around the map of North America, and said, “That is -water.” “Will you please drink it?” The expression -on the faces of teacher and pupils indicated that all felt -as if some one had committed a blunder. Where did -the blunder lie? Had the teacher taught what should -not be learned? Surely, every child should learn how -water is indicated on a map. Did the boy use language -wrong in idiom? By no means; for, as every student -who has handled a lexicon well knows, many words have -both a literal and a tropical, or figurative, meaning. If, -pointing to an object, the teacher says, “This is a desk,” -he uses the word is in its literal sense. On the other -hand, if he points to a division on the map of the United -States, and says, “This is Pennsylvania,” he does not -mean that the colored surface to which he is pointing is -the real State of Pennsylvania (if it were, a political boss -could pocket it, and carry it the rest of his days without<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[38]</a></span> -further trouble). What is meant is, that a given space -on the map indicates or represents Pennsylvania, the -word <em>is</em> being used, in the latter instance, in a figurative -sense. Whether the word <em>is</em>, in the expression, “This is -my body,” should be understood in a literal or in a figurative -sense has been discussed for ages in the Christian -church. In the answer of the boy we strike a distinction -in thought that lies at the basis of good teaching in -all grades of schools, from the kindergarten to the university,—namely, -the distinction between thinking -in things and thinking in symbols. In one -sense of the word, all thinking is symbolic; -for the percepts, concepts, and images of external -objects which the mind employs in the thinking process -are symbolic of the things for which they stand. But in -advanced thinking, and especially in scientific investigations, -objective symbols, such as words, signs, letters, -equations, formulas, technical terms and expressions, are -utilized to facilitate the thinking process. Take the age -questions in mental arithmetic that have been prematurely -inflicted upon so many pupils in the public schools. So -long as the mind consciously carries A’s age and the wife’s -age, using the clumsy instruments of arithmetical analysis, -the thinking is difficult indeed. As soon as <i>x</i> is made -the symbol of A’s age, and <i>y</i> the symbol of the wife’s -age, so that the conditions of the problem can be thrown -into algebraic equations, the difficulty vanishes. In the -algebraic solution the mind drops all thought of A’s age -and the wife’s age while manipulating the signs and -symbols of the equation, and restores the meaning of -the symbols only when their value in figures has been -found. The algebraic solution is a genuine specimen of -thinking in symbols, and illustrates the labor-saving -machinery which the human mind employs, more or less, -in all the most difficult scientific investigations.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[39]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Symbol defined.</div> - -<p>What is a symbol? It is a mark, sign, or visible -representation of an idea. The mathematician uses the -symbol to represent quantities, operations, and -relations. The chemist uses the symbol to -indicate elements and their groupings or combinations. -The theologian applies the term symbol to creeds and -abstract statements of doctrine. The grips, countersigns, -and passwords of a secret society may be spoken of as -symbols of the ideas, aims, and principles of the organization. -Often the symbol is chosen on account of some -supposed resemblance between it and that for which it -stands, as when black is made the symbol of mourning, -white of purity, the oak of strength, and the sword of -slaughter. “A symbol,” says Kate Douglass Wiggin, -“may be considered to be a sensuous object which suggests -an idea, or it may be defined as the sign or representation -of something moral or intellectual by the -images or properties of natural things, as we commonly -say, for instance, that the lion is the symbol of courage, -the dove the symbol of gentleness. It need not be an -object any more than an action or an event, for the -emerging of the butterfly from the chrysalis may be a -symbol of the resurrection of the body, or the silver -lining of the cloud typify the joy that shines through -adversity.” Frequently the symbol is chosen arbitrarily, -or because it is the first letter of the word which denotes -the quality, substance, thing, or idea for which the symbol -stands. Generally the symbol is a visible representation, -but it may also address the other senses, notably the ear -and the sense of touch. The Standard Dictionary -excludes the portrait from the extent or scope of the -symbol, and confines it to the representation of that -which is not capable of portraiture, as an idea, state, -quality, or action. It is well to bear this limitation in -mind during the present discussion.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[40]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Examples.</div> - -<p>A few illustrations will serve to fix the sense of the -word symbol. In some parts of America the tramps -have a system of symbols of their own, a given -mark on the front gate indicating a good place -to ask for a meal, another indicating a cross dog in the -rear yard. That which the tramp fears or likes is not -the mark which he sees, but a very real thing which that -mark suggests to his mind. A number of the apostles -were fishermen by trade. The fish became a very significant -symbol in the days of early Christianity. The -letters in the Greek name for fish are the initial letters -of the expression, Jesus Christ, God’s Son, Saviour. It is -one of many instances showing how the human mind -delights in heaping symbol upon symbol to conceal -precious meanings from the uninitiated.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Symbols for water.</div> - -<p>What was the mental condition of the lad spoken of at -the beginning of this chapter? The boy knew the real -thing long before he knew the first symbol for -water. Without doubt he had tasted it, played -in it against his mother’s will, been washed in it against -his own will, for months before he learned the first symbol -for water used in common by him and others, which -was probably the spoken word. Up to that time he -thought of water in some mental picture or image which -had been formed upon the eye and then upon mind somewhat -as the picture is formed through the art of the photographer. -Up to the time that he learned the spoken -word for water this liquid suggested mental pictures -which constituted a thinking in things<a name="FNanchor_1" id="FNanchor_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a> rather than in -symbols, using the latter term according to the limitation -set by the Standard Dictionary. On entering school he<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[41]</a></span> -was taught to read; he added to the ear-symbol the eye-symbol,—that -is, the written or printed word, which he -may have associated at first with the real thing, or with -the spoken word; of course, very soon with both, if correct -methods of teaching were followed. Next, he was -taught the map-symbol. The blunder which the teacher -on the banks of the Susquehanna had committed consisted -not in teaching how water is indicated on a map, -but in not pointing to the majestic river near the school-house, -and associating the water in its channel with the -representations of water on a map. If the boy studied -Latin or Greek, he was taught new symbols for water in -the corresponding words of these languages. If he studied -chemistry, he early learned the composition of water, and -was thenceforth taught to write it H₂O, a symbol enshrining -a new truth and lifting him to higher planes of -thought by giving him a new instrument as well as new -materials of thought.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Sources of error.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Elementary instruction.</div> - -<p>Half the errors in teaching arise from the fact that the -teacher does not constantly bear in mind the distinction -between the symbol and the thing for which the -symbol stands, thus giving rise to confusion in -the mind of the learner. A class was bounding the -different States of the Union. At the close of the recitation -the superintendent suggested that the class bound -the school-house. It was bounded on the north by the -roof, on the south by the cellar, on the east and west by -walls. The geography classes of an entire city were -caught in that way. Either the pupils had not been -taught, or else they had forgotten the difference between -the real directions and the ordinary representation of -them on the surface of a wall map. Sometimes the confusion -exists in the mind of the teacher as well as in the -minds of the pupils. Then he expects them to learn one -thing while he teaches them another. By the methods<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[42]</a></span> -formerly in vogue the pupil was expected to learn the -sounds of the letters from their names; the pronunciation -of the word from the names of the letters -which compose it; the names, forms, and -sounds of letters from the word taught as a whole; the -musical sounds from the notation on a musical staff; the -ideas of number, of fractions, from the corresponding -symbols; the units of denominate numbers and of the -metric system from the names used in the tables of -weights and measures; the flowers of the field from the -nomenclature of the botany; the substances and experiments -in chemistry from the descriptions and pictures of -a text-book. Such teaching has given rise to endless lectures, -editorials, and discussions upon the use of the concrete -in teaching, upon the value of thinking in things, -upon the importance of object-lessons, laboratory methods, -and the like.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">More advanced instruction.</div> - -<p>But there is another side to the question. There -comes a time in the development of the pupil when he -must rise above the sticks and shoe-pegs and blocks of -the elementary arithmetic, and learn to think -in the symbols of the Arabic notation. Later -he must learn to think in the more comprehensive -symbols of the algebraic notation. He must learn -to think the abstract and general concepts of science, -and, in thinking these, to use the devices, technical terms, -and other symbols which the scientists have invented to -facilitate their thinking.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">A parable.</div> - -<p>Hear a parable. A teacher sat down to dinner. The -waiter handed him the bill of fare. The proprietor -followed the waiter to the kitchen, -directed him to cut out the names of the eatables which -had been ordered, and to carry these names on plates to -the dining-room. “It is not these words,” exclaimed -the guest, “that I desire to eat, but the things in the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[43]</a></span> -kitchen for which these words stand.” “Isn’t that what -you pedagogues are doing all the time, expecting children -to make an intellectual meal on words such as are -found in the columns of the spelling-book and attached -on maps to the black dots which you call cities? My -boy gravely informs me that every State capital has its -ring, because on his map there is always a ring around -the dot called the capital of a country.” The teacher -was forced to admit that there is, alas! too much truth -in the allegation. In the afternoon he took revenge. -Knowing that the proprietor had a thousand-dollar draft -to be cashed, he arranged with the banker to have it -paid in silver coin. When the landlord saw the growing -heap of coin, he exclaimed, “If I must be paid in -silver, can you not give me silver certificates?” “Did -you not intimate to me,” said the teacher, tapping him -on the shoulder, “that it is the real things we want, and -not words and symbols which stand for realities?” The -landlord was obliged to admit that in the larger transactions -of the mercantile world it saves time and is far -more convenient to use checks, drafts, and other symbols -for money than it would be to use the actual cash. In -elementary transactions, like the purchase of a necktie, -it is better to use the cash, to think and deal in real -money, but when it comes to the distribution of five and -one-half million dollars among the school districts of -Pennsylvania, it is better to draw warrants upon the -State Treasurer, to use checks and drafts, and to think -in figures, than it would be to count so much coin, and -send the appropriation in that form all over a great -commonwealth.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Its interpretation.</div> - -<p>The parable hardly needs an interpretation. Its -lesson points in two directions. On the one -hand, it shows in the true light every species -of rote teaching, of parrot-like repetition of definitions,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[44]</a></span> -statements, and lists of words which give a show of -knowledge without the substance. It puts the seal of -condemnation on most forms of pure memory work. It -sounds the note of warning to all teachers who are trying -to improve the memory by concert recitations. The boy -whose class was taught to define a point as position without -length, breadth, or thickness, and who, when asked to -recite alone, gave the definition, “A point has a physician -without strength, health, or sickness,” is but one -of many specimens of class-teaching condemned by the -parable. It says in unmistakable terms that all elementary -instruction must start in the concrete, taking up -the objects or things to be known, and resolutely refusing -to begin with statements and definitions which to the -children are a mere jargon of words.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Making blockheads.</div> - -<p>On the other hand, the parable indicates how too long-continued -use of the concrete may arrest development, -and hinder the learner from reaching the stages -of advanced thinking. It hints that the too -constant use of blocks, however valuable at first, ultimately -begets blockheads, instead of intelligences capable -of the higher life of thought and reflection. A rational -system of pedagogy involves proper attention to the -materials of thought and proper care in furnishing -the instruments by which advanced thinking is made -easy and effective. In one respect the parable does not -set forth the whole truth. It makes no account of differences -in thinking due to heredity and mental training. -The differences in native ability are, however, not as -great as is generally supposed (unless the feeble-minded -enter into the comparison); the differences due to correct -training, or the neglect of it, are far more striking. The -work expected of the pupil should, of course, tally with -his capacity; otherwise it will force him to resort to -pernicious helps, beget in him wrong habits of study,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[45]</a></span> -rob him of the sense of mastery and the joy of intellectual -achievement, and destroy his self-reliance, his -power of initiative, and his ability to grapple with difficult -problems and perplexing questions. The power to -think grows by judicious exercise. Here better than -anywhere else in the whole domain of school work can -we distinguish the genuine coin from its counterfeit, and -discriminate between true skill and quackery, between -the artist and the artisan. It is at this point that most -help can be given to young teachers by a good course of -lectures on learning to think and on the difficult art of -stimulating others to think.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[46]</a></span></p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[47]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="CHAPTER_III">III<br /> -<span class="smaller">THE MATERIALS OF THOUGHT</span></h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[48]</a></span></p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>A vast abundance of objects must lie before us ere we can think -upon them.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Goethe.</span></p> - -<p>The young have a strong appetite for reality, and the teacher -who does not make use of that appetite is not wise.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">J. S. Blackie.</span></p> - -<p>The child’s restless observation, instead of being ignored or -checked, should be diligently ministered to, and made as accurate -as possible.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Herbert Spencer.</span></p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="verse">What do you read, my lord?</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Words, words, words.</div> -<div class="verse attr"><span class="smcap">Hamlet.</span></div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>You have an exchequer of words, and I think no other treasure.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Two Gentlemen of Verona.</span></p> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[49]</a></span></p> - -<h3>III<br /> -<span class="smaller">THE MATERIALS OF THOUGHT</span></h3> - -<div class="sidenote">Words without thoughts.</div> - -<p>The hotel man was right in his criticism of teachers -who expect their pupils to make an intellectual meal on -mere words. For three hundred years educational reformers -have been hurling their epithets against this -abuse. Has it been banished from the schools? By no -means. It crops out anew with every generation of -teachers and in every grade of instruction from the kindergarten -to the university. During the years in which -a child acquires several languages without difficulty, if -it hears them spoken, the mind is eager for words and -often appropriates them regardless of their meaning. -The child learns rhymes and phrases for the sake of the -jingle that is in them, and cares very little for clearly -defined ideas and thoughts. So strong and retentive is -the memory for words that the child finds it easier to -learn by heart entire sentences than to think the thoughts -therein expressed. Like a willing and obedient -slave, the verbal memory can be made to do -the work of the other mental powers. The -merest glimpse at a picture may recall all the sentences -on the same page, so that the pupil can repeat them with -the book closed or the back turned towards the reading -chart. The recollection of what the ear has heard may -thus relieve the eye of its function in seeing words, degrade -the child to the level of a parrot, and thereby -greatly hinder progress in learning to read. Very frequently -the memory is required to perform work belonging<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[50]</a></span> -to the reflective powers, because the learner is thereby -saved the trouble of comprehending the lesson and expressing -its substance in his own language. Moreover, -the accurate statement of a truth is apt to be accepted as -evidence of knowledge and correct thinking. The average -examination tests very little more than the memory. If -the answers are given in the language of the text-book or -the teacher, the examiner seldom supplements the written -work by an oral examination. Thus there is a constant -tendency on the part of teachers and pupils to rest satisfied -with correct forms of statement; and the pernicious -custom of feeding the mind on mere words is encouraged -and perpetuated. Exposed in plain terms, this abuse of -words is condemned by everybody; yet it is as easy at -this point to slide into the wrong practice as it is to fall -into the sins forbidden by the decalogue. Like Proteus, -this abuse assumes diverse and unexpected forms; instance -after instance is needed to put young teachers on -their guard and to expose its pernicious effect upon -methods of instruction and habits of study. To cry -“words, words, nothing but words,” will not suffice to -correct the evil, for words must be used in the best kind -of instruction. Line upon line, precept upon precept, -example after example is needed to expose the folly of -learning words without corresponding ideas, of teaching -symbols apart from the things for which they stand. No -apology is needed for citing laughable and flagrant instances -in point; ridicule sometimes avails where good -counsel fails.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Spelling.</div> - -<p>A superintendent who advocates spelling-bees and -magnifies correct orthography out of all proportion to its -real value startled a class in the high school -by asking for the spelling of a word of five -syllables. Not receiving an immediate answer, he referred -to the Greek. This made the spelling easy for at<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[51]</a></span> -least one pupil. A year later he accosted this pupil, -saying, “You are the only person that ever spelled psychopannychism -for me.” “What does it mean?” was -the question flashed back at him in return for his compliment. -He could not tell, because he did not know. -For years he had worried teachers and pupils with the -spelling of a word whose meaning he had failed to fix -accurately in his own mind.<a name="FNanchor_2" id="FNanchor_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a> What more effective -method could be devised for destroying correct habits -of thinking?</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Eyesight.</div> - -<p>There is a time in the life of the child when it is hungry -for new words. The habit of seeing words accurately -and learning their spelling at first sight is then easily acquired, -provided there is no defect in the pupil’s eyes. -In cases of defective eyesight the first step towards the -solution of the spelling problem, as well as the first condition -in teaching the pupil to think accurately, is to -send him to a skilled oculist (not to a so-called graduate -optician or doctor of refraction, who must make his living -out of the spectacles he sells, and whose limited training -does not enable him to make a correct diagnosis in critical -cases). Correct vision will assist the pupil not merely -in learning the exact form of the words which -he uses in writing, but also in forming correct -ideas of the things with which the mind deals in the -thought-processes. Although great stress should be laid -upon the orthography of such words in common use as -are frequently misspelled,—daily drill upon lists of these -should not be omitted at school while the child’s word-hunger -lasts,—yet it is vastly more important to acquire -an adequate knowledge of the ideas, concepts, and relations -for which the words stand. To spend time upon<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[52]</a></span> -the spelling of words which only the specialist uses, and -which are easily learned in connection with the specialty -by a student possessing correct mental habits, is a form -of waste that cannot be too severely condemned. It is far -better to spend time in building concepts of things met -with in real life.</p> - -<p>The meaning of very many words is, of course, learned -from the connection in which they occur. This, however, -is not true of sesquipedalian words like the one -mentioned above, nor of the technical terms by which -science designates the things that have been accurately -defined or quantified.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Fundamental ideas.</div> - -<p>Technical terms are used to denote the ideas which lie -at the basis of science. These fundamental ideas are -appropriately called basal concepts. Since -basal concepts cannot be transferred from the -teacher’s mind to the pupils’ minds by merely -teaching the corresponding technical terms, they must -be developed by appropriate lessons. If this be neglected, -there may be juggling with words and a show -of knowledge; but close, accurate thinking is impossible. -This seems to be so self-evident that one would -hardly expect to meet violations of such a simple rule -in the art of teaching. And yet it is related of the -professor of physics in one of our largest universities -that he began his course of lectures in this wise: “A -rearrangement of the courses of study deprived you of -the usual instruction in elementary physics. That is -your misfortune, and not my fault.” Thereupon, he -began his lectures on advanced physics as if the preparation -of his class to think the concepts at the foundation -of his science could be ignored without detriment to the -progress of the student, as if confused minds and unsatisfactory -thinking were not the inevitable outcome of -juggling with technical terms apart from the concepts<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[53]</a></span> -which they denote. A master in the art of teaching -would have started on the plane occupied by the students. -By development lessons he would have lifted them to the -plane of thought on which he intended to move. He -would have considered their mental progress of more -consequence than the course of lectures which he was in -the habit of delivering. The student, and not the study, -should have held the chief place in his professional -horizon.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Abuse of text-books.</div> - -<p>In another State university the professor of physics -applied to an influential member of the board of trustees -for an appropriation for apparatus. “Teach -what is in the text-book; then you will not -need apparatus,” was the reply. It seems almost incredible -that a trustee of a modern university should fail -to see the difference between an experiment actually -performed and a description of the experiment in a text-book. -More incredible still does it seem when we hear -of professors who see no difference between an experiment -made in the presence of a student and an experiment -made by the student himself.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Apparatus and experiments.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Agassiz.</div> - -<p>Pictures of apparatus and descriptions of experiments -should, of course, not be despised or neglected. They -are helpful in forming concepts of that which -cannot be brought before a class. When made -by the learner himself, as a result of his own -work, they serve to clarify his thinking, and furnish a -sure test of the pupil’s progress and of the teacher’s -skill as a guide and instructor. A drawing, or even a -statement in the pupil’s own words, is often an astonishing -revelation of the crude notions which pictures give. -The city lad who said that a cow was no bigger than a -finger-nail because he had often measured its size in the -First Reader is a typical example. The ability to interpret -pictures and descriptions comes from actual knowledge<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[54]</a></span> -of things similar to what is depicted or described. The -noted teacher, Agassiz, made a difference in his directions -to beginners and advanced students. To the -former he would give specimens, with directions -to study them without referring to a book. Having -taught them how to use their eyes, he would gradually -lead them to the method of interpreting and verifying -the statements of an author. And when the advanced -student was set to work at original investigations, he -was told to study certain books, as it would save much -valuable time. One of his pupils writes, “I shall never -forget a forceful lesson given me by the great Agassiz, -when I studied with him in the Museum of Cambridge. -I worked near a young man from Cleveland, Ohio, who -has since achieved distinction as a teacher of biology. I -was comparatively a beginner, however, while he was -well advanced in his studies. On a certain day Agassiz -came sauntering by, and stopped long enough to tell me -not to use the library so much, but to confine myself to -observations of the specimens on hand and the writing -of my observations and comments. Passing on a little -farther, he spoke to my friend and said, ‘Albert, when -you go home, this summer, to Cleveland, I wish you -would make a special study of a certain kind of fish -found in the harbor there. It is not found plentifully -anywhere else in the world. Take a row-boat and go -three hundred yards northeast of the point of the breakwater, -and you will find them in abundance. Before -going home, get the only three books ever written on -this fish from the library here and read them. It will -save your time to read them before beginning to study -the fish itself.’”<a name="FNanchor_3" id="FNanchor_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a> Agassiz was as anxious to teach<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[55]</a></span> -the right use of books as is the professor of literature; -but he adapted his directions to the degree of advancement -which his students had attained, and did not -neglect the formation of the basal concepts and the -habits of study needful in the sciences he taught.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Botany.</div> - -<p>How little the exhortations of our educational reformers -have been taken to heart by some teachers is evident -from the recent experiences of a normal school -principal, who had great difficulty in finding a -satisfactory teacher of botany. The students could invariably -answer the questions of the State Board of Examiners -by filling pages of manuscript with technical -terms. In the field they could not distinguish one plant -from another. In despair, the principal said to his -teacher of psychology, “Why can we not apply common -sense to the teaching of botany? Can we not plant -seeds, watch their growth, and study the growing specimens -instead of the pictures in a text-book?” “If you -will give me the class in botany, I will try it,” was the -reply. Before the next class took up botany, every -chalk-box was emptied and every flower-pot utilized in -the planting of seeds. In no long time there appeared -on the fences of neighboring farms sign-boards with the -inscription, “Trespassing on these fields is forbidden, -under penalty of the law.” The members of the class -were traversing the country, studying the real flowers, -the growing plants, instead of the technical terms of a -text-book. At the next final examination, the herbarium -which each one had prepared, together with the accompanying -analysis and drawings of parts which could not -be described, including colorings in imitation of the -actual colors of the flowers, gave evidence of real knowledge, -and served to satisfy the examiners, although the -array of technical terms was far less formidable.</p> - -<p>If violations of the fundamental laws of teaching occur<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[56]</a></span> -in our higher institutions of learning, what may we not -expect in the lower schools where the teaching is intrusted -to young people of limited education? Nevertheless, it is -a notorious fact that the worst forms of teaching are found -in our higher institutions of learning, where many of the -professors seem to know as little of the science of education -as the motorman knows of the science of electricity; -otherwise they would make impossible the use of “ponies, -coaches, and keys,” by means of which the student taxes -the memory rather than the understanding, and ultimately -loses all power of independent thought and investigation. -Such helps arrest mental development, destroy -the power of original thinking, and do more harm than -the practice of feeding the mind with mere verbal statements -which in course of time may acquire content and -meaning. The study of the sciences which classify minerals, -plants, insects, birds, fishes, and other animals -may degenerate into a mere study of words, even when -the student acquires some familiarity with the specimens -to be classified. The scientific name is the one thing -about a flower with which the Creator has had nothing -to do, and if the recognition of the scientific name is the -chief or sole aim of the student of botany, it is a genuine -case of feeding the mind on words.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Words as material for thought.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Geometry as thought-material.</div> - -<p>By those who are fond of scientific pursuits the dead -languages are sometimes despised as though the study of -them were learned playing with mere words. Among -people who begin their education somewhat late in life -there is a strong temptation to estimate linguistic studies -very far below their true value as a means for disciplining -the reasoning faculty. When pursued in the right way, -the study of the classical languages furnishes as much -good material for thought as the natural sciences. Huxley -may charm an audience by a lecture on a piece of -chalk; the philologist can excite equal interest by a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[57]</a></span> -lecture on the word chalk. Words grow and undergo -changes according to well-defined laws which furnish as -much food for thought as the laws governing -the union of atoms or the motions of the -heavenly bodies. The words of a lexicon contain -as much of precious interest in the sight of man as -the manufactured gases or the plucked leaves and dissected -flowers of the laboratory. Greek and Latin roots -have more vitality in them than the collections of stones, -stuffed birds, and transfixed bugs in the museum. The -endings of nouns, adjectives, pronouns, and verbs furnish -ample opportunity for observation, comparison, and reflection; -their functions in the syntax of the sentence -furnish splendid exercises in formal and qualitative -thinking. If, however, the time of the pupil is entirely -consumed in mastering the hundreds of exceptions to the -rules of gender and case, of declensions and conjugations, -of syntax and prosody, it is another sad instance of feeding -the mind on mere words. The pupil who begins the -study of any foreign language before he has reached his -teens should acquire the power to read the language at -sight; otherwise there has been something faulty in the -methods of teaching or of study, or in both. A man is -as many times a man as he knows languages; and the -comparison of the idioms of two or more languages furnishes -most excellent material for careful and accurate -thinking. In translating an author like Plato the student -must think the thoughts of a master mind, weigh words -so as to detect the finer shades of meaning, and arrange -them in sentences that shall adequately express the meaning -of the original. The value of pure mathematics, -especially the Euclidian geometry, as a -means for the cultivation of thinking, lies in -the limited number of fundamental concepts which must -be clearly fixed and in the nature of the reasoning<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[58]</a></span> -by which the truth of the theorems is established. The -axioms are few in number and easily grasped; the -quantities to be defined can, without difficulty, be set in -a clear light before the understanding; the chain of proof -compels the mind to join ideas by their logical nexus, and -if the learner persists in memorizing the demonstration, -he is at once detected. And yet when, as sometimes -happens, he goes over several books of geometry without -clearly perceiving the difference between an angle and -a triangle, it must be a genuine specimen of acquiring -words without the corresponding ideas.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">S. S. Greene’s views.</div> - -<p>The words of S. S. Greene deserve the attention of -every teacher anxious to prevent the formation of vicious -habits of thought by the pupils in our schools -and colleges. Years ago he wrote as follows: -“While an external object may be viewed by thousands -in common, the idea or image of it addresses itself -only to the individual consciousness. My idea or image -is mine alone,—the reward of careless observation, if -imperfect; of attentive, careful, and varied observation, -if correct. Between mine and yours a great gulf is -fixed. No man can pass from mine to yours, or from -yours to mine. Neither, in any proper sense of the word, -can mine be conveyed to you. Words do not convey -thoughts; they are not vehicles of thought in any true -sense of that term. A word is simply a common symbol -which each associates with his own idea or image. -Neither can I compare mine with yours, except through -the mediation of external objects. And, then, how do I -know that they are alike; that a measure called a foot, -for instance, seems as long to you as to me? My idea of -a new object, which you and I observe together, may be -very imperfect. By it I attribute to the object what -does not belong to it, take from it what does, distort its -form, and otherwise pervert it. Suppose, now, at the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[59]</a></span> -time of observation we agree upon a word as a sign or -symbol of the object or the idea of it. The object is -withdrawn; the idea only remains,—imperfect in my -case, complete and vivid in yours. The sign is employed. -Does it bring back the original object? By -no means. Does it convey my idea to your mind? -Nothing of the kind; you would be disgusted with the -shapeless image. Does it convey yours to me? No; I -should be delighted at the sight. What does it effect? -It becomes the occasion for each to call up his own -image. Does each now contemplate the same thing? -What multitudes of dissimilar images instantly spring -up at the announcement of the same symbol!—dissimilar -not because of anything in the one source whence they -are derived, but because of either an inattentive and -imperfect observation of that source, or some constitutional -or habitual defect in the use of the perceptive -faculty.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">J. P. Gordy’s statement.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Pestalozzi’s reform.</div> - -<p>Dr. J. P. Gordy, to whom credit is due for the preceding -quotation, further says, “Words are like paper -money; their value depends on what they -stand for. As you would be none the richer -for possessing Confederate money to the amount of a -million dollars, so your pupils would be none the wiser -for being able to repeat book after book by heart, unless -the words were the signs of ideas in their minds. -Words without ideas are an irredeemable paper currency. -It is the practical recognition of this truth that -has revolutionized the best schools in the last quarter of -a century.... In what did the reform inaugurated by -Pestalozzi consist? In the substitution of the -intelligent for the blind use of words. He reversed -the educational engine. Before his time teachers -expected their pupils to go from words to ideas; he -taught them to go from ideas to words. He brought<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[60]</a></span> -out the fact upon which I have been insisting,—that -words are utterly powerless to create ideas; that all -they can do is to help the pupil to recall and recombine -ideas already formed. With Pestalozzi, therefore, and -with those who have been imbued with his theories, the -important matter is the forming of clear and definite -ideas.”<a name="FNanchor_4" id="FNanchor_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Sight and insight.</div> - -<p>It was a remark of Goethe that genius begins in the -senses. With equal truth we may say that thinking -begins in the senses. Like unto the genius, the thoughtful -man perceives and interprets what has escaped the -notice of other people. To sight he adds insight. -That which he sees is subsumed under -the proper class or category, and is viewed from different -sides until its significance is discovered, and a place is -assigned to it in the intellectual horizon and in the -external world. Every fact thus seen in its relation to -other facts serves as a basis for further observation, -reflection, and comparison. Not merely the genius, but -every other person whose thinking is above the average -in vigor and accuracy, has the power to perceive things -which escape the eyes and ears of other people. Through -habits of careful and correct observation he fills his mind -with images, ideas, concepts of the objects of thought -and of the relations which exist between these objects, -and thereby acquires the materials for the comparisons -which constitute the essence of good thinking. If the -strength of a student is exhausted in gathering and -storing the materials for thought, his mind becomes a -wilderness of facts; if he reasons without the facts, his -conclusions are more unreal than the figments of the -imagination.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Truth the proper thought-material.</div> - -<p>Truth is the best thought-material for the mind to act<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[61]</a></span> -upon. The possession of truth is the aim and the goal -of all correct thinking. Knowledge of the truth implies -the conformity of thinking with being. -The world within should be made to correspond -with the world outside of us.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The laboratory and the library.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Aristotle.</div> - -<p>Fortunately, the self-activity of children is -towards the objective world of things which they can see, -hear, smell, taste, and handle. From inner impulse their -thinking is directed towards the cognition of objects. One -of the functions of nature study is to beget habits of careful -and accurate observation. This is a characteristic feature -of the laboratory method as distinguished from the library -method. A training in both is essential to a -complete education. The library stores the -treasures of knowledge which the human race -has gathered and makes them accessible to the learner. -The laboratory shows him by what methods truth is discovered -and tested and verified. The German professor -who declined to visit a menagerie, asserting that he -could evolve the idea of the elephant from his inner consciousness, -may have spent much time in reading books -and in speculation; but he certainly never worked in a -laboratory; nor had he taken to heart the lessons which -he might have learned from the sages of antiquity. Aristotle -knew the importance of asking nature for -facts, and he induced his royal pupil, Alexander -the Great, to employ two thousand persons in -Europe, Asia, and Africa for the purpose of gathering -information concerning beasts, birds, and reptiles, -whereby he was enabled to write fifty volumes upon -animated nature. After teachers had forgotten his -methods they still turned to his books for the treasures -which he had gathered. In the ages in which men hardly -dared to ask nature for her secrets, fearing that they might -be accused of witchcraft, they turned to Aristotle as if<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[62]</a></span> -he were an infallible guide—so much so that when Galileo -announced the discovery of sun-spots a monk declared -that he had read Aristotle through from beginning -to end, and inasmuch as Aristotle said nothing about -spots on the sun, therefore there are none. This book-method -of studying science has not entirely disappeared -from the seats of learning. Books like Tyndall’s “Water -and the Forms of Water,” Faraday’s “Chemistry of a -Candle,” and Newcomb’s “Popular Astronomy” may, -indeed, be read or studied as literature, and thus prove -a means of culture; but to accept the facts and statements -of a text-book without verification is the lazy -man’s method of studying science; and as a method it -fails to lay the foundation upon which a solid superstructure -can be built. The correct method starts with -observation of the things to be known, develops the -basal concepts which lie at the foundation of the science -under consideration, ends by teaching the pupil how to -make independent investigations, how to utilize the -treasures which have been preserved in our libraries, -thereby furnishing an adequate supply of proper materials -for thought.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Productive minds.</div> - -<p>The habits of men who have surprised the world by -their intellectual and professional achievements are very -suggestive. Spurgeon kept his mind filled by -constant reading. Goethe was fond of travel -and utilized what he learned from others. Emerson visited -the markets regularly, conversed with the men and -women from whom he bought, and sought to learn their -views on current events. Study the greatest thinkers the -world has known, and you will find their memories to -have been a storehouse of thought-materials which they -analyzed, sifted, compared, and formulated into systems -that win the admiration of all who love to think.</p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[63]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="CHAPTER_IV">IV<br /> -<span class="smaller">BASAL CONCEPTS AS THOUGHT-MATERIAL</span></h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[64]</a></span></p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>Thought proper, as distinguished from other facts of consciousness, -may be adequately described as the act of knowing or judging -of things by means of concepts.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Mansel.</span></p> - -<p>We cannot learn all words through other words. There is a -large and rapidly increasing part of all modern vocabularies which -can be comprehended only by the observation of nature, scientific -experiment,—in short, by the study of things.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Marsh.</span></p> - -<p>The question we ask of each thing (and of the whole experience) -is, What <em>are</em> you? You have qualities which I find everywhere -else; your color I find in other things; your texture and hardness -and odor and form I find in other things; but they are combined -in you in such a way as to make you a thing by yourself, and not -anything else. And I want to know what you truly <em>are</em>,—in -short, what is your essence, which is also your idea, and the purpose -or τέλος of your existence.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Laurie.</span></p> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[65]</a></span></p> - -<h3>IV<br /> -<span class="smaller">BASAL CONCEPTS AS THOUGHT-MATERIAL</span></h3> - -<div class="sidenote">Building concepts.</div> - -<p>The head may be likened unto a walled city, with comparatively -few building materials on the inside, and with -a limited number of gate-ways through which all other -materials for building purposes must pass. The walls -are not made of brick or stone, but of bone; the gate-ways -are the different senses through which knowledge -enters the mind. The building materials on the inside -are intuitive ideas which take shape in conjunction -with the entrance of materials from without. The structures -which are built up out of the ideas within and the -sense-impressions from without are individual -and general concepts. Take an orange. Its -shape, color, parts, are known through the eye. Its -flavor, as sweet or sour, is ascertained through taste; -its odor through smell; its temperature, shape, and -some other qualities through touch. These various -sense-impressions, giving the mind a knowledge of essential -and accidental qualities and attributes, are combined -in the idea of a particular orange. If the object -were a bell, its sound, parts, uses, and qualities would -make impressions through different gate-ways of knowledge; -the builder inside would combine them into the -more or less complete idea of the object presented to the -senses. From each sense-impression the mind may get a -percept; the synthesis of these percepts produces the -individual concept or notion.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[66]</a></span></p> - -<p>It is helpful at this point clearly to distinguish between -essential and accidental attributes. The orange may -have been kept in the open air when the temperature is -low. To the hand it feels cold, and this quality enters -into the idea of the first orange which the child has. -As other oranges which have been in a warmer atmosphere -are brought to the child, the attribute cold is seen -to be accidental,—that is, it is not a necessary quality of -oranges in general. On the other hand, the qualities -which are found in every orange—many of them hard to -describe in words—become fixed in the mind as essential -attributes of the orange. In course of time many objects -of the same kind are presented to the senses, cognized -by comparison so as to retain the essential attributes and -to omit the accidentals. By this process the general -notion or concept is formed.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Gate-ways of knowledge.</div> - -<p>It is self-evident that the mind’s comparisons and conclusions -are unreliable in so far as the gate-ways of knowledge -are defective. Few persons have perfect -ears; many can never become expert tuners of -pianos or reliable critics of musical performances. -The man who is color-blind is not accepted in -the railway service or as an officer in the navy. The -man who is totally blind is never selected as a guide in -daylight. On the other hand, the blind girl spoken of -by Bulwer could find her way better in the darkness of -the last days of Pompeii than other people, because she -was accustomed to rely upon the data furnished by the -other senses in making her way through the city, and -had improved these as gate-ways of knowledge beyond -the needs of those gifted with sight.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">From things to symbols.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">From sign to thing or idea.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">The sense to be addressed.</div> - -<p>In building concepts of objects in nature it would be -a great mistake to begin with the word instead of the -thing. Just as little as a blind man can conceive the -qualities color, light, darkness, through mere words, so<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[67]</a></span> -little can children conceive classes of objects which have -never addressed the senses. Hence great stress has been -laid by educational reformers upon the cultivation of -habits of observation, upon the supreme necessity of -teaching by the use of objects, or so-called object-lessons. -First, things, then words, or signs for things, -was at one time a favorite maxim in treatises -on teaching. Consistent application of the -maxim would have banished the dictionary from the -school-room, or at least its use as a means for ascertaining -the meaning of words. In consulting the dictionary -for the meaning of a word, we pass not from -the thing to its sign, but in the opposite direction,—that -is, from the sign to the thing signified, -from the symbol to the idea for which the symbol -stands. The main essential in good instruction is that -the words be made significant. In primary instruction -this is best accomplished by passing from the idea to the -word; but in advanced instruction it is of less importance -whether we pass from the word to the idea or from -the idea to the word. The meaning of very many words -is acquired from the connection in which they are used. -For the meaning of the larger number of words in our -vocabulary we never consult a dictionary. The finer -shades of meaning we get not from definitions, but from -quotations taken from standard authors. This fact -should never tempt the teacher to trust to words, definitions, -and descriptions in the formation of basal concepts. -He should seek to give unto himself a clear and -full account of the things or ideas which cannot spring -from mere words, however skilfully arranged in sentences. -The music-teacher who complained of the public -schools because a seven-year-old child did not grasp his -meaning when he spoke of half-notes, quarter-notes, -eighth-notes, sixteenth-notes, should have known that<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[68]</a></span> -many children of that age have never been taught fractions, -and that the idea of a fraction is obtained not -from sounds (who distinguishes between half a -noise and a whole noise?), but from objects -which address the eye. Instead of complaining -about the school which the pupil attended, a teacher -acquainted with the mysteries of his art would have -started with the comparison of things visible; and after -having developed the idea of halves, quarters, eighths, sixteenths, -by the division of visible objects into equal parts, -he would have applied the idea to musical sounds.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Different gate-ways for different ideas.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Integers.</div> - -<p>In seeking to build in the mind of the learner the concepts -which lie at the basis of a new branch of study, it -is a legitimate question to ask by which of the gate-ways -of knowledge the materials or elements for the -new idea can best be made to enter the mind. At -the basis of arithmetic lies the idea of number,—an -idea that is evoked by the question of -how many applied to a collection of two or more units. -Taste and smell must be ruled out from the list of -senses which can be utilized to advantage. Three taps -on the desk are as easily recognized as three marks or -strokes on the black-board. The sense of touch is helpful -in passing from concrete to abstract numbers. -To think a number when the corresponding -collection of objects is not visible, but is suggested by -tactile impressions, helps to emancipate the thinking -process from the domination of the eye; in other words, -it helps to sunder the thinking of number from a specific -sense, and thus aids in the evolution of the idea of -number apart from concrete objects.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Fractions.</div> - -<p>As already indicated, there are some basal concepts, -like that of a fraction, in the development of -which only one sense can be utilized to advantage. -Whilst imparting the idea of a whole number, the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[69]</a></span> -appeal may be to the eye, the ear, and the sense of touch; -the instruction designed to impart the idea of fractions -to the normal child is limited to visible objects. In the -instruction of the blind the other senses are addressed -from necessity. The extent to which touch can supply -the function of sight is full of hints to teachers in charge -of pupils possessing all the gate-ways of knowledge.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Teaching decimals.</div> - -<p>Moreover, not all units are equally adapted for imparting -the first ideas of a fraction. Half of a stick is still a -stick to the child, just as half of a stone is still called a -stone in common parlance. The half should be radically -different from the unit; hence an object resembling a -sphere or a circle is best adapted for the first lessons in -fractions. In teaching decimals the square or -rectangle is better than the circle. It is difficult -to divide a circumference into ten equal parts. On -the contrary, the square is easily divided into tenths by -vertical lines, and then into hundredths by horizontal -lines, thus furnishing also a convenient device for the -first lessons in percentage.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Basal concepts.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">John Fiske on symbolic conceptions.</div> - -<p>It is one of the aims of the training-class and the -normal school to point out the best methods of developing -the different basal concepts which lie -at the foundation of the branches to be taught. -Many of these are complex, and require great skill on -the part of the teacher. The difficulty is well stated -in John Fiske’s discussion of Symbolic Conceptions. -He says, “Of any simple object which -can be grasped in a single act of perception, -such as a knife or a book, an egg or an orange, -a circle or a triangle, you can frame a conception which -almost, or quite exactly, <em>represents</em> the object. The picture, -or visual image, in your mind when the orange is -present to the senses is almost exactly reproduced when -it is absent. The distinction between the two lies chiefly<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[70]</a></span> -in the relative faintness of the latter. But as the objects -of thought increase in size and in complexity of detail, -the case soon comes to be very different. You cannot -frame a truly representative conception of the town in -which you live, however familiar you may be with its -streets and houses, its parks and trees, and the looks and -demeanor of the townsmen; it is impossible to embrace -so many details in a single mental picture. The mind -must range to and fro among the phenomena, in order to -represent the town in a series of conceptions. But practically, -what you have in mind when you speak of the -town is a fragmentary conception in which some portion -of the object is represented, while you are well aware -that with sufficient pains a series of mental pictures -could be formed which would approximately correspond -to the object. To some extent the conception is representative, -but to a great degree it is symbolic. With a -further increase in the size and complexity of the objects -of thought, our conceptions gradually lose their representative -character, and at length become purely -symbolic. No one can form a mental picture that -answers even approximately to the earth. Even a -homogeneous ball eight thousand miles in diameter is -too vast an object to be conceived otherwise than symbolically, -and much more is this true of the ball upon -which we live, with all its endless multiformity of -detail. We imagine a globe, and clothe it with a few -terrestrial attributes, and in our minds this fragmentary -notion does duty as a symbol of the earth.</p> - -<p>“The case becomes still more striking when we have -to deal with conceptions of the universe, of cosmic forces -such as light and heat, or of the stupendous secular -changes which modern science calls us to contemplate. -Here our conceptions cannot even pretend to represent -the objects; they are as purely symbolic as the algebraic<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[71]</a></span> -equations whereby the geometer expresses the shapes of -curves. Yet so long as there are means of verification at -our command we can reason as safely with these symbolic -conceptions as if they were truly representative. The -geometer can at any moment translate his equation into -an actual curve, and thereby test the results of his -reasoning; and the case is similar with the undulatory theory -of light, the chemist’s conception of atomicity, and other -vast stretches of thought which in recent times have -revolutionized our knowledge of nature. The danger in -the use of symbolic conceptions is the danger of framing -illegitimate symbols that answer to nothing in heaven or -earth, as has happened first and last with so many -short-lived theories in science and in metaphysics.”</p> - -<p>The word conception as used in this quotation is -synonymous with concept, but elsewhere it is also used in two -other senses,—namely, to signify the mind’s <em>power</em> to -conceive objects, their relations and classes, and to name -the activity by which the concept is produced. Hence -the term concept is preferred in this discussion.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Concepts of distance.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Large cities.</div> - -<p>To give a full account of the development of the basal -concepts in the different branches of study would require -a treatise on the methods of teaching these branches. -All that can be attempted is to draw attention to some -of the typical methods and devices adopted by eminent -teachers in the development of the concepts which Mr. -Fiske calls symbolic conceptions. Distance is one of the -concepts at the basis of geography and -astronomy. To say that the circumference of the -earth is twenty-five thousand miles, that the distance -of the moon from the earth is two hundred and forty -thousand miles, and that the distance of the sun is -ninety-two and one-half millions of miles may mean very little -to the human mind, especially to the mind of a child. -Supposing, however, that a boy finds a mile by actual<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[72]</a></span> -measurement, and that he finds he can walk four miles -an hour, he can gradually rise to the thought of walking -forty miles in a day of ten hours, or two hundred and -forty miles in the six working days of a week. In one -hundred and four weeks, or two years, he could walk -around the globe. To walk to the moon would require a -thousand weeks, or about twenty years. It is by the -method of gradual approach that concepts of great distance, -of immense magnitudes, of the infinitely large and -the infinitely small, must be developed. To this category -belong large cities like New York and London, quantities -denoting the size of the earth and its distance from -the sun and the fixed stars, the fraction of a second in -which a snap-shot is taken, or an electric flash is photographed; -such quantities are apt to remain as mere -figures or symbols in the mind of the learner unless the -method of gradual approach is adopted. Starting with -a town or a ward with which the pupil is familiar, several -may be joined in idea until the concept of -a city of fifty or sixty thousand population is -reached. It takes about twenty of these to make a city -like Philadelphia, and five cities like Philadelphia to -make a city like London. A lesson on how London is -fed will add much to the formation of an adequate idea -of such a large city.<a name="FNanchor_5" id="FNanchor_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Shape of the earth.</div> - -<p>An adequate idea of the shape of the earth can be -formed only by gradual development. The three kinds of -roundness (dollar, pillar, ball) must be taught; -then the various easily intelligible reasons for -believing it to be round like a ball may follow in the elementary -grade. As the pupil advances he may be told -of the dispute between Newton and the French, the -former affirming it to be round like an orange,—that is,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[73]</a></span> -flattened at the poles,—the latter asserting that it resembled -a lemon with the polar axis longer than the -equatorial diameter; and how, by measuring degrees of -latitude and finding that their length increases as we -approach the poles, the French mathematicians, in spite -of their wishes to the contrary, proved Newton’s view to -be correct. The same lesson might be taught by starting -with the rotation of the earth, showing by experiment -the tendency of revolving bodies to bulge out at the -equator, and then drawing the inference that the degrees -of latitude are shortest where the curvature is greatest, -and that they are longest where the curvature is least. -Either method is strictly logical; but the method which -follows the order of discovery, whenever it is feasible, is -calculated to arouse the greater interest in minds of -average capacity. The teacher who is a master of his -art will supplement the historical lesson by a lesson -passing from cause to consequence, so as to fix and clarify -the concept formed by passing from the ground of knowledge -to the necessary inference. Finally, by drawing -attention to the fact that the equatorial diameters are not -all of the same length, he will build up in the pupil’s -mind a concept of the real shape of the earth,—a shape -unlike any mathematical figure treated of in the text-books -on geometry. The attempt to give a complete idea -of the shape of the earth in the first lessons on geography -would have ended in confusion of thought; the wise -teacher develops complex concepts gradually and not -more rapidly than the learner is able to advance. This -process may be called enriching the concept. The successive -concepts, although only partial representations -of what is to be known, are adequate for the thinking required -at a given stage of development; the number of -complete or exhaustive concepts in any department of -knowledge is small indeed.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[74]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">The order of discovery and of instruction.</div> - -<p>Instructive as it often is to follow the order of discovery, -it must not be inferred that this is invariably the -best order of instruction. What teacher of -astronomy would be so foolish as to lead a -student through the nineteen imaginary paths -which Kepler tried before he discovered that -an elliptical orbit fitted the recorded observations of -Tycho Brahe!<a name="FNanchor_6" id="FNanchor_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a></p> - -<p>Much may be learned from the methods pursued by -eminent teachers. It will abundantly pay any teacher -of science to study Faraday’s lectures on the chemistry -of a candle,—a series which for models of developing the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[75]</a></span> -fundamental concepts of chemistry is unsurpassed. The -devices used by such teachers are often very suggestive. -For instance, in teaching the concept of the new geography -that the earth revolves not like a body with a liquid -interior, but like a body with an interior as rigid as -glass, Lord Kelvin suggests a comparison of the spinning -of a hard-boiled egg and of an egg not boiled at all,—an -experiment easily made in every school-room.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Ideas of great distances.</div> - -<p>A few quotations from the astronomer Young will -show how concepts of great distances can be -developed so as to be more than a numeral -with a row of ciphers annexed:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“If one were to try to walk such a distance, supposing that he -could walk four miles an hour, and keep it up for ten hours every -day, it would take sixty-eight and one-half years to make a single -million of miles, and more than sixty-three hundred years to traverse -the whole. If some celestial railway could be imagined, the -journey to the sun, even if our trains ran sixty miles an hour, day -and night, without a stop, would require over one hundred and -seventy-five years. To borrow the curious illustration of Professor -Mendenhall, if we could imagine an infant’s arm long enough to -enable him to touch the sun and burn himself, he would die of old -age before the pain could reach him, since, according to the experiments -of Helmholtz and others, a nervous shock is communicated -only at the rate of one hundred feet per second, or one thousand -six hundred and thirty-seven miles a day, and would need more -than one hundred and fifty years to make the journey. Sound -would do it in about fourteen years if it could be transmitted -through celestial space, and a cannon-ball in about nine, if it were -to move uniformly with the same speed as when it left the muzzle -of the gun. If the earth could be suddenly stopped in her orbit, -and allowed to fall unobstructed towards the sun under the accelerating -influence of his attraction, she would reach the centre in -about two months. I have said if she could be stopped, but such -is the compass of her orbit that to make its circuit in a year she -has to move nearly nineteen miles a second, or more than fifty -times faster than the swiftest rifle-ball; and in moving twenty<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[76]</a></span> -miles her path deviates from perfect straightness by less than one-eighth -of an inch.”<a name="FNanchor_7" id="FNanchor_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a></p> - -</div> - -<p>Professor Young uses a very suggestive device in his -astronomy for showing the comparative sizes and distances -of heavenly bodies:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“Representing the sun by a globe two feet in diameter, the earth -would be twenty-two-hundredths of an inch in diameter—the size -of a very small pea or a ‘twenty-two caliber round pellet.’ Its distance -from the sun on that scale would be just two hundred and -twenty feet, and <em>the nearest star</em> (still on the same scale) <em>would be -eight thousand miles away at the antipodes</em>.”<a name="FNanchor_8" id="FNanchor_8"></a><a href="#Footnote_8" class="fnanchor">[8]</a></p> - -</div> - -<p>Sometimes the employment of a new unit aids in realizing -the idea of very great distances. The ordinary -astronomical unit is the distance of the sun from the -earth; it is not large enough to be convenient in expressing -the distances of fixed stars. Hence astronomers have -found it more satisfactory to take as a unit the distance -light travels in a year, which is about sixty-three thousand -times the distance of the sun from the earth. The -tables of fixed stars give distances in terms of this unit -from 3.5 upward. A glance at these figures fills the -mind with an idea of the infinite grandeur of the universe -and with feelings of awe and sublimity akin to -those which must fill the soul on approaching the throne -of Almighty God.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Time of snap-shot.</div> - -<p>Scientists assert that the infinitely great is more easily -conceived than the infinitely small; that quantities -represented by billions and trillions are more easily -grasped than fractions of a unit with a million in the -denominator; that ages of time are more easily comprehended -than fractions of a second. In a lecture<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[77]</a></span> -delivered at the International Electrical Exhibition, Professor -Charles F. Himes employed a very ingenious -device for giving an idea of how a “snap-shot” may be -made, or a photographic impression taken of an electric -spark, or a flash of lightning. He exhibited a -photograph of the sparks of a Holtz machine, -which are of shorter duration than any instantaneous -drop or slide could be made to give. “They impressed -themselves upon an ordinary collodion plate as they -passed. Suppose we assume one-twenty-thousandth of a -second as the time, and we will be within bounds. That -is a fraction difficult to comprehend. Our mental dividing -engine fails as we work towards zero. The -twenty-thousandth of a second is so small that it eludes -our mental grasp.... Looking at it from another -point of view, let us regard the effect as a space-effect -instead of a time-effect. Light has a velocity, in round -numbers, of one hundred and ninety thousand miles per -second. That would be one hundred and ninety miles -in one-thousandth of a second, nineteen in one-ten-thousandth, -or, say, ten miles in our one-twenty-thousandth -of a second. Ten miles of light drive in -upon our plate in that time; or, if we held the corpuscular -theory of Newton, a chain of these little pellets ten -miles long would have delivered themselves upon the -sensitive surfaces. Ten miles is comprehensible, one -mile is, so that we could easily conceive of an effect in -one-tenth of the time allowed to our electric sparks. But -let us take another look at it. Light is not corpuscles, -but undulations, tiny wavelets, ripplets of ether, eight -hundred million million in a second for violet, a number -we can easily understand, as Sir William Thomson<a name="FNanchor_9" id="FNanchor_9"></a><a href="#Footnote_9" class="fnanchor">[9]</a> has -told us. That would make eight hundred thousand<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[78]</a></span> -million in one-thousandth, eight thousand million in -one-ten-thousandth, or forty thousand million impulses -striking our sensitive molecules in our one-twenty-thousandth -of a second. Surely that number should -produce an effect. We can readily conceive that -one thousand million wavelets would produce an appreciable -effect. They would represent one-eight-hundred-thousandth -of a second, say one-millionth of a second. -That would seem, then, to be ample time to produce a -photographic effect.”<a name="FNanchor_10" id="FNanchor_10"></a><a href="#Footnote_10" class="fnanchor">[10]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Idea of total depravity.</div> - -<p>Many teachers of science spend all their spare time in -reading scientific literature and in posting themselves -upon the latest achievements in their specialty. It might -be to them a less delightful occupation if they traversed -fields of investigation already well explored for the purpose -of seeing how the student can be led over these -most expeditiously and with minimum expenditure of -time and effort. Thought bestowed upon the best way -of imparting the elements of science would have a most -beneficial effect upon their methods of instruction, and -would greatly increase their skill in teaching. Many -of the most abstruse and complex ideas can be resolved -by analysis into their elements, and thereby be made -intelligible to people of ordinary training. An eminent -teacher of theology felt called upon to impart -to a promiscuous audience an idea of the doctrine of -total depravity as taught by the Church. He -started by referring first to the popular mistake -that the doctrine teaches the utter depravity -of the human race, then to the ancient heresy -that the depravity of human nature resides in the body, -and not in the soul, and, finally, to the meaning of total -as signifying not that man is as bad as he can become,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[79]</a></span> -but that he is depraved, or has a tendency towards sin -not merely in his physical body, but in the totality of his -being. Analysis prepared them to see that by total depravity -is not meant that men are as bad as they can be, nor -that they do not have in their natural condition certain -amiable qualities or certain laudable virtues; that the -doctrine means that depravity, or the sinful condition of -man, infects the whole man,—intellect, feeling, heart, and -will,—and that in each unrenewed person some lower -affection, and not the love of God, is supreme. Such -analysis of a complex concept into its elements, the -explicit setting forth what it is and what it is not, followed -by the synthesis of the parts into a thought-unit, -is the plan pursued by the best teachers in teaching -difficult subjects. By analysis we resolve complex concepts -into their elements, which may be simple percepts -or their relations. Things are separated in thought -which go together in time, space, motion, force, or substance. -Every essential attribute or constituent can then -be viewed by itself until the mind has gone around it -with the bounding line of thought, grasped its nature and -essence, and explored it in its different aspects and relations. -In this way the most abstruse subjects are shorn -of their difficulties, the most complex problems are -solved and elucidated.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Value of analysis.</div> - -<p>The bearing of all this upon the art of teaching is -easily shown. A teacher of geometry, whose mind was -quite logical, failed, through lack of power, to -make things plain. If the class did not grasp -the demonstration of a theorem, he invariably started -at the beginning, tried to throw light upon every link -in the chain of proof, and by the time he reached -the point of difficulty the members of the class were -thinking of something else. A younger colleague pursued -a different plan. Starting some pupil upon the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[80]</a></span> -demonstration, he detected the difficulty, and by a few -words of explanation, or by a well-framed question, he -focussed attention upon the simple elements, into which -he resolved the difficulty, and frequently surprised the -class by showing the simplicity of what had puzzled -their minds. Under the clarifying light of analysis half -the difficulties and half the sophistries of human thinking -vanish like dew and mist before the morning sun.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The moral nature.</div> - -<p>For the purpose of making an impression upon the -moral nature word-painting is sometimes very helpful. -All the text-books on physiology and hygiene -intended for use in the public schools seek to -teach the evils of strong drink by showing the effect of -alcoholic stimulants upon different parts of the human -system. Yet the most exhaustive lessons on how whiskey -is made, and what are its exhilarating and its pernicious -effects, cannot equal the effects of the word painting of -Robert Ingersoll and the paraphrase by Dr. Buckley. -In making a gift to a friend the former penned the following -eulogy on whiskey:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“I send you some of the most wonderful whiskey that ever -drove the skeleton from the feast or painted landscapes in the brain of -man. It is the mingled souls of wheat and corn. In it you will find -the sunshine and the shadow that chased each other over the billowy -fields, the breath of June, the carol of the lark, the dew of night, -the wealth of summer, and autumn’s rich content, all golden with -imprisoned light. Drink it, and you will hear the voice of men and -maidens singing the ‘Harvest Home,’ mingled with the laughter -of children. Drink it, and you will feel within your blood the starlit -dawns, the dreamy, tawny dusks of perfect days. For forty -years this liquid joy has been within the staves of oak, longing to -touch the lips of man.”</p> - -</div> - -<p>This was Dr. Buckley’s statement of the other side:</p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“I send you some of the most wonderful whiskey that ever -brought a skeleton into the closet, or painted scenes of lust and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[81]</a></span> -bloodshed in the brain of man. It is the ghosts of wheat and corn, -crazed by the loss of their natural bodies. In it you will find a -transient sunshine chased by a shadow as cold as an Arctic midnight, -in which the breath of June grows icy and the carol of the -lark gives place to the foreboding cry of the raven. Drink it, and -you shall have ‘woe,’ ‘sorrow,’ ‘babbling,’ and ‘wounds without -cause.’ Your eyes shall behold strange women, and ‘your heart -shall utter perverse things.’ Drink it deep, and you shall hear the -voices of demons shrieking, women wailing, and worse than -orphaned children mourning the loss of a father who yet lives. -Drink it deep and long, and serpents will hiss in your ears, coil -themselves about your neck, and seize you with their fangs; for at -the last it biteth like a serpent and stingeth like an adder. For -forty years this liquid death has been within staves of oak, harmless -there as purest water. I send it to you that you may put an -enemy in your mouth to steal away your brains, and yet I call -myself your friend.”</p> - -</div> - -<div class="sidenote">The languages.</div> - -<p>There comes a stage of development of the learner at -which the word itself becomes the object of thought. -Words are then classified as parts of speech, and -their function in sentences is studied. Their -properties and endings must be learned and compared. -There is abundant room for thought in the eleven hundred -variations of the Greek verb. The variations of -words by declension and conjugation can be made the -material for thought, and as these are always at hand in -the text-book, no excursions to the field being needed to -secure specimens, and no preparation of difficult experiments -being required on the part of the teacher, the -ancient languages have held their own in the schools -with most wonderful tenacity. The study of language -has not merely the advantage of supplying material for -thought in the words, grammatical forms, and sentences -which are always at hand in the text, but through the -classics it brings the learner into intellectual contact -with the best thoughts of the best men in ancient and -modern times. To translate an author like Virgil or<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[82]</a></span> -Demosthenes is to think the thoughts of a master mind, -to weigh words as in a most nicely adjusted balance, and -finally to arrange them in sentences that shall adequately -convey the meaning of the original text.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Science.</div> - -<p>Science is, of course, a product of the human mind, -quite as much as the so-called humanities, and answers -the same purpose when studied as literature; -but then it ceases to have the value of training -the intellect in the rigid methods of original research and -scientific investigation. Whilst it is the function of the -laboratory to initiate the student into the mysteries of -the methods by which new discoveries are made and -verified, and thus to enable him to avail himself of the -labors of others through their publications, it does not -bring the student into living contact with human hopes, -emotions, and aspirations as do the poems of Goethe, -Schiller, and Shakespeare.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">History.</div> - -<p>History deals with what man has achieved. The -materials for thought which it furnishes are mostly -in the shape of the testimony of eye-witnesses -and other original sources of information. The -incidents, the achievements, the struggles, the victories -and the defeats, the thoughts, feelings, and experiences -of historic personages, are an inexhaustible supply of -material from which authors, editors, and orators draw -illustrations, figures of speech, and other matter for their -thinking. Here is a field which must not be neglected -by those who would influence their fellows or figure as -leaders of men.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Vigorous thinking.</div> - -<p>Some minds are slow at gathering materials; yet they -think vigorously. They look at facts and ideas from -every possible point of view, explore their nature -and relations, their content and extent, -and point out their bearing upon other things by the -conclusions they reach. Sometimes they go astray<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[83]</a></span> -because they do not have sufficient data to warrant a -conclusion. Their condition resembles that of the King -of Siam, who did not believe that water could become -solid because he had been in the nine points of his kingdom -and had not seen ice.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Intellectual gluttony.</div> - -<p>Other men are intellectual gluttons. They keep pouring -into themselves knowledge from every quarter, carry -it in their minds as the overloaded stomach -carries food, and end in mental dyspepsia. -Better the man with few ideas, who can apply these in -practical life, than the man of erudition who cannot -apply his knowledge.</p> - -<p>Too little food produces inanition and starvation; too -much food brings on dyspepsia and a host of other ills -and distempers. The haphazard selection of studies by -inexperienced youth from the large list of electives -offered by a great university is apt to result either in -mental overfeeding or in intellectual starvation. The -mind can be rightly formed only when it is rightly informed. -To expect satisfactory thought-products when -the mind lacks proper materials to act upon would be -as irrational as to expect good grist from a flour-mill -whose supply of grain is deficient in quality and quantity. -In the process of making flour very much depends -upon the instruments employed. The rude implements -of antiquity, the buhr-stones of our fathers, and the improved -machinery of the roller process make a difference -in the product, even though the same quality of grain is -used. In the elaboration of the thought-material the -well-educated man uses instruments which may be likened -to our modern inventions for saving labor in the domain -of the mechanic arts. These instruments of thought will -next claim our attention.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[84]</a></span></p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[85]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="CHAPTER_V">V<br /> -<span class="smaller">THE INSTRUMENTS OF THOUGHT</span></h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[86]</a></span></p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="verse">But words are things; and a small drop of ink</div> -<div class="verse">Falling, like dew, upon thought, produces</div> -<div class="verse">That which makes thousands, perhaps millions, think.</div> -<div class="verse attr"><span class="smcap">Byron.</span></div> -</div> -</div> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="verse">Constant thought will overflow in words unconsciously.</div> -<div class="verse attr"><span class="smcap">Byron.</span></div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>The great Lagrange specifies among the many advantages of -algebraic notation that it expresses truths more general than those -which were at first contemplated, so that by availing ourselves of -such extensions we may develop a multitude of new truths from -formulæ founded on limited truths. A glance at the history of -science will show this. For example, when Kepler conceived the -happy idea of infinitely great and infinitely small quantities (an -idea at which common sense must have shaken its head pityingly), -he devised an instrument which in expert hands may be made to -reach conclusions for an infinite series of approximations without -the infinite labor of going successively through these. Again, -when Napier invented logarithms, even he had no suspicion of the -value of this instrument. He calculated the tables merely to -facilitate arithmetical computation, little dreaming that he was at -the same time constructing a scale whereon to measure the density -of the strata of the atmosphere, the height of the mountains, the -areas of innumerable curves, and the relation of stimuli to sensations.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Lewes’s Problems of Life and Mind.</span></p> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[87]</a></span></p> - -<h3>V<br /> -<span class="smaller">THE INSTRUMENTS OF THOUGHT</span></h3> - -<div class="sidenote">Labor-saving in thinking.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Squaring the circle.</div> - -<p>Of the people who, though inheriting a rich vernacular -like the English, spend their lives in the routine of a -farm, a trade, or a store, very few have an adequate conception -of the labor-saving instruments and appliances -which modern civilization places at the disposal of the -thinker. The machinery by which one man does as much -as a thousand hands formerly did is not a whit more -wonderful than the modern appliances for reaching -results in the domain of thought. Reference -might be made to the machines for adding -used in counting-houses, to the tables of interest used by -bankers, to the tables of logarithms by which it is as easy -to find the one-hundredth power as the square of a number. -The last named have, so to speak, multiplied the -lives of astronomers by enabling them to make in a short -time calculations that formerly occupied months, and even -years. It is not necessary to discuss these; their value is -apparent at a glance. But the value of a rich vocabulary, -the function of the symbols and formulas of chemistry, -physics, mathematics, and other sciences, and the advantages -derived from the use of the technical terms peculiar -to every domain of thought are not so easily seen. The -teacher who fails at the right time to put the pupils in -possession of these instruments of thought cripples their -thinking, wastes their time and effort, and seriously mars -their progress. Hence it is worth while to devote a -chapter or two to the consideration of instruments of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[88]</a></span> -thought, for the purpose of showing how, by means of -them, thinking is made easier and more effective. Let -some one write the amounts in a ledger column by the -Roman notation, then endeavor to add them without -using any figures of the Arabic notation, either in his -mind or in any other way, and he will soon realize -what a labor-saving device our ten digits are. Then -let him face the problem of squaring the circle as it -confronted Archimedes, using the obvious truth -that the perimeter of an inscribed polygon is -less, while the perimeter of the circumscribed polygon -is greater than the circumference of the circle, and long -before his calculations reach the regular polygon of -ninety-six sides (which is as far as Archimedes carried -it), he will realize how the great Syracusan was hampered -by the lack of the arithmetical notation now in -use. Next, supposing himself in possession of the Arabic -method of notation, let him conceive the labor of Rudolph -von Ceulen, who, before logarithms were known, -computed the ratio of the circumference to the diameter -to thirty-five decimal places,—an achievement considered -so great that the result was inscribed upon his tombstone,—and -then, turning to the calculus, let him examine the -formulas by which Clausen and Dase, of Germany, computing -independently of each other, carried out the value -to two hundred decimal places, their results agreeing to -the last figure; this will give him a conception of the -superior instruments of thought invented by those who -developed the calculus. His idea of the labor-saving -devices introduced by the calculus will be heightened -still more on learning that Mr. Shanks, of Durham, -England, carried the calculation to six hundred and -seven decimal places,—a result so nearly accurate that -if it were correctly used in calculating the circumference -of the visible universe, the possible error would be inappreciable<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[89]</a></span> -in the most powerful microscope. On further -learning that in 1882 Lindeman, of Königsberg, rigorously -proved this ratio, commonly represented by the -symbol π, to be incapable of representation as the root -of any algebraic equation whatever with rational coefficients, -he will not only refrain from joining the common -herd of squarers of the circle, but no further argument -will be needed to show the nature and value of -the labor-saving devices introduced into the domain of -thought by modern mathematics.</p> - -<p>Since it is unreasonable to expect that every reader -shall be familiar with higher mathematics, the duty of -using simpler illustrations cannot be evaded. Fortunately -for the purpose in hand, the book of experience -furnishes these with an abundance that is almost -bewildering.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Chemistry.</div> - -<p>A professor of chemistry was lecturing to an audience -of teachers on agriculture. When he began to write -upon the black-board they smiled at his spelling. -Iron he wrote Fe. Water he spelled H₂O. -They soon saw that he was using the instruments of -thought furnished by a science with which, unfortunately, -few of them were familiar. He had found that the use -of these chemical symbols made his thinking as much -superior to that of the ordinary man as the work of the -youth upon a self-binder is superior to that of the giant -working with no better instrument than the sickle of our -forefathers.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Arabic notation.</div> - -<p>The school furnishes numerous examples to illustrate -this point. When the teachers of a well-known city -began the use of objects to impart the ideas of number -and of the fundamental rules in arithmetic, the interest -of the pupils and their facility in calculation grew wonderfully. -The teaching was in accordance with the laws -of mental growth. For fear the pupils would manipulate<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[90]</a></span> -the Arabic figures without corresponding ideas, collections -and equal parts of objects were drawn upon the -slate to illustrate addition and subtraction of integers and -fractions. The plan was followed for years and carried -upward through the grades. Finally the pupils were -examined for admission into the high school. A -problem involving the four fundamental rules in combinations -which could not be illustrated by pictures -of objects, or the objects themselves, was set for solution. -Out of fifty-nine applicants, only ten succeeded in giving -the correct answer. The same kind of problem was -given three times by three different persons, and with -practically the same outcome. The teachers realized that -they had kept up for too long a time the thinking in -things, instead of drilling the pupils upon the process of -thinking in the symbols of the Arabic notation. It is, -of course, possible to think number without using the -Arabic digits. The Romans did so by means of their -counting-boards, and the Chinese do so by devices of -their own. The characters which were brought into -Western Europe through Arabic influences are derived, -according to Max Mueller, from the first letters of the -Sanskrit words for the first ten numerals. Their use -facilitated calculation to such an extent that -arithmetic gradually ceased to be the prerogative -of slaves and ecclesiastics; its operations began to -be understood by freemen and by the nobility. If children -are denied the use of objects in their early lessons -in number, they resort to counting on their fingers. If -they are not led from this thinking on their fingers to -thinking in figures, they will never become expert in -arithmetic. Sometimes the fingers no longer move, but -the mind conceives pictures of the hand, and the mind’s -eye runs along the fingers of hands not visible to the -corporeal eye. It is equally bad if the pupils never<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[91]</a></span> -think number except by mental pictures of blocks, -sticks, balls, and the like. When the pupil sees 7 × 9, he -should not conceive seven heaps of nine shoe-pegs each, -and then a rearrangement into six groups of ten shoe-pegs, -and three stray ones alongside of these groups; but -instantaneously the symbols 7 × 9 should suggest, with -unerring accuracy, the result,—63.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Fractions.</div> - -<p>In the schools of another district the principal proposed -concrete work in fractions. The teachers and pupils -began to divide things into halves, and thirds, -and fourths, and sixths. They added and subtracted -by subdividing these into fractions that denoted -equal parts of a unit. Whilst the charm of novelty -still clung to the process, a stranger who visited the -schools asked one of the teachers how the pupils and -parents liked the change. “Everybody is delighted,” -was the exclamation. A year later the same teacher was -asked by the visitor, “How are you succeeding with -your concrete work in fractions?” With a dejected air -she replied, “We are disappointed with the results.” -“Just as I expected,” exclaimed the visitor; “for you -were making the children think on the level of barbarism, -instead of teaching them to use the tools and labor-saving -machinery of modern civilization.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Reckoning interest.</div> - -<p>Still another incident, taken from actual life, will -serve to throw light upon the subject under discussion. -In the booming days of the iron industry a laborer had -saved and put out at interest twelve hundred dollars. -The rate was six per cent., and no interest had been -paid for one year and four months. Unable to reckon -interest with figures, the toiler asked the principal of -the schools to tell him the amount of interest -due. Next day he greeted the principal by -asking, “Did you not make a mistake in your calculation?” -The reply was, “In my hurry to avoid being<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[92]</a></span> -late at school I may have made a mistake.” He found that -the man was right, and curiosity led him to ask how the -error had been detected. “I reckoned it,” said the -man. This aroused still greater curiosity; for the principal -knew that, beyond the ability to count, the man -had no knowledge of arithmetic. By agreement they -met on Saturday afternoon, so that the man might show -his method of reckoning interest. At the appointed -hour the man laid six pennies on the floor to denote a -year’s interest on one dollar, and then laid two pennies -alongside of these as the additional interest on a dollar -for four months. The supply of pennies being -exhausted, he made strokes with chalk, and proceeded -to do this twelve hundred times, and then to count them -for the purpose of ascertaining the interest. It was -thinking in things with a vengeance. And yet the -making of strokes with chalk was a step in symbolic -representation, and shows the innate tendency of the -human mind to use symbols in thinking.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Words.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Dialects.</div> - -<p>Even the words used in counting are symbols. In fact, -every word that signifies anything is a symbol used by -the mind to indicate an idea more or less complex, -as well as the thing or things or relation -of things in the external world which corresponds to the -idea. In advanced thinking the words denote ideas -more and more complex as the problems grow in difficulty -or involve more of the abstract and general concepts -under which the mind classifies the objects of which -it takes cognizance. This is more largely true of the -words in a developed language than it is of a dialect -with little or no literature. A reference to the writer’s -early home will be pardoned in this connection. -His father, a plain farmer in Eastern -Pennsylvania, sent four sons through college and gave -each of them a professional or university education.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[93]</a></span> -When they gather under the parental roof they use the -dialect of their early days in discussing life on the farm -and in rehearsing the funny experiences of their boyhood; -but when they discuss a question in science or -mathematics, in law, medicine, or theology, they drop the -dialect of their boyhood and use the instruments of -thought furnished by languages having a literature. -Some one has facetiously said of one town in the Lehigh -Valley that the people pray in seven languages and swear -in eight. It is a witty statement of an actual fact. The -Welshman can pray as well as swear in his native -tongue. The Pennsylvania German can vent his feelings -fully in his own dialect when he grows profane. As -soon as he says his prayers he reverts to the language -of the pulpit and of Luther’s Bible because he there -finds the words which express the deepest wants and -emotions of the human soul.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Melanchthon.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Growth of the German language.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Value of a rich vocabulary.</div> - -<p>When Melanchthon prepared the Saxony school plan -he insisted that pupils should read Latin, write Latin, -and speak Latin to the exclusion of the mother -tongue. If an educator of to-day should advocate -this policy in the fatherland, he would be banished. -Melanchthon, surnamed preceptor Germaniæ, -knew what he was about. He taught at a time when -teachers of the humanities lamented that children were -born in the homes of parents speaking German. He -lectured at a time when Luther and his colleagues were -visiting market-places to talk with the peasants for the -purpose of gathering words and phrases by which the -New Testament might be adequately rendered in the -vernacular of the common people. A development -extending over one hundred and fifty -years was required before the lecturers at the -universities found in it enough words and phrases to -serve as instruments of thought for purposes of advanced<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[94]</a></span> -investigation and ratiocination. So rich and -flexible has the German become that Voss succeeded in -translating Homer into German, using the same metre, -the same number of lines, without adding to or subtracting -from the ideas of the original. Schlegel’s translation -of Shakespeare is equally famous and equally successful. -Both of these masterpieces show how essential a rich -vocabulary is in rendering or in reproducing the best -thoughts of the best minds; they show the importance -of linguistic development and linguistic teaching. -For purposes of thought and culture a rich -mother tongue is of untold advantage. It is -a great blessing to be born and raised in a -home presided over by a well-educated mother. It is an -invaluable help to be trained in schools whose teachers -speak and write the languages which have felt the touch -of the genius of Shakespeare and of Goethe. Next -to furnishing ideas or something to think about, the -thing of most importance in teaching a pupil to think is -to enrich his vocabulary, to train him in language. Dr. -Whewell has well remarked that “language is the -atmosphere in which thought lives, for there is hardly a -subject we can think about without the aid of language. -Consequently, without knowledge of the language of a -science all thinking with regard to that science is impossible; -for although we conceive the world by means of -our senses, we comprehend it only in and through the -form of language.” In this connection one cannot do -better than listen to the conclusions of men who have -attained eminence as scholars, thinkers, and writers. -Speaking from experience, they can throw light upon the -art of correct and efficient thinking.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Dr. Morrell.</div> - -<p>“Language, we must remember,” says Dr. Morrell, -“is not constructed afresh by every individual mind -which uses it. It is a world already created for us,—one<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[95]</a></span> -into which we have simply to be introduced, and in -which the process of human development, up to any given -period, is more or less perfectly preserved -and registered. Recollection, accordingly, by -enabling us to appropriate to ourselves a whole system -of signs, with the ideas attached to them, initiates us -insensibly into the intellectual world of the present, puts -us upon the vantage-ground of the latest degree of civilization, -and enables us to grasp the ideas of the age without -the labor of thinking them out consecutively by our -own individual effort.”<a name="FNanchor_11" id="FNanchor_11"></a><a href="#Footnote_11" class="fnanchor">[11]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Dr. Whewell.</div> - -<p>“Language,” says Dr. Whewell, “is often called an -instrument of thought; but it is also the nutriment of -thought; or, rather, it is the atmosphere in -which thought lives; a medium essential to -the activity of our speculative power, although invisible -and imperceptible in its operation; and an element -modifying, by its qualities and changes, the growth -and complexion of the faculties which it feeds. In -this way the influence of preceding discoveries upon -subsequent ones, of the past upon the present, is most -penetrating and universal, though most subtle and difficult -to trace. The most familiar words and phrases are -connected by imperceptible ties with the reasonings and -discoveries of former men and most distant times. Their -knowledge is an inseparable part of ours; the present -generation inherits and uses the scientific wealth of all -the past. And this is the fortune not only of the great -and rich in the intellectual world, of those who have -the key to the ancient storehouses and who have accumulated -treasures of their own, but the humblest inquirer, -while he puts his reasoning into words, benefits by the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[96]</a></span> -labors of the greatest discoverers. When he counts his -little wealth, he finds he has in his hands coins which -bear the image and superscription of ancient and modern -intellectual dynasties; and that, in virtue of this possession, -acquisitions are in his power, solid knowledge -within his reach, which none could ever have attained -to if it were not that the gold of truth, once dug out of -the mine, circulates more and more widely among mankind.”<a name="FNanchor_12" id="FNanchor_12"></a><a href="#Footnote_12" class="fnanchor">[12]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Dr. Hinsdale.</div> - -<p>“The word ‘vernacular,’” says Hinsdale, “is derived -from <i lang="la">vernaculus</i>, which comes from <i lang="la">verna</i>, a slave born in -his master’s house; and it means the speech to -which one is born and in which he is reared,—the -<i lang="la">patrius sermo</i> of the Roman, the <i lang="de">Mutter-sprache</i> of -the German, the mother tongue of the Englishman. -Command of a noble vernacular involves the most valuable -discipline and culture that a man is capable of -receiving. It conditions all other discipline and culture.... -The greatest mental inheritance to which a German, -a Frenchman, or an Englishman is born is his native -tongue, rich in the knowledge and wisdom, the ideas -and thoughts, the wit and fancy, the sentiment and feeling, -of a thousand years. Nay, of more than a thousand -years; for these languages, in their modern forms, were -enriched by still earlier centuries. To come back to the -old thought, such a speech as one of these only flows out -from such a life as it expresses, and is in turn essential -to the existence of that life.”<a name="FNanchor_13" id="FNanchor_13"></a><a href="#Footnote_13" class="fnanchor">[13]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">English.</div> - -<p>Parents who wish their children to possess the best -instruments of thought cannot be too careful in the selection -of teachers for them. Children whose mother tongue<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[97]</a></span> -is a dialect should be trained in one or more of the languages -that have been enriched by centuries of development -and literary culture. The best that the people of -Pennsylvania-German extraction can do for future generations -is to make the transition as speedily as possible -from their vernacular—so poverty-stricken in its vocabulary—to -the English, with its abundant vocabulary -and its unsurpassed literary treasures. In -the English they will find the instruments of thought -fitted to develop native powers that have been inherited -from an ancestry of sturdy husbandmen, and strengthened -through heredity by centuries of contact with the -soil, even as the giant Antæus, in wrestling with Hercules, -is fabled to have gained new strength as often as -he came in contact with mother earth. The same advice -will apply to the other nationalities who have come to -live on American soil, even though they have brought -with them a more developed vernacular. The English -dictionary contains one hundred and twenty thousand -words; but besides these words in common use, the dictionaries -of the specialists contain several hundred thousand -more, which may be called technical terms, and -which serve as instruments of thought in scientific discussions -and investigations. To these we next turn our -attention.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[98]</a></span></p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[99]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="CHAPTER_VI">VI<br /> -<span class="smaller">TECHNICAL TERMS AS INSTRUMENTS OF THOUGHT</span></h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[100]</a></span></p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>It is the power of thinking by means of symbols which demarcates -men from animals, and gives one man or nation the superiority -over others.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Lewes.</span></p> - -<p>Hardly any original thoughts on mental or social subjects ever -make their way among mankind or assume their proper importance -in the minds even of their inventors until aptly selected words or -phrases have, as it were, nailed them down and held them fast.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">J. S. Mill.</span></p> - -<p>Though most readers, probably, entertain, at first, a persuasion -that a writer ought to content himself with the use of common -words in their common sense, and feel a repugnance to technical -terms and arbitrary rules of phraseology, as pedantic and troublesome, -it is soon found by the student of any branch of science that, -without technical terms and fixed rules, there can be no certain or -progressive knowledge. The loose and infantine grasp of common -language cannot hold objects steadily enough for scientific examination, -or lift them from one stage of generalization to another. -They must be secured by the rigid mechanism of a scientific -phraseology. This necessity has been felt in all the sciences, from -the earliest periods of their progress.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Whewell.</span></p> - -<p>Ideas and existences are represented by terms and phrases; and -as terms and phrases are representative of thoughts and things, -and are the means which enable us to speak about them, the definitions, -descriptions, and explanations of terms form a very necessary -part of science; and he who would understand science must -learn the meaning of the special terms employed in it.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Gore.</span></p> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[101]</a></span></p> - -<h3>VI<br /> -<span class="smaller">TECHNICAL TERMS AS INSTRUMENTS OF THOUGHT</span></h3> - -<div class="sidenote">Technical terms.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Their value.</div> - -<p>Some teachers are very much afraid of technical terms. -They teach their pupils to say name-word instead of -noun, action-word instead of verb, and bring -over instead of transpose. There is no end to -the phrases they invent for the sake of avoiding technical -terms. Acting on the maxim that a pupil shall never -be allowed to use a word without comprehending its -meaning, they prefer to use compound words and -phrases to denote the fundamental ideas of the various -branches of study. This fear of technical terms is a -natural result of the reaction against rote teaching. So -much has been said and written against the teaching of -mere words, especially big words, against parrot-like -recitations of definitions, rules, principles, and forms of -statement given in the text-book or wrought out by the -teacher, that many people fail to see the value of technical -terms as instruments of thought. A separate -chapter is necessary to point out their function -in scientific thinking and instruction. In common parlance -the use of technical terms should be avoided. Do -we say that Nebuchadnezzar had a long noun or a long -name? Noun is a technical term; name is the word in -ordinary use. Do we say that a man broke his femur or -his leg? The doctors who set the limb will probably use<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[102]</a></span> -the technical term in their conferences. In talking with -the common people they use the common names, unless -they wish to awe the multitudes by a show of learning. -Often, indeed, men use big words to hide their ignorance. -In physiology the investigations are carried as far as -possible, and then a term is coined to cover the unknown. -Often high-sounding words are strung together to cover -a lack of ideas or to establish a reputation for erudition. -These are tricks to which a genuine teacher has no occasion -to resort. It is his duty to ascertain the educational -value of the technical terms of science, and to use these -terms for the purpose of fixing scientific ideas in the mind -and of causing the pupil to think clearly and exactly.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Basal concepts.</div> - -<p>At the basis of every science, as we have seen, there -are certain ideas which cannot be conveyed to other -minds by the use of the corresponding technical terms. -These basal concepts must be built up in the -learner’s mind by skilful teaching, sometimes -by the very process by which the race acquired or discovered -them. It may require a trip to the field, to the -museum, or to the mine; or an experiment in the laboratory -may be necessary. Perhaps a development lesson is -needed to enable the pupil to grasp the idea clearly and -fully. It is very certain that if the idea is hazy and ill-defined, -the subsequent thinking will be loose, obscure, -and unsatisfactory. The glib use of technical terms may -often hide from the teacher the defects of the pupil’s -thinking, and it may require an examination to reveal -the points wherein the teacher has failed. Questions -which require a pupil to look at his knowledge from a -new point of view are helpful; an examination abounding -in such questions may be an intellectual blessing to -both teacher and pupil. The examiner should, of course, -avoid puzzling catch-questions, for these are calculated -to embarrass the pupil and confuse his thinking.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[103]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Popular lectures.</div> - -<p>A clear thinker can always make his ideas intelligible -to those who have acquired the basal concepts of the -things, principles, and laws with which he -deals. Lecturers on popular science avoid the -abstruse questions of advanced science and the technical -terms which do not convey a definite meaning to the -average hearer. They select topics which can be discussed -in the language of common life, and often state the -results of scientific research without leading the audience -through the successive steps by which these results are -obtained. The popular lecture requires special gifts that -are not in the possession of every scientist. Huxley was -one of the most gifted men of the century; yet he says of -himself,—</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Huxley.</div> - -<p>“I have not been one of those fortunate persons who -are able to regard a popular lecture as a mere <i lang="fr">hors -d’œuvre</i> unworthy of being ranked among the -serious efforts of a philosopher, and who keep -their fame as scientific hierophants unsullied by attempts—at -least of the successful sort—to be understanded by -the people. On the contrary, I have found that the task -of putting the truths learned in the field, the laboratory, -and the museum into language which, without bating a -jot of scientific accuracy, shall be generally intelligible, -taxed such scientific and literary faculty as I possessed -to the uttermost; indeed, my experience has furnished -me with no better corrective of the tendency to scholastic -pedantry, which besets all those who are absorbed in -pursuits remote from the common ways of men, and become -habituated to think and speak in the technical -dialect of their own little world, as if there were no -other.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Exact thinking.</div> - -<p>There is an error, on the other hand, into which practical -men fall when they object to the technical language -of the scientist. There are many things in science which<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[104]</a></span> -cannot be made plain to the non-scientific mind. The -difficulty lies not in the terminology employed, but in -the lack of the basal concepts necessary for the -advanced thinking which must be employed. -Says Robert Galloway, “Words when employed in science, -unlike their employment in common use, have a -meaning steadily fixed and precisely determined; this -precision in the meaning of scientific terms necessarily -requires on the part of those who can make proper use -of them <em>accurate habits of thought</em>; this is an indispensable -qualification for attainment in any science; there is no -dispensing with it, consequently one who does not know -the language of a science, and who has not been taught -to think accurately with respect to it, cannot understand -properly what may be told or shown him about the facts -or principles of that science.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">De Quincey.</div> - -<p>From this point of view it is easy to see the use which -the teacher should make of technical terms. Circumlocutions -and explanatory phrases may be helpful in -developing fundamental ideas, but the corresponding -technical terms should be associated with the ideas as -soon as these assume clear, definite shape. Language is -the atmosphere in which thinking lives; technical language -is as necessary to the scientific thought as the air -we breathe is to the physical life. In one of his letters -to a young man whose education had been neglected, De -Quincey renders an important service to the -science of teaching. “In assigning to the complex -notion X the name transcendental, Kant was not -simply transferring a word which had previously been -used by the school-men to a more useful office; he was -bringing into the service of the intellect a new birth; -that is, drawing into a synthesis, which had not existed -before as a synthesis, parts or elements which -exist and come forward hourly in every man’s mind. I<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[105]</a></span> -urge this upon your attention, because you will often hear -such challenges thrown out as this (or others involving -the same error): ‘Now, if there be any sense in this Mr. -Kant’s writings, let us have it in good old mother -English.’ That is, in other words, transfer into the -unscientific language of life scientific notions which it is -not fitted to express. The challenger proceeds upon the -common error of supposing all ideas fully developed to -exist <i lang="la">in esse</i> in all understandings, ergo, his own; and all -that are in his own he thinks we can express in English. -Thus the challenger, in his own notions, has you in a -dilemma, at any rate; for, if you do not translate it, -then it confirms his belief that the whole is jargon; if -you do (as, doubtless, with the help of much periphrasis, -that will be intelligible to a man who already understands -the philosophy), then where was the use of the -terminology? But the way to deal with this fellow is as -follows: My good sir, I shall do what you ask; but -before I do it I beg you will oblige me by (1) translating -this mathematics into the language of chemistry; (2) -translating this chemistry into the language of mathematics; -(3) both into the language of cookery, and, -finally, solve me the Cambridge problem, Given the captain’s -name, the year of our Lord, to determine the longitude -of the ship? This is the way to deal with such -fellows.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Images.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Higher forms of thinking.</div> - -<p>Technical terms are very helpful in dealing with that -which cannot be imaged or visualized. When Francis -Galton began his inquiries into the power possessed -by different minds to conceive the breakfast -table, to recall vividly the various dishes and the -way in which they are placed upon the table, many men -of scientific habits of thought declared that there is no -such human faculty. On the other hand, the educational -reformer whose early training did not make him familiar<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[106]</a></span> -with the thought-processes of higher mathematics may -honestly declare that he cannot conceive an abstract -number, and, as a matter of course, he can have no adequate -conception of the value of the higher forms of -thinking in symbols. Dr. W. T. Harris has -well said that the mind can think ideas which -cannot be pictorially conceived or made to -stand before the mind in thought-images. In thinking -this class of ideas, technical terms are indispensable as -instruments of thought.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Symbols classified.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Suggestive symbols.</div> - -<p>The value of technical terms as instruments of thought -is seen in a still clearer light if we try to classify the -various uses of the signs and symbols which -are employed as aids in thinking. Many of -these have no office beyond that of <em>suggesting</em> the things -or ideas for which they stand. To this class belong the -marks which suggest to the tramp a cross dog -or a good meal. As soon as he has seen -them, they could be erased; the train of thought which -they started in his mind can go on without them. Of -a similar character are the devices by which the merchant -marks the buying and the selling prices of goods, -the red and blue lights used on railways and ocean -steamers, the secret signs and signals employed by the -signal corps of an army, and the steps, grips, signs, -countersigns, and passwords employed by secret societies -as a means of identification. Very many of the artificial -devices used in systems of mnemonics have no higher -function than that of suggesting what otherwise might -be forgotten.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Symbols as substitutes.</div> - -<p>Very different are the signs and symbols which mathematics -employs as substitutes for the quantities to be -considered. In adding a column in the ledger -or in a statistical table the mind thinks the -figures without reference to the concrete objects which<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[107]</a></span> -they denote. In the solution of a problem in algebra -the unknown quantities are represented by symbols like -<i>x</i> and <i>y</i>, the known quantities by the first letters of -the alphabet or by numerical expressions; the relations -between the quantities are indicated by equations; -there is no thought of the quantities themselves while -the mind is engaged in manipulating the symbols -according to well-defined rules of operation, and only -when the result is to be interpreted do the quantities -reappear in the field of consciousness. The substitute -symbol is a device for temporarily dropping an idea until -it is needed for interpretation; the suggestive symbol is -a means of bringing an idea or thought into the domain -of consciousness. The latter furnishes or recalls material -for the mind to act upon; the former lightens the -burden which the mind would otherwise have to carry. -The arithmetical solution of an age question in which -the mind constantly carries the thought of A’s age and -his wife’s age as compared with the algebraic solution -of the same question in which A and his wife, as well as -their ages, sink temporarily out of sight, shows the value -of substitute signs and symbols in mathematical thinking, -and explains why algebraic methods are so far superior -to the clumsy and involved methods of arithmetical -analysis.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Expressive symbols.</div> - -<p>Different from either of these is the class of symbols -used in expressing ideas. This class includes not only -the words of written and spoken language, but -also the natural signs of gesture language and -the conventional signs of manual language taught to -deaf mutes. The language is full of faded metaphors -indicating the office of common words. They are said -to express meaning, to convey thought, to embody -ideas, to enshrine content. They may be likened to -window-panes through which one sees what is back of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[108]</a></span> -them. Sometimes the window-panes, like spectacles -when first worn, attract more attention from the person -looking than the objects seen through them,—a parallel -to what occurs when the articulate speech, or its rhetorical -adornment, attracts more attention than the thought -expressed. But if that which is seen through the window-pane -is on the order of a Santa Claus loaded with toys -and Christmas-gifts, then no notice is taken of the -medium through which the object is seen. Hence the -very best teaching—that which rivets attention upon the -thought conveyed—always fails to teach the spelling of -words incidentally. Furthermore, the instruction which -frequently stops to draw attention to the grammar of the -sentences, the spelling of the words or their mode of -utterance, interferes with the formation of logical habits -of thinking and divests the words of their function as -expressive signs. When the word itself becomes an -object of thought the mind is not thinking by means of -that word. It has been well said that we may fail to -apprehend the meaning of what a person is saying -because the tone of his voice arrests our attention -through its resemblance to that of some one else in -whom we feel an interest; that so far as signs thus -attract notice on their own account, they fail to fulfil -their function as a means of attending to something -other than themselves. For this very pertinent observation -credit is due to Mr. G. F. Stout, who (“Mind,” -lxii. page 18) has very clearly drawn the distinction -between the three classes of signs or symbols used as -helps in thinking. He says,—</p> - -<div class="sidenote">G. F. Stout.</div> - -<p>“Suggestive signs serve only to bring something to -mind; they are not a means of minding it when once -recalled. An expressive sign, on the contrary, -is a means of attending to its signification.... -Expressive signs differ from substitutes in a manner<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[109]</a></span> -exactly the inverse of that in which they differ from -suggestive signs. A suggestive sign has fulfilled its -purpose and becomes of no further avail so soon as -it has suggested its meaning. A substitute sign is a -counter which takes the place of its meaning; so long -as it fulfils its representative function it renders useless -all reference to that which it represents. The counters -are manipulated according to certain rules of operation -until a certain result is reached, which is then -interpreted. The operator may be actually unable to -interpret the intermediate steps. Algebraical and arithmetical -symbols are to a great extent used as mere substitute -signs. The same is true of the symbols employed -in formal logic. It is possible to use signs of this kind -whenever fixed and definite rules of operation can be -derived from the nature of the things symbolized, so as -to be applied in manipulating the signs without further -reference to their signification. A word is an instrument -for thinking about the meaning which it expresses; a -substitute sign is a means of not thinking about the -meaning which it symbolizes.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Fixing concepts.</div> - -<p>In addition to these three purposes the technical term -may serve still another important end. It helps to fix the -new concept or notion after it has been developed -by skilful instruction. Its association therewith -makes it a suggestive sign whenever occasion requires the -recurrence of the concept or thought for which it stands. -The train of thought is facilitated and made possible by -the use of technical terms as expressive signs. And if the -idea denoted by it can be accurately defined, so that the -definition becomes a triumph of intellect, or if it can be -quantified, so as to become a unit of measure like the volts, -ohms, ampères, and watts in applied electricity, the technical -term may even serve a purpose analogous to the substitute -signs in sciences like formal logic and mathematics.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[110]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Proper use of technical terms.</div> - -<p>The foregoing analysis indicates the proper method of -teaching technical terms. First, the basal concept -should be carefully developed and clearly presented; -it should then be fixed in the mind -by association with the corresponding technical -term; finally, the union should be made permanent by -frequently causing the two to appear together in the -domain of thought, by treating them as welcome guests -when they appear together in the citadel of mind. -Divorce of one from the other should be as impossible as -in the case of the two parties to a suitable marriage. On -the <i lang="fr">fête</i> days of science they should appear together, -each suggesting the presence of the other, the technical -term serving as a helpmeet to the idea, and as its representative -when, in the charmed circle of scientific investigation, -the presence of the idea is not absolutely -required. Circumlocutions, like name-word for noun, -quality-word for adjective, and relation-word for preposition, -may be helpful in presenting the idea or in introducing -the technical term; they may be tolerated, like -a third party in the making of a match; but when the -match has been made, and the wedding has been solemnized, -they should drop out of sight as of no further -use. The figure of speech could easily be pressed too -far; for many objects known to science have a common -as well as a technical designation. Each has its proper -place in the realm of thought,—the common name in -ordinary conversation, the technical term when scientific -precision is required.</p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[111]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="CHAPTER_VII">VII<br /> -<span class="smaller">THOUGHT AND LANGUAGE</span></h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[112]</a></span></p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>It seems to me quite certain that we can and do think things -without thinking of any sound or words. Language seems to me -to be necessary to the progress of thought, but not at all necessary -to the mere act of thinking. It is a product of thought: a vehicle -for the communication of it, a channel for the conveyance of it, -and an embodiment which is essential to its growth and continuity. -But it seems to be altogether erroneous to represent it as an inseparable -part of cogitation. Donkeys and dogs are without true -thought, not because they are speechless, but they are speechless -because they have no abstract ideas, and no true reasoning powers. -In parrots the power of mere articulation exists sometimes in -wonderful perfection. But parrots are not so clever as many other -birds which have no such power.</p> - -<p>Man’s vocal organs are correlated with his brain. Both are -equally mysterious, because they are co-operative, and yet separable, -parts of “one plan.”</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Argyll.</span></p> - -<p>That the language may be fitted for its purpose, not only should -every word perfectly express its meaning, but there should be no -important meaning without its word. Whatever we have occasion -to think of often, and for scientific purposes, ought to have a name -appropriated to it.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">J. S. Mill.</span></p> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[113]</a></span></p> - -<h3>VII<br /> -<span class="smaller">THOUGHT AND LANGUAGE</span></h3> - -<div class="sidenote">Three possible contingencies.</div> - -<p>In the development of intellectual life three contingencies -are possible.</p> - -<p>1. The growth of the vocabulary may be -more rapid than the acquisition of ideas.</p> - -<p>2. The accumulation and development of ideas may -exceed the ability to express them in language.</p> - -<p>3. The acquisition of ideas and words, of thought and -language, may be simultaneous.</p> - -<p>Without doubt, these possibilities in mental growth -exist for wise and beneficent purposes.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Words without ideas.</div> - -<p>The tendency to acquire words without the corresponding -ideas is, in at least one direction, a source of gain -rather than loss. The pert phrases, profane -words, and other objectionable language which -the child accidentally hears from the lips of -older persons, and at times uses to the unspeakable -annoyance of parents and teachers, would be an occasion -for far more serious alarm if the meaning were fully -understood. Were it a law of our mental life that the -hearing and learning of a profane or obscene word necessarily -carried with it a clear grasp of the meaning, the -resulting harm to the inner life of the soul would be immeasurably -greater, and the stain upon the character -would be vastly more difficult to remove. The objectionable -language may mirror the habits of thought and -speech into which those in charge of the child have -fallen, awaken in them a new sense of their responsibility,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[114]</a></span> -and cause them to be more careful of what they -say; or it may prove an index to the kind of company -into which the child is drifting, and thus serve as a -danger-signal to parent and teacher. When the mind -has not learned to think the thought expressed, a simple -warning against the use of such ugly words generally -suffices to eradicate them from the child’s vocabulary; -and in such instances it is a blessing in disguise that the -learning of the words was not accompanied by the acquisition -of their meaning. The loss to the intellectual life -is more than balanced by the gain in moral training.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Thinking without words.</div> - -<p>Is thinking possible without language? If by language -is meant oral speech and written words, the sign-language -of deaf mutes is sufficient to compel an affirmative -answer to the question. Moreover, there -are modes of thinking and of expressing thought -other than by the use of words. Of the means of expressing -thought without words, symbols like the ten -digits and the sigma of the new psychology are well-known -examples. The player in a game of chess, croquet, -or billiards thinks movements in advance of making -them, and generally without describing the same in -words. The drawings and plans by means of which the -architect designs a new building, the mental images of -mechanical contrivances which precede the invention and -construction of machines, the mental pictures used in -designing, engineering, and sketching, in original geological -thought, prove beyond the shadow of a doubt -that thinking may go forward without words and sentences, -and may find expression in ways better adapted -to the needs of the artisan. The graphic method of presenting -to the eye the results of an investigation is less -cumbersome than any description in words. Some men -depend so much upon mental pictures in their thinking -that they assert they cannot think at all without them.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[115]</a></span> -In some kinds of gymnastic drill the movement is described -in words, then conceived by the mind, and finally -executed. This exercise has a different educational value -from the exercise in which the student simply imitates -the movements of the teacher, the latter being an instance -of thinking and expressing thought without the -help of words. The speed with which many movements -must be executed, as in fencing, legerdemain, athletic -sports, the manipulation of the lever in the hands of the -engineer, requires thinking without the intermediate -agency of words and sentences. The time it takes for -an idea to pass into words, and through them into -actions, is measurably greater than the time required for -the direct translation of thought into action. Although -the difference in specific instances is measured by the -fraction of a second, it would involve serious loss of time -as well as energy in the handicrafts if thoughts could -only pass into action through speech or written language.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Superfluity of words.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Thought and action.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Francis Galton.</div> - -<p>Some persons run to mouth; others lack in this -respect. To the former class belong those whose lips -move in study; those who talk to themselves; and many -whose paucity of ideas does not justify their -superfluity of words. Let such a man be -elected as a delegate to a synod or a convention, and the -sessions will be prolonged beyond the usual time. As a -rule, the energy of such men is exhausted in speech; -they are not noted for getting things done. On the -other hand, the men of great executive ability are oftentimes -men of few words; their thought is -translated into doing rather than talking. The -man of deeds is always estimated above the man of -words, the general above the orator, Cæsar the commander -above Cæsar the orator. Sometimes the men -of original turn of mind find that their thinking outstrips<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[116]</a></span> -their power to express thought. Francis Galton says of -himself, “It is a serious drawback to me in writing -that I do not so easily think in words as otherwise. -It often happens that after being hard -at work and having arrived at results that are perfectly -clear and satisfactory to myself, when I try to express -them in language I feel that I must begin by putting -myself on quite a different intellectual plane; I have to -translate my thoughts into a language that does not run -evenly with them. I therefore waste a great deal of -time in seeking for appropriate words and phrases, and -am conscious, when required to speak on a sudden, of -being often obscure through mere verbal maladroitness, -and not through want of clearness of perception. This -is one of the small annoyances of my life. I may add -that often while engaged in thinking out something I -hatch an accompaniment of nonsense-words, just as notes -of a song might accompany the thought. Also, that -after I have made a mental step, the appropriate word -frequently follows as an echo; as a rule, it does not accompany -it.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Knowing and telling.</div> - -<p>This throws a new light upon one phase of school -work. The boy who has a notion of the content of a -lesson sometimes stops in the midst of a recitation -and, without premeditation, exclaims, -“I know it, but cannot say it.” The teacher -retorts, “You do not know what you cannot express.” -Both are right and both are wrong. There is, probably, a -measure of truth in what each claims. If the pupil had -mastered the text, he would not only have a clear idea -of the lesson, but he would also have acquired from the -book or from the teacher the words to express the idea. -Nevertheless, if there is reason for thinking that the -pupil has devoted reasonable time to the lesson, his linguistic -powers should be developed by questions and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[117]</a></span> -other appropriate help. The good sense and native -instincts of most teachers lead them to give this help. -The teacher whose captious disposition issues in remarks -calculated to repress a backward pupil’s powers of expression -should find employment outside of the school-room.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Foreign-born children.</div> - -<p>The child of foreigners may outstrip native children -and astonish the school by unprecedented progress because, -being already familiar with the ideas of -the lesson, it is compelled simply to acquire the -language by which the ideas are expressed. -By reason of their inability at first to tell what they -know, such children are often classified with those less -mature, and the mastery of the new language in their case -is not as difficult as the mastery of new ideas for which -brain-growth may be the essential condition. To ignore -the fact that such children often know more than they -can tell is pedagogic folly in the highest degree.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Language clarifies thought.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Literary societies.</div> - -<p>Courses of study are sometimes mapped out so as to -cause inequality in the pace with which ideas are accumulated -and language is developed. Undue stress on -grammar, rhetoric, and belles-lettres may cause abnormal -development in the direction of flowery language, a -verbose style, an ornate diction. It is a fault difficult -to correct. To insist that such a student shall -have something to say, to force him into studies -that will bring him face to face with great -questions as yet unsettled, to beget in him a state of -mind in which he is troubled with ideas, to compel -him to work over and over what he writes until his -sentences are as clear as crystals, seems necessary to -counteract the one-sided development of such students. -The curriculum of study may err on the other side. The -graduates in the various courses of engineering (civil, -electrical, mechanical, and mining) sometimes develop -technical, to the neglect of linguistic, skill. In the presence<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[118]</a></span> -of a body of capitalists they are made deeply conscious -of the difference between the ability to think and -the ability to express thought.<a name="FNanchor_14" id="FNanchor_14"></a><a href="#Footnote_14" class="fnanchor">[14]</a> In one large school of -technology the graduates established prizes in English -composition and endowed chairs of the English language -and literature, so that future students might acquire the -power to state in clear and intelligible language the results -of their work as specialists. In no long time it was -discovered that for this purpose they also needed training -in an art similar to that of the teacher,—namely, the -art of developing the ideas and thoughts which underlie -and condition the engineering project under consideration. -For him who would be a leader among men, the -ability to express thought is quite as important as the -ability to think. Moreover, there is a vast difference -between ability to express thought on one’s feet in the -presence of an audience and ability to express it on -paper in the privacy of the home. J. J. Rousseau and -Washington Irving could write well, but neither of them -could make a speech. Patrick Henry’s eloquence -before an audience was unsurpassed; he never could -write a satisfactory report. Power in both directions -may be acquired in a college course through the exercises -of a good debating society. The student who, -during four years, carefully writes out his thoughts, then -discards his manuscript while speaking, and studies how -he can best convince his hearers and how he can prune<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[119]</a></span> -himself of the defects pointed out by the merciless criticism -of his fellows, can feel sure of ultimate success. -President Barnard says of one of our largest institutions -that half its glory departed when its literary -societies were killed through the influence of -the Greek letter fraternities. A public speaker who is -a slave to his manuscript is deserving of pity. College -authorities may well exercise their ingenuity in finding -a substitute for the drill and practice which the literary -societies of by-gone days afforded in learning to think -and to express thought in the face of opposition, criticism, -and other unfavorable conditions.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Influence of language upon thinking.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Teaching English.</div> - -<p>Thought and language exercise a reciprocal influence. -Thought is stimulated and clarified by the effort to express -it. Often it is shaped by the limitations of one’s -vocabulary and the range of the words with which one’s -hearers or readers are familiar. The faded metaphors of -language betray us into fallacies. Phrases like -the witness of the spirit, total depravity, have -led to extravagant expectations and unwarranted -conclusions. People sometimes have a -religious phraseology without a corresponding religious -experience, and hence deceive themselves and others. -Everywhere we see instances that go to show how important -it is that the development of the power to think -should keep pace with the growth of the power to express -thought. Very much is said in these days -about the use of good English. As Adam -threw the blame upon Eve, and Eve cast it upon the -Serpent, so every one blames some one else for the poor -English used at school and college. In the end the -teachers are usually made to bear most of the blame: the -college professor blames the teachers in the high school; -these, in turn, blame the teachers in the lower grades; -and when the matter is cast up to the primary teacher,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[120]</a></span> -she throws the blame upon the street and the home. A -professor in the college department of a university gave -many ludicrous specimens of English in the work handed -to him by students. He was asked of what college class -he had charge, and when he replied the sophomore, a -high-school teacher suggested that the specimens reflected -quite as much upon the teachers of the freshman class -as upon the schools below the university.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The committee.</div> - -<p>A women’s society in one of our large cities sent a -committee to the superintendent to complain of the -poor English used by the children in the -schools. He agreed that strenuous efforts -should be made to provide a remedy. He added, “If -you will take care of the English in the homes and -on the streets, I will get the teachers to look after the -English in the schools.” Instead of throwing blame -upon others, it were far more sensible for each educated -person to ask wherein he is to blame for setting others -a bad example and wherein he can help the teachers of -English to accomplish the desired result.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Aim.</div> - -<p>The aim in teaching English is twofold,—first, to get -the student to appreciate good English and good literature; -secondly, to get him to use it in speaking -and writing. The latter end cannot be -reached by mere practice in essay-writing. Ability to -think is a condition of ability to express thought. Too -many of the subjects assigned lay stress upon the forms -of speech and not upon the content of language. When -pupils think in words and disconnected phrases rather -than sentences, when they violate the rules for capitals, -punctuation, and paragraphs, the teachers of English -may be solely to blame; but, in so far as the use of good -English depends upon good thinking, the blame for the -use of faulty language rests upon all who teach. If -the ability to think is not developed in proportion to the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[121]</a></span> -use of language, the school will produce stylists who -exalt the forms of speech above their content, slaves of -beautiful and flowery language who resemble the fops -and dudes of social life. To emancipate from such slavery -requires more than an emancipation proclamation from -the president of a college association.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Linguistic studies.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Language tributary to thinking.</div> - -<p>The labors of the brothers Grim, Max Müller, and -others have reduced the knowledge of language to a -science. Linguistic studies have become as interesting -as any branch of natural science. -They shed new light upon the history of mankind. In -furnishing material for thought, as well as mental discipline, -they are not inferior to any other study in the curriculum. -It would, however, be a mistake to suppose -that philological studies are superior to other disciplines -as means for developing power to think and power to express -thought. The professor of any language is apt to -regard that language as an end, and not as means to an -end. Primarily, language is a medium of communication. -It distinguishes man from the brute creation, and -furnishes him the instruments of thought by which he -carries forward processes of reasoning beyond the reach -of the lower animals. At the university language in -general, or any particular language, may be studied as a -specialty, and can thus be made an end in itself as appropriately -as any other subject which is studied -for its own sake. In the lower schools language -should always be made tributary to the art of -thinking. It should be employed to embody -thought, and to convey thought, without intruding itself -upon our attention as the thing of chief value. Any -phase of linguistic study may be lifted by an enthusiastic -teacher into the chief place in the course of study. Orthography -has sometimes been taught as if it were the -chief end of man to spell correctly. Grammar has been<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[122]</a></span> -taught as if a faulty sentence were one of the sins forbidden -by the Decalogue, and as if the fate of the republic -depended upon parsing, analysis, and diagramming. -The pronunciation of words may be emphasized until the -lips of teacher and pupil smack of an overdose of dictionary, -until the overdoing of obscure vowels draws -attention away from the thought to the manner of utterance. -A sensible man articulates his words in such a -manner as readily to be understood, but never in such a -way as to excite remark or draw the mind of the listener -from the subject-matter of the discourse.</p> - -<p>In educational practice, the manner of expressing the -thought should not supplant the more important art of -making the pupil think. Getting and begetting thought -are of more consequence than the expression of thought; -in fact, they condition the correct use of language. All -talk about English, or German, or Spanish, or Latin, or -Greek, as if any one of these languages were an end -in itself for the average pupil, is wide of the mark. -Correct sentences, beautiful expressions, and rhetorical -phrases can never make a nation great or perpetuate its -free institutions. Flowery language can never save a -dying sinner or console the widow who is following the -bier of a son, her only child and support. Fine words -never win a battle by land or by sea. The most eloquent -orations against Philip of Macedon did not keep him -from destroying the liberties of Greece.</p> - -<p>Correct and forceful language is a gift to be coveted, a -prize worth striving for; but it should never be made -the all-absorbing aim of education. The teacher of any -phase of language must for a time make his instruction -the object of chief concern; but he should never ignore -the fact that language is and ever should be an aid to -thought, a stimulus to thinking, an embodiment of ideas, -a medium of communication, a means to an end.</p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[123]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="CHAPTER_VIII">VIII<br /> -<span class="smaller">THE STIMULUS TO THINKING</span></h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[124]</a></span></p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>Good methods of teaching are important, but they cannot supply -the want of ability in the teacher. The Socratic method is good; -but a Socrates behind the teacher’s desk to ask questions is better.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Thomas M. Balliet.</span></p> - -<p>Of all forms of friendship in youth, by far the most effective as -a means of education is that species of enthusiastic veneration -which young men of loyal and well-conditioned minds are apt to -contract for men of intellectual eminence in their own circles. -The educating effect of such an attachment is prodigious; and -happy the youth who forms one. We all know the advice given -to young men to “think for themselves;” and there is sense and -soundness in the advice; but if I were to select what I account -perhaps the most fortunate thing that can befall a young man -during the early period of his life,—the most fortunate, too, in the -end, for his intellectual independence,—it would be his being voluntarily -subjected for a time to some powerful intellectual slavery.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">David Masson.</span></p> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[125]</a></span></p> - -<h3>VIII<br /> -<span class="smaller">THE STIMULUS TO THINKING</span></h3> - -<div class="sidenote">Thought stimulus.</div> - -<p>Whilst the distinction between thinking in things -and thinking in symbols should never be ignored or lost -sight of by the teacher, it need not be brought to the -attention of the learner,—at least not in the elementary -stages of instruction. It is more profitable for the learner -to be absorbed in gathering the materials of thought and -in learning by practice how the educated man uses the -instruments of thought for drawing correct conclusions -by the most effective methods. If the eye of consciousness -is turned inward upon the mental processes too -early, the flow of thought is interrupted and turned away -from its logical trend. The teacher, on the other hand, -is expected to watch the growth of the mind, to awaken -its powers, and to rouse these into vigorous activity. It -is essential not merely that he furnish the pupils with -the proper materials and the best instruments -of thought, but it is necessary also to stimulate -and direct their thinking; otherwise that which is given -them may overload the memory, lie undigested in the -mind, exhaust the energy of the intellect in the effort -at retention, and ultimately cause mental dyspepsia.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Competition.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Socratic question.</div> - -<p>Men engaged in the struggle for existence or preferment -usually find ample stimulus to their thinking faculties -in the competition which real life affords. -If the merchant does not think accurately and -effectively, the consequences make themselves visible in -his bank-account. The desire for gain is the stimulus -to thought in the commercial world. An appeal to -the same motive is often made through the offer of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[126]</a></span> -prizes and fellowships. The competition of maturer -years finds an adumbration in the competition for class-standing -and for superiority in field sports. The teacher -who employs no higher stimulus to thought must be a -stranger to the mysteries of the art which he professes to -practise. The best device for stimulating thought has -come down to us hallowed by the ages. It bears the -name of the greatest teacher of ancient Athens. It -is the question as employed in the Socratic -method. Not every question is the Socratic -question. A man who has lost his way may ask a question, -but it is for the sake of getting information. The -teacher may be striving to fix in the memory the salient -points of the lesson: he asks questions, the answers to -which the pupils are expected to have at their tongue’s -or fingers’ end. A question thus used for purposes of -drill is often called a categorical question. It is not the -Socratic question. Yonder sits a boy who for half an -hour has been wrestling with a problem. Unable to find -a clue to the solution, he asks the teacher for help. -Instead of telling him directly what he wishes to know, -the Socrates behind the teacher’s desk asks a question -which causes the pupil to put side by side in his mind -two ideas never before linked together in his thought. -Upon the learner’s face is seen an expression as if light -had broken in from on high. He goes back to his seat, -and ere five minutes have elapsed he is rejoicing in the -glory of a triumph. The teacher did not do the pupil’s -thinking; he simply asked the Socratic question, which -aims to make the pupil think for himself.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Substitute teachers.</div> - -<p>This stimulus to thought is employed by every master -in the art of teaching. The question may be used to -badger and confuse a pupil, especially if the teacher is not -fully acquainted with the ideas and thoughts already in -the learner’s mind. To cause each pupil to place side<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[127]</a></span> -by side in his mind ideas and concepts whose relation he -had not before perceived, it is necessary that the teacher -be familiar with the intellectual storehouse of every -member of the class. At this point the substitutes -who occasionally supply the places of -regular teachers are at a serious disadvantage. Not -knowing what the pupils have mastered, they must often -waste time in finding out where the new should be -linked to the old, and where it is necessary to clarify and -develop ideas with which the members of the class are -only partially familiar. Often these lose interest in the -recitation while the new teacher quizzes them on things -that have grown stale by repetition.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The living teacher.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">The dead line.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Knowledge and teaching power.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">The course of study.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Difficulties.</div> - -<p>Back of the Socratic method must be a Socrates to -ask the questions. Education results not from highly -differentiated methods, but primarily from the play of -mind upon mind, heart upon heart, will upon will. In -the difficult art of making others think the most important -factor is the teacher himself. Thinking begets -thinking. In this connection one cannot forbear contrasting -the living teacher with other educational -forces. Treatises on education are in -the habit of printing nature with a capital letter, -whilst words like teacher, humanity, unless they stand -at the beginning of the sentence, begin with a small -letter. Are lifeless rocks, dead leaves, stuffed birds, and -transfixed bugs more potent in begetting thought than -the teacher himself? If nature were such a wonderful -teacher, then the savage, who is in daily contact with -nature, and who knows little or nothing of the artificial -life of our great cities and great seats of learning, should -be the best thinker. A teacher whose power to stimulate -thought is not superior to dead leaves and bugs and -butterflies must have reached the dead line. Teachers -may be divided into two classes,—those who have ceased<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[128]</a></span> -to grow and those who are still alive and growing. -Under the tuition of the former the boy soon loses -interest in study, and seldom acquires the -power to think. From a dead tree you cannot -propagate life. Ingraft a lifeless teacher upon the school; -the most skilful devices of school management and recitation -serve only to intensify the dull routine, the mechanical -iteration and repetition which Bishop Spalding declares -to be the most radical defect in our systems of -education. It takes life to beget life. A growing mind -is required to beget growth in other minds. A good -thinker begets habits of close and careful thinking in those -whom he moulds. Some minds are more gifted in this -respect than others. Without doubt the reader can recall -the difference between knowledge and teaching -power which he felt while under several instructors -at the same time. From those gifted with -stimulating power he came away with a mind full of interrogation -points, and with the attention riveted upon problems -calling for investigation. Under their tuition the -commonest things acquired new interest and became food -for thought. The thinking seemed to spring out of that -upon which the mind was feeding. Without the stimulating -influence which comes from a live teacher, contact -with nature, access to libraries and laboratories, -may amount to very little. The chief trouble in our -schools is not that the courses of study are too crowded, -but the teachers are too empty. There is not enough -fuel in their minds to keep alive the glow of thought. -A course of study in the hands of a skilful -instructor is like a good bill of fare under -the direction of a skilful caterer. The latter does not -expect every guest to eat his way through the entire bill -of fare; he so manages the succession of dishes as to -stimulate the appetite to the end of the feast; he sends<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[129]</a></span> -the guests away without the feeling of satiety,—in -fact, anxious for the next banquet. The wise teacher -does not expect the pupils to assimilate everything in -the course of study; he aims so to feed and stimulate -their minds that they find genuine pleasure in thinking, -and go away from him with a desire not only for more -knowledge, but also for things that give suitable exercise -to the reflective powers. Watch a boy at work -upon a puzzle, and you will be convinced that he finds -genuine delight in thinking that which is -difficult. The most popular teachers are not -they who smooth away every difficulty in the pathway -of the student, but they who stimulate his thinking and -help him to a sense of mastery over intellectual difficulties. -The quickening, stimulative influence of the -Socratic question lies in its content rather than its form; -and both form and content derive their vivifying power -from the personality of the teacher.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Conscious and unconscious influences.</div> - -<p>The stimulating influences which go forth from a live -teacher are partly conscious and partly unconscious. -The latter are the more effective. -Minds gifted with quickening power create -about themselves an intellectual atmosphere -that is like the invigorating atmosphere of the mountains -or the tonic breezes which blow from the sea. The woman -who touched the hem of the Saviour’s garment felt at -once the vivifying influences which were all the time -going forth from the Great Teacher. Here we stand face -to face with the greatest mystery of the teacher’s art.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The heart.</div> - -<p>Some light is shed upon the mystery by the intimate -relation which exists between the conscious and the subconscious -life of the soul. The ideas upon any subject -which the individual cherishes during his conscious -moments, the train of logical thinking which he pursues -when the will gives direction to reflection, the creative<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[130]</a></span> -effort which he seeks to put forth in a given direction,—these -shape the activities which go forward in the depths -of the soul when perhaps the attention is -directed to the discharge of routine duties. -“Out of the heart are the issues of life.” “Out of the -fulness of the heart the mouth speaketh.” From the -treasure-house of the heart come welling up thoughts, -ideas, sentiments, and purposes which largely determine -the influence exerted upon others when the individual is -not aware of it. The teacher must make himself what -he wishes his pupil to be. If foot-ball and base-ball -and boating form the staple of his thinking, the centre -of his affections, these athletic sports, in ways that are -marvellous and often past finding out, become the objects -of thought in which his students will delight. If the -truths and principles of science absorb his interest and -engage the best thought of his conscious hours, these -will determine the moulding influence which he will -unconsciously exert upon others. If he delights in germ-ideas, -in seed-thoughts, these will emanate from him -whenever he is thrown into contact with inquiring -minds. Much, of course, is due to native ability, to inherited -qualities. The circle of minds which one teacher -can reach is further limited by the breadth or narrowness -of his views, by the points which he has in common -with others, by the amount of sympathetic interest which -he manifests in their progress and welfare, by the sum -total of the characteristics of generic humanity which he -has taken up into himself. In other words, his stimulating -power depends upon the extent to which his inner -life is representative of the best thought and the best -traits of the age in which he lives and of the people to -whom he belongs.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Exhaustive treatment.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Hope.</div> - -<p>A teacher may destroy his power to awaken and stimulate -thought by developing every subject in all its<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[131]</a></span> -bearings to its logical or final conclusion. He should -send his classes away from the daily lecture or recitation -to the library or the laboratory, to the study, -the shop, or the field, with the sense of something -to be achieved, with the feeling that there are -fields of research for them to explore, fields that will -amply repay careful study, investigation, and reflection. -There is nothing that tires a boy so soon as the feeling -that there is nothing for him to do, nothing that he can -master, achieve, or conquer on his own account. The -normal child is so constituted that it loves activity, looks -into the future, and regards itself as an important factor -in the world’s life. The advance from childhood to -youth is marked by a transition into the period -that is brimful of hope and ambition. The -pampered son of a rich man may feel no longing of this -sort; his opportunities for early travel and premature indulgence -in every whim may have brought him to the -point where the whole world seems like a sucked orange -for which one has no further use. Unless the rich father -and mother possess an extraordinary amount of good -sense, their children do not have an even chance with the -children of the middle classes whose outlook upon life -supplies abundant motives for study and exertion.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The field of vision.</div> - -<p>If a boy has not made a mistake in selecting his -parents, if the atmosphere of the home in which his first -six years are spent is normal, he comes to school with a -sense of something to be achieved. Should this feeling -be lacking, the true teacher will aim to beget it by the -instruction he gives and by appeals to the innate desire -for knowledge. As the intelligence dawns, the interrogation -points on the boy’s face multiply; his appetite -for knowledge grows by what it feeds on. If the branches -of study do not become more interesting than any occupation -by which the boy can earn coppers, there is something<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[132]</a></span> -wrong either with the boy or his teacher, or with -both. In the ascent of the hill of science every step -upward widens the horizon, increases the field of vision, -and stimulates to new effort. Every field explored -beckons to new fields of investigation. It is -the prerogative of the teacher to point out -what is in store for the aspiring youth. Take, for instance, -the domain of pure mathematics. A pupil had -learned in his geometry that parallel lines never meet. -The teacher told him that his geometrical studies would -after a while acquaint him with lines that are not parallel -and yet never meet. No sooner had he met lines of this -kind, situated in different planes, than his teacher told him -of lines that continually approach but never meet. The -appeal to his curiosity helped to stimulate the desire -for knowledge and kept him thinking earnestly and -seriously until he met the asymptote and its curve. The -study of asymptotes soon grew more interesting than chess -or any sports upon the athletic field.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Master minds.</div> - -<p>The aim of the teacher should be to make himself useless. -In other words, the school should aim to lift the -pupil to the plane of an independent thinker, capable of -giving conscious direction to his intellectual life and of -concentrating all his powers upon anything that is to be -mastered. It is to be reckoned a piece of good fortune -for a bright and talented youth to fall under the dominating -influence of a master mind. In endeavoring to -walk in the footsteps of an intellectual giant, to -comprehend his theories and speculations, and -to carry the burden of his thoughts, unexpected strength -and power are developed, and when the day of emancipation -comes—as it always does come in the case of -gifted youth—the learner will find that he has entered a -higher sphere of intellectual activity, and will henceforth -rank among the world’s productive thinkers.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[133]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">False stimulants.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Mental lethargy.</div> - -<p>As was said at the beginning of the chapter, the -competition of men in mature life is usually sufficient -to stimulate their thinking. The men whose duties make -a constant drain upon their productivity need other -forms of thought-stimulation. Reference is not here -made to the narcotics, alcoholic stimulants, -and other drugs which brain-workers use in -periods of reaction and fatigue: these stimulate only -for a short time, and leave the nervous system and -the brain weaker than before; they shorten life by burning -the candle at both ends; they cannot supply the -need of sleep, rest, and recreation. To take rational -exercise, to eat proper food, and to obey all the laws of -health is the sacred duty of every person who teaches -by word of mouth or pen. Every effort should be made -to keep vitality at its maximum. Often the mind resembles -the soil which yields a richer harvest if permitted -to lie fallow for a time. If at the close of a period -of rest or a summer vacation the mind refuses -to work, what shall then be done to stimulate -mental activity? Different men derive stimulus from -different sources. One finds help from taking a pen -in hand, another by facing a sea of upturned faces. -A clergyman of considerable repute uses an Indian -story to start his mental machinery. Henry Ward -Beecher declared that the greatest kindness which could -be shown him was to oppose his public utterances. -Opposition roused all his powers and helped him to -think vigorously and to the best advantage. Schiller is -said to have kept rotten apples in his desk, because he -believed that the odor stimulated his mind. Some men -find help in solitude, from the singing of birds, from the -sound of rustling leaves and falling waters, from the -noise of ocean waves, or from the glimpse of distant -waters or far-off mountains. An eminent theologian is<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[134]</a></span> -stimulated by the playing of a piano in the next room. -The stimulus from books is reserved for discussion in a -separate chapter on the Right Use of Books.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Hinderances.</div> - -<p>As there are helps, so there are hinderances to good -thinking. Petty cares, executive duties, noises in the -same room, or in the next room, or upon the -street, are well-known examples. Their name -is legion, and their cost is enormous if they come -from manufacturing establishments near the school. A -word about the extra-mural music which emanates from -vile machinery on the streets is not out of place in this -connection. An English writer asserts that the organ-grinders -of London have done more in the last twenty -years to detract from the quality and quantity of the -higher mental work of the nation than any two or three -colleges at Oxford have effected to increase it. A mathematician -estimates the cost of the increased mental labor -these street-musicians have imposed upon him and his -clerks at several thousand pounds’ worth of first-class -work, for which the government actually paid in added -length of the time needed for his calculations.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Our fellow-men.</div> - -<p>In matters of this kind every man must be a law unto -himself. Since no two human beings are exactly alike, -but each is a new creation fresh from the hands of the -Creator, it follows that each person must study his own -peculiarities, form his own habits of work, and acquire -the power to think in the midst of the circumstances in -which he is placed. By resolute effort the mind can -ignore many a hinderance and distraction. The best -stimulus from without comes from our fellow-men. -“Our minds need the stimulus of other -minds, as our lungs need oxygen to perform their functions.” -At school the stimulus comes from classmates, -from those in the higher and lower classes, but above all -else, from the best books and the best teachers. In the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[135]</a></span> -life beyond the school the stimulus comes from the daily -contact and competition with others, from conversation -and discussions with those who think, from communion -with the best books, with nature, and with nature’s God.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Sources of stimulus.</div> - -<p>After the powers of the mind have been awakened -and disciplined, stimulus and inspiration may come -from ten thousand sources. Silence and solitude, -city and country, business and pleasure, -observation and travel, observatories and laboratories, -libraries and museums, nature and art, poetry and prose, -fiction and history, may each in turn serve as a spur to -creative, inventive, and productive thinking, as an incentive -to original research, fruitful investigation, and -profitable reasoning. Among all the sources of stimulation, -the good teacher and the good book take superlative -rank.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[136]</a></span></p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[137]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="CHAPTER_IX">IX<br /> -<span class="smaller">THE RIGHT USE OF BOOKS</span></h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[138]</a></span></p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>Even the very greatest of authors are indebted to miscellaneous -reading, often in several different languages, for the suggestion of -their most original works, and for the light which has kindled -many a shining thought of their own.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Hamerton.</span></p> - -<p>He reads a book most wisely who thinks everything into a book -that it is capable of holding, and it is the stamp and token of a -great book so to incorporate itself with our own being, so to -quicken our insight and stimulate our thought, as to make us feel as -if we helped to create it while we read. Whatever we can find in -a book that aids us in the conduct of life, or to a truer interpretation -of it, or to a franker reconcilement with it, we may with a -good conscience believe is not there by accident, but that the -author meant we should find it there.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Lowell.</span></p> - -<p>Much as a man gains from actual conflict with living minds, he -may gain much even of the same kind of knowledge, though -different in detail, from the accumulated thinking of the past. No -living generation can outweigh all the past. If books without experience -in real life cannot develop a man all round, neither can -life without books do it. There is a certain dignity of culture -which lives only in the atmosphere of libraries. There is a breadth -and a genuineness of self-knowledge which one gets from the silent -friendship of great authors without which the best work that is in -a man cannot come out of him in large professional successes.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Phelps.</span></p> - -<p>The great secret of reading consists in this,—that it does not -matter so much what we read or how we read it as what we think -and how we think it. Reading is only the fuel; and, the mind -once on fire, any and all material will feed the flame, provided -only it have any combustible matter in it. And we cannot tell -from what quarter the next material will come. The thought we -need, the facts we are in search of, may make their appearance in -the corner of the newspaper, or in some forgotten volume long ago -consigned to dust and oblivion. Hawthorne in the parlor of a -country inn on a rainy day could find mental nutriment in an old -directory. That accomplished philologist, the late Lord Strangford, -could find ample amusement for an hour’s delay at a railway -station in tracing out the etymology of the names in Bradshaw. -The mind that is not awake and alive will find a library a barren -wilderness.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Charles F. Richardson.</span></p> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[139]</a></span></p> - -<h3>IX<br /> -<span class="smaller">THE RIGHT USE OF BOOKS</span></h3> - -<div class="sidenote">A novel.</div> - -<p>A clergyman who found the reaction from his pulpit -efforts so great that often he could not bring himself to -think vigorously and consecutively before the -middle of the following week was advised by -his physician to try the effect of an Indian tale or an exciting -story, and found that a good novel works like a -charm in bringing the mind back to normal action. -After the interest in the story or novel begins to grow -there is danger of reading too long, of reading until another -spell of fatigue and reaction comes. The book -should be laid aside as soon as the first glow of mental -action is felt.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Books.</div> - -<p>Most thinkers need the stimulating influence of other -minds. These can be found at their best upon the shelves -of a well-selected library. They are ready to -help us whenever we feel ready to give them -our attention. Men put the best part of themselves into -their books. The process of writing for print intensifies -mental activity, spurs the intellect to the keenest, most -vigorous effort, and arouses the highest energy of thought -and feeling. Authors that exert a quickening influence -upon our thinking should be kept for use whenever we -need a stimulus to rouse the mind from its lethargy.</p> - -<p>Leibnitz got his best ideas while reading books. He -had acquired the habits of a librarian to whom favorite -volumes are always accessible.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">As stimulus.</div> - -<p>A scientist of repute says he gets the necessary stimulus<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[140]</a></span> -from Jevons’s treatise on the inductive sciences. Professor -Phelps has collected an instructive list of authors -whose writings have been helpful to other authors -of note. He says,—</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Examples.</div> - -<p>“Voltaire used to read Massillon as a stimulus to production. -Bossuet read Homer for the same purpose. -Gray read Spenser’s ‘Faerie Queene’ as the preliminary -to the use of his pen. The favorites -of Milton were Homer and Euripides. Fénelon resorted -to the ancient classics promiscuously. Pope read Dryden -as his habitual aid to composing. Corneille read Tacitus -and Livy. Clarendon did the same. Sir William -Jones, on his passage to India, planned five different -volumes, and assigned to each the author he resolved to -read as a guide and awakener to his own mind for its -work. Buffon made the same use of the works of Sir -Isaac Newton. With great variety of tastes successful -authors have generally agreed in availing themselves of -this natural and facile method of educating their minds -to the work of original creation.”<a name="FNanchor_15" id="FNanchor_15"></a><a href="#Footnote_15" class="fnanchor">[15]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Great thinkers.</div> - -<p>The most valuable function of standard authors lies in -their quickening influence upon the intellectual life. -The effort to appropriate their ideas and to master their -thoughts is the best possible exercise for the understanding. -In thinking their thoughts, weighing their arguments, -and following their train of reasoning the mind -gains vigor, strength, and the capacity for sustained -effort. The invigorating atmosphere which a great -thinker creates has a most remarkable tonic -effect upon all who dwell in it. By unconscious -absorption they acquire his spirit of inquiry, his methods -of research, his habits of investigation, his way of attacking -and mastering difficulties. While trying to walk in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[141]</a></span> -his footsteps they learn to take giant strides. His idioms, -his choice of words, his favorite phrases and expressions -are at their service when they enter new fields of truth. -Both in power and aspiration they become like him -through the mysterious process of mind acting upon -mind, of heart evoking heart, and of will transfusing -itself into will. A great thinker gets his place in the -galaxy of shining intellects through the truths which he -communicates; and as truth is the best food for the soul, -so the quest of truth is the best exercise for all its faculties.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The literature of knowledge and the literature of power.</div> - -<p>De Quincey, in his essay on Alexander Pope, draws an -important and oft-quoted distinction between the literature -of knowledge and the literature of power. -He says the function of the one is to teach, of -the other to move. The former he likens to a -rudder, the latter to an oar or a sail. To illustrate -the difference he asks, “What do you -learn from ‘Paradise Lost’? Nothing at all. What do -you learn from a cookery-book? Something new, something -that you did not know before, in every paragraph. -But would you, therefore, put the wretched cookery-book -on a higher level of estimation than the divine poem? -What you owe to Milton is not any knowledge, of which -a million separate items are still but a million of advancing -steps on the same earthly level; what you owe is -<em>power</em>,—that is, exercise and expansion to your own -latent capacity of sympathy with the infinite, where -every pulse and each separate influx is a step upward, -a step ascending, as upon Jacob’s ladder, from earth to -mysterious altitudes above the earth. All the steps of -knowledge, from first to last, carry you farther on the -same plane, but could never raise you one foot above -your ancient level of earth; whereas, the very first step -in power is a flight, is an ascending into another element -where earth is forgotten.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[142]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Lowell.</div> - -<p>The value of the literature of power as a means of imparting -power to every soul that lives under its influence -is easily seen and generally acknowledged. But the -literature of knowledge serves the double purpose of -furnishing us material for thought and of acting as a -stimulus to thought. On this point we have the testimony -of the wisest who have ventured to give advice -upon the use of books. Lowell says, “It is certainly -true that the material of thought reacts upon -the thought itself. Shakespeare himself would -have been commonplace had he been padlocked in a -thinly shaven vocabulary, and Phidias, had he worked -in wax, only a more inspired Mrs. Jarley.”</p> - -<p>The advice which Lowell gives concerning a course of -reading and the ends of scholarship to be kept in mind -by those who read with a purpose is too valuable to be -omitted in this connection:</p> - -<div class="sidenote">His advice.</div> - -<p>“One is sometimes asked by young people to recommend -a course of reading. My advice would be that -they should confine themselves to the supreme -books in whatever literature, or, still better, -to choose some one great author and make themselves -thoroughly familiar with him. For, as all roads lead to -Rome, so do they likewise lead away from it, and you -will find that in order to understand perfectly and to -weigh exactly any vital piece of literature you will be -gradually and pleasantly persuaded to excursions and -explorations of which you little dreamed when you began, -and will find yourselves scholars before you are aware. -For, remember, there is nothing less profitable than -scholarship for the mere sake of scholarship, nor anything -more wearisome in the attainment. But the -moment you have a definite aim, attention is quickened, -the mother of memory, and all that you acquire groups -and arranges itself in an order that is lucid, because<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[143]</a></span> -everywhere and always it is in intelligent relation to a -central object of constant and growing interest. This -method also forces upon us the necessity of thinking, -which is, after all, the highest result of all education. -For what we want is not learning, but knowledge; that -is, the power to make learning answer its true end as a -quickener of intelligence and a widener of our intellectual -sympathies. I do not mean to say that every one -is fitted by nature or inclination for a definite course of -study, or, indeed, for serious study in any sense. I am -quite willing that these should ‘browse in a library,’ as -Dr. Johnson called it, to their heart’s content. It is -perhaps the only way in which time may be profitably -wasted. But desultory reading will not make a ‘full -man,’ as Bacon understood it, of one who has not Johnson’s -memory, his power of assimilation, and, above all, -his comprehensive view of the relations of things. ‘Read -not,’ says Lord Bacon, in his ‘Essay of Studies,’ ‘to contradict -and confute; not to believe and take for granted; -nor to find talk and discourse; but to weigh and consider. -Some books are to be tasted, others to be swallowed, -and some few to be chewed and digested; that is, -some books are to be read only in parts; others to be -read, but not curiously (carefully), and some few to be -read wholly and with diligence and attention. <em>Some -books, also, may be read by deputy.</em>’</p> - -<p>“This is weighty and well said, and I would call your -attention especially to the wise words with which the -passage closes. The best books are not always those -which lend themselves to discussions and comment, but -those (like Montaigne’s ‘Essays’) which discuss and comment -ourselves.”<a name="FNanchor_16" id="FNanchor_16"></a><a href="#Footnote_16" class="fnanchor">[16]</a></p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[144]</a></span></p> - -<p>Professor Phelps, in his lectures to divinity students, -gives golden advice to the class of professional men whose -life-work compels them to draw upon their productive -intellect more than any other class of professional men.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Phelps.</div> - -<p>“There is an influence exerted by books upon the -mind which resembles that of diet upon the body. A -studious mind becomes, by a law of its being, -like the object which it studies with enthusiasm. -If your favorite authors are superficial, gaudy, -short-lived, you become yourself such in your culture -and your influence. If your favorite authors are of the -grand, profound, enduring order, you become yourself -such to the extent of your innate capacity for such -growth. Their thoughts become yours not by transfer, -but by transfusion. Their methods of combining thoughts -become yours; so that on different subjects from theirs -you will compose as they would have done if they had -handled those subjects. Their choice of words, their -idioms, their constructions, their illustrative materials -become yours; so that their style and yours will belong -to the same class in expression, and yet your style will -never be merely imitative of theirs.</p> - -<p>“It is the prerogative of great authors thus to throw -back a charm over subsequent generations which is often -more plastic than the influence of a parent over a child. -Do we not feel the fascination of it from certain favorite -characters in history? Are there not already certain -solar minds in the firmament of your scholarly life whose -rays you feel shooting down into the depths of your -being, and quickening there a vitality which you feel in -every original product of your own mind? Such minds -are teaching you the true ends of an intellectual life. -They are unsealing the springs of intellectual activity. -They are attracting your intellectual aspirations. They -are like voices calling to you from the sky.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[145]</a></span></p> - -<p>“Respecting this process of assimilation, it deserves -to be remarked that it is essential to any broad range of -originality. Never, if it is genuine, does it create copyists -or mannerists. Imitation is the work of undeveloped -mind. Childish mind imitates. Mind unawakened to -the consciousness of its own powers copies. Stagnant -mind falls into mannerism. On the contrary, a mind -enkindled into aspiration by high ideals is never content -with imitated excellence. Any mind thus awakened -must, above all things else, be itself. It must act itself -out, think its own thoughts, speak its own vernacular, -grow to its own completeness. You can no more become -servile under such a discipline than you can unconsciously -copy another man’s gait in your walk or mask -your own countenance with his.”<a name="FNanchor_17" id="FNanchor_17"></a><a href="#Footnote_17" class="fnanchor">[17]</a></p> - -<p>“Give to yourself a hearty, affectionate acquaintance -with a group of the ablest minds in Christian literature, -and if there is anything in you kindred to such minds, -they will bring it up to the surface of your own consciousness. -You will have a cheering sense of discovery. -Quarries of thought original to you will be opened. -Suddenly, it may be in some choice hour of research, -veins will glisten with a lustre richer than that of silver. -You will feel a new strength for your life’s work, because -you will be sensible of new resources.”<a name="FNanchor_18" id="FNanchor_18"></a><a href="#Footnote_18" class="fnanchor">[18]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Two ways of reading.</div> - -<p>There are two ways of reading books,—one a help to -thinking, the other destructive of ability to think. If -the reader allows the ideas of a book to pass -through his mind as a landscape passes before -the eye of a traveller, ever seeking the excitement -of something new and never stopping to reflect upon -the contents of the book so as to weigh its arguments, to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[146]</a></span> -notice its beauties, and to appropriate its truths, the book -will leave him less able to think than before. Passive -reading is permissible when the aim is merely recreation, -but he who would read to gain mental strength must read -actively, read books that he can understand only as the -result of effort. President Porter gives this advice:</p> - -<div class="sidenote">President Porter.</div> - -<p>“The person, particularly the student, who has never -wrestled manfully and perseveringly with a difficult book -will be good for little in this world of wrestling -and strife. But when you are convinced -that a book is above your attainments, capacity, or -age, it is of little use for you, and it is wiser to let -it alone. It is both vexing and unprofitable to stand -upon one’s toes and strain one’s self for hours in efforts -to reach the fruit which you are not tall enough to -gather. It is better to leave it till it can be reached -more easily. When the grapes are both ripe and within -easy reach for you, it is safe to conclude that they are not -sour.”<a name="FNanchor_19" id="FNanchor_19"></a><a href="#Footnote_19" class="fnanchor">[19]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Reading as a source of material.</div> - -<p>There are many phases of the library problem which -do not call for consideration in this connection, but in -addition to their value as a stimulus to thinking, -the function of books in furnishing proper -material for thought and suitable instruments -of thought deserves special consideration on -the part of those charged with the duty of teaching others -to think. There was a time when libraries were managed -as if it were the mission of the librarian to keep -the books from being used. The modern librarian seeks -to make the accumulated wisdom of the past accessible -to all. He regards the library as a storehouse of knowledge, -from which any one able to read can get what he -needs. Cyclopædias and dictionaries of reference, card<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[147]</a></span> -catalogues, and helps like Poole’s “Index to Periodical -Literature” make the best thought of the best minds in -these and other days accessible to the student. He who -wishes to gain a hearing on any theme must know what -others have said upon it. Disraeli has well said that -those who do not read largely will not themselves deserve -to be read. The prize debates between different colleges -are teaching students how to utilize books in getting material -for public discussions. Theses for graduation -develop the ability to use books in the right way. And -yet, valuable as books are for furnishing fuel to the mind, -they may be used to destroy what little ability to think -a pupil has otherwise developed. To assign topics for -composition which require a culling of facts from books, -and to allow the essays to be written outside of school -hours, expose the pupil to unnecessary temptations. In -the public schools there should be set apart each week -several periods of suitable length, during which the -pupil, under the eye of the teacher, writes out his -thoughts. In such exercises the attention should not be -riveted upon capitals, spelling, punctuation, grammatical -construction, and rhetorical devices; the mind should -be occupied solely and intensely with the expression of -the thought. Mistakes should be corrected when the -pupil reviews and rewrites his composition. Books can -be used to furnish material for thought; the elaboration -can be helped by oral discussions; the interest thereby -aroused will make each member of the class anxious to -express his thoughts; hesitation in composing and distraction -from dread of mistakes can be overcome -by making the class write against time.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Enriching one’s vocabulary.</div> - -<p>Books are helpful in enriching one’s vocabulary. -Treatises on rhetoric teach what words should -be avoided. The student finds more difficulty in getting -enough words to express his thoughts. The study<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[148]</a></span> -of a good series of readers is more valuable as a means -of acquiring a good vocabulary than all the rules on -purity, propriety, and so forth, which are found in the -text-books on rhetoric. A good series of school readers -employs from five to six thousand words. With these -the average teacher is familiar to the extent of knowing -their meaning when he sees them in sentences. He does -not have a sufficient command of a third of them to use -them in writing or speaking. The selections of a Fifth -Reader contain more words than are found in the vocabulary -of any living author. The step from knowing -a word when used by another to the ability to use -that word in expressing our own thoughts has not been -taken in the case of the larger proportion of the words -with which we are familiar on the printed page. Most -persons use more words in writing than in oral speech, -more words in public speaking than in ordinary conversation. -We unconsciously absorb many words which we hear -others use, but we pick up a far larger number from those -we see in print simply because the printed page contains -a larger variety of words than spoken language. In this -respect there is a vast difference between the oral discourse -and the written manuscript of the same person. -The style is different; the sentences in oral discourse are -less involved; the diction is less complicated; the vocabulary -is less copious. Hence the advantage of the boy who -has access to standard authors over the youth who has -access to few books, and these not well selected. Without -any effort, the former gains possession of a vocabulary -which makes thinking easier and richer.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">School readers.</div> - -<p>The lack of a library of standard authors can be supplied, -to some extent, by a judicious use of the school -readers. If the mastery of the words and the -getting of the thought precede the oral reading -of the lesson, and if the vocal utterance is followed by oral<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[149]</a></span> -and written reproduction of the thought, correct habits -of study will be formed, and the working vocabulary of -teacher and pupil will be vastly increased. The habit of -eying every stranger on the printed page will be fixed, and -the appropriation of new words will rise above the subconscious -stage. Only one other exercise is comparable,—namely, -the comparison of words in a lexicon for the -purpose of selecting the right one in making a translation -from some ancient or modern language. Such translations, -if honestly made, enrich the vocabulary and furnish -exercise in the study of the finer shades of meaning -which words have, as well as in the use of the words for -the purpose of expressing thought.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Franklin’s plan.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Correcting papers.</div> - -<p>Most persons, when they face an audience or feel at all -embarrassed, think in phrases, in broken sentences. -Hence exercises designed to cultivate the habit of -thinking in sentences are very valuable. Franklin’s -plan of rewriting the thought of a book like -“The Spectator,” and then comparing his own -sentences with those of a master-mind, can be followed -with great advantage, because it lifts the burden of correction -from the teacher’s shoulders and throws it upon -the pupil, giving the latter the full benefit of the exercise. -Moreover, it cultivates in the pupil the habit of -watching how thought is expressed by standard authors. -The teacher’s interest in the thought side of language -often makes him forget that the correct use of capitals, -punctuation marks, sentences, and paragraphs is a matter -of thinking quite as much as invention and the arrangement -of materials. These externals of the process -of composing must at some time be made the object of -chief regard. The reason so many pupils do -not learn their use is found in the fact that -teachers hate the drudgery of correcting papers, and they -expect the pupils to acquire this knowledge incidentally.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[150]</a></span> -The right use of books obviates the necessity for much -of this drudgery, and secures the desired end with a -minimum expenditure of time and effort. Skill in the -use of capitals and punctuation marks is best acquired -when the attention is not absorbed by the elaboration -of ideas or by the labor of composing. The externals -involved in putting sentences upon paper can claim -the chief attention in the dictation of standard selections -from a school reader. This exercise enables the pupil -to make his own corrections, and is worth a dozen in -which the teacher makes the corrections, only to be -cast aside after a momentary glance by the pupil. The -exercise may be varied by copying a selection from a -standard author upon the black-board, covering it with -a screen or shade (on rollers) during the dictation, and -exposing it to view only while the corrections are made. -If each one of the punctuation marks is made an object -of special attention in a particular grade, there are -enough grades to cover them all before the pupil reaches -the high school.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Dictation.</div> - -<p>A superintendent revolutionized the language-work of -an entire county by dictating to the applicants at the -annual examination for provisional certificates -a selection from a First Reader for the purpose -of testing their knowledge of capitals and punctuation -and the other details of written speech. Every one saw -the value of the test, and it led to a study of the school -reader from a new point of view.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Books for all.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Right use of books.</div> - -<p>It is not easy to overestimate the value of books, not -merely for those who aspire to become thinkers, but -even for all classes of men in civilized life. -Books treasure the wisdom of the ages and -transmit it to future generations. They kindle thought, -enliven the emotions, and lift the soul into the domain -of the true, the beautiful, and the good. They furnish<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[151]</a></span> -recreation and instruction, comfort and consolation, -stimulation and inspiration. They confirm or correct -the opinions already formed, and give tone to the -entire intellectual life. They enlarge the vocabulary, -exemplify the best methods of embodying thought in language, -and show how master-minds throw their materials -into connected discourse, how they organize facts, truths, -inferences, and theories into systems of science or speculation. -One can subscribe to all that is said in favor of -object-teaching and laboratory methods, and still be -consistent in maintaining that it should be one of the -chief aims of the school to teach the right use of -books, that the college and university fail in -their mission if they neglect to put the student -into the way of using a library to the best advantage. -If the policy of many schools were adopted in other -fields of human activity, the folly would be too glaring to -escape notice. Suppose, by months of effort, a botanist -could create in his son a liking for the plants of the -nightshade family, some of which, like the potato and -the tomato, are good for food and others are poisonous. -Having created the appetite, the father makes no effort -to gratify it. The son, failing to distinguish between -the good and the bad, the esculent and the poisonous, -and finding the latter within easy reach, begins to gratify -his appetite by eating without discrimination. The deadly -effects are more easily imagined than described.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Good literature.</div> - -<p>A parallel folly has been committed in hundreds of -communities which have taxed themselves to banish -illiteracy and to make ignorance impossible -among the young people. Reading is carefully -taught; the ability to read is followed by an appetite -for reading; a strong desire for the mental food derived -from the printed page is created. Yet nothing is -done to supply the right kind of books for the purpose<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[152]</a></span> -of gratifying this appetite. The average youth is allowed -to get what he can from the book-stalls, which contain -much that is as deleterious to the soul as some plants of -the nightshade family are to the body. It is as much -a duty to supply proper literature as it is to impart the -ability to read. When, in the twentieth century, some -historian shall give an account of the educational development -of Pennsylvania, he will record it as a fact passing -strange and well-nigh incapable of explanation that -for more than three decades there stood upon the statute-books -of a great commonwealth a law preventing boards -of directors from appropriating any school funds to the -purchase of books for a school library except such works -of a strictly professional character as were necessary for -the improvement of the teachers. Within the last decade -a new era has dawned in library legislation and in -the purchase of books. Directors are now empowered -to levy a tax for library purposes, and free libraries are -springing into existence not only in the large centres of -population, but even in the rural schools. The movement -has come not a whit too soon; for habits of reading -are sadly needed to supplement life in the factory and on -the farm. To make from day to day nothing except the -head of a pin, or the sixtieth part of a shoe, may develop -marvellous skill and speed in workmanship, but such -division of labor leaves little room for intellectual activity -or for anything above the merest mechanical routine.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The factory.</div> - -<p>It should not occasion surprise that operatives in -factories seek the mental excitement which human nature -always craves after hours of monotony. Far better -that they should find recreation in a good -book than in a game of cards, in a free library -than in a drinking-saloon. That the workman may taste -the joys of the higher life of thought, it is essential that -he have access to the best literature in prose and poetry,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[153]</a></span> -to books of travel, biography, history, science, and sociology. -If he lack these, his mind will lose itself in local -gossip, in discontent over his lot, in envy of those who -have more to eat and drink, better clothes to wear, and -better houses to live in. Of the pleasures of the higher -life he can have as many as, if not more than, others -have; for at the close of the day his mind is not -exhausted by professional thinking, and he can enjoy a -good book far more than the men whose daily occupation -obliges them to seek recreation in physical exercise.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The farm.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Twentieth century.</div> - -<p>The same remarks apply to life on the farm. The incessant -drudgery of monotonous toil day after day from -early dawn till late at night has sent farmers -and their wives to untimely graves, sometimes -to the insane asylum. They need the intellectual stimulus -which comes from good books, the health-giving recreation -which comes with the change from the fatiguing -toil of the day to the perusal of good literature in the -evening. Under the more rational policy of providing a -supply of good books along with the creation of a taste -for reading, the working people of the next generation -will be as well read, as well informed, and as capable of -sustained thought as those who think money all day, or -spend their strength in vocations which act upon the -mind very much as a grindstone acts upon a knife,—narrowing -the blade while sharpening the edge. Let it -be hoped that early in the twentieth century the laboring -classes will have shorter hours of work, more -leisure for reading, and an appreciation of good -books equal to that of Charles Lamb, who asserted that there -was more reason for saying grace before a new book than -before a dinner. Under the beneficent influence of free -text-books and free libraries it should be possible to create -in the rising generation a spirit like that of Macaulay, who -declared that if any one should offer to make him the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[154]</a></span> -greatest king that ever lived, with palaces and gardens, -and fine dinners and wines, and coaches and beautiful -clothes, and hundreds of servants, on condition that he -should not read books, he would decline the offer, preferring -to be a poor man in a garret with plenty of books -rather than a king who did not love reading.</p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[155]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="CHAPTER_X">X<br /> -<span class="smaller">OBSERVATION AND THINKING</span></h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[156]</a></span></p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>The degree of vision that dwells in a man is the correct measure -of a man.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Thomas Carlyle.</span></p> - -<p>When general observations are drawn from so many particulars -as to become certain and indubitable, these are the jewels of -knowledge.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Dr. I. Watts.</span></p> - -<p>To behold is not necessarily to observe, and the power of comparing -and combining is only to be obtained by education. It is -much to be regretted that habits of exact observation are not cultivated -in our schools; to this deficiency may be traced much of the -fallacious reasoning, the false philosophy which prevails.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Humboldt.</span></p> - -<p>You should not only have attention to everything, but quickness -of attention, so as to observe at once all the people in the room, -their motions, their looks, and their words, yet without staring at -them or seeming to be an observer. This quick and unobserved -observation is of infinite advantage in life, and is to be acquired -with care; and, on the contrary, what is called absence, which is -a thoughtlessness and want of attention about what is doing, makes -a man so like either a fool or a madman, that, for my part, I see no -real difference. A fool never has thought, a madman has lost it, -and an absent man is for the time without it.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Lord Chesterfield.</span></p> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[157]</a></span></p> - -<h3>X<br /> -<span class="smaller">OBSERVATION AND THINKING</span></h3> - -<div class="sidenote">Inventors.</div> - -<p>Very few thinkers have let us into the secret of their -thinking. Probably most of them could not if they -would. They are too much absorbed in that -which engrosses their attention to pay any heed -to the processes of the inner life. Occasionally an inventor -or discoverer gives us a glimpse of the state of -his mind when the new idea flashed into consciousness. -Such glimpse always reveals his indebtedness to habits -of careful observation. His thinking was stimulated by -some felt want or puzzling phenomenon, and perhaps by -contact with others engaged in similar lines of study. -Oftentimes a number of persons are thinking of ways, -means, and contrivances by which a widely felt want -may be supplied or a perplexing fact explained. After -prolonged effort and meditation, during which the mind -is concentrated upon one thing to the neglect of everything -else having no bearing upon the problem in hand, -the happy thought is suggested by the observation of -some neglected fact or the perception of some unsuspected -relation. Probably half the inventions are made -in that way. What seems accidental or a piece of good -luck is in reality the result of long musing and reflection, -during which many comparisons are made, until at length -the right combination gives the desired result. Wants -keenly felt by mankind in general or by some gifted individual<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[158]</a></span> -in particular serve as a powerful stimulus to -thought, and quicken the eye and the ear to perceive -what was before unnoticed, thereby laying the foundation -for invention, discovery, or progress in new fields of -thought.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Writers.</div> - -<p>Great writers are equally indebted to their powers of -observation. Of the men of genius whom the world delights -to honor, probably no one watched his -inner development more closely than Goethe. -He gives us the following account of how his works were -produced:</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Goethe.</div> - -<p>“To each one of my writings a thousand persons, a -thousand things have contributed. The learned and the -ignorant, the wise and the foolish, childhood -and age have all a share therein. They all, -without suspecting it, have brought me the gifts of their -faculties, their thought and experience. Often they have -sown, and I have reaped. My works are a combination -of elements which have been taken from all nature and -which bear the name—Goethe.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Human nature.</div> - -<p>Human nature furnishes as much room for observation -as all the rest of nature. The hopes and fears, the joys -and sorrows, the trials and struggles, the -thoughts and beliefs, the aspirations and -achievements, the motives and deeds of the men and -women whom we meet in our daily life and on the pages -of history and fiction (such as is true to life) offer a field -for observation as vast, as interesting, and as important -as all the rocks and soils, the bugs and beetles, the insects, -birds, beasts, and fishes that dwell beneath or -above or on the surface of the earth. The larger proportion -of the books taken from free libraries are works of -fiction,—a fact which shows that the interest of most of -those who read is centred upon the things of the human -heart and in the observation of human life.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[159]</a></span></p> - -<p>Goethe’s views of originality are these:</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Originality.</div> - -<p>“We are always talking about originality, but what -do we mean? As soon as we are born the world begins -to work upon us, and this goes on to the end. -After all, what can we call our own except our -energy, strength, and will? If I could give an account -of all that I owe to great predecessors and contemporaries, -there would be little left of my own.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Observation.</div> - -<p>Observation lies at the basis of the thinking which -leads to invention in the arts, to discovery in the domain -of science, to productivity in the fields of literature, -journalism, and oratory. It lies at the -foundation of success in the professions and in the ordinary -walks of life. The medical school, for instance, -seeks to develop the power of noting facts and making -careful observations. It encourages the student to put -his observations on paper while the patient is before -him, to compare the diseased or injured part with the -corresponding healthy part, and to watch symptoms as a -basis for a correct diagnosis of the case to be treated.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Books.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Daily life.</div> - -<p>The use of the encyclopædia, if pursued without any -attempt to verify its statements, may destroy the habits -of observation which are so essential to correct -thinking. Mere reliance on books cannot -beget trustworthy habits of thought, for books contain -the errors, as well as the wisdom, of the ages. Errors of -judgment may be corrected by thinking; errors of fact -must be corrected by observation. Many a book is made -useless by new observations and discoveries. “Send to -the cellar as useless every book on surgery that is eight -years old,” said the professor to the librarian of a great -university. The order is an indication of the rapid advances -which science is making under the influence of -observation, experiment, hypothesis, and verification. -Observation is needed not merely to extend our scientific<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[160]</a></span> -knowledge, but far more imperatively to acquaint us -with our environment. We cannot learn from books the -multitudinous details of business, or of our -daily life. Books cannot make us acquainted -with the circle of friends in which we move, the pupils -whom we teach, the things in dress, toilet, and behavior -upon which our standing and reputation very largely depend. -No thinker has a right to neglect these. Many a -famous professor has diminished his usefulness by carelessness -in the observation of such details. The worst -failures in the class-room are due to failure in observing -either the difficulties or the conduct of the pupils. If -conduct is to be regulated, it must be observed; if -difficulties are to be explained, the teacher must perceive -when and where they occur.</p> - -<p>Men noted for their absent-mindedness nevertheless -owe much of their fame and success to their ability to -make accurate observations in favorite lines of study. -Notwithstanding the many ludicrous tales about Newton’s -failure to see ordinary conditions and circumstances, -he showed himself indefatigable in watching the -effect of a glass prism upon the ray of light admitted into -a dark room. The falling of an apple started in his -mind a train of thought which led to the discovery of the -law of gravitation.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Experiment.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Daguerre.</div> - -<p>Our best thinking is based upon experience, and our -two main sources of experience are observation and experiment. -How does experiment differ from -simple observation? In the latter we watch -conditions, phenomena, and sequences as they follow -one another in the ordinary course of nature. In an -experiment we change or control the course of nature -by varying the conditions and causes for the sake of -seeing the effects produced. In experiment the relation -of causes and effects is studied by adding or excluding<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[161]</a></span> -one factor after another. Take the discovery which -made Daguerre famous. Up to his time men had tried in -vain to fix the impression of the image formed -in the camera obscura. No alchemist ever -went to work at a more unpromising task than the one -Daguerre set before himself. “As years rolled on, the -passion only took deeper hold upon him. In spite of -utter failures and discouragement of all kinds, for years -in loneliness and secrecy, suspected of mental weakness -even by his wife, he kept on in the same line of experiment.” -Finally an accident gave him a clue to discovery. -The plates with which he experimented were -stowed away in a rubbish closet. One day he found, to -his surprise, upon one of these plates the very image -which had fallen upon it in the camera. Something in -the closet must have produced the effect. He removed -one thing after another, getting the same effect, until -nothing remained except some mercury which had been -spilled upon the closet floor. This was inferred to be -the agent which developed the image, and thus was laid -the foundation of the modern art of photography.<a name="FNanchor_20" id="FNanchor_20"></a><a href="#Footnote_20" class="fnanchor">[20]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Accidental observations.</div> - -<p>The observation of a fact often stimulates thought in -new directions. In fact, new sciences have arisen from -accidental observations. “Erasmus Bartholinus -thus first discovered double refraction in -Iceland spar; Galvini noticed the twitching of -a frog’s leg; Oken was struck by the form of a vertebra; -Malus accidentally examined light reflected from a distant -window with a double refracting substance; and Sir John -Herschel’s attention was drawn to the peculiar appearance -of a solution of quinine sulphate. In earlier times -there must have been some one who first noticed the -strange behavior of a loadstone, or the unaccountable<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[162]</a></span> -motions produced by amber. As a general rule we shall -not know in what direction to look for a great body of -phenomena widely different from those familiar to us. -Chance, then, must give us the starting-point; but one accidental -observation well used may lead us to make -thousands of observations in an intentional and organized -manner, and thus a science may be gradually worked -from the smallest opening.”<a name="FNanchor_21" id="FNanchor_21"></a><a href="#Footnote_21" class="fnanchor">[21]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Factories.</div> - -<p>In recent years experimental research has become a -regular occupation in connection with large manufacturing -establishments. In some factories along -the Rhine upward of sixty men are employed -in chemical experiments for the purpose of finding what -use can be made of waste products. In this way over -two hundred useful products from petroleum have been -discovered, and a large increase in profits has been the -result. The great electrical works spend time and money -upon experiments, and jealously censor every article -written by their employees for scientific journals lest -their valuable secrets should be given away. A company -engaged in the manufacture of cash registers offers a yearly -premium for the most helpful suggestion from the men -and women in its employ. In one year the firm received -over eleven hundred suggestions, of which at least eight -hundred were utilized in improvements of various kinds.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Universities.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Where observation is needed.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">The weather.</div> - -<p>These instances are only samples of many that could be -cited to show how systematic observation and experiment -lend a helping hand to our national prosperity. -Manufacturers carry them on for the sake of -gain, the universities for the sake of widening the field -of knowledge. To aid in such research large endowments -have been established, and many of the common people -willingly pay tax in support of State universities.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[163]</a></span> -Treatises on inductive logic and on the physical sciences -have been prepared by Herschel, J. S. Mill, Jevons, and -others for the purpose of showing the correct methods of -research by the use of instruments of precision, of standards -of measurement, and of other apparatus; for the -laws of thought must be obeyed in the interpretation of -natural phenomena. Although as a matter of discipline -the teacher in our public schools may well study these -advanced treatises, yet the habits of observation which -the elementary school should aim to beget and to foster -are simpler in detail, more easily acquired, and, it may -be added, of inestimable value in the subsequent life of -the pupils. Habits of observation are needed not only -by authors, inventors, and scientists, but also -by all other people for the interpretation of the -books they may read and for the discharge of -the daily duties devolving upon them. The engineer, the -fireman, the conductor, the tradesman, the mechanic, the -detective, the scout, the warrior, must be able to see -things as they are or face partial failure. Too many of -them have eyes and see not; they have ears and hear not. -The study of nature is valuable as a preparation for life -either in the country or in the city. Our rural population -have not learned to see and appreciate the marvels -in nature which are transpiring on every side. The way -in which the almanac is consulted for signs to guide in -sowing and planting, for prognostications of the weather, -show how little the average man can make observations. -The printers have found it necessary -to retain these absolutely unreliable weather predictions -in their almanacs; the attempted omission has been -an experiment involving the loss of thousands of dollars. -The success of the quack is largely due to limited observation. -One cure is made much of while multitudes of -failures are always forgotten.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[164]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Country and city.</div> - -<p>Our rural population would be far more contented if -the boys and girls were taught at school how to observe -and appreciate their surroundings. They have -many advantages over city folks which they -never realize as sources of enjoyment. The senses themselves, -which have been styled the gate-ways of knowledge, -may be improved by judicious exercise; and the power of -the mind to interpret sense-impressions may be developed -to a marvellous degree. The savages of our North American -forests had developed keen eyes and ears; the more -civilized backwoodsmen were soon more than a match for -the wily Indian. To-day, when the latter watches the -trained sharp-shooters hitting with unerring accuracy a -mark more than half a mile distant, he shakes his head -and walks away in silence.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The child.</div> - -<p>It has been asserted that a child gains more knowledge -in the first seven years of its life than in all its subsequent -days. If the domain of abstract and -scientific knowledge be excluded from the comparison, -this is probably true. At any rate, if the -thinking which is based upon the knowledge of facts -thus gained is to be correct, the facts must be correctly -observed.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Observation a source of thought-material.</div> - -<p>Observation is thus of prime importance, not merely -as furnishing a stimulus to thought, but also as supplying -abundant materials of thought. Travel, experience, -experiment, as well as the ordinary -course of natural phenomena, furnish abundant -opportunity for the formation of correct habits -of observation. The observations thus made -should be recorded in the memory, if not on manuscript. -From the storehouse of the memory, thus filled with materials -for thought, the mind derives many of the best -data for reaching conclusions. Observation, experience, -and reading, as sources of thought-material, presuppose<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[165]</a></span> -an accurate and retentive memory in those who think -well and act well. The relation of memory to thinking -deserves treatment in a separate chapter.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Nature-study.</div> - -<p>There is a limit to the number of observations which -the mind can carry and use. Nature-study may be -overdone. Mere seeing is not thinking. What -the eye beholds must be sorted and assigned to -its appropriate class; otherwise the treasure-house of -memory will soon resemble a wilderness of meaningless -facts. Than this only one thing can be worse,—namely, -a wilderness of meaningless words.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Reading and observation.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Teaching a child to read.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">First test.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Second test.</div> - -<p>Reading is a species of observation. An exercise in -oral reading, during which each pupil is called down -as soon as he miscalls a word, is often an -astonishing revelation, showing how few of -the advanced pupils can accurately see and -correctly name every word in a stanza or paragraph. -Methods of teaching a beginner to read are correct -in seeking to develop the ability to pronounce -words without help from others. Faulty application -of a method that is right in this -respect may seriously retard, and even destroy, the -power of thinking what is on the printed page. What -on earth is a first-year pupil to do with the many hundred -words which he is sometimes taught to pronounce? -Often words are arranged in sentences which come dangerously -near the slang of the slums, and which no child -ever hears in a cultured home. Furthermore, some sentences -in primers and first readers are well-nigh void -of meaning, the aim being to teach the words for the -sake of the combinations of letters which they -contain. The first test to apply to a method of -teaching a beginner to read is the question, How quickly -does it teach that which must be known as a condition -of pronouncing new words,—namely, the shape and the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[166]</a></span> -sound or sounds of each of the letters of the alphabet? -As compared with the sound and the shape, the name of -the letter is of relatively little importance. Students of -Hebrew may read that language fluently without being -able to repeat the Hebrew alphabet, the names of the letters -being a mere matter of convenience in talking about -them. The second great test to be applied to the method -of teaching a beginner to read is the question, Does it -form the habit of getting thought from the -printed page? Grown men have admitted that -they passed through several readers before they discovered -that there was a meaning or connected story in the words -which they were pronouncing. They saw and gave names -to words very much as people see and give names to objects -round about them without recognizing the significance of -what is seen, or thinking the thoughts which the Author -of the Universe has spread out before them in the great -book of nature.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Third test.</div> - -<p>The third test to be applied to the method of teaching -reading is the question, Does it save the pupil from the -unnatural tones of the school-room by training -him to use his voice in the right way? To this -test reference will be made later.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Observation should lead to thinking.</div> - -<p>If observation is to have abiding value, it must lead -to thinking. This is as true of the observation of words -and sentences on the printed or written page as -it is of the observation of earth and sky and -sea, of the starry heavens above and the moral -law within (which filled the soul of the philosopher -Kant with never-ceasing awe). How the things -obtained from books and from the world outside are -appropriated in thought and made our own will appear -more fully when we discuss the relation of memory to -thinking.</p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[167]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="CHAPTER_XI">XI<br /> -<span class="smaller">THE MEMORY AND THINKING</span></h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[168]</a></span></p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>Overburden not thy memory to make so faithful a servant a -slave. Remember Atlas was weary. Have as much reason as a -camel, to rise when thou hast thy full load. Memory, like a -purse, if it be overfull that it cannot shut, all will drop out of it: -take heed of a gluttonous curiosity to feed on many things, lest the -greediness of the appetite of thy memory spoil the digestion thereof.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Thomas Fuller.</span></p> - -<p>To impose on a child to get by heart a long scroll of phrases -without any ideas is a practice fitter for a jackdaw than for anything -that wears the shape of man.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Dr. I. Watts.</span></p> - -<p>The habit of laying up in the memory what has not been digested -by the understanding is at once the cause and the effect of mental -weakness.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Sir W. Hamilton.</span></p> - -<p>There is no one department of educational work in which the -difference between skilled and unskilled teaching is so manifest as -in the view which is taken of the faculty of memory, the mode of -training it, and the uses to which different teachers seek to put it.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Fitch.</span></p> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[169]</a></span></p> - -<h3>XI<br /> -<span class="smaller">THE MEMORY AND THINKING</span></h3> - -<div class="sidenote">Memory and judgment.</div> - -<p>Many people freely admit that they have a poor -memory. Their misstatements, breaches of etiquette, -and failure to keep engagements they excuse by claiming -a poor memory for dates, names, faces, facts, and -the like. Accuse them of possessing poor judgment, -and they are very much offended. They fail -to see the close relation between a good memory -and good judgment, between an accurate -memory and sound common sense, which is but another -name for good judgment in matters that all men have in -common. Judgment affirms the agreement or disagreement -between two objects of thought. It involves comparison. -How can the comparison be accurate if the -memory is not accurate in the ideas it recalls of the -things to be compared?</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Comparison.</div> - -<p>At one time it was a mooted question whether the -mind can think of more than one thing at a time. As a -matter of doubt this question is no longer discussed. -For, since all thinking involves comparison, if -two objects are to be compared, they must be -held before the mind at one and the same time. A good -memory is, therefore, a very important aid to reflection.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Memorizing.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Two forms of memory.</div> - -<p>And yet Thucydides and Lord Bolingbroke are said to -have complained of a memory so retentive of details that -it seriously interfered with their processes of thought. It<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[170]</a></span> -is commonly believed that much memory work interferes -with the growth and development of a pupil’s ability -to think. “Much memorizing deadens the -power of thought,” says W. T. Harris, who is -recognized at home and abroad as one of the profoundest -thinkers that America has produced. Innumerable anecdotes -are told of great thinkers to show their forgetfulness -in the commonest details of every-day life. These -anecdotes are handed down from one generation of -students to the next; their mirth-provoking character -gives them vitality; they grow more ludicrous the -oftener they are told; they do harm because they lead -pupils to undervalue the importance of a good memory -to those who are ambitious to shine as thinkers. Often, -after it is too late, the student finds how he has crippled -his whole intellectual life by neglect and abuse of the -memory. A correct conception of the nature of memory -and its function in every department of thought and -research is of immense importance to those who teach, -as well as to those who have gone far enough in their -studies to give conscious direction to their own intellectual -life. Most writers on education have treated, -directly or indirectly, of the use and abuse of the memory; -every examiner appeals to it more or less in the -questions he puts; and every teacher shows the nature -and extent of his skill in the kind of demands he makes -upon the retentive power of his pupils. Take, for instance, -the lesson in geometry. There are two ways -of learning and giving the proof of a theorem: the -language of the text-book may be committed -to memory, and accepted in the class-room; -or the pupil may fix in his mind the line of argument -and give in his own language the successive steps of -the demonstration. The former method is a sure sign -of bad teaching and of defective habits of study. Whenever<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[171]</a></span> -a skilful teacher finds his pupils giving the exact -words of the text-book on geometry, he changes the -lettering of the figure, and sometimes even the figure -itself. He is not satisfied until he feels sure that the -pupil is thinking the thoughts of the geometry and recalling -the ideas by the inner nexus which binds them -into a line of argument. He insists on it that the learner -shall cultivate a memory for ideas rather than words.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Verbal memory.</div> - -<p>Does it follow that the verbal memory is to be neglected -and despised? This is the feeling of the learner who has -tasted the joys of thinking; he hates the -drudgery of learning by heart, because he has -reached the age when logical memory begins to assert -itself at the expense of the verbal memory. No less -a psychologist than Professor James of Harvard has -recently put in a plea for the verbal memory which, by -reason of the abuses to which it was formerly subjected, -has fallen into such disuse that pupils on reaching the -high school are often unable to quote a single stanza -of poetry. In his “Talks on Psychology to Teachers” -he says,—</p> - -<p>“The older pedagogic method of learning things by -rote, and reciting them parrot-like in the school-room, -rested on the truth that a thing merely read or heard, -and never verbally reproduced, contracts the weakest -possible adhesion to the mind. Verbal recitation or reproduction -is thus a highly important kind of reactive -behavior on our impressions; and it is to be feared, in the -reaction against the old parrot recitations as the beginning -and end of instruction, the extreme value of verbal -recitation as an element of complete training may nowadays -be too much forgotten.”<a name="FNanchor_22" id="FNanchor_22"></a><a href="#Footnote_22" class="fnanchor">[22]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Association.</div> - -<p>Psychologists have shown that, in remembering and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[172]</a></span> -recollecting, the mind works according to certain laws of -association. Of two words or ideas which have been before -the mind at the same time, or in immediate -sequence, the one naturally tends to suggest -the other. If the attention is directed to the words as -they follow each other in a line of poetry, the memory -will recall these in the order in which they occur. If the -mind’s eye is fixed on the ideas which the words express, -the memory may carry these by reason of the logical -connection which exists between them. Often the connection -between the two things which are to be remembered -is purely arbitrary. Then the link which binds -them together must be forged by some mechanical process -like frequent oral repetition, or by constant gazing at -them upon the printed page, or by writing them out so -that the impression made upon the mind through the eye -and the ear is further strengthened through the muscular -sense. The latter species of memory is usually called the -mechanical memory, in distinction from the memory for -ideas, which has been aptly styled the logical memory.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Mechanical memory.</div> - -<p>The verbal memory is but one form of the mechanical -memory. There is no necessary connection between persons -and their names, between events and dates, -between things and their symbols; these must -be learned by bringing them together before the mind -until by the law of association, called contiguity in time -and place, the link that binds them is forged; or, to -change the figure, until they occupy places side by side -on the tablets of the mechanical memory. It is sometimes -supposed that there is a necessary connection between -the two factors and their result in the multiplication -table. But the moment we construct an arithmetical -scale based on the dozen instead of ten, 7 × 8 = 48 instead -of 56 (the former combination of figures signifying -four twelves and eight ones), and the arbitrary character<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[173]</a></span> -of the combinations in the Arabic notation becomes apparent -at a glance. Sometimes a peculiarity in a rule -like that for the middle and the opposite parts in the -right-angled spherical triangle may assist the memory; -but in most cases the formulas which are in constant use -in the higher mathematics must be fixed by the methods -of drill appropriate for the mechanical memory.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Pestalozzi’s mistake.</div> - -<p>It is a mistake in teaching as well as in practical life to -neglect the mechanical memory. In many directions it -takes care of itself through the conditions and requirements -of a person’s daily occupation. The salesman in a -large store, the conductor on a railway, the politician on -the hustings remembers many things in this way, and not -because they are bound together by a logical nexus like -that which binds together the thoughts of a geometrical -proof. Many things which the pupil must carry from -the school into practical life must be retained through -drill and repetition. Pestalozzi imagined that if he -taught pupils how to construct the multiplication -table it would not be necessary for them to -commit it to memory. The Swiss teachers long ago found -out the insufficiency of his method; found out that, whilst -it pays to let a pupil construct the table for himself, -because it increases his interest in the combinations, and -thus lightens the burden of the mechanical memory, the -drill must be kept up until the sight of two factors suggests -their product with infallible accuracy. Valuable -time can be saved if the teacher will make a list of things -that must be fixed in the mechanical memory for the -purpose of facilitating the thought-processes in more -advanced stages of instruction and in the discharge of the -duties of practical life. The following are typical examples -of what should be lodged in the mechanical memory:</p> - -<p>1. A reasonable vocabulary of words in the mother -tongue.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[174]</a></span></p> - -<p>2. A working vocabulary of words in the foreign languages -which the circumstances or occupation of a student -will compel him to use.</p> - -<p>3. The combinations of addition up to one hundred, -the multiplication table, and the tables of weights and -measures.</p> - -<p>4. Algebraic and other formulas which constantly -recur in the higher mathematics.</p> - -<p>5. The fundamental formulas in chemistry, physics, and -other sciences.</p> - -<p>6. Declensions, conjugations, comparison, and genders -of words in such foreign languages as the pupil expects -to read, write, and speak.</p> - -<p>7. The most necessary fact-lore of history and geography.</p> - -<p>8. Choice selections from the best literature and such -definitions as mark a triumph of intellect in the history -of human thought.</p> - -<p>This enumeration may indicate the range and kind of -knowledge which should be fixed in the mechanical -memory so that the mind may be in possession of the -best instruments of thought evolved by ages of civilization. -Many of the things above named must be learned -by an effort of retention, pure and simple, like that of -the boy who is sent to a store to buy half a dozen sheets -of paper, two yards of ribbon, five dozen eggs, and specified -quantities of salt, flour, and other provisions. He -may write these on paper and thus ease the memory -burden, but in solving mathematical problems and in -reading, writing, or speaking a foreign language it is impossible -always to carry for use written or printed tables, -vocabularies, and lexicons. To use these in thinking, -one must have them on his tongue and at his fingers’ -end. Of course it makes a difference whether one wishes -simply to read a language, like Latin or Greek, or to use -it, like French and German, in conversation and correspondence.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[175]</a></span> -In the former instance it is sufficient to learn -the language symbols through the eye; in the latter they -must be acquired through the ear, the tongue, and the pen.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Time for learning languages.</div> - -<p>It is a wise provision of nature that the perceptive -powers and the mechanical memory are most active in -childhood and youth. The normal child is -hungry for words and facts, and gathers information -from every conceivable quarter. The -judgment and the reason develop after the mind has been -stored with the materials upon which these may act. -Parents and teachers who are ignorant of this order of -development often force the reasons for arithmetical processes -upon the pupil when these are difficult and when -he could learn the eleven hundred variations of the -Greek verb without difficulty, whilst the study of the -classical and foreign languages is postponed to an age -when the acquisition of a new language becomes a difficult -task because the logical memory has driven the -mechanical into the background, and the growth of judgment -and reason makes the pupil crave the intellectual -food furnished by the thought-studies. It is a species of -cruelty to force upon children the consideration of the -why’s and the wherefore’s of mathematical operations, -when learning how to go through the motions would be -quite enough of a tax upon their mental strength. Some -of the demonstrations in arithmetic are logically more -difficult than many of the proofs in geometry; hence no -pupil should be asked to pass his final examination in -arithmetic before he has mastered the elements of geometry. -The proper sequence of subjects is of immense importance -in leading the child from the lower to the -higher forms of intellectual activity. With the proper -study of geometry the logical memory steps to the front, -and the thought-studies should then supplant those which -largely appeal to the mechanical memory.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[176]</a></span></p> - -<p>Nevertheless, it is a distinct loss if the verbal or mechanical -memory is ever allowed to drop into desuetude. -On this point the practice, as well as the testimony, of -Dr. W. T. Harris is worthy of the attention of every -person charged with the training of himself or others.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Harris on the memory.</div> - -<p>“If a person finds himself forgetful of names, it is a -health-giving process to take a certain portion of time in -committing to memory words. If this is done -by committing new masterpieces of poetry and -prose, or in committing to memory the words -of a new language, there is profit or gain to the thinking -powers, as well as to the memory. Doubtless the cultivation -of verbal memory, building up, as it does, a -certain convolution in the brain, has a tendency to -prevent atrophy in that organ. This contains a hint -in the direction of keeping up in the later part of life -the faculties which are usually so active in youth. The -tendency is to neglect childish faculties and allow them -to become torpid. But if this is liable to weaken certain -portions of the brain in such a way as to induce -hemorrhage, ending in softening of the brain, certainly -the memory should be cultivated, if only for the health -of the brain, and the memory for mechanical items -of detail should be cultivated on grounds of health as -well as on grounds of culture. The extreme advocates -of the rational method of teaching are perhaps wrong in -repudiating entirely all mechanical memory of dates and -names or items. Certainly they are right in opposing the -extremes of the old pedagogy, which obliged the pupils -to memorize, page after page, the contents of a grammar -<i lang="la">verbatim et literatim et punctuatim</i> (as, for instance, the -graduates of the Boston Latin School tell us was the custom -early in this century). But is there not a middle -ground? Is there not a minimum list of details, of -dates and names which must and should be memorized,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[177]</a></span> -both on account of the health of the nervous system and -on account of the intrinsic usefulness of the data themselves? -And must not the person in later life continue -to exercise these classes of memory which deal with details -for the sake of physical health? This is a question -for the educational pathologist.”<a name="FNanchor_23" id="FNanchor_23"></a><a href="#Footnote_23" class="fnanchor">[23]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Vocabularies.</div> - -<p>A teacher of Hebrew spent one-fourth of his time in -drill on Hebrew roots and their meaning. His students -groaned under the drudgery imposed. At the -end of the first six chapters of Genesis, he -surprised his class by the announcement, “Now you -know half the words in the Hebrew Bible.” He had -selected words used five hundred times, then words used -three hundred times, and drilled on these in various ways -until he had fixed all the words in most frequent use in -the Hebrew text. It was a great saving of time in the -end, and a great step towards reading at sight the Old -Testament in the original. By the modern short-cuts to -knowledge the pupils are hurried from one classic author -to another, and hence they never master the vocabulary -to the extent of reading Latin or Greek at sight. A -little less haste at the start, and a little more drill for the -purpose of fixing new words as they come up, thus avoiding -the everlasting turning to the lexicon for more than -half the words in a lesson, would facilitate progress and -enable the student to find some pleasure in the study of -foreign languages.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Teaching languages.</div> - -<p>An old teacher of Latin, who had discovered this -secret in the acquisition of a foreign tongue, agreed -to take a small class in Livy on condition -that the students write in a special blank-book -and review every day all the words whose meaning -they were required to hunt in the lexicon. At the end<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[178]</a></span> -of ten weeks half the class read two pages without looking -up more than two words. Their study of Latin not -only gave them a sense of pleasure, but, in thinking the -thoughts of the author through the medium of the eye-symbols -and then putting them into good English, they -acquired excellent thought-material, an extensive vocabulary, -and superior skill in syntactical construction. -It proved a most valuable exercise in thinking and in the -expression of thought.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Logical memory.</div> - -<p>Valuable as the mechanical memory is for the purpose -of furnishing the thought-instruments, it sinks into comparative -insignificance alongside of the logical -memory. The latter is the memory for ideas, -binding them by associations based on cause and effect, -reason and consequence, similarity and contrast, the -general and the particular. It is the kind of memory -by which the mind carries a knowledge of the laws -of science, the principles of art, the salient points of -a discourse, the train of ideas in a book, the leading -thoughts in a system of philosophy. It converts history -and geography from a dry collection of facts, dates, and -names into a living organism whose parts are internally -related by a plastic principle, and combined into a whole -that has order and system in every detail. How much -better that a pupil’s knowledge of history and geography -should be thus systematized than that it should resemble -a wilderness of facts! As a means for furnishing thought-material, -the logical memory is far more valuable than -the memory which holds words and things by the accidental -ties of sound, sight, and fanciful relations.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Latham’s classification.</div> - -<p>A classification of the forms of memory into portative, -analytical, and assimilative, given in Latham’s -book on the “Action of Examinations,” is -helpful in determining the relation of memory -to thinking.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[179]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Portative memory.</div> - -<p>The portative memory simply conveys matter. “Its -only aim, like that of a carrier, is to deliver the parcel -as it was received.” It is the form of memory -that enables some people to carry the contents -of entire volumes in their minds, sometimes in the -very words, oftener in ideas only. The rhapsodists -in ancient Greece who could repeat entire books of -Homer are examples in point. Some men of superior -talent have possessed this power in an eminent degree. -Macaulay, on a voyage across the Irish Channel, rehearsed -from memory an entire book of Virgil’s “Æneid.” It -is the kind of memory that shines at examinations and -excites the envy of persons less gifted with powers of -retention. It may easily be degraded into a slave, doing -work which should be performed by higher mental -powers. Hence it has been appropriately styled the -Cinderella faculty of the mind. Like the girl in the -story, it may be abused dreadfully by having all sorts of -useless drudgery heaped upon it. To require a child to -learn the five thousand isolated facts formerly scattered -through treatises on geography was an exercise as useless -as the picking of the lentils which were poured into the -ashes to give Cinderella something to do, and, unfortunately, -there is no bird from fairyland to assist in the -accomplishment of the task.</p> - -<p>Much as we may admire the power of Thomas Fuller, -who could repeat five hundred unrelated words in foreign -languages after hearing them twice, it is an accomplishment -not worth acquiring. As an accomplishment it -recalls the king to whom a man exhibited his skill in -throwing a pea so that it would stick on the end of a -pin,—a feat acquired after years of patient practice. The -man hoped to get a valuable present for his exhibition -of skill. The king ordered a bag of pease to be given -him, saying that it was all his accomplishment was worth.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[180]</a></span></p> - -<p>There is no end of warnings as to the possible evil -effects of a good memory upon the power to think,—warnings -that a teacher may take to heart with advantage -to himself and others.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Memory and the understanding.</div> - -<p>Dr. Carpenter asserts that when the form of memory -by which children learn a piece of poetry whose meaning -they do not comprehend exists in unusual -strength, it seems to impede rather than aid -the formation of the nexus of associations -which makes acquired knowledge a part of the -mind itself. In illustration, he cites the suggestive case -of Dr. Leyden, “who was distinguished for his extraordinary -gift of learning languages, and who could repeat -long acts of Parliament, or any similar document, after -having once read it. Being congratulated by a friend -on his remarkable gift, he replied that, instead of being -an advantage to him, it was often a source of great inconvenience, -because, when he wished to recollect anything -in a document he had read, he could only do it by -repeating the whole from the commencement till he -reached the point he wished to recall.”</p> - -<p>Latham has well said, “The ready mechanical memory -of a youth, besides enabling him to mislead unpractised -examiners, makes him deceive himself. Teachers find -that a very ready memory is a bad educator; it stunts -the growth of other mental powers by doing their work -for them. A youth who can recollect without trouble -will, as it were, mask the difficulty in his classical author -or his mathematics by learning by rote what stands in -his translation or text-book, and march forward without -more ado. Thus a quick memory involves a temptation -which may enervate its possessor by suffering him to -evade a difficulty instead of bracing himself to encounter -it in front.”<a name="FNanchor_24" id="FNanchor_24"></a><a href="#Footnote_24" class="fnanchor">[24]</a></p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[181]</a></span></p> - -<p>Maudsley writes in the same strain: “This kind of -memory, in which the person seems to read a photographic -copy of former impressions with his mind’s eye, -is not, indeed, commonly associated with high intellectual -power; for what reason I know not, unless it be -that the mind, to which it belongs, is prevented, by the -very excellence of its power of apprehending and recalling -separate facts, from rising to that discernment of their -relations which is involved in reasoning and judgment, -and so stays in a function which should be the foundation -of further development, or that, being by some -natural defect prevented from rising to the higher sphere -of a comprehension of relations, it applies all its energies -to a comprehension of details. Certainly one runs the -risk, by overloading the memory of a child with details, -of arresting the development of the mental powers of -the child; stereotyping details on the brain, we prevent -that further development of it which consists in rising -from concrete conceptions to the conception of relations.”<a name="FNanchor_25" id="FNanchor_25"></a><a href="#Footnote_25" class="fnanchor">[25]</a></p> - -<p>Here is another warning from the pen of Archbishop -Whately:</p> - -<p>“Some people have been intellectually damaged by -having what is called a good memory. An unskilful -teacher is content to put before children all they ought -to learn, and to take care that they remember it; and so, -though the memory is retentive, the mind is left in a -passive state, and men wonder that he who was so quick -at learning and remembering should not be an able man, -which is as reasonable as to wonder that a cistern if -filled should not be a perpetual fountain. Many men -are saved by their deficiency of memory from being -spoiled by an education; for those who have no extraordinary<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[182]</a></span> -memory are driven to supply its place by thinking. -If they do not remember a mathematical demonstration, -they are driven to devise one. If they do not -remember what Aristotle or Bacon said, they are driven -to consider what they are likely to have said or ought -to have said.”<a name="FNanchor_26" id="FNanchor_26"></a><a href="#Footnote_26" class="fnanchor">[26]</a></p> - -<p>In his letter to a student who lamented his defective -memory, P. C. Hamerton says that, so far from writing, as -might be expected, a letter of condolence on a miserable -memory, he felt disposed to write a letter of congratulation. -“It is possible that you may be blessed with a -selecting memory which is not only useful for what it -retains, but also for what it rejects. In the immense -mass of facts which come before you in literature and in -life it is well that you should suffer as little bewilderment -as possible. The nature of your memory saves you from -this by unconsciously selecting what has interested you -and letting the rest go by.”<a name="FNanchor_27" id="FNanchor_27"></a><a href="#Footnote_27" class="fnanchor">[27]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Analytical memory.</div> - -<p>In the last quotation we get a hint of the form of memory -which Latham styles the analytical. “The analytical -memory is exercised when the mind furnishes -a view of its own and thereby holds together a -set of impressions selected out of a mass. Thus a barrister -strings together the material facts of his case, and a -lecturer those of his science by their bearing on what he -wants to establish.”</p> - -<p>Many thinkers sift everything they read, hear, and see. -That which they do not need is rejected and forgotten. -That which has a bearing upon their investigations is -selected, retained, and utilized. As an aid in thinking a -form of retention called the index memory is very helpful. -The lawyer should know where to find such law as<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[183]</a></span> -he does not carry in his head. Having found the required -statute or judicial interpretation, he applies it to -the case in hand. No sooner is a case finally decided or -settled than he drops its details from his mind and directs -his intellectual strength to the interests of the next client.</p> - -<p>In this ability to sift, select, and reject, as the occasion -demands, lies the secret of the success of many a public -lecturer, of many a magazine writer. The men in the -pulpit or upon the platform who lack this gift soon wear -out; the public speedily detects when they have nothing -more to give. The preparation of debates, speeches, -essays, and theses trains these forms of memory. After -the analytical habit has been formed, the student unconsciously, -yet constantly, gathers, classifies, and stores -materials for thought. The public are frequently surprised -by the array of striking facts, interesting data, -apt illustrations, and pleasing anecdotes with which he -enlivens every topic of discussion and elucidates every -subject of investigation.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Assimilative memory.</div> - -<p>Higher than the analytical is the assimilative form of -memory which “absorbs matter into the system so that -the knowledge assimilated becomes a part of -the person’s own self, like that of his name or -of a familiar language.” The assimilation of -knowledge has a parallel in the assimilation of food. -The phrase that knowledge is the food of the mind has -almost become classical in treatises on education. The -figure of speech throws light upon the relative functions -of memory and thinking in the acquisition and elaboration -of knowledge. Before the food is set before the -child it should be cooked and put into the most palatable -form,—a parallel to the preparation of the lesson by the -teacher so that he may put it before the learner in its -most attractive form.</p> - -<p>Before the food is swallowed it should be masticated,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[184]</a></span> -broken into parts,—a parallel to the act of analysis by -which the chunks of knowledge are resolved into their -elements and each set before the mind in the simplest -form, in the form in which it can be grasped most easily.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Transformation of knowledge.</div> - -<p>If the food remains in the stomach unchanged, it produces -dyspepsia and a long train of bodily ills. If the -knowledge which the mind appropriates is retained unchanged, -it produces mental dyspepsia, and there is no -real assimilation. From this point of view we can easily -see why Montaigne said that to know by heart is not to -know at all. Just as the food which is taken into the -body must be transformed into chyme and chyle and -blood before it can be assimilated, so the knowledge -which is taken up by the mind must be transformed if it -is to be assimilated. The best illustration of the transformation -of knowledge is that given by an -anecdote of Gough, which has now become -classic. In a Pullman car a crying child was -disturbing the slumbers of every passenger. At last a -gruff miner, whose patience was exhausted, stuck his -head out of his berth and exclaimed, “I should like to -know where that child’s mother is?” “In the baggage -car in a coffin,” was the reply of the person in charge of -the child. The knowledge imparted by that phrase was -immediately transformed into new thought and sentiment -and purpose. There was not another word of complaint -throughout the entire journey; every passenger was -thinking of the unfortunate child in the light of an -orphan. Their hearts were stirred with feelings of sympathy, -which, in the case of the old miner, issued into -will and purpose, for he got up, began to carry the little -one, and did his best to make it feel contented in the new -surroundings. If the lessons in civil government and -history of the United States remain in the memory a -mere tissue of dates, names, and events, the teacher has<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[185]</a></span> -failed, no matter how brilliant the answers in class or at -the examination. If these lessons do not issue in new -thoughts, sentiments, and purposes, if they do not enlarge -the mental vision of the pupils, beget in them the sentiment -of patriotism and cause them to resolve that they -will support the government by paying a just share of -its taxes and by insisting on a pure ballot,—in a word, if -these lessons do not make the pupil say that he will live -for his country and even die in its defence,—then the -teacher has failed because there has been no adequate -assimilation of knowledge.</p> - -<p>Another figure of speech is sometimes used to describe -the transformation of knowledge. “Except a grain of -wheat fall into the earth and die, it abideth by itself -alone; but if it die, it beareth much fruit.”<a name="FNanchor_28" id="FNanchor_28"></a><a href="#Footnote_28" class="fnanchor">[28]</a> If the -knowledge which enters the mind remains unchanged, it -abideth by itself alone. But if it perish in its original -form, if it is changed through the process of growth so -as to enter into new relations, it brings forth a harvest -of thought and sentiment and purpose. The last two -should be the concomitants of the crop of new thoughts -which spring from seed-thoughts implanted in the soul.</p> - -<p>That the ancients understood the use and abuse of the -memory is evident from their method of teaching law.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Teaching the law.</div> - -<p>The Roman school-boy learned by heart the Twelve -Tables of the Law. His teachers were not satisfied with -a mere knowledge of the words; they insisted -that he should understand the meaning of the -law, and apply it in regulating his own conduct and -in passing judgment upon the conduct of others. Is -it any wonder that the Roman people became the exponents -of law and order throughout the civilized world, -and that Roman jurisprudence still exerts a moulding<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[186]</a></span> -influence upon the legislation of the Latin races, if not -of the entire civilized world?</p> - -<p>There is still another nation of antiquity whose youth -were instructed in the law with the most scrupulous care. -The Ten Commandments of the Mosaic Law were committed -to memory. In Chapter VI., 6-9, of Deuteronomy, -we read: “And these words, which I command -thee this day, shall be in thine heart: and thou shalt -teach them diligently unto thy children, and shalt talk -of them when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou -walkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and when -thou risest up. And thou shalt bind them for a sign upon -thine hand, and they shall be as frontlets between thine -eyes.” Verse 18 of Chapter XI. is still more explicit: -“Therefore shall ye lay up these my words in your heart -and in your soul, and bind them for a sign upon your -hand, that they may be as frontlets between your eyes.”</p> - -<p>The exact words of the law were to be fixed in the -memory, and kept both before the bodily and mental eye -until they passed into the deeds and conduct of every-day -life. In John vii. 49 we find the same thought: “This -people who knoweth not the law are cursed.” This -was the universal conviction of the Jewish people after -the Babylonian exile, if not before. The reading of the -Talmud has been likened unto travelling through endless -galleries of lumber, where the air is darkened and the -lungs are well-nigh asphyxiated with the rising dust. -On one point, however, the Jewish Rabbis speak with -the authority and earnestness of those who know whereof -they affirm. “To the Law!” is the exhortation sounded -abroad in every key. “Let your house,” says one, “be -a house of assembly for those wise in the law; let yourself -be dusted by the dust of their feet, and drink eagerly -their teaching.” “Make the study of the law thy special -business,” says another. “The more teaching of the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[187]</a></span> -law,” says a third, “the more life; the more school, the -more wisdom; the more counsel, the more reasonable -action. He who gains a knowledge of the law gains life -in the world to come.”</p> - -<p>Maxims like the following show the stress that was -laid upon exercises designed to bring out the full force -and import of the law: “When two sit together and do -not converse about the law, they are an assembly of -scorners, of which it is said, ‘Sit not in the seat of the -scorners.’ When, however, two sit together and converse -about the law, the Shechinah (the Divine Presence) -is present among them.” “When three eat together at -one table, and do not converse about the law, it is as -though they ate of the offerings of the dead. But when -three eat together at one table and converse about the -law, it is as though they ate at the table of God.” “The -following are things whose interest is enjoyed in this -world, while the capital remains for the world to come; -Reverence for fathers and mothers, benevolence, peacemaking -among neighbors, and the study of the law above -them all.”</p> - -<p>It is very apparent that the chosen people were not -satisfied with mere memorizing of the law. Their teachers -sought to make it a living, regulative force in all the -relations of man. Their practice emphasized a phase of -memory work which should be borne in mind whenever -pupils are requested to learn by heart any form of words -or selection of literature. Words have no value so long -as they remain mere words. When words convey the -intended meaning, the more perfect the form in which -they are joined together the deeper and more lasting is -the impression made upon the mind of the learner. The -thoughts which have been transmitted in forms fixed for -ages may not produce a harvest of new thought and -linguistic expression, but may issue in feeling and will,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[188]</a></span> -in lofty emotions and noble purposes, in heroic deeds -and unselfish devotion, in righteousness and right conduct -far more valuable than mediocre effusions of prose -and poetry, or many of the speculations of scientists and -philosophers.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Seed-thoughts.</div> - -<p>Thoughts that are to regulate conduct and life may be -remembered in the form in which a nation has treasured -them for ages. If thoughts are to become seed-thoughts, -their form must be changed through -the process of growth; otherwise no crop of new -thoughts can mature. The expression, seed-thoughts, is -a figure of speech based upon vegetable life. The mind -may be likened unto soil that has become fertile through -the labor and skill of the husbandman. The mind grows -fertile and productive by cultivation. Like the sower -going forth to sow, the good teacher deposits in the -youthful mind ideas which germinate and bring forth a -harvest of thought, sentiment, and purpose. If the grain -of wheat be cut in pieces, and then put into the soil, -there can be no growth, because the life has been destroyed. -The ideas which the teacher instils into the -minds of the pupils should be living ideas. Their vitality -should not be destroyed by dissection into fragments -from which all life has departed. Sunshine and moisture -are conditions of growth. Lack of sympathy is lack of -sunshine. Cold natures have an Arctic effect in stunting -and preventing growth. Again, instruction may be so -dry that nothing can thrive under its influence. Like a -drought, it may speedily evaporate the child’s love of -school and interest in study. Weeds may choke the -growing crop. These the husbandman removes and destroys, -so that the good seed may have a chance to ripen. -With equal solicitude the faithful teacher watches the -development of the seed-thoughts which are sprouting in -the mind. For a time the seed is hid in the earth. Seed-thoughts<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[189]</a></span> -disappear in the unconscious depths of the soul. -They are not lost. By processes which we cannot explain, -they sprout and grow and ripen. That such mysterious -processes are going forward in the hidden depths -of the soul cannot be doubted. A process of growth may -be unseen; its visible results are evidence that it exists -and is going forward. If the soil be barren or the conditions -of growth be wanting, no harvest is possible. -Unfortunately, the unskilful husbandman always blames -the soil and the weather when he himself is at fault. -Unfortunate is the pupil whose teacher is a fossil, devoid -of life and the power to infuse life. Under such a -teacher the pupil always gets the blame.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[190]</a></span></p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[191]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="CHAPTER_XII">XII<br /> -<span class="smaller">IMAGING AND THINKING</span></h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[192]</a></span></p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>Things more excellent than any image are expressed through -images.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Jamblichus.</span></p> - -<p>An unimaginative person can neither be reverent nor kind.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Ruskin.</span></p> - -<p>Few men have imagination enough for the truth of reality.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Goethe.</span></p> - -<p>Science does not know its debt to the imagination.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Emerson.</span></p> - -<p>The human race is governed by its imagination.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Napoleon.</span></p> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[193]</a></span></p> - -<h3>XII<br /> -<span class="smaller">IMAGING AND THINKING</span></h3> - -<p>Every human being divides the world into two parts, -the self and the not-self. It would not be right to say -that he divides the world into two hemispheres, because -self may occupy more space and engross more thought -than all else in the universe.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Self.</div> - -<p>The idea of self is complex. It includes our thoughts, -emotions, and purposes. Kindred and friends, home and -country, creed and occupation, dress and personal -appearance, possessions and the work one -has done,—in fact, all one has and is and does enters into -the idea of self. When we lose a child, a manuscript, an -investment, a position, we are apt to feel as if a part of -ourselves had been lost. So closely are the things of self -identified with the inner self, the self in the narrowest -signification of the term, that the latter is oftentimes lost -in the former; and the end of existence is sought in -wealth, fame, honor, social position, erudition, and the -thousand other things which intensify the feeling of self -by giving it form and content.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Image of self.</div> - -<p>An important element in the thought of self is the -image of self that every man carries in his own mind. -This image of self is derived from looking-glasses -and photographs, from the sight of -hands and feet and the other impressions of the physical -organism which reach the mind through the senses. In -the minds of many persons the image of self is ever present, -it matters not whether they are eating or drinking, -walking or talking, singing or thinking, posing or working.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[194]</a></span> -The perpetual presence of the image of self gives -rise to vanity and pride, to avarice, ambition, and other -detestable forms of selfishness.</p> - -<p>It is the province of education to bring self and the -things of self into proper relation with the not-self, with -God and the universe. That this may be accomplished -the images of sense and the idea of self must be made to -take their proper place in the domain of thought and -volition.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Education defined.</div> - -<p>Not many years ago it was customary in certain quarters -to define education as the process of unsensing the -mind and unselfing the will. The definition -never became popular. It contains a truth and -an error, both deserving of careful consideration. The -maxim may signify that by the process of education the -soul is to be emancipated from the tyranny of the senses -and from the domination of selfish desires. The mind -may be hindered in its growth because it is under the -thraldom of desire and appetite. Excess in eating and -drinking, in sight-seeing, and in other pleasures which -so easily ripen into dissipation may check the normal -development of the higher faculties. The delight which -some gifted natures find in beautiful colors and good -music may prevent them from acquiring the power of -abstract and abstruse thinking. The things of the mind -may be sacrificed to the things of sense, the higher life -of the soul may be stifled through the exaltation of self -and the domination of selfish desires.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Unsensing the mind.</div> - -<p>What is meant by unsensing the mind? It may mean, -for instance, that the student of arithmetic is to be freed -from the necessity of counting strokes or fingers -in finding the sum or the product of two numbers; -that the learner is to get away from the cats and -dogs of the First Reader as soon as possible; that he is to -be lifted by education to the plane on which he can think<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[195]</a></span> -in abstract and general terms. In this sense it is correct -to say that it is the purpose of education to unsense the -mind. The phrase may also be interpreted to imply that -the habit of thinking by means of visual images is to be -got rid of. In this sense it is a dangerous maxim.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Arrested development.</div> - -<p>The first thinking of children is carried on in mental -pictures. It is one of the aims of the school to lift the -learner above this necessity of thinking in things by enabling -him to think in symbols. These symbols are in -their turn visualized; and we may have specimens of arrested -development in the use of figures as well as in the -use of fingers, blocks, or other objects employed in teaching -the fundamental operations of integers and fractions. -The principal of a well-known ward school aimed at great -speed in arithmetical calculations. The results which his -teachers obtained excited surprise and admiration. -The test of progress was the number of -digits that a pupil could add, or subtract, or -multiply, or divide in a minute. The danger of this instruction -became apparent when it was found that of five -or six hundred children drilled in that way only one ever -reached the high school, and she was only a third-rate -student, who never acquired skill or proficiency in thinking -in abstract and general terms. Mental energy was -exhausted in the attempt to develop lightning calculators. -There was no growth in the direction of thinking the -laws and truths which make knowledge scientific.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The thinking of savages.</div> - -<p>The untutored savage is guided by sense impressions; -he thinks in mental pictures; he is incapable of a -chain of reasoning like the demonstration of a -theorem in geometry. Tribes have been found -who could not count beyond three; any number -in excess of two was called many or a multitude. -Whilst their powers of observation were developed to a -remarkable degree, they lacked the power of abstruse<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[196]</a></span> -thought. Their descendants, who are now at school, -make rapid progress in knowledge which appeals to the -senses; they find more than the usual difficulty in -studies requiring demonstrative reasoning or sustained -effort in scientific thought. Music is their delight; they -can be taught to sing like birds in the air; their bands -give sighs to brass itself. As in the eighteenth century -the Iroquois, who would not submit to the doctrines of -Christianity, were overcome by concerts, so, in the nineteenth, -the missionaries of British Columbia appeal to -the red man’s ear for music in winning him for the Christian -religion.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Popular audiences.</div> - -<p>Language is full of faded metaphors which show how -the things of the mind are conceived in images formed -through the senses. Those who address popular audiences -clothe their thoughts in figures of speech -based upon the mental pictures in which the -common people carry on their thinking. The ability -to think in the language of science and philosophy is -a later development, and those who by disuse or neglect -impair their power to think in sense-images pay a penalty -in losing, or never acquiring, the power to move the -multitudes.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Mental pictures.</div> - -<p>The power to think in mental pictures, or through -the sense-impressions which memory recalls, varies in -different persons. Occasionally the sense of -touch is very active; the child in such cases -manifests a desire to handle everything within reach, and -undoubtedly gains impressions of peculiar strength -answering its desire to know. A limited number of children -in every school get their best impressions through -the ear, and hence are said to be ear-minded; but the -far larger proportion are eye-minded to the extent -of connecting their most accurate knowledge with images -obtained through vision. Similar peculiarities exist<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[197]</a></span> -among older persons. A friend claims that he hears the -voices of speakers while reading the proof-sheets of their -speeches. Another friend claims that he cannot bring up -a mental picture of the faces of his children and his -friends, but he writes out strains of music which he -thinks and hears while seated on railway cars. The -power of bringing up a vivid picture of the breakfast-table, -or of some scene of special interest, is possessed by -many persons. They live over again in memory the delights -of travel, and enjoy scenery through the vivid -mental pictures stored away in the treasure-house of -memory. The ability to appreciate the best literature -in prose and poetry depends largely upon the power of -visualizing the realities at the basis of the descriptions and -figures of speech. Francis Galton thinks that the perspicuous -style of French literature and the wonderful -manual skill of the French people is due to their power -of thinking in visual images. He says,—</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The French.</div> - -<p>“The French appear to possess the visualizing faculty -in a high degree. The peculiar ability they show in -prearranging ceremonials and fêtes of all kinds -and their undoubted genius for tactics and -strategy show that they are able to foresee effects with -unusual clearness. Their ingenuity in all technical contrivances -is an additional testimony in the same direction, -and so is their singular clearness of expression. -Their phrase ‘figurez-vous,’ or ‘picture to yourself,’ -seems to express their dominant mode of perception. -Our equivalent of ‘imagine’ is ambiguous.”<a name="FNanchor_29" id="FNanchor_29"></a><a href="#Footnote_29" class="fnanchor">[29]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Galton’s investigations.</div> - -<p>The profession of teaching owes Mr. Galton a special -debt of gratitude for the light which his investigations -throw upon the process of thinking. These investigations -were published in a volume entitled “Inquiries<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[198]</a></span> -into Human Faculty.” When he began to inquire -among his friends as to their power to call up mental -pictures of the breakfast-table, those engaged -in scientific pursuits were inclined to consider -him fanciful and fantastic in supposing that the -words <em>mental imagery</em> really expressed what he thought -everybody supposed them to mean. He says they had no -more notion of its true nature than a color-blind man who -has not discerned his defect has of the nature of color. -When he spoke to persons in general society, he got very -different replies. Among other curious things which he -discovered, he found that the power of thinking in -sense-images, or mental pictures, may be partly inherited, -partly developed by practice, and that it may -be impaired by disuse or by the habit of hard thinking -peculiar to men engaged in scientific pursuits. Scientific -men, as a class, have feeble powers of visual representation. -He reached the conclusion that “an over-ready -perception of sharp mental pictures is antagonistic to the -acquirement of highly generalized and abstract thought, -especially when the steps of reasoning are carried on by -words as symbols, and that if the faculty of seeing the -pictures was ever possessed by men who think hard, it is -very apt to be lost by disuse.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Wrong methods.</div> - -<p>He further claims that the visualizing faculty can be -developed by education. This is very significant. It -shows how unwise methods may harm our children -in two directions. The wrong method -may keep the mind at work in the concrete when the -science under consideration demands more advanced and -very different methods of thought. In the other direction -the mind may be tied to words, descriptions, book -methods, and symbolic representations, whereas the -thinking which one’s future duties demand points in the -direction of drawing, mechanics, and handicrafts, in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[199]</a></span> -which success turns upon the power of thinking in visual -images and mental pictures. One cannot forbear quoting -his language in so far as it bears upon the thinking developed -by schools for manual training in distinction -from the thinking developed by the university which -aims to fit its students for the professions and for scientific -thought and experimental research.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Thinking in images.</div> - -<p>“There can, however, be no doubt as to the utility of -the visualizing faculty when it is duly subordinated to -the higher intellectual operations. A visual -image is the most perfect form of mental representation -wherever the shape, position, and relations of -objects in space are concerned. It is of importance in -every handicraft and profession where design is required. -The best workmen are those who visualize the whole of -what they propose to do before they take a tool in their -hands. The village smith and the carpenter who are -employed on odd jobs employ it no less for their work -than the mechanician, the engineer, and the architect. -The lady’s maid who arranges a new dress requires it -for the same reason as the decorator employed on a -palace, or the agent who lays out great estates. Strategists, -artists of all denominations, physicists who contrive -new experiments, and, in short, all who do not -follow routine, have need of it. The pleasure its use -can afford is immense. I have many correspondents who -say that the delight of recalling beautiful scenery and -great works of art is the highest that they know; they -carry whole picture-galleries in their minds. Our bookish -and wordy education tends to repress this valuable -gift of nature. A faculty that is of importance in all -technical and artistic occupations, that gives accuracy to -our perceptions, and justness to our generalizations is -starved by lazy disuse instead of being cultivated judiciously -in such a way as will, on the whole, bring the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[200]</a></span> -best return. I believe that a serious study of the best -method of developing and utilizing this faculty, without -prejudice to the practice of abstract thought in symbols, -is one of the many pressing desiderata in the yet unformed -science of education.”<a name="FNanchor_30" id="FNanchor_30"></a><a href="#Footnote_30" class="fnanchor">[30]</a></p> - -<p>What is meant by the process of unselfing the will? -If the maxim is interpreted to mean that education must -eliminate the selfishness of the individual, and teach him -to will and act for the good of humanity, especially of all -with whom he comes in contact, the maxim points out an -important end of education. If, on the other hand, the -maxim is made to mean that the self, with its peculiarities, -is to be sacrificed in the educative process, it carries -a contradiction on its face. The lower self may have to -be sacrificed in order that the higher self may be conserved. -He that loseth his life shall save it; he that -saveth his life shall lose it, is the teaching of Holy Writ.</p> - -<p>Open a dictionary and search for words indicating how -the belief in the necessity of emancipating life from the -dominion of self has been woven into the very texture -of the English language. Egotism, which originally -meant the excessive use of the pronoun I, has come to -signify all kinds of self-praise, self-exaltation, and to -include all manner of parading one’s virtues and excellencies; -egoism denotes a state of mind in which the -feelings are concentrated on self. Vanity and self-conceit -are two words closely allied to the natural selfishness of -the human heart. The former indicates the feeling which -springs from the thought that we are highly esteemed -by others; the latter is an overweening opinion of one’s -talents, capacities, and importance. There is another -list of compound words, like self-denial, self-sacrifice, -self-abnegation, which point to the importance of eliminating<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[201]</a></span> -self and thoughts of self from the soul’s activities -in thinking and willing. Virtues like humility, love, -service, sacrifice, are lauded in every Christian land. -They are the Christian virtues exemplified by Jesus of -Nazareth, who lived to do good to others, and who died -that the sinning, sorrowing millions on earth might find -peace and consolation for their troubled souls.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Selfishness.</div> - -<p>The unselfing of the will depends as much upon right -thinking as does the unsensing of the mind. The untrained -mind deals too much with things near at hand in -the objective world; the uneducated will deals too much -with the thing nearest to every man in the subjective -world,—the individual self. The thought of self may -enter so thoroughly into the feelings and activities of the -soul that the rights of others are never thought -of in the gratification of self and in the efforts -at self-aggrandizement and self-glorification. Selfish desire -and selfish ambition may dominate the soul and -cause the individual to trample upon the dearest rights -of others. The millions which some men heap up are -squeezed from the productive toil of thousands, perhaps -millions, of human hands. Colossal fortunes can seldom -be made without reducing a considerable number of -human beings to a condition of living from hand to -mouth, to a state of chronic poverty. That the inordinate -ambition of a masterful politician may be gratified, -the hopes of other aspirants must be frustrated and their -rights must be trampled upon. Hence in the end there -is little happiness among office-holders and office-seekers. -The selfishness of great conquerors is still more inexcusable. -In the effort to gratify an unholy ambition the -lives of thousands are sacrificed, their blood is spilt upon -the battle-field, and their health is undermined by suffering -and disease. If the men who send the soldier to the -front were themselves compelled to sleep in ditches, or to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[202]</a></span> -expose themselves to the fire of machine-guns upon the -open field, wars would not be declared, or, if declared, -would soon cease.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Self-sacrifice.</div> - -<p>The higher life demands that the lower self be subordinated, -regulated and sublimated in the education of -man. The individual may be taught to find -happiness in self-sacrifice for the sake of others, -in deeds of love, charity, and benevolence. That this -may result from the educative process, there should -occur a change of heart, resulting in a change of view -and in a transformation of the habits of thought so -that self is seen in its true relation to mankind and to -God, so that the things of time and sense shall stand in -true relation to the verities of eternity and the interests -of the higher life.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Self-development.</div> - -<p>On the other hand, if the maxim is interpreted to -mean that any gifts <em>or</em> powers of the self are to be sacrificed -in preparation for a given calling, say for the army -or navy, it becomes a dangerous heresy. The true end -of education is found in the harmonious development -of all our faculties. Every man is in -one sense the product of countless ages and generations, -and from another point of view he is a new creation -fresh from the hand of his Maker, and a distinct setting -forth of the creative power of Him who said, “Let us -make man in our own image, after our likeness.” As -such he has a claim upon immortality, as well as upon -all the help which earth can give him towards a full -realization of self. Every person feels that there are -possibilities of his being which are never realized in this -world; that it will require the ceaseless ages of eternity -to unfold and mature his God-given powers and traits. -Any unselfing of the will in the sense of sacrificing or -checking the growth and fruition of the best of which -the self is capable, is a violation of Spencer’s famous<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[203]</a></span> -definition that education is a preparation for complete -living.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Justice to others.</div> - -<p>What, then, is the relation of the imaging power to -the proper unselfing of the will and the full realization -of the self? “A great deal of the selfishness of the -world comes not from bad hearts, but from languid -imaginations.”<a name="FNanchor_31" id="FNanchor_31"></a><a href="#Footnote_31" class="fnanchor">[31]</a> To do justice to others, we must put -ourselves in their place. This we cannot do except -through the exercise of the imagination. The -imagination is the creative power of the mind. -By means of it we can create for our thinking the -world in which our neighbor lives, and learn to understand -his motives, aims, hopes, needs, and temptations. -This will keep us from many a mistake in judging his -conduct and estimating his character. Moreover, this -thinking of ourselves into the life and surroundings of -our fellow-men is a condition of success in dealing with -them. It helps the merchant to sell his wares and the -teacher to govern his pupils. It helps the orator to -reach the hearts of the audience whom he is addressing, -and the journalist to write editorials that will modify -the views and mould the thinking of the reading public. -Every profession and every occupation requires the constant -exercise of the imagination so that we may see life -from our neighbor’s point of view, and, in sympathizing -with him or helping him, outgrow our innate selfishness. -A hard, cruel, unforgiving man makes a failure of life -even though he win riches, fame, and public position.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Ideals.</div> - -<p>By means of the imagination we paint ideals of life and -conduct, which hover before the mind in the -hour of struggle and trial, luring us onward and -upward, spurring us to greater effort, and giving to life -added charms and glories. Without the power to imagine<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[204]</a></span> -what is beyond the real, the workman sinks to the -level of drudgery, and never rises to the plane of artistic -production.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The child’s imagination.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Geography.</div> - -<p>The imagination is very active in children. Watch -their plays if you would see how they convert a stick into -a horse, the play-house into a home, and mimic -the drama of life in their games and contests. -Their life is largely make-believe and thinking -in images. This tendency to think in images can be -utilized in the lessons in arithmetic, geometry, geography, -and history. Without the combination of images into -new forms and products, the pupil cannot think the -thoughts peculiar to these branches. For instance, -the lesson in geography starts with what -the child has seen or can see at home, and proceeds to -that which is away from home, using pictures, drawings, -lantern-slides, and vivid descriptions to aid the imagination -in picturing scenery, cities, countries, and forms of -life in other parts of the globe. It may be a question -what the mind should think in connection with the symbols -and truths of that science. The form of a continent -is without doubt best conceived as given on a map. For -many practical purposes, cities may be thought as mere -starting-points and halting-places in a journey. Many a -river is for mature minds a winding black line on colored -surfaces called maps. Nevertheless, if geography means -for a pupil no more than this, it will be dry and uninteresting -indeed. Out of the images of things observed -the mind should be led to construct images of what it -has not seen. These images are never an adequate picture -of the foreign city or country, even after they have -been supplemented or modified by visits to museums, -conservatories, and zoological gardens, by excursions to -the field, the forest, and the factory, or even by travel at -home and abroad. The thoughts of a country that one<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[205]</a></span> -has journeyed through, or lived in for a time, consist -partly of images and partly of symbolic representations. -Since thinking in images is easier for beginners than -thinking in symbols, the instruction in geography should -begin with child-life at home, with the things on the -breakfast-table, with the garments worn and the means -of transportation used, and proceed from these to the -life, the home, the dress, and the sports of children living -in other lands and other climes. The lessons in -geography make constant appeals to the imagination, -and call for thinking in images or mental-pictures in -connection with map-symbols and the discussions of -causes and laws.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">History.</div> - -<p>Not less valuable is the power of imaging in the study -of history. Many details are worthless and meaningless -until the imagination weaves them into a fabric -in which their relations and significance become -apparent. So far as the trend of history is concerned, -it would have mattered very little if the name of -the ship in which the Pilgrim fathers sailed had been -Aprilshower instead of Mayflower, if the number of passengers -had been one hundred and one instead of exactly -one hundred, if they had landed at some place other -than Plymouth Rock. Their coming, their compact, -their religious life and purposes were of chief importance. -Details help to fill out the mental picture of their voyage, -landing, and settlement. They throw a halo of interest -around the central event, or germinal idea. Or, to change -the figure, they furnish the scaffolding by means of which -the teacher gradually raises the edifice of historical -knowledge. After the edifice has been completed the -scaffolding may be removed. After the essential or central -idea has been grasped and fixed, details like the name -of the ship, the number of emigrants, and the exact day -of their arrival may be forgotten. The mind can often<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[206]</a></span> -unload the luggage that is not absolutely needed, and -move with more ease and speed into new fields of thought -and investigation.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Geometry.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Arithmetic.</div> - -<p>Geometry has been aptly styled eine Augenwissenschaft, -“a science of the eye” (the last word being used -not as the object with which the science deals, -but as the means by which its ideas are acquired). -The line drawn upon the black-board has -breadth, and is not at all a mathematical line. Through -the eye it serves to suggest the line which has length -without breadth or thickness. Progress in solid geometry -is impossible if the mind does not image or conceive -the volumes of three dimensions indicated by the drawings -on a surface which has but two dimensions. In -arithmetic many of the business transactions upon which -the problems are based have not come into the -experience of the child, but must be evolved by -appeals to the imagination if the solutions are to be -brought within easy reach of the understanding. The -power of combining images into new forms aids greatly -in the construction of apparatus and in the making of -experiments. It helps the scientist to evolve his theories -and hypotheses. It is the faculty by which man becomes -a creator in science, art, literature, and philosophy.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Creative imagination.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Productive thinking.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Knowledge uncommunicated.</div> - -<p>Few suggestions for the exercise of the creative imagination -can be given. Here rules are more of a hinderance -than a help. The imagination is not creative -in the sense of evolving something out of -nothing,—this notion has misled many in their -estimate of genius,—but in the sense of producing that -which never existed, at least for the individual himself. -Its activity has been denominated plastic from the fact -that it moulds and fashions the materials or images into -the forms which the new product is to assume. The influence -of judgment is needed to keep the imagination<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[207]</a></span> -from violating the laws and principles inherent in the -things from which its materials are drawn. The understanding -aids and is aided by this creative, plastic function -of the imagination. The two should have free play -in productive thinking. Let the student of science or -art saturate himself with the theme on which -he is working; let him keep health and energy -of body and mind at their highest point; let him concentrate -his best powers on what is to be accomplished, -keeping clearly in mind the end to be reached and the -materials to be used; the product for which he is working -will spring into being in ways that he cannot explain. -Like an unfathomable well which has been gathering its -waters through hidden channels from mysterious sources, -the stream of thought comes welling up from the depth -of the soul into the conscious life of the thinker, giving -him the living waters by which he can satisfy the thirst -for knowledge felt by other souls. In expressing, formulating, -and communicating the thoughts which thus come -to him he cannot help feeling the “joy of creating.” -“The history of literature,” says Shedd, “furnishes -many examples of men whose knowledge only increased -their sorrow, because it never found an efflux from their -own minds into the world. Knowledge uncommunicated -is something like remorse unconfessed. The -mind, not being allowed to go out of itself, and -to direct its energies towards an object and end -greater and worthier than itself, turns back upon itself, -and becomes morbidly self-reflecting and self-conscious. -A studious and reflecting man of this class is characterized -by excessive fastidiousness, which makes him dissatisfied -with all that he does himself or sees done by others; -which represses and finally suppresses all the buoyant -and spirited activity of the intellect, leaving it sluggish -as ‘the dull weed that rots by Lethe’s wharf.’”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[208]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Forms of creative effort.</div> - -<p>No teacher and no system of training can furnish both -brains and culture. It is not the mission of any person -to create in every line of effort. Some find -their joy in evolving and expressing thought -with tongue or pen, others through the brush -or the chisel, and still others through machinery and the -handicrafts. In every occupation man may experience -the joy of creating if his powers of imaging are allowed -to play and interplay with other activities of thought. -Each in normal conditions helps the others, and the -activity of all combined is essential to complete living.</p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[209]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="CHAPTER_XIII">XIII<br /> -<span class="smaller">THE STREAM OF THOUGHT</span></h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[210]</a></span></p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="verse">At Learning’s fountain it is sweet to drink,</div> -<div class="verse">But ’tis a nobler privilege to think;</div> -<div class="verse">And oft, from books apart, the thirsting mind</div> -<div class="verse">May make the nectar which it cannot find.</div> -<div class="verse">’Tis well to borrow from the good and great;</div> -<div class="verse">’Tis wise to learn; ’tis godlike to create!</div> -<div class="verse attr"><span class="smcap">J. G. Saxe.</span></div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>Madame Swetchine says that to have ideas is to gather flowers: -to think is to weave them into garlands. There could be no happier -synonym for thinking than the word weaving,—a putting together -of the best products of observation, reading, experience, and -travel so as to represent a patterned whole, receiving its design -from the weaver’s own mind. We have plenty of flowers; we -want more garlands. We have libraries, books, and newspapers; -we want more thinkers.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">T. Sharper Knowlson.</span></p> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[211]</a></span></p> - -<h3>XIII<br /> -<span class="smaller">THE STREAM OF THOUGHT</span></h3> - -<p>In speaking of our inner life we employ language that -abounds in metaphors drawn from the external world. -Some are faded metaphors; others are still fresh and new -enough to suggest what was in the minds of those first -using them. Many of these metaphorical expressions -draw attention to one side or phase of the truth. If -pressed with the design of making them embody the -whole truth, they become untruths.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The flow of thought.</div> - -<p>One fact of our waking consciousness is that thought -goes on without stopping so long as we remain awake. -Indeed, some philosophers have drawn the inference that -the soul always thinks, that during the hours of deep -sleep the brain-centres may be at rest, but that thought -nevertheless flows on in the unconscious depths of our -being. Locke combats this idea at length and -with more than usual warmth. During sleep -on a railway train we sometimes seem to be awake, the -ends of our conscious thinking apparently fitting into -each other without gaps; and yet the calling out of the -stations convinces us that we must have been wrapped in -unconscious slumber when we passed certain stations -without noticing that the train stopped and the stations -were announced. On the other hand, it is the experience -of earnest students that the striking of a clock may escape -notice because the mind has been deeply absorbed in a -difficult problem.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Teacher’s duty.</div> - -<p>The question need not concern us beyond the fact that -the thinking of our most wakeful moments perpetually -plays into our subconscious life. In order that the flow<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[212]</a></span> -of thought welling up from the deepest depths of the soul -may be clear, copious, and full, it is the duty of the -teacher to keep himself and his pupils wide -awake during the hours of study and recitation. -He should not worry them by excessive tasks or unreasonable -examinations so that the hours of sleep are disturbed -by dreams, followed during the day by weariness -and fatigue. The folly of burning the midnight oil and -of spending too many hours each day in mental toil is -fraught with evil consequences in the domain of thought. -In the main Harbaugh was right when he undertook to -change Franklin’s maxim about early rising into the following -form: “Go to bed early, and get up late; but then -keep awake all day.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Thought like a stream.</div> - -<p>So far as we are aware, thought is going forward continuously -while we are awake. This phase of consciousness -has been likened to a stream, and has -given rise to the expression, <em>The stream of -thought</em>. The metaphor can be pressed very far -without conveying untruths. A stream does not always -flow with the same velocity. It is at times deep, at other -times shallow, now moving forward like a swollen torrent, -now flowing placidly with scarcely a wave or a -ripple perceptible on its surface. Here its smooth course -is disturbed by wind and storm and rain; there its even -flow is influenced by rocks and irregularities in the bed -of the stream. Again and again its current is modified -by affluents which empty their waters into the main -stream, perhaps changing the appearance from clear to -cloudy or muddy, or, it may be, exerting the opposite -effect. To all these peculiarities in the flow of the stream -there are likenesses in the stream of thought. At times -it is deep and at other times shallow, now violent and -disturbed, now calm and placid, sometimes clear to the -bottom, sometimes cloudy, yea, muddy, always modified<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[213]</a></span> -more or less by influences from without, which are taken -up into the main current of thought and alter the stream -like the tributaries of a great river.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Early life.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Other metaphors.</div> - -<p>On reaching the level country a river may spread out -into a lake, resulting in a clearing up of the water and -resembling the periods of calm meditation during which -the soul clarifies its thinking. The lifelike behavior of -rivers and the carving of land forms from their youth -through maturity to old age have furnished many a -figure of speech for our poetic literature. The change -from the active upper waters to the sedate lower current -may typify the change in the stream of thought as we -pass from youth to age. While the volume of the stream -is small and the channel lacks depth, it is easy to change -the direction of the current, as sometimes happens when -a straight channel is dug to take the place of its windings. -In early life the stream of thought is apt to wander -in meandering courses; the teacher may very -frequently find it necessary to keep the mind -from wandering, to direct the stream of thought towards -the destined goal, and to make it groove for itself channels -in harmony with logical habits. In teaching pupils -to think it is quite as essential to give direction to -thought as it is to furnish either thought-stimulus or -thought-material. In one respect the metaphor, stream -of thought, fails utterly to express the truth. The constituents -of thought are not related to each other like the -molecules of a liquid which move freely among themselves. -Thoughts have a connection with those that precede -and those that follow. An inner nexus binds the -successive portions of a demonstration. Hence other -figures of speech have been employed to denote -the connection between the successive elements -of a logical proof, such as the train of thought, the line -of argument, the chain of reasoning.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[214]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Cognitive function.</div> - -<p>It will be readily admitted that often our thinking is so -loose and disjointed that its component parts resemble -the liquid more than the chain, whereas our best thinking—namely, -that which leads to a goal in the shape of -a trustworthy conclusion—resembles a train of cars in -which motive power is derived not from steam, but from -a conscious expenditure of will-power. The teacher may -perform the triple function of fireman, engineer, and -switch-tender, supplying the fuel for the process, regulating -the speed, and directing it along the lines of track -which lead to the desired goal. It is as natural for a -pupil to think as it is for a stream to flow towards the -ocean. The stream may run shallow if no supply of -water is received from the outside. It is the mission of -the teacher to keep up the supply, to remove as far as -possible the obstructions which are likely to throw the -current of thought into unexpected channels. It is a -peculiarity of this current of thinking that it is cognitive, -or possesses the function of knowing. -Human thought resembles the stream in seemingly -taking up and carrying what was not a part of -itself. Just as the stream of water carries minerals in -solution as well as silt, sand, pebbles, and even heavier -objects, so the stream of thought appears to lay hold of -objects and to carry them as part of itself. Here, however, -the strings of the analogy break. The stream of -thought is in the mind; the objects with which it deals -are outside of the mind. Mental pictures of these objects -float in the stream of thought as objects on the bank -of a river are mirrored in its waters; yet the parallel is -not complete, because the mind may turn the eye upon -itself and make what is thus seen the object of thought. -This turning upon itself may be likened to eddies in the -stream. But even when the mind thus turns back upon -itself and views its own states and activities, these are<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[215]</a></span> -regarded as objective, as related to the thinking process -very much like the objects of knowledge in the external -world.</p> - -<p>Another important phase of thinking finds no likeness -in any of the figures of speech above referred to. The -mind meets certain objects of thought on which it seems -to tarry or fasten itself. This has led some writers to -deny that the stream of thought is a continuous current. -This view causes undue stress to be laid upon the material -of thought, and leads the teacher to undervalue his -function as directing guide in teaching pupils to think. -Even Professor Bain claims that,—</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Bain’s view.</div> - -<p>“The stream of thought is not a continuous current, -but a series of distinct ideas, more or less rapid in their -succession, the rapidity being measurable by -the number that pass through the mind in a -given time. Mental excitement is constantly judged of -by this test; and if we choose to count and time the -thoughts as they succeed one another, we could give so -much more precision to the estimate.”<a name="FNanchor_32" id="FNanchor_32"></a><a href="#Footnote_32" class="fnanchor">[32]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Transitions.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Two phases.</div> - -<p>These transitions should not be confounded with the -relations between objects of thought or between objects -in the external world. The relations may be -part of the thought of that which is perceived -or known, or they may be made distinct ideas or -thoughts. The important phase under consideration is -the passage of the mind from one idea or thought to -another. Such transitions are quite as important and -quite as much a part of the current of thought as the -premises and conclusions on which the mind seems to -rest. These two phases of the thought-process may be -likened to the perching and the flight of a bird. This -figure of speech is used by Professor James, among<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[216]</a></span> -whose services to the profession of teaching it is not the -least that he has called attention to the importance of -these transitions in the stream of consciousness. -His account is so lucid and satisfactory -that one cannot forbear to quote his words at some -length. Referring to the stream of thought, he says,—</p> - -<div class="sidenote">View of Professor James.</div> - -<p>“Like a bird’s life, it seems to be made up of an -alternation of flights and perchings. The rhythm of -language expresses this, where every thought -is expressed in a sentence and every sentence -closed by a period. The resting-places are -usually occupied by sensorial imaginations of some sort, -whose peculiarity is that they can be held before the -mind for an indefinite time and contemplated without -changing; the places of flight are filled with thoughts of -relations, static or dynamic, that for the most part obtain -between the matters contemplated in the periods of comparative -rest. <em>Let us call the halting-places</em> the ‘substantive’ -parts and the places of flight the ‘transitive’ parts -of the stream of thought. It then appears that the main -need of our thinking is at all times the attainment of -some other substantive part than the one from which we -have just been dislodged. And we may say that the -main use of the transitive parts is to lead us from one -substantive conclusion to another. Now it is very difficult, -introspectively, to see the transitive parts for what -they really are. If they are but flights to a conclusion, -stopping them to look at them before a conclusion is -reached is really annihilating them. Whilst if we wait -until the conclusion be reached, it so exceeds them in -vigor and stability that it quite eclipses and swallows -them up in its glare. Let any one try to cut a thought -in the middle and get a look at its section, and he will -see how difficult the introspective observation of the -transitive tract is. The rush of the thought is so headlong<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[217]</a></span> -that it almost always brings us up at the conclusion -before we can arrest it. Or if our purpose is nimble -enough and we do arrest it, it ceases forthwith to be -itself. As a snow-flake crystal caught in the warm hand -is no longer a crystal, but a drop, so, instead of catching -the feeling of relation moving to its term, we find we -have caught some substantive thing, usually the last word -we were pronouncing, statistically taken, and with its -function, tendency, and particular meaning in the sentence -quite evaporated. The attempt at introspective -analysis in these cases is, in fact, like seizing a spinning -top to catch its motion, or trying to turn up the gas -quickly enough to see the darkness. And the challenge -to <em>produce</em> these psychoses, which is sure to be thrown -by doubting psychologists at any one who contends for -their existence, is as unfair as Zeno’s treatment of the -advocates of motion, when, asking them to point out in -what place an arrow <em>is</em> when it moves, he argues the -falsity of their thesis from their inability to make to so -preposterous a question an immediate reply.”<a name="FNanchor_33" id="FNanchor_33"></a><a href="#Footnote_33" class="fnanchor">[33]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Nouns, verbs, etc.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Connectives.</div> - -<p>The science of logic deals almost altogether with the -halting-places, with the substantive parts, with the ideas, -notions, concepts that are to be compared, and with -the resulting judgments, inferences, and conclusions. -Whether the teacher has studied the science of logic or -not, it is to these he devotes his chief attention; they -can be analyzed, defined, and clearly fixed as thought-products -or knowledge. Defects in the thinking-process -are apt to show themselves here; at least, they furnish -tangible data for criticism, corrections, and -reviews. These thought-products on which the -mind loves to linger are denoted by nouns, verbs, adjectives, -and adverbs,—the parts of speech which constitute<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[218]</a></span> -the bulk of the vocabulary of every language. -The movements of the mind from one object of thought -to another are indicated by conjunctions and other connectives. -Thinkers are often known by their favorite -connective words and phrases. Pupils catch -these from the phraseology of their teachers, -or pick them up unconsciously from the books they -read. Some languages are richer in such connective -words and phrases than others; the mind carries away -some influence in the way of making these transitions -in thought from every language which it studies; its -thinking is moulded by the language which it masters. -Logic has very little to say about these transitions for -which one language sometimes supplies words and expressions -altogether wanting in another. Frequently we -grow conscious of them through the feeling of a gap to -be filled, or of a chasm to be leaped over, or of an -obstacle to be cleared away, or of something that obstructs -our thinking and hinders it from reaching the -goal. Here again one cannot refrain from quoting Professor -James, although his words do not indicate that he -fully realizes the value for elementary instruction of -what he has written. Here are his words:</p> - -<p>“The truth is that large tracts of human speech are -nothing but <em>signs of direction</em> in thought, of which direction -we, nevertheless, have an acutely discriminative -sense, though no definite sensorial image plays any part -in it whatsoever. Sensorial images are stable psychic -facts; we can hold them still, and look at them as long -as we like. These bare images of logical movements, on -the contrary, are psychic transitions, always on the wing, -so to speak, and not to be glimpsed except in flight. -Their function is to lead from one set of images to -another. As they pass, we feel both the waxing and the -waning images in a way quite different from the way of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[219]</a></span> -their full presence. If we try to hold fast the feeling of -direction, the full presence comes, and the feeling of -direction is lost. The blank verbal scheme of logical -movement gives us the fleeting sense of the movement as -we read it, quite as well as does a rational sentence -awakening definite imaginations by its words.”<a name="FNanchor_34" id="FNanchor_34"></a><a href="#Footnote_34" class="fnanchor">[34]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Directing the youthful mind.</div> - -<p>Right here the teacher who is an artist finds the opportunity -for the display of his highest skill. It is his -privilege to direct the flights and the perchings -of the youthful mind. He can shape the -thoughts and their sequence. He can cause -the intellect to move from the reason to its consequence, -or in the reverse direction if that be more natural or -more appropriate. He can guide the thought from cause -to effect, from the whole to the parts, from the general to -the particular, from the end to the means, from the design -to its execution; or a movement the other way is -possible in each of these categories. While thus choosing -the direction which thought shall take, he can select the -objects upon which it shall tarry. This directing influence -he will often exert when he is not aware of it. His -own habits of mind will be reflected in the mental life of -his pupils. There was profound philosophy in the reply -of a gifted author who, when asked by his daughter what -she should study, said, “I am more concerned about the -teachers under whom you study than about the branches -of study which you may select.” Habits of thought depend -far more upon the teacher than upon the text-book, -upon the quality of the instruction than upon its general -content. There is, of course, a difference in the culture -value of different branches of study; but a study as -valuable as geometry may be pursued in a loose way, -whilst branches of much inferior value for developing<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[220]</a></span> -power to think may be taught and studied by the methods -of rigid and exact thought.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The artist-teacher.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Forms of speech.</div> - -<p>In shaping the activity of thought, the artist-teacher -makes the mind tarry long enough for clear apprehension, -sometimes for thorough comprehension, -upon the ideas, judgments, and conclusions -which are the framework of a system of thought, -but he does not neglect the transitions from one to the -other, as if these were of little account or necessarily -took care of themselves. The transitions in thought are -aided by set phrases and forms of solution. As soon -as these are mastered, there develops the tendency to -think them as algebraic symbols, which do substitute -duty in the absence of that for which they stand. -For fear of this, the teacher sometimes fails to drill on -them long enough to fix them in the mind,—certainly a -radical mistake. Drill is a condition of the highest discipline -in the school as well as in the army. The drill-master -seeks to habituate the soldier to the word of command, -so that he will obey in the face of danger without -thinking of the consequences. The drill-master at school -seeks to make it second nature for a pupil to go through -the logical motions, but not without conscious thought -of the process or the consequences. Whenever the -learner uses forms of parsing, analysis, or solution, his -mind should go through the movements of thought expressed -by the language. Ask any ordinary class to give -you a noun of the first person; they are almost sure to -give you either a noun of the third person or a pronoun -of the first person. Dictate a sentence with a noun in -the first person, and ask the pupils to parse it in the -customary way; in nearly all cases they will parse it as -a noun of the third person. Ask them to tell why a -personal pronoun is so called; frequently they say because -it indicates a person,—a statement quite applicable<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[221]</a></span> -to other kinds of pronouns. If the logical or customary -forms of speech are employed, the stream of thought -moves on, the mind often failing to perceive -the new truth, or error, or nonsense inherent -in the language employed. School-boys have tricks of -their own which turn upon this peculiarity in the movement -of thought. “Who killed Cain?” is suddenly -asked. “Abel,” is the reply generally elicited by the -question. Should you say, Nine times seven <em>is</em> or <em>are</em> -forty-two? The boy who decides in favor of <em>is</em> or <em>are</em> -gets a shock of surprise on being told that the product -of nine times seven is not forty-two.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">A strange reply.</div> - -<p>One day a teacher was lecturing upon education in the -dark ages. To show how the energies of the common -people were exhausted in the struggle for existence, -the resolution of a synod in the south of -France was cited. The resolution enjoined upon the -bishops the duty of seeing to it that during a period of -scarcity of food the peasants were at least provided with -bread made of acorns. A few minutes later a reference -was made to the autobiography of Thomas Platter, in -which certain things are described as happening about -the time of the Diet of Worms. On being asked in -what period of history that was, a pupil promptly replied, -“When the common people were fed on worms.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Biblical phraseology.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Huxley’s story.</div> - -<p>Very much of the sermonizing of our day gives rise to -the same kind of thinking. The mind is borne along by -the customary flow of words. The phrases used have an -orthodox sound; perhaps they are biblical in the sense -that they occur in the Bible. It is impossible -to tell whether any clear idea or real religious -experience is suggested to the hearer’s mind by -the words used. The ideas excited in the hearer should -be those for which the words stand in the mind of the -speaker. If the ideas of the speaker are not clear, how<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[222]</a></span> -can his words suggest anything definite to the audience? -Huxley relates an amusing story of an after-dinner orator -who was endowed with a voice of rare flexibility -and power, and with a fine flow of words, -and who was called upon to speak without much preparation. -The applause was terrific. When Huxley asked -a neighbor who was especially enthusiastic what the -orator had said, the latter could not tell. Nothing was -lacking in the post-prandial speech save sense and occasionally -grammar.<a name="FNanchor_35" id="FNanchor_35"></a><a href="#Footnote_35" class="fnanchor">[35]</a></p> - -<p>The fuller consideration of the stream of thought in -listening and lecturing, in reading, speaking, and composing, -is deserving of separate chapters. The mental -attitude in listening resembles that in getting thought -from the printed page. Silent reading is for the reader’s -own benefit; it comprises by far the larger proportion -of our reading. In oral reading, the stream of thought -is somewhat different, the aim being similar to that of -public speaking,—namely, to suggest or convey to the -hearer thoughts from some other mind. In the act of -composing, the aim is to evolve thought from the mind’s -own resources and activities. The thought process is -very much the same, no matter whether we dictate to a -stenographer, or speak to an audience, or use the pen -in giving to it form and abiding shape. It will be most -convenient to treat together the stream of thought in -listening and in silent reading, and to reserve for separate -consideration the activity of the mind in writing, speaking, -and oral reading.</p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[223]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="CHAPTER_XIV">XIV<br /> -<span class="smaller">THE STREAM OF THOUGHT IN LISTENING AND READING</span></h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[224]</a></span></p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>Reading is thinking along a prescribed line that lies goldenly -beneath the flow of words.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Brumbaugh.</span></p> - -<p>Whittier uses words as stepping-stones upon which with a light -and joyous bound he crosses and recrosses at will the rapid and -rushing stream of thought.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Longfellow.</span></p> - -<p>To listen well is to think well,—the hearing ear must be attended -by the alert mind, eager to seize upon incoming sensations and -weave them into a garland of thought.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">M. G. B.</span></p> - -<p>Words, however well constructed originally, are always tending, -like coins, to have their inscription worn off by passing from hand -to hand; and the only possible mode of reviving it is to be ever -stamping it afresh by living in the habitual contemplation of the -phenomena themselves, and not resting in our familiarity with the -words that express them.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">J. S. Mill.</span></p> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[225]</a></span></p> - -<h3>XIV<br /> -<span class="smaller">THE STREAM OF THOUGHT IN LISTENING AND READING</span></h3> - -<div class="sidenote">A suggestive dialogue.</div> - -<p>Two men engaged in speculative pursuits met -after one had published a book. Let us speak -of them as A and B.</p> - -<p>A: I have just read your new book. Many things in -it please me very much, but in it you say so and so, with -which I do not find myself in full accord.</p> - -<p>B: I say nothing of the kind in that book.</p> - -<p>A: I surely read your book.</p> - -<p>B: You never read a book in your life. You read -some sentences or paragraphs; your mind begins to react -upon what you have read; and ere long you imagine -that your inferences are the conclusions of the author.</p> - -<p>A: I have a notion to write a psychology, and to set -forth my views in full.</p> - -<p>B: Don’t you do it. You know no psychology. You -have been of great service in stimulating others to think; -you are a most delightful lecturer; but you have never -mastered psychology.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Feeling.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Interest.</div> - -<p>If a third party could have listened to the conversation, -what stream of consciousness would have started in -his mind? Possibly surprise at the frankness of B and -the composure of A, mingled with thoughts of what they -were discussing. In other words, a strong tinge -of feeling would be perceptible in the stream of -thought. In the minds of the two engaged in the dialogue, -feeling must have greatly modified the current of -thought. The greatest kindness that can be shown to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[226]</a></span> -some men is to oppose or criticise their views. Opposition -and criticism stimulate their thinking, and rouse -their mental powers to the highest possible tension and -activity. In men of the opposite temperament, feeling -beclouds their thinking, and makes the stream of thought -more sluggish. The common prejudice against appeals -to feeling are due to the abuse of the right which every -orator has of addressing the feelings through the intellect, -and of thereby moving the will. To move the will is -the essence and aim of all eloquence. In listening or -lecturing, in reading or composing, some form of emotion -always accompanies the stream of thought. The orator -may move the hearer to tears or to laughter; he is not -untrue to his mission if he can thereby win a vote, secure -a verdict, or move the hearer to action. A lecture is -addressed primarily to the understanding. It is greatly -improved if the stream of thought which it starts and -supplies is accompanied by feelings of interest and the -pleasurable emotions attendant upon novelty, -curiosity, or admiring approval. The consciousness -that we understand a lecture is accompanied -by pleasurable emotions which help to sustain the attention.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Spurgeon.</div> - -<p>The writer once paid a shilling to hear Spurgeon. It -was his purpose to get a good seat, so that he might -study this famous preacher’s gestures and delivery, -the quality of his voice, and the secret -of his eloquence. The text was hardly announced before -every one in the audience, including the writer, -forgot all about Spurgeon, and thought only of his message -to the thousands before him. The secret of his -oratory lay in his ability to make the audience forget -everything except the gospel he was preaching. If -people, after hearing a speaker, talk of his fine delivery, -his flowery language and beautiful figures of speech, or<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">[227]</a></span> -his peculiarities of pronunciation and other eccentricities, -it is proof positive that he has failed. Instead of holding -the attention to what he was saying, the audience -was thinking of his manner and delivery. A well-printed -book has the advantage of keeping the author’s -personal characteristics from interfering with the stream -of thought. It has the disadvantage of losing all the -helps to listening and thinking which come from the -tones of the voice and eloquent delivery.</p> - -<p>The accusation of B against A, referred to at the beginning -of this chapter, is applicable to many readers. For -several sentences the mind is riveted upon the author’s -meaning. Presently a train of thought starts; the eye -runs along the sentences to the bottom of the page. On -turning the page, the reader wakes up to the consciousness -that his mind does not retain, perhaps never had -the slightest notion of the contents of said page. Often -the train of thought leads to no goal; the thinking resembles -the process of wool-gathering, the tufts of wool -on bushes and hedges necessitating much wandering to -little purpose.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The works of great thinkers.</div> - -<p>For the sake of cultivating ability to think, students -are advised to read the works of great thinkers, like -Kant, Schleiermacher, and Hegel. Such reading -is often a sham and a delusion. No one -has done more to shape the critical thinking of -the world than Kant; and yet how many young men -waste time upon his pages because they are not prepared -to think his thoughts. Schleiermacher stimulated and -modified the thinking of theologians in every department -of their science except Old Testament exegesis; and yet -the celebrated Dr. Kahnis, of the University of Leipsic, -used to say of Schleiermacher, “Er ist rein nicht zum -studiren.” Nevertheless, students for the ministry have -been known to waste hours in trying to read his writings,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">[228]</a></span> -which they were not prepared to understand. Of the -obscurer passages in Hegel an eminent authority says, -“It is a fair question whether the rationality included in -them be anything more than the fact that the words all -belong to a common vocabulary, and are strung together -on a scheme of predication and relation,—immediacy, -self-relation, and what not,—which has habitually recurred. -Yet there seems no reason to doubt that the -subjective feeling of the rationality of these sentences -was strong in the writer as he penned them, or even that -some readers by straining may have reproduced it in -themselves.”<a name="FNanchor_36" id="FNanchor_36"></a><a href="#Footnote_36" class="fnanchor">[36]</a></p> - -<p>It may be worth an honest effort for students and -teachers to try to grasp the meaning of such writers; but -if after a fair trial the mind is left empty of meaning, it -is wise to follow the advice of Locke with regard to obscure -ancient authors:</p> - -<p>“In reading of them, if they do not use their words -with a due clearness and perspicuity, we may lay them -aside, and, without any injury done them, resolve thus -with ourselves:</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">[229]</a></span></p> - -<p>“Si non vis intelligi, debes negligi.”<a name="FNanchor_37" id="FNanchor_37"></a><a href="#Footnote_37" class="fnanchor">[37]</a></p> - -<p>Several months or years of study may be required to -prepare the mind for grasping the ideas or phraseology -of new departments of investigation. No one can comprehend -the treatises on physiological psychology without -devoting several weeks to the anatomy of the brain.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Reading.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Lewes’s view.</div> - -<p>The words, phrases, and sentences of the printed or -written page should call up in the mind of the reader -that for which they stand in the mind of the author. -What the stream of thought should be in reading a book -is well worthy of careful consideration. G. H. -Lewes, in “Problems of Life and Mind,” -claims that “our thought is a constant interchange of -ideas and images, some trains of thought being carried -on mainly by images more or less vivid, others mainly by -ideas with only a faint escort of images.” It should be -said, by way of explanation, that he does not use the -word “ideas” in the Platonic sense of patterns fixed in -nature, of which the individual objects in any given class -are but imperfect copies, and by participation in which -they have their being; nor in the sense of a mental image -or picture, which (in opposition to Sir William Hamilton), -the Century Dictionary claims, has been the more -common meaning of the term in English literature since -the sixteenth century. In Lewes’s pages ideas never -stand for images, nor for copies of sensations. Sully -says that the term idea is used to include both images -and concepts, marking off the whole region of the representative -from the presentative, but that, like the term -notion, it now tends to be confined to concepts. With -Lewes all ideas are thoughts, but not all thoughts are -ideas. He does not reject the popular usage of the word -in phrases like the idea of Shakespeare’s Othello, of Bismarck’s<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">[230]</a></span> -policy. Take the following sentence from Justin -McCarthy’s “History of Our Own Times:” “Unluckily, -Lord Palmerston became possessed with the idea that the -French minister in Greece was secretly setting the Greek -government on to resist our claims.” In thinking the -thought of this sentence the mind is not filled with any -images of Greece or mental pictures of any other kind. -Possibly the adjective Greek may bring to the minds of -some persons the map symbol of Greece or even scenery -and cities in Greece, especially if they have travelled or -resided there; but such mental pictures really interfere -with the current of thought in reading. In planning a -route from New York to San Francisco one is apt to -think it in the lines and dots of railway maps. That in -the mind for which words stand may be styled their -meaning, and Lewes claims that much of our reading -does not translate the words into their full signification, -but proceeds by a process of logical -symbolism. He asserts that “the greater proportion of -all men’s thinking goes forward with confident reliance -on the correctness of the logical operations, and with -only an occasional translation of symbols into images. -The translation—verification—does, indeed, from time to -time take place, and always in proportion to the novelty -of the connections; but how easily and how fatally the -mind glides along the path of logical operation without -pausing to interpret more than the relation of the symbols -is humorously illustrated in the common story of a -physicist, whose claim to omniscience was the joke of his -friends. Being asked earnestly whether he had ‘read -Biot’s paper on the malleability of light?’ ‘No,’ he -replied; ‘he sent it me, but I have not yet had time to -read it.’”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">An example.</div> - -<p>Lewes’s meaning is made somewhat clearer by two -examples which he uses. “Suppose you inform me<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">[231]</a></span> -that the blood rushed violently from the man’s heart, -quickening his pulse, at the sight of his enemy. Of -the many latent images in this phrase, how many -were salient in your mind and in mine? -Probably two,—the man and his enemy,—and these -images were faint. Images of blood, heart, violent -rushing, pulse, quickening, and sight were either not -revived at all or were passing shadows. Had any such -images arisen, they would have hampered thought, retarding -the logical process of judgment by irrelevant -connections. The symbols had substituted <em>relations</em> for -these <em>values</em>,—the logical relations of inclusion and exclusion -which constitute judgment. You were not -anxious to inform me respecting the qualities of blood, -heart, pulse, etc., but only of a certain effect produced on -one man by sight of another; and this effect you expressed -in the physiological terms which came first to -hand; you might have expressed it equally well in very -different psychological terms,—‘fierce anger seized the -man’s soul, rousing all his energies at the sight of his -enemy,’ when assuredly there would not have been present -images of ‘anger,’ ‘seizing,’ ‘soul,’ ‘rousing,’ and -‘energies.’ These terms are symbols which stand for -clusters of images, and can at will be translated into -images, just as algebraic letters stand for values which can -be assigned. But for purposes of thought and calculation -such translation is unnecessary, is hampering; all -that is necessary is that the terms should occupy their -proper logical position.”<a name="FNanchor_38" id="FNanchor_38"></a><a href="#Footnote_38" class="fnanchor">[38]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Another example.</div> - -<p>The other example is still more striking. “Suppose I -read the phrase, ‘The ship which carried Nelson was appropriately -named the Victory;’ unless the ship itself is<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">[232]</a></span> -the prominent interest, I have probably no image at all, -or at least only a faint and fleeting shadow of some vague -outline. I do not picture a man-of-war, I do not -see the hull, masts, cordage, and cannon, though -these, with the figure-head, fluttering flags, and pennons, -may successfully emerge if I dwell on the ship. I perhaps -do not see Nelson, or, at any rate, do not see his pale face, -one eye, and one arm, but only some faint suggestion of a -human form. The purpose of the phrase was not to raise -images, but to communicate a fact respecting the name -of the ship; and my intelligence has been occupied with -this purpose. I must, it is true, have understood each -word, or, at any rate, each clause of the sentence; but -for this understanding it is not necessary that I should -translate, nor even that I should be capable of translating, -each word into an image or cluster of images; it is -enough if I apprehend a series of logical relations. We -all use occasional words with intelligent and intelligible -propriety, the meaning of which as isolated terms we cannot -translate. We read Shakespeare and Goethe without -a suspicion of the many words which for us have no -images. But if one of these words occurs in an unfamiliar -connection we are at once arrested, as we are if -any familiar word is placed in an unfamiliar position. -Suppose we come upon the sentence, ‘The ship which -carried Nelson was named <i>Victory</i>; the ship which carried -Napoleon across the desert was named <i>Akbar</i>,’—we -are at once arrested; the connection of ship and desert is -unusual, and is seen, on reflection, to be contrary to experience; -but when we learn that the camel is called the -‘ship of the desert,’ we recognize the new value assigned -to the term, and the logical correctness of the phrase is -thereby recognized.”<a name="FNanchor_39" id="FNanchor_39"></a><a href="#Footnote_39" class="fnanchor">[39]</a></p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">[233]</a></span></p> - -<p>These examples, and others like them which Lewes -gives, bring us face to face with the proposition that -“much of our thinking is carried on by means of symbols -without any images, which is the same thing as thinking -being carried on by words without any meanings and with -only the accompanying intuition of their logical relations.” -Thus, after a century of exhortation against the -blind use of words we are brought face to face with the -question of using words in thinking without realizing the -full meaning, an abuse of words for which reformers have -shot their arrows at rote teaching from every possible -point of view. What truth is there in the statement of -Mr. Lewes? What can be his meaning?</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Literature.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Imaging in poetry.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">The correct plan.</div> - -<p>It must be admitted that men in mature life skim -newspapers, magazines, and books, especially books of -fiction and books of reference, without realizing in their -minds the import of all the words upon which the -eye falls. The aim may be to get the plot of the story -or a fact for some specific use, or a hurried view of the -news and current events of the last twenty-four hours. -But this is not the kind of thinking which the teacher -aims to beget in the minds of his pupils. Nor does it -ever lead to a just appreciation of literature. -All literature which appeals to the imagination -cannot be read and enjoyed in that way. No one can -rightly read a choice selection without thinking what -was in the author’s mind, reconstructing the images and -scenes which were before his mental eye and -following the movements depicted by his language. -Movement is more easily conceived than scenery, -and abounds in the stories which are most popular among -children. Judicious exercises will soon enable -the pupil to call up all kinds of imagery. In the -Standard Fifth Reader it is suggested that the pupils sit -with closed eyes and close attention while the teacher<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">[234]</a></span> -or one of the pupils reads a paragraph or stanza. -For illustration, Kate Putnam Osgood’s poem, entitled -“Driving Home the Cows,” is selected.</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Out of the clover and blue-eyed grass</div> -<div class="verse indent1">He turned them into the river lane;</div> -<div class="verse">One after another he let them pass,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Then fastened the meadow bars again.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Under the willows and over the hill</div> -<div class="verse indent1">He patiently followed their sober pace;</div> -<div class="verse">The merry whistle for once was still,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">And something shadowed the sunny face.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Only a boy! and his father had said</div> -<div class="verse indent1">He never could let his youngest go;</div> -<div class="verse">Two already were lying dead</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Under the feet of the trampling foe.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">But after the evening’s work was done,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">And the frogs were loud in the meadow-swamp,</div> -<div class="verse">Over his shoulder he slung his gun,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">And stealthily followed the foot-path damp;</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Across the clover and through the wheat,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">With resolute heart and purpose grim;</div> -<div class="verse">Though the dew was on his hurrying feet</div> -<div class="verse indent1">And the blind bat’s flitting startled him.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Thrice since then had the lanes been white,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">And the orchard sweet with apple-bloom;</div> -<div class="verse">And now, when the cows came back at night,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">The feeble father drove them home.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">For news had come to the lonely farm</div> -<div class="verse indent1">That three were lying where two had lain;</div> -<div class="verse">And the old man’s tremulous, palsied arm</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Could never lean on a son’s again.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">The summer days grew cool and late:</div> -<div class="verse indent1">He went for the cows when the work was done;</div> -<div class="verse">But down the lane as he opened the gate</div> -<div class="verse indent1">He saw them coming, one by one:</div><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">[235]</a></span> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Brindle, Ebony, Speckle, and Bess,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Shaking their horns in the evening wind;</div> -<div class="verse">Cropping the buttercups out of the grass;</div> -<div class="verse indent1">But who was it following close behind?</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Loosely swung in the idle air</div> -<div class="verse indent1">An empty sleeve of army blue;</div> -<div class="verse">And worn and pale, from the crisping hair,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Looked out a face that the father knew.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">The great tears sprang to their meeting eyes</div> -<div class="verse indent1">For the heart must speak when the lips are dumb;</div> -<div class="verse">And under the silent evening skies</div> -<div class="verse indent1">Together they followed the cattle home.</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Some thoughts are not images.</div> - -<p>Who can fully appreciate these stanzas without picturing -the landscape of clover, blue-eyed grass, meadow -bars, river lane, cows moving homeward, and especially -the boy with the shadow on his face, the two older -brothers lying dead under the feet of the trampling foe? -The subsequent parts of the poem lend themselves to the -activity of the imagination, to a play of sympathy for the -father seemingly bereft of all his sons, until on a summer -day cool and late he sees fluttering in the wind an empty -sleeve of army blue, beneath a face that he knew,—a -scene which, if constructed by the imagination, cannot -help stirring the emotional life of the reader and giving -him proper tones and inflections in oral reading while -more fully realizing the price paid in war for the saving -of the nation. Very much of our thinking does not turn -on images or mental pictures. We do not -primarily think justice, law, kindness, mercy -under the form of images, though by a secondary -process we can throw these ideas into concrete -examples and image them as occurring in life. -Very many ideas cannot be made concrete in that way, -as, for example, the ideas of infinity, eternity. Sometimes -an indistinct or faded image does duty for the idea<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">[236]</a></span> -of horses in general, but in such cases the image is representative -of the idea, and should not be confounded with -the idea. Both are thoughts, but not all thoughts are -ideas or images. Many thoughts are propositions and -cannot be imaged at all.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Putting content into words.</div> - -<p>The images which go with words grow in fulness as -one’s experience enlarges. Take the word fire. The -first idea was formed from fire in the stove and -in the smithy. A fuller idea resulted from the -sight of a distant mountain on fire. Then a -distant conflagration resulting in the loss of a block of -town property gave the word still fuller content. Finally, -the destruction of the State Capitol, in which part of the -manuscript of a book, other valuable papers and records -were destroyed, and in which one or two friends almost -lost their lives, gave a meaning to the word fire which it -never had before. Without doubt it hampers the mind -and impedes the logical processes of thought if the word -invariably calls up the idea of these fires with the accompanying -emotions.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Books on mathematics and other sciences.</div> - -<p>We saw the value of the labor-saving devices introduced -by the symbols and formulas of mathematics and -other sciences. Analysts carry forward long -trains of thought by means of symbols whose -meaning can be, but is not always, called up -with the successive links of the chain of reasoning. -In adding a column of figures, in solving -an algebraic equation, in reading a work on higher mathematics -or logic, in thinking the formulas of chemistry, -physics, astronomy, etc., and in dealing with objects, -forces, and relations which have been accurately and -definitely quantified, the thinking may be carried forward -by the use of symbols which can be interpreted and -applied whenever the occasion requires, but whose meaning -is not always present to the mind. In reading of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">[237]</a></span> -things which have not been quantified, the stream of -thought often flows on without images, or mental pictures, -or copies of sensations. Nevertheless, the examination -of any school reader or book of selections from the -best literature will show how our best writers and orators -appeal to the imagination, and to what a large field the -method of thinking in images or mental pictures is applicable -for the purpose of securing due appreciation of -good literature and proper expression in oral reading.</p> - -<p>The simplest thinking is the comparison of objects -when these are present to the senses. It prevails largely -in the handicrafts and in the ordinary duties of life. -More difficult is the comparison of images or mental -pictures of things when these are not present to the -senses, but must be recalled by the memory. This thinking -is essential to the appreciation of poetry, to the vivid -presentation of thought, and should not be neglected by -those who wish to move the multitudes with tongue or -pen. “Imaging,” says Dryden, “is in itself the very -height and life of poetry, which, by a kind of enthusiasm -or extraordinary emotion of the soul, makes it seem to -us that we behold those things which the poet paints.” -Higher, from the scientist’s point of view, is the thinking -in substitute symbols which stand for ideas definitely -fixed or quantified. Higher still is the comparison of -abstract and general ideas through expressive symbols, -including their application to the problems of life; for -this is the kind of thinking that characterizes the scientist -and the philosopher, the engineer and the surgeon, the -editor and the orator, and, in fact, all whose vocation -has risen to the rank of a profession. But highest of -all is the thinking which creates and invents, begetting -progress in science and art, in literature and history, in -government and civilization.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">[238]</a></span></p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239">[239]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="CHAPTER_XV">XV<br /> -<span class="smaller">THE STREAM OF THOUGHT IN WRITING, SPEAKING, AND ORAL READING</span></h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240">[240]</a></span></p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>The highest joy is the freedom of the mind in the living play of -all its powers.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Schiller.</span></p> - -<p>The historian Niebuhr, speaking of the historian’s vocation, remarks -that he who calls past ages into being enjoys a bliss analogous -to that of creating. With still more truth may we say of that -mind which is able, in the conscious awakening of all its powers, to -give full and satisfactory utterance to its thick-coming thoughts, -that it enjoys the joy of a creator. If there is one bright particular -hour in the life of the educated man, in the career of the -scholar, it is that hour for which all other hours of student-life were -made,—that hour in which he gives original and full expression to -what has been slowly gendering within him.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Shedd.</span></p> - -<p>Unless a man can link his written thoughts with the everlasting -wants of men so that they shall draw from them as from wells, -there is no more immortality to the thoughts and feelings of the -soul than to the muscles and bones.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Beecher.</span></p> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">[241]</a></span></p> - -<h3>XV<br /> -<span class="smaller">THE STREAM OF THOUGHT IN WRITING, SPEAKING, AND ORAL READING</span></h3> - -<div class="sidenote">The first speech.</div> - -<p>Eventful in his career is the day on which a young -person speaks in public for the first time. His hands and -arms are in his way; his lower limbs quake; -his lips and throat feel dry and parched; the -vocal organs refuse to obey his bidding; he experiences -other discomforts which he cannot explain -and which are due to embarrassment and nervousness. -What is worst of all, he cannot tell what has gone -wrong in his mind. If his speech was committed, the -memory fails to recall some word or sentence that seems -absolutely essential to the sequence of thought. If he -speaks extemporaneously, the stream of thought stops -flowing, or turns back in eddies, or perhaps spreads out -over all the land instead of moving towards the proper -goal. In fact, all these annoyances have their fontal -source in the mind, in a play of emotions in which stage-fright -is the principal element. To this young man some -trusted friend should whisper, “Take courage;” for if -ever in his life a young man needs encouragement it is -when he makes his first speech or preaches his first -sermon.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Public speakers are made, not born.</div> - -<p>Public speakers are made, not born. Native talent is -helpful, but not all sufficient. Most of the obstacles -to success disappear as soon as one has -learned to think on his feet; that is, to control -the stream of thought when facing an audience.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Dangers of fluency.</div> - -<p>There are, of course, exceptions to all rules. Some<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">[242]</a></span> -young men possess an amount of self-confidence which -is proof against embarrassment. Such youth are sometimes -gifted with a flow of words that is fatal to -ultimate success. It enables them to fill time -without previous preparation. Bautain describes a “fatal -facility a thousand times worse than hesitation or than -silence, which drowns thought in floods of words, or in a -torrent of copiousness, sweeping away good earth and -leaving behind sand and stones alone. Heaven keep us -from these interminable talkers, such as are often to be -found in southern countries, who deluge you, relatively -to anything and to nothing, with a shower of dissertation -and a down-pouring of their eloquence. During nine-tenths -of the time there is not one rational thought in the -whole of this twaddle, carrying along in its course every -kind of rubbish and platitude. The class of persons -who produce a speech so easily and who are ready at the -shortest moment to extemporize a speech, a dissertation, -or a homily, know not how to compose a tolerable sentence; -and I repeat that, with such exceptions as defy -all rule, he who has not learned how to write will never -know how to speak.”<a name="FNanchor_40" id="FNanchor_40"></a><a href="#Footnote_40" class="fnanchor">[40]</a></p> - -<p>No one stands in greater need of the discipline derived -from the use of the pen than those who overflow with -words and sentences. Their dearth of ideas can be remedied -in no other way. The sentence which escapes from -the lips is fleeting and soon forgotten. The sentence in -black and white, which stares you in the face from the -written page, can be read and re-read until its lack of -sense and its wealth of nonsense and absurdity grow too -glaring to be endured. Paragraph after paragraph can -thus be tested, condensed, and stuffed full of meaning. -This discipline ultimately enables a fluent talker to speak<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243">[243]</a></span> -with force and to the point, because it gradually transforms -his habits of thinking, deepening the stream of -thought and enabling it to carry craft too weighty to be -borne by a shallow stream.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Hesitating speakers.</div> - -<p>The person who is afflicted with hesitation and embarrassment -also stands in sore need of the discipline of -writing. In the solitude of the home one can -take time to find and fix the right word, to weave -it into sentences that stand the test of grammar, logic, -and rhetoric, and to arrange a line of thought from which -everything irrelevant is excluded. Embarrassment vanishes -with the advent of the feeling that one has something -to say. The growth of language, which invariably -accompanies the evolution and clarification of thought, -corrects hesitation. Soon the hands drop to the side or -obey the will in gesture, and the feeling of ease begins -to color the delivery. Nothing more beneficial can -happen to a young preacher than the call to preach the -same discourse a number of times in succession, each -time to a different audience. Repetition will make him -a master of the train of ideas, improving his phraseology, -and deeping the stream of thought. Who has not -watched with delight the improvement in the presentation -of a lecture heard from the same lips half a dozen -times in succession? The change for the better was due -to the deepening, straightening, and improvement of the -channel in which the stream of thought seems to flow.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Writing.</div> - -<p>If a student several times each month during a college -course writes out and fixes a line of argument for a -debate, he can acquire the power to fix and -retain the thoughts as fast as he writes. The -habit of memorizing the words is, of course, pernicious, -because it is apt to make him the slave of his manuscript, -to destroy his freedom in meeting the blows of an antagonist, -and to divest him of the glow of feeling and animation<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244">[244]</a></span> -which gives force to the delivery while the mind is -engaged in the elaboration of the argument. The sequence -of ideas rather than of words should be fixed in the mind, -very much as the student of Euclid fixes in his mind, -not the words, but the ideas which constitute the chain -of proof. This kind of practice gives a young speaker -the sense of security without destroying his freedom in -modifying the line of thought while standing upon his -feet.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Criticism.</div> - -<p>From this point of view the folly of much criticism in -teaching is very apparent. The current of thought is frequently -interrupted by drawing attention at the -wrong time to mistakes in grammar and errors -of pronunciation. The proper time for such criticism is -after the movement of thought has reached the goal; and -even then the critic should not call attention to too many -defects at one time; otherwise the effect will be to discourage -and bewilder the pupil.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The thought.</div> - -<p>The stream of thought is the most essential thing in -writing, speaking, and oral reading. The management -of face and hands and feet, the postures of the -body, and the vocal utterance should, of course, -not be neglected. The intelligent counsel of a good -friend is needed to point out mannerisms and eccentricities. -The practice prescribed by a wise teacher is -helpful in pruning the delivery of defects and harmful -habits which are sure to grow where attention to the -thought sinks the delivery into the subconscious realm. -Nevertheless, the main thing in writing and speaking is -the stream of thought. A profound truth was stated by -the Kentucky backwoodsman, who said that he would -have it in him to become as great an orator as Henry -Clay, were it not that he found himself lacking in two -things: Whenever a favorable opportunity for a great -speech presented itself he never knew <em>what to say</em> nor <em>how<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245">[245]</a></span> -to say it</em>. The how is more easily acquired than the <em>what</em>. -Both should receive attention, from the kindergarten to -the university. The getting of something to say is invention. -It is the one thing in which special teachers and -special courses give least help. The power of invention -is acquired by years of effort and discipline. Tributaries -from many sources must pour into the stream of thought -before it becomes full, copious, and capable of carrying -great thoughts, or of supplying the motive power for -great undertakings.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Hinderances.</div> - -<p>In writing nothing should be allowed to interfere with -the stream of thought. Some can write in the midst of -noise. Others must seek silence and solitude. -Gifted men like Horace Greeley can write in -the cars, upon the knee, anywhere. Habit has much to -do with the art of composing. In any event, the stream -of thought must be kept flowing. In so far as the rules -of grammar, logic, rhetoric have become unconscious -guiding principles, they do not interfere with the evolution -of thought. In so far as they absorb the attention -and hinder the flow of thought, they should be cast to -the winds during the first glow of writing. Better think -of these during the process of rewriting, polishing, and -correcting.</p> - -<p>So great a thinker and successful a writer as Charles -Darwin makes the following suggestive statement concerning -his own methods of composing:</p> - -<div class="sidenote">How Darwin composed.</div> - -<p>“There seems to be a sort of fatality in my mind, leading -me to put at first my statement or proposition in a -wrong or awkward form. Formerly I used to -think about my sentences before writing them -down; but for several years I have found that -it saves time to scribble in a vile hand whole pages as -quickly as I possibly can, contracting half the words; -and then correct deliberately. Sentences thus scribbled<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_246" id="Page_246">[246]</a></span> -down are often better ones than I could have written -deliberately.”<a name="FNanchor_41" id="FNanchor_41"></a><a href="#Footnote_41" class="fnanchor">[41]</a></p> - -<p>No one should speak as he writes, nor should any one -write as he speaks. Few men are satisfied with the -stenographic report of a speech, exactly true to the language -at the time of delivery. A reporter who cannot -make a speech read better, without changing the line of -thought, than if it were printed exactly as spoken is not -a master of the art of reporting. Written discourse -abounds in longer sentences, in more involved constructions, -in forms of diction which please the eye, but are -too cumbersome for the voice and the ear. The public -speaker is prone to use short, simple sentences in which -the subject of the sentence does not pass out of the mind -before the predicate is reached. His style abounds in -questions which arrest the attention of the hearer; if -necessary, he indulges in colloquial expressions to which -the ears of the hearer are accustomed, thereby bringing -himself nearer the common people.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Fox’s opinion.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Written discourse.</div> - -<p>Upon a speech delivered in the British Parliament -high praise was bestowed in the hearing of Mr. Fox. -“Does it read well?” he inquired. “Yes, -grandly,” was the reply. “Then,” said he, -“it was not a good speech.” It may be difficult to point -out exactly wherein speaking differs from writing so far -as the stream of thought is concerned; yet one feels the -difference. Austin Phelps shows the difference -by using an extract from an essay on the “End -of God in Creation:”</p> - -<p>“What was the final cause of creation? The transition -from the unconditioned to the conditioned is incomprehensible -by the human faculties. What that transition -is, and how it could take place, and how it became an<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247">[247]</a></span> -actualized occurrence, it is confessed on all hands are -absolutely incomprehensible enigmas. We cannot reasonably -imagine, then, that, if we are thus ignorant of -the nature and mode of this stupendous fact, we can -nevertheless comprehend its primitive ground, can explore -its ultimate reasons, can define its final motive. -Nor can we think to unveil the infinite soul at that -moment when, according to our conceptions, the eternal -uniformity was interrupted and a new mode of being, -absolutely unintelligible to us, was first introduced. We -cannot think to grasp all the views which were present -to that soul, extending from the unbeginning past to the -unending future, and to fathom all its purposes, and to -analyze all its motives. If anywhere, we must here -repel everything like dogmatic interpretation of the -phenomena, and admit whatever is put forth only as -conjectural in its nature, or, at all events, partial, and -belonging far more to the surface than to the interior of -the subject.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Example of spoken discourse.</div> - -<p>One can easily see how ill adapted to oral delivery -these sentences are. Phelps throws the same leading -thoughts and succession of thoughts into a form -adapted for public speaking:</p> - -<p>“Why did God create the universe? Creation -is incomprehensible to man. What is creation? -How was it possible? How did it ever come to be? I -cannot answer. Can you? Every man of common sense -confesses his ignorance here. But if we are ignorant of -what creation is, and how it is, can we imagine that we -understand why it is? Shall we think to unveil the -mind of God in the stupendous act? That moment -when God said ‘Let there be light’ was a moment of -which we can know nothing but that ‘there was light.’ -Shall we think to see all that God saw? Can we look -through the past without beginning, and the future without<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248">[248]</a></span> -end, and fathom all His purposes and all His motives? -Can we, by searching, find out God? If we must repel -assertion anywhere, we must do so here. Whatever we -may think, it is but little more than guess-work. At the -best it can be but knowing in part. The most we can -know must be on the surface. It cannot penetrate to the -heart of the matter.”<a name="FNanchor_42" id="FNanchor_42"></a><a href="#Footnote_42" class="fnanchor">[42]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Two kinds of style.</div> - -<p>The plan of writing down a line of discussion helps to -clarify the thought. Casting aside the manuscript as -soon as the sequence of ideas is fixed in the mind emancipates -the speaker from the written page. Several years -of practice develop two kinds of style, one -adapted for writing, the other for speaking. -After this stage of development is reached, it may be no -longer necessary to formulate on paper every line of -argument. Nevertheless, the pen cannot be laid aside -entirely without detriment to the quality of the thought -and the effectiveness of oral discourse.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Dictating.</div> - -<p>Everything calculated to interfere with the stream of -thought should, so far as possible, be eliminated from the -act of composing. Some men find the pen an irksome -drain upon their energy and vitality. Their thought -moves faster than they can write. The employment of a -stenographer aids them in the work of composing. -The danger against which they must -guard is a growing dislike to the use of the pen, and a -deterioration of their style resulting in the obliteration -of the difference which distinguishes effective speaking -from successful writing.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Lectures and orations.</div> - -<p>There is a radical difference between a lecture and an -oration. Public speaking which partakes of the nature -of the lecture, aiming primarily at instruction or the -communication of knowledge, may be assisted by experiments,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249">[249]</a></span> -by maps, charts, and pictures upon the screen, -by specimens and models designed to throw light upon -the theme under discussion. Public speaking -which partakes of the nature of oratory, its aim -being to move the will to action, is generally -limited in the appliances it can utilize, and in the way it -must appeal to the hearer. It must not exhaust the -attention of the hearer by consuming his time in the -establishment of principles, and in showing, by lengthy -details, how results are obtained. Far better is it to cite -authorities, to quote their language if necessary, and to -make the application to the case in hand. In referring -to recognized standards, like a dictionary, a treatise on -law, or the Sacred Scriptures, it is always best to quote -the exact words. This is also more appropriate on the -written page than a reproduction of the thought in inferior -forms of statement. In public speaking, however, -the original statement may be too involved, and a breaking -up into shorter, simpler sentences may aid the forward -movement of the stream of thought. The first aim -of the speaker is to be understood. If he fails to reach -the understanding, he can neither persuade nor convince, -nor spur the will to action.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Starting in too high a key.</div> - -<p>There is another limitation to the kind of public speaking -which partakes of the nature of oratory. The idea -which the speaker seeks to have realized in the vote, or -verdict, or conduct of others, must be carried back to -the necessary ideas of the hearer. The full discussion of -this peculiarity in the stream of thought belongs to -treatises on rhetoric. Such a discussion can be found in -Theremin’s Rhetoric, translated by Shedd. Suffice it to -say that the recognition of this principle makes the -speaker a more thoughtful man. It causes him to rely -for the effect he seeks to produce upon solid and sterling -qualities rather than showy rhetoric. It tends to make<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_250" id="Page_250">[250]</a></span> -the stream of thought flow deeper, fuller, yet clearer and -with more power. Any interference with the stream of -thought while the speaker is before the audience may be -disastrous. The crying of a child, or an outburst of -feeling in the audience, or some other mishap may disconcert -his mind. Legouvé tells how the world-renowned -advocate, Berryer, lost a very good cause by unconsciously -starting his speech in too high a key. “His -temples soon felt the unusual fatigue of the -larynx; from the temples it passed to the brain; -the strain being too great, the brain gave way; the -thought became confused, and the language disarranged -and indistinct.” He broke down in open court because -he never thought of descending from the lofty perch on -which his voice started at the beginning of his plea. -Legouvé claims, and the experience of many speakers -confirms the claim, that the abuse of the high notes has -not infrequently affected injuriously the orator’s very -flow of thought.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The three generals.</div> - -<p>Three generals made stump speeches on a joint trip -during the last Presidential campaign. One day the -name of the candidate of the other great political -party was mentioned, when there was a perfect -storm of applause in the gallery. A second reference -elicited similar applause, and the disconcerted general, -who had bravely faced the enemy on the battle-field, took -his seat. The next general, walking on a crutch, came -forward, and requested that all who had been sent to -disturb the meeting should rise. Ho one moved. He -exclaimed, “There are some cowards here.” Then he -asked that all who had come to listen and learn should -rise. Everybody rose. He exclaimed, “There are some -liars here.” Next he announced that any one attempting -to disturb the meeting would be pitched out of doors, the -general on the crutch declaring he would lead the attack.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_251" id="Page_251">[251]</a></span> -Soon a man arose as if to ask a question. Whereupon a -big burly policeman threw the fellow out, and there was -no further outside interference with the stream of thought -in the mind of speaker or listeners. The man on the -platform always has the advantage over disturbers in the -audience, provided he is master of his faculties, full of -resources, and quick at repartee.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The schools of France.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">The reading lesson.</div> - -<p>The schools of France have been quoted to show the -uselessness of exercises in oral reading. As in other -things, so in school matters, distance lends enchantment -to the view. Legouvé, in his lectures -on the “Art of Reading,” mentions with approval -that in the great Republic of North America -reading aloud is justly considered one of the very first -elements of a child’s education, whilst in France, reading -aloud does not reach even the sorry dignity of a -diverting art, but is regarded as a curiosity, a luxury, -often something hardly better than a pretension.<a name="FNanchor_43" id="FNanchor_43"></a><a href="#Footnote_43" class="fnanchor">[43]</a> This -was written several decades ago, and may not be just to -the French nation at this time. The value of oral reading -depends upon the way in which it is done. If it -amounts to no more than calling words and parrot-like -imitation of the teacher’s manner of reading, the exercise -is a waste of time. The mastery of the -new words and of the thought embodied should -precede the attempt to read a lesson aloud. The mastery -of the words involves ability to recognize them at sight, -to pronounce them with fluency and ease, and to spell -them by letter and by sound. It implies both a knowledge -of their meaning and ability to use them in a sentence.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_252" id="Page_252">[252]</a></span> -An average series of readers has a vocabulary of -five thousand words. The meaning of all these words -may be known at sight, but ability to use them by tongue -or pen is quite another thing, the vocabulary of most -persons being not much in excess of a thousand words. -The thought can be mastered by an exercise in silent -reading, followed by the oral and written reproduction -of the lesson. The mastery of the thought is a condition -of proper vocal utterance.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Acting and reading.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Reading and talking.</div> - -<p>There is a difference between acting and reading. The -actor endeavors to speak and act after the exact manner -of the character whom he impersonates. The -reader aims to suggest the thought instead of -imitating the original actors. An actor will go through -the motion of stabbing or shooting an enemy; the reader -simply aims to suggest the thought of what was done. -Exercises in breathing, gesture, tone, pitch, cadence, -voice may be needed for the sake of correcting defects; -nevertheless, everything connected with oral reading -should turn on and culminate in the stream of thought. -If anything else is made the object of chief regard, the -main purpose of oral reading is lost. It furnishes an -excellent test by means of which the teacher can determine -whether the pupil understands what he reads or is -merely calling words after the manner of a parrot. To -correct the unnatural tones acquired in the school-room, -the pupil is wisely exhorted to read as he would talk. -In the effort to develop a style of reading exactly -like talking, some teachers ruin their -natural way of talking and reading. In conversation, -they talk as if they were trying to read. -While reading, they seem to be trying to talk. The -human voice is so made that it puts the quotation marks -to selections recited from memory and to sentences read -from a manuscript or book. As a rule, a person can<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_253" id="Page_253">[253]</a></span> -read best what he himself has written; yet his voice -tells whether his sentences and thoughts are framed and -evolved at the moment of delivery, or taken from a -manuscript prepared beforehand. As a matter of fact, -no one can read as he talks or speaks. A blindfolded -listener could tell when Spurgeon was reading or speaking. -The same was true of Charles Sumner, and of every -other great speaker America has produced.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Abiding thoughts.</div> - -<p>To think the best thoughts of the best men is the -privilege of him who can read. To plant these thoughts -in other minds by reading aloud is a noble achievement. -To give in speech something from our own resources that -others shall treasure is nobler still, because it links our -life with the creative workers of the world. But noblest -of all is it to write what shall be read by our own and -future generations, in our own and other lands, as a -source of light and life, of uplift and enjoyment. The -worst punishment that can befall a human being is to be -cut off from participation in the movement of the race -towards greater well-being and perfection. One naturally -desires to employ his gifts and powers for the benefit of -mankind. The stream of thought determines what we -shall accomplish. If others are to be benefited by our -thinking, they must think our thoughts. The stream of -our thought must carry ideas of interest and value to -them, ideas they will care to get and keep. If -our thinking is busy with things of transient -interest, transient will be our influence over others. If -our thought is to abide, it must deal with verities of -eternal moment to humanity, with the works of Him -who made the heavens and the earth, with the truth of -Him who is “the same yesterday, to-day, and forever.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_254" id="Page_254">[254]</a></span></p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_255" id="Page_255">[255]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="CHAPTER_XVI">XVI<br /> -<span class="smaller">KINDS OF THINKING</span></h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_256" id="Page_256">[256]</a></span></p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>“What we want is not the example of Democritus, who put out -his eyes that, ceasing to read, he might think the more; or the -example of Pythagoras, who devoted his evenings to solemn -reflections on the events of the day. We want men and women of -all-round activities who will set apart an hour for thought’s own -sake, and thus fulfil the exhortation of a wise man whose practice -it was to ‘sort his thoughts and label them.’”</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">T. S. Knowlson.</span></p> - -<p>“People read a great deal more than they used to do,—there is -more to be read,—but they think less. The chief danger of to-day -is that of intellectual apathy. Life is so complex, the struggle for -existence is so keen, and pleasures of various kinds so cheap and -abundant, that men and women seem to live entirely on the surface -of things. What we need is a call to independent thought.”</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Ibid.</span></p> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_257" id="Page_257">[257]</a></span></p> - -<h3>XVI<br /> -<span class="smaller">KINDS OF THINKING</span></h3> - -<div class="sidenote">Equivocal terms.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">The term <em>thinking</em>.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Kinds of thinking.</div> - -<p>As was pointed out in the first chapter, the word <em>thinking</em> -has several meanings. One can hardly write or speak on -education without using the word in more senses than -one, and it is not always convenient to break the line of -thought or discussion by indicating with a definition the -meaning intended. This is a violation of Pascal’s rule, -that no terms in the least obscure or equivocal shall be -used without defining them. Pascal possessed one of the -most remarkable intellects the world has ever known. -His style has been described as a garment of light. Few -thinkers have attained, to an equal degree, clearness of -expression and perfect grasp of the truth. Nowhere are -these qualities more essential than in lectures and -treatises on teaching. It is a misfortune that so useful a -word as <em>thinking</em> should ever be ambiguous. The use of -equivocal terms leads to misunderstandings in -theory and faults in practice. The advantage -of technical terms lies in the fact that after they have -been clearly defined they can always be used in the same -sense. The disadvantage in the use of technical terms is -that they convey no meaning to minds unfamiliar with the -terminology of the specific science to which they belong. -Hence the best thinkers cannot escape the necessity of -employing words in current use to convey their thoughts. -As soon as words pass into common parlance they acquire -a variety of meanings and of shades of meaning. The<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_258" id="Page_258">[258]</a></span> -thought of a people is always more or less in advance of -their vocabulary; the same word must be used in several -meanings, because no other term equally simple and convenient -can serve as a substitute. No one, for instance, -can write or speak in the English language without using -the word <em>is</em> in both its figurative and its literal sense. -The connection must show what signification is intended. -The same remark applies to the word <em>thinking</em>. -The connection must show whether it is used in -the colloquial sense of guessing, or in the logical sense of a -comparison of two ideas through their relation to a third, -or in the broader sense of imaging, reflecting, and reacting -upon what one reads or hears, or in a still broader -sense, to designate any form of mental activity. Since -the popular mind employs the word as a general term to -cover the entire intellectual life, it is convenient to specify -kinds of thinking by the use of adjectives like -independent, loose, continuous, organic, technical, -scientific, and other qualifying phrases. Inasmuch -as these distinctions are made for the purpose of characterizing -differences observed in the thought-processes -of the maturer life for which our pupils are to be trained, -it is helpful to glance at them for the purpose of seeing -the bearing of what we do at school upon habits of -thought beyond the school.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The independent thinker.</div> - -<p>What is meant by an independent thinker? Evidently -one who is not indebted to others for the inferences -which he draws or the conclusions at which -he arrives. Many practices at school are subversive -of habits of independent thinking. The -assignment of lessons of such length and difficulty that -the weaker pupils must rely upon their stronger classmates -for help, or resort to “coaches, keys, and ponies” -for assistance, makes them helpless instead of self-reliant, -and cultivates the memory at the expense of the understanding.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_259" id="Page_259">[259]</a></span> -The lessons should be graded so as to beget -the sense of mastery. Every difficulty that is overcome -by a pupil’s own efforts tends to develop in him an ambition -to conquer other difficulties. Few, if any, joys can -be compared with the ecstatic joy of victory. Moreover, -it should be the aim of the teacher to beget in the pupil -a love of truth more potent and profound than reverence -for a favorite authority. On the contrary, the feeling of -independence and the desire of distinction by differing -from other people may grow into a passion. This seldom -does much harm in the case of an editor or a professor. -If you give either of them leave to criticise and to print, -he is well satisfied. If he is elected to a board of managers -or the national assembly, his critical faculty and his -fondness for finding fault and thinking differently from -other people may make him a hinderance to the leaders, -who must get things done, or cause him to stand apart, -like Ewald, in the German Reichstag, as a one-man -party, whose views must be ignored on all questions requiring -prompt action or immediate decision. To counteract -this tendency in a youth of strong personality, it -is difficult to devise anything better than the moulding -supremacy of class-spirit, the chastening influence of a -contest in the literary society, and the relentless lessons -which a boy gets on the play-ground when he will not -play because the game does not go his way. Independence -of thought in the quest of truth, on the one hand, -and concert of action for the public good, on the other, -are two of the most useful lessons to be learned at school. -At this point there is room for a kind of child-study -apart from a syllabus of set questions, and leading to results -which cannot be tabulated in statistics or averages. -The average in such cases is untrue as a guide, and may -be utterly subversive of correct habits of thinking, or -the correct method of dealing with the individual. To<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_260" id="Page_260">[260]</a></span> -give enough optional or specific work for the brightest, -and not too much general or required work for the -slowest, is an ideal hard to realize in the assignment of -work, and yet of supreme importance in the endeavor to -develop habits of independent thinking.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Independent thinking and popular government.</div> - -<p>There is great need for independent thinking under a -system of popular government, especially on the part of -those who exercise the elective franchise. In -the modern caucus or convention one man -often does the thinking for the rest. “If he is -the man whom I follow, I call him my leader. -If he is the man whom you follow, I call him -your boss.” When the leader or boss is not sufficiently -sure of his ability to bind the others by his orders, those -who have a following are invited to a conference, at -which a line of action is agreed upon to relieve the multitudes -of the trouble of thinking. A delegate who was -giving very vociferous vent to his feelings was rebuked -by a colleague, saying, “Just think where you are.” He -replied with more emphasis than elegance, “I was not -brought here to think, but to shout.” Independent -thinking is as hard work as the average man cares to do. -He craves a guide, an authority to relieve him of the -trouble of thinking for himself. Outside of their particular -vocation or profession it is absolutely necessary -at times for the strongest intellects to accept the conclusions -of other thinkers. The man who has been successful -at making money, and who finds that his thinking in -financial matters is trustworthy, often makes himself -obnoxious by assuming that his opinions and conclusions -should be accorded equal weight in every other sphere -of human activity. There is no better place to teach the -individual his limitations without destroying his independence -as a thinker than the atmosphere of a great -university.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_261" id="Page_261">[261]</a></span></p> - -<p>The dependent thinker is aptly described by a writer -in <cite>Leisure Hours</cite> in the following language:</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The dependent thinker.</div> - -<p>“It is sometimes amusing to hear a man of this order -coming out strongly with opinions which he would have -you believe are thoroughly independent and -original, but which you can trace directly to -the source from which he got them. You could -indicate those sources if it were not uncivil to do so, very -much as a shrewd but not very well-behaved old gentleman -is said to have indicated at church, in a tone sufficiently -loud to be heard by the clergyman and the congregation, -too,—which was especially galling,—the -authors to whom the said clergyman had been indebted -for his sermon, ‘That’s Sherlock; that’s Tillotson; that’s -Jeremy Taylor.’ ‘I tell you what, fellow, if you don’t -hold your tongue, I’ll have you turned out of church.’ -‘That’s his own.’”</p> - -<p>The men who must depend upon others to do their -thinking for them deserve pity and commiseration. The -bureaus which thrive by furnishing essays and orations -for commencements, sermons for special occasions, and -even for the regularly recurring Sunday services, show -how often our schools make their pupils dependent -instead of self-reliant. On being cast upon the sea of -life, their minds resemble a craft which has lost its rudder; -they drift with wind and tide, uncertain where they -shall land. Their thinking is not grounded on first principles; -hence their minds reflect transient views on every -question. The strong personality in the sunlight of whose -influence they happened last to bask moulds their opinions -and directs their intellectual life until they move into the -sphere of new influences, constantly resembling those -whom Randolph of Roanoke stigmatized as dough-faces -because their votes were under the control of party leaders -and were cast regardless of their convictions of right.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_262" id="Page_262">[262]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Continuous thought.</div> - -<p>The men whom the world reveres as great thinkers -have been distinguished by their ability to give continuous -thought to whatever engaged their serious -attention. Newton claimed that he made his -discoveries by always thinking about them. His biographers -relate how he would for hours remain seated upon -his bed, half dressed, absorbed in thought, forgetful of -his surroundings. Stories of the absent-mindedness of -Socrates, Sydney Smith, Neander, Edison, and many -others who attained eminence as philosophers, authors, -or inventors, are interesting indeed, but they throw no -light upon the way in which these men acquired their -marvellous powers; they merely show a capacity for focussing -all the energies of the soul upon one point to the -exclusion of sense impressions from without. It is very -certain that men who excel in any line of work acquire -habits of concentrated and continuous thought in one -direction. Very different from these are the mental -habits of the boy and the average man. A writer in -<cite>Cornhill Magazine</cite> describes their intellectual activity as -follows:</p> - -<p>“The normal mental locomotion of even well-educated -men and women (save under the spur of exceptional -stimulus) is neither the flight of an eagle in the sky, -nor the trot of a horse upon the road, but may better -be compared to the lounge of a truant school-boy in -a shady lane, now dawdling passively, now taking a -hop-skip-jump, now stopping to pick blackberries, and -now turning to right or left to catch a butterfly, -climb a tree, or make dick-duck-drake on a pond; going -nowhere in particular, and only once in a mile or so -proceeding six steps in an orderly and philosophical -manner.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Loose thinkers.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Organic thinking.</div> - -<p>The thoughts of some men resemble mosaic work. -Each part is beautiful in itself, but has no inner connection<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_263" id="Page_263">[263]</a></span> -with those next to it. Men of this class are called -loose thinkers; it is always difficult to retain what they -say. The thinking of a totally opposite class of men resembles -the growth of an organism. They start -from a germinal idea, which, like seed sown -into good soil, begins to grow, throwing out parts which -have inward connection and which together constitute an -organic unity. In a machine any part can be replaced -by another. In the organism no such substitution is possible. -For each organ bears a life relation to the whole, -and if it is wanting the unity of the organism is destroyed. -Organic thinking gives the hearer the feeling that the -several parts and inferences of a discourse are -evolved from his inner consciousness. Having -had the germ-idea in his mind, he feels as if he had held -all it involves; the speaker supplied the conditions of -development as the sun supplies warmth for vegetable -growth. The effect of such thinking is irresistible. The -branches of study which thus grow out of a fundamental -idea, and show the inner relation between the subjects -not as a mere sequence, but as a living organic relation, -have an educative value which cannot be too highly -prized. The organic thinker, if he makes himself understood, -has the audience on his side; and his cogency can -seldom be refuted except by showing either that his -germinal idea is wrong or that his conclusions have no -connection with his premises.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Harris on stages of thinking.</div> - -<p>Dr. Harris has drawn attention to three stages of -thinking. He claims that in the first stage things are -regarded as the essential elements of all being, -that in the second the mind discovers relations,—truly -essential relations,—and that in the -third stage the mind thinks the self-related. “Self-relation -is the category of the reason, just as relativity -is the category of the understanding, or non-relativity<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_264" id="Page_264">[264]</a></span> -(atomism) the category of sense-perception.” Theoretically -this distinction is important as giving us a rational -basis for the knowledge of God as revealed to man. -Practically, every child thinks the idea of God. Where -the study of science or philosophy leads to atheism, the -wish is always father to the thought.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Technical and scientific thinking.</div> - -<p>Clifford has made a distinction between technical and -scientific thinking. The former enables one to do with -skill and accuracy what has been done heretofore. -The latter partakes of the nature of -prophecy or prediction. He claims that scientific -as well as merely technical thought make -use of experience to direct human action, but that while -technical thought or skill enables a man to deal with the -same circumstances he has met before, scientific thought -enables him to deal with circumstances different from any -he has met before. In his opinion, scientific thought is -human progress itself. An example or two can best -be given in his own language.</p> - -<p>“If you make a dot on a piece of paper, and then hold -a piece of Iceland spar over it, you will see not one dot, -but two. A mineralogist, by measuring the angles of a -crystal, can tell you whether or not it possesses this -property without looking through it. He requires no -scientific thought to do that. But Sir Rowan Hamilton, -the late Astronomer Royal of Ireland, knowing these -facts, and also the explanation of them which Fresnel -had given, thought about the subject, and predicted -that by looking through certain crystals in a particular -direction we should see not two dots, but a continuous -circle. Mr. Lloyd made the experiment and saw the -circle, a result which had never been even suspected. -This has always been considered one of the most signal -instances of scientific thought in the domain of physics. -It is most distinctly an application of experience gained<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_265" id="Page_265">[265]</a></span> -under certain circumstances to entirely different circumstances.”<a name="FNanchor_44" id="FNanchor_44"></a><a href="#Footnote_44" class="fnanchor">[44]</a></p> - -<p>Clifford compares two well-known achievements in the -domain of astronomy which help to set the distinction -between technical and scientific thought in a still clearer -light:</p> - -<p>“Ancient astronomers observed that the relative motions -of the sun and moon recurred all over again in -the same order every nineteen years. They were thus -enabled to predict the time at which eclipses would take -place. A calculator at one of our great observatories -can do a great deal more than this. Like them, he makes -use of past experience to predict the future; but he -knows of a great number of other cycles besides the one -of nineteen years, and takes account of all of them; and -he can tell about the solar eclipse of six years hence, -exactly when it will be visible, and how much of the -sun’s surface will be covered at each place, and to a -second at what time of the day it will begin and finish -there. This prediction involves technical skill of the -highest order, but it does not involve scientific thought, -as any astronomer will tell you. By such calculations -the place of the planet Uranus at different times of the -year had been predicted and set down. The predictions -were not fulfilled. Then arose Adams, and from the -errors in the prediction he calculated the place of an -entirely new planet that had never yet been suspected; -and you all know how the new planet was actually found -in that place. Now this prediction does involve scientific -thought, as any one who has studied it will tell -you. Here, then, are two cases of thought about the -same subject, both predicting events by the application<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_266" id="Page_266">[266]</a></span> -of previous experience, yet we say one is technical and -the other scientific.”<a name="FNanchor_45" id="FNanchor_45"></a><a href="#Footnote_45" class="fnanchor">[45]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Science as knowledge of things in their causes and relations.</div> - -<p>The foregoing distinction may be valuable in the training -of university students whose career is to be that of -original research and discovery, but it has very little -value for teachers in schools of lower grade. For ordinary -purposes, science is the knowledge of -things in their causes and relations. If the -teacher begets the habit of asking why, and -makes the pupils dissatisfied with simply -knowing the how and the what, he has gone far -towards making them thinkers in the scientific sense of -the word.</p> - -<p>How shall the knowledge of things in their causes and -relations be attained? The mind first thinks things as -isolated units apart from and without reference to other -things. Under the impulse to know it resolves the -thing into its elements or constituent parts, and -then puts them together in a more complete idea -of each thing as a whole. The boy whose curiosity -impels him to take apart a watch or clock is following -the bent of the mind to proceed analytically. -If he does not try to put the pieces together, so -that the reconstructed whole will keep time as before,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_267" id="Page_267">[267]</a></span> -he needs stimulus in the direction of synthetic thinking. -Soon his interest in time-pieces leads him to detect similarities -between American watches and those made in -Switzerland, and he learns to classify time-pieces, to see -a multitude of details and peculiarities at a glance, one -characteristic or peculiarity bringing to his mind the -distinctive parts and construction of every watch in a -given class. From the way in which a given watch keeps -time, he draws inferences in regard to the entire class. -This is inductive thinking. From the conclusions he has -framed, he makes up his mind as to the new watch which -the jeweller offers him for sale. He is now thinking -deductively.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Distinction between laws and causes.</div> - -<p>From thinking things as units, the mind passes to -thinking the relations of things. The adaptation of -means to ends in play, in ministering to bodily wants, -occupies the mind in very early stages of thinking. The -gifts of the kindergarten appeal to this tendency in the -mind, and help to develop it into habit and faculty. Design -and its execution, means and end, the tool and its use, -the raw material and the purpose for which it is to be -used, thought-material and the essay in which it is to be -formulated,—these are so many ways of thinking things -or ideas in their relations. Not only may a relation become -a distinct object of thought, but relations between -relations, classes of relations,—for instance, in simple -and compound proportion,—can thus be made to stand -apart before the mind as distinct objects of thought. The -most important of all these relations is that of cause and -effect. How things come to be, their origin and development, -the forces that make them what they are, are the -questions of profound and abiding interest to the scientific -mind. Laws are often spoken of as if they were -causes. A law is a generalized statement of an invariable -sequence of things or motions of things. We sometimes<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_268" id="Page_268">[268]</a></span> -personify these sequences, and speak of them as -if they were forces in nature. The laws are personified, -as if they were conscious beings demanding -obedience, and inflicting punishment for disobedience. -The consciousness of the personification -is lost, and then along with spelling -nature with a capital letter, we fall into the mistake of -making laws stand for the Maker and Creator of all -things. Furthermore, it is very important to distinguish -the ground of knowledge from causes that are operative -in the world outside of mind. The rain of last night -caused the streets to be muddy; but the condition of the -streets, an effect of rainfall, may be the ground of our -knowledge that it must have rained last night. The fact -that the earth is flattened at the poles, or, in other -words, that its curvature is less at the poles than at the -equator, explains the fact that degrees of latitude get -longer as we approach the poles. The former is the -cause, the latter is an effect. But the mind drew the -former as an inference from the determination of degrees -of latitude by actual measurement. The effect became -the ground of knowledge. Frequently the cause is -known or inferred from its effect. That which is causal -in the world of mind is effect in the world outside of -mind; and that which is effect in nature becomes the -ground of knowledge in the processes of thought. From -this point as vantage-ground, we spy the land in which -thinking becomes knowing.</p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_269" id="Page_269">[269]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="CHAPTER_XVII">XVII<br /> -<span class="smaller">THINKING AND KNOWING</span></h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_270" id="Page_270">[270]</a></span></p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>When a man’s knowledge is not in order, the more of it he has -the greater will be his confusion of thought. When the facts are -not organized into faculty, the greater the mass of them the more -will the mind stagger along under its burden, hampered instead of -helped by its acquisitions.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">H. Spencer.</span></p> - -<p>That knowledge cannot be gained without more or less of correct -and prolonged thinking is a practical maxim which no one would -be found to dispute. But that there is much knowledge which does -not come by <em>mere</em> thinking is a maxim scarcely more to be held in -doubt. Thinking is, then, universally recognized as an important -and even necessary part of knowing; but it is not the whole of -knowing. Or, in other words, one must make use of one’s faculties -of thought as an indispensable means to cognition; but there -are other means which must also be employed, since it is not by -thought alone that the human mind attains cognition.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Ladd’s “Philosophy of Knowledge,”</span> page 130.</p> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_271" id="Page_271">[271]</a></span></p> - -<h3>XVII<br /> -<span class="smaller">THINKING AND KNOWING</span></h3> - -<p>One morning a teacher was awakened by a noise, the -like of which he had never heard and hopes never to -hear again. It was unlike anything in his former experience. -Soon he began to distinguish the hissing of -steam and the moaning of men, but the cause was still a -mystery. Later, he learned that the blast furnace in the -neighborhood had exploded, and that several men were -killed and others had been seriously injured by the explosion.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Interpretation of sense-impressions.</div> - -<p>The cause of the noise could not be inferred, because -there was nothing in his former experience with which it -could be compared. The escaping steam and -the voices of the suffering workmen were recognized -because they could be interpreted in the -light of what he had seen and heard before. -In order that any one may derive definite knowledge -from sense-impressions, there must be something in past -experience to give meaning to the new experience.</p> - -<p>Observation that issues in knowing is coupled with a -process of thought in which the new perception is linked -to the ideas which the mind brings to the perception. -In other words, observation always involves the element -of thinking; without thinking, sense-impressions cannot -give us knowledge.</p> - -<p>Knowing is impossible without thinking, and yet not -all thinking gives ripe to knowing. What is the relation -between the two?</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_272" id="Page_272">[272]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">What is knowledge?</div> - -<p>Knowledge has been defined as firm belief in what is -true on sufficient ground. The explanation of this definition -which Locke gives is well known to -every student of philosophy. “If any one is -in <em>doubt</em> respecting one of Euclid’s demonstrations, -he cannot be said to <em>know</em> the proposition proved -by it; if again he is fully <em>convinced</em> of anything that is -not true, he is mistaken in supposing himself to know -it; lastly, if two persons are each <em>fully confident</em>, one -that the moon is inhabited, and the other that it is not -(though one of these opinions must be true), neither of -them could properly be said to <em>know</em> the truth, since he -cannot have sufficient <em>proof</em> of it.”<a name="FNanchor_46" id="FNanchor_46"></a><a href="#Footnote_46" class="fnanchor">[46]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Belief.</div> - -<p>The foregoing definition consists of three parts,—1, -firm belief; 2, in what is true; 3, on sufficient ground. -In common parlance, belief is distinguished -from knowledge, the latter implying a higher -degree of assurance than the former. In some treatises -on psychology belief denotes all forms of assent, including -the highest possible certainty and conviction. The expression -<em>firm belief</em> excludes the element of doubt from -knowledge.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Truth.</div> - -<p>Truth, according to the etymology of the word, signifies -that which the mind trows or believes to be fact or -reality. It has its source in God, whilst knowledge -proceeds from man. To be true, a proposition -must be in exact accordance with what is or has -been or shall be. Truth exists apart from the cognitions -of the human mind. It would continue to exist if the -mind of man were blotted out of existence, and there -was truth long before the intelligence of man was called -into being. The aim of thinking is to find out and lay -hold of the truth. Thinking in which truth and error<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_273" id="Page_273">[273]</a></span> -are mixed may have value as partial knowledge and as a -stepping-stone to fuller knowledge. Knowledge becomes -full and complete only in so far as it contains the truth, -the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The ground of knowledge.</div> - -<p>Full knowledge implies a basis upon which it may rest. -There may be sufficient ground for the firm belief which -constitutes the essence of knowledge even when -the truth cognized is incapable of full and complete -demonstration.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The reason why.</div> - -<p>It is natural for a child to believe. The statements of -others are accepted as true without question, so long as -the child has not been deceived by others. Hence many -teachers have assumed that their chief function is to ask -the reason <em>why</em>, so that belief in what is true -may be based upon sufficient ground, and that -nothing shall be accepted as true until it is proved. -This was one of the erroneous views under which Pestalozzi -labored. He justified the undue attention paid to -mathematics in his school on the ground that he wished -his pupils to believe nothing which cannot be demonstrated -as clearly as two and two make four. Whereupon -Père Girard replied, “In that case, if I had thirty -sons I would not intrust one of them to you; for it would -be impossible for you to demonstrate to him, as you can -that two and two make four, that I am his father and that -I have a right to his obedience.”<a name="FNanchor_47" id="FNanchor_47"></a><a href="#Footnote_47" class="fnanchor">[47]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Exhaustive study.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">The question how.</div> - -<p>The progress of a pupil may be hindered by too much -emphasis upon the ground of knowledge. The human -mind cannot make an exhaustive study of very -many things. Exhaustion is a term applied by -logicians to a method of proof in which “all the arguments -tending to an opposite conclusion are brought forward,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_274" id="Page_274">[274]</a></span> -discussed, and proved untenable or absurd, thus -leaving the original proposition established by the exclusion -of every alternate.” Speaking positively, we may -say that exhaustive study of a subject explores it in all -its bearings and relations as well as in its nature and -essence. In every subject the known is bounded by the -unknown; new methods of preparation and investigation -constantly reveal novelties in whole classes of objects -which it was supposed had been studied exhaustively. -The specialist seeks to know all that has been brought to -light in his field of research, and to push out the limits -of knowledge beyond the goal reached by his predecessors. -The thoroughness of the specialist is not required -in elementary instruction. The writer knows of a teacher -who for an entire term kept a class of boys at work upon -highest common factor and least common multiple on the -plea that they did not thoroughly understand these subjects. -No better plan of disgusting boys with arithmetic -and algebra could have been devised. Thorough knowledge -of these two subjects involves reasoning and demonstrations -more difficult to grasp than half the theorems -in Euclid. Instead of aiming at exhaustive treatment, -the true teacher is satisfied with knowledge adequate for -the subsequent work of the course. If the pupil has -reached the stage where he can appreciate the reason -why, it may be (though it is not always) wise to raise -this question, and to insist on a comprehension of the -proof. Very often the mind has enough to do in trying -to see <em>how</em>; the question <em>why</em> then interferes -with the mastery of the mechanical operations. -Let any adult take up a system of arithmetic with which -he is unfamiliar, say the arithmetic based on counting -by fives, or by twelves, or by thirties (each of the last -two, mathematically speaking, better than the arithmetic -based on tens), he will soon find it is work enough at<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_275" id="Page_275">[275]</a></span> -first for his intellect to perform the operations of adding, -subtracting, multiplying, and dividing without reference -to the philosophic explanations which exhaustive study -would require at every step in the operations.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">When knowledge is clear, when distinct.</div> - -<p>Descartes applied several of the technical terms of -optics to the science of mind, and in this he has been -followed by Locke, Leibnitz, and others. An object seen -at a great distance or in insufficient light looks obscure; -as the eye approaches, or as the dawn increases, the -object, as a whole, becomes clear enough to be distinguished -from other objects, although its constituent -parts are still confused. Increasing light or a nearer -approach finally enables us to discern the parts, and the -vision of the object grows distinct. Clear vision occurs -where the object, as a whole, can be recognized; distinct -vision occurs when the parts of the object seen can be -recognized. In like manner ideas are said to be clear as -distinguished from obscure, when they are discerned -in outline; they are distinct (opposed to -indistinct or confused) when they are discerned -in their elements or constituent parts. Distinct -mental vision requires analytic and synthetic thinking.</p> - -<p>Of many objects the mind needs only clear knowledge -for ordinary purposes. One may distinguish two brothers -by the total impression of each which he carries in his -mind, and yet be totally unable to tell any specific marks -by which he knows the one from the other. The painter, -on the other hand, cannot be satisfied with this total impression; -he studies the individual features until he has -a distinct impression of their likenesses and differences.</p> - -<p>Of the map of one’s own country it pays to know the -States and Territorial divisions. Of one’s State, a knowledge -of the counties, and of one’s county, a knowledge of -the townships may be helpful. For specific vocations -more minute knowledge may be desirable. Each individual<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_276" id="Page_276">[276]</a></span> -mind can well afford to stop with a measure of -geographical knowledge that is adequate for the duties -of his vocation and the purposes of his reading of books -and newspapers.</p> - -<p>Very little of our knowledge of geography is based -upon experience; most of it rests upon testimony. The -eye at a glance may take in the outlines of an island of -the Susquehanna river. The fact that Great Britain is -an island rests upon the testimony of maps; our belief is -based upon what we have always heard and read, and is -further strengthened by the absence of testimony to the -contrary. If the fact had ever been questioned, the mind -might hold its judgment in suspense until sufficient -ground was found to warrant a conclusion.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Value of questions.</div> - -<p>When the knowledge which a pupil has is to be deepened -or made more distinct a series of well-chosen questions -may beget the required thinking. For -instance, let us take the case of a pupil who has -reached the stage where his knowledge of the properties -of the parts of speech should be made more complete. -Let the teacher ask for the difference between a pencil -and a part of speech, between a noun and a name, between -gender and sex, between number in grammar and -number in arithmetic, between person in grammar and a -person like the President of the United States, between -case in grammar and a case in division of fractions, between -tense and time, between mode and manner, between -action and a verb, between the object of an action and the -object of a verb. Comparison will soon show the inaccuracy -of the statement that the direct object of an action -is in the accusative case; and the learner will see that -case is a property of nouns, not of objects, and cannot be -predicated of the object of an action, but of the <em>word</em> -which <em>denotes</em> the object of the action, which word may -be either in the nominative or the accusative case as the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_277" id="Page_277">[277]</a></span> -verb is either in the passive or active voice. Comparison -will lead the pupil to see clearly that gender is a property -of nouns, whereas sex or the absence of sex is predicated -of that for which nouns stand. Comparison will -serve to bring out the distinction between number in -grammar as a property of nouns indicating one or more -than one, and numbers in arithmetic, of which there are -as many as there are units or collections of units in the -universe. Thinking by comparison will lead to the detection -of similarities and differences, to discrimination, -combination, and generalization, and through these to -more distinct and more adequate knowledge.</p> - -<p>Questions which draw attention to likenesses and differences, -to causal relations and logical sequences, stimulate -analysis and comparison; the resulting judgments clarify -the stream of thought and push the boundary of knowledge -into the regions of the hitherto unknown.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Theory, true and false.</div> - -<p>The greatest minds when working under the influence -of a false theory fail to arrive at truth. Socrates rejected -the view of Anaxagoras that the sun is a fire, -because we can look at a fire, but not at the -sun, because plants grow by sunshine and are -killed by fire, and because a stone heated in fire is not -luminous, but soon cools, whereas the sun always remains -equally hot and luminous. Newton did more than all -other thinkers combined to make astronomy a science; his -discoveries in physics and mathematics rank him among -the greatest investigators the world has thus far known; -yet he spent many nights trying to find the method by -which the baser metals could be transmuted into silver -and gold; his researches as an alchemist led to nothing, -because he was working under the spell of a false theory.<a name="FNanchor_48" id="FNanchor_48"></a><a href="#Footnote_48" class="fnanchor">[48]</a></p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_278" id="Page_278">[278]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Scientists.</div> - -<p>Faraday acknowledged that he was often compelled to -give up his preconceived notions, and in some cases his -failures are almost as instructive as his discoveries. -It was characteristic of him to hold to -his theories until he proved them either true or false, -and he was ever ready to reject any hypothesis as soon as -he found it inconsistent with the laws of nature. Newton -was willing to suspend judgment for years upon his -theory of gravitation, until more accurate measurements -of the earth’s size and the moon’s distance showed his -theory and calculations to be right. Socrates advised -his followers to quit the study of astronomy, probably -because he felt that in his time the data were not -sufficient to warrant definite conclusions. Hosts of instances -can be cited showing that the thinking of the -strongest intellects does not issue in knowing when it is -based upon or biassed by a wrong working hypothesis. -And yet it must be confessed that wrong hypotheses may -lead to valuable negative results, as in the case of Kepler’s -investigations, each exploded theory making room -for the construction of a theory more in accordance with -the facts. The superiority of men of genius lies in their -love of truth and fidelity to fact; in the facility with -which they construct theories to account for observed -phenomena; in the patience with which they test theory -by fact, and in the readiness with which they reject<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_279" id="Page_279">[279]</a></span> -every hypothesis as soon as it is found to be in irreconcilable -conflict with well-established facts. The average -life of a theory in science is said to be only ten years. -The average would be lower still if all rejected theories -had been put into books. The men possessed of a truly -scientific spirit differ from ordinary men not only in the -painstaking accuracy of their observations and in the -surprising fertility with which they frame theories, but -also in the habit of verifying every hypothesis until there -is sufficient ground to establish its truth and to receive it -as an addition to the sum total of human knowledge.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The common people.</div> - -<p>The common people are quite as ready to frame theories -as the scientists and philosophers. It would be well -if they were equally patient in testing their -theories and in verifying their suppositions. -The human mind cannot help generalizing. -The moment a child uses a common noun it begins to -classify. Its tendency to pull things to pieces and to put -them together again are exhibitions of the mind’s tendency -to treat everything by analysis and synthesis. -Purpose and design, cause and effect early show themselves -in the thinking of children. The teacher need -but guide these activities and give the mind the proper -material to work upon; the result cannot be doubtful if -the mind which plays upon the learner’s mind has been -trained to operate according to the laws of thought and the -principles which must guide in the discovery of the truth.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Doubt.</div> - -<p>Doubt is sometimes the prerequisite of knowledge. To -raise a doubt in the mind of a growing youth may cause -him to think. It may cause him to explore the -grounds of his knowledge, to ascertain the rational -basis upon which his beliefs rest, and to reject such -as were of the nature of prejudice or of tradition with no -sufficient warrant for acceptance. Rational belief is far -superior to blind faith.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_280" id="Page_280">[280]</a></span></p> - -<p>When the doubt is raised in regard to the verities of -one’s religious faith there is grave danger of landing in -scepticism or infidelity. What is truth? may be asked -in the spirit of Pilate, who turned away from the Great -Teacher with a despairing sneer and without waiting for -a reply. Pilate had trifled with his own conscience until -he could no longer discern truth and righteousness. -Some men need better hearts in order that they may -think and know the highest truth. The hope can be held -out that whenever the truth is earnestly sought by the -human heart the soul will ultimately be guided into a -knowledge of the truth. To disturb the grounds upon -which rest the principles of morality and religion is a -dangerous experiment, especially in the case of immature -minds. The flood of doubt may sweep away the solid -foundations of a pupil’s moral nature and leave him a -wreck upon the quicksands of vice or upon the rock of -scepticism.</p> - -<p>It is the nature of the child to believe, to cherish faith -in what others tell him and in what the world presents -to his vision. To disturb the fervor and strength of this -trust before the understanding is ripe for fuller knowledge -may result in life-long injury. The child’s faith in -fairyland, in Santa-Claus, should, of course, be kept from -becoming a source of terror. The stories of ghosts, -spooks, and hobgoblins sometimes employed in the nursery -to influence conduct may cause fears, terrors, and horrors -from which it is well to emancipate the child as speedily -as possible through the light of clearer knowledge.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The desire to know.</div> - -<p>Better than doubt as a stimulus to thought is the desire -to know. St. Augustine was on <em>fire to know</em>. The -teacher who kindles and keeps burning this -fire in the soul of the pupil has supplied the -most powerful incentive to thought; for without thinking -knowledge is impossible of attainment.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_281" id="Page_281">[281]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Full cognition.</div> - -<p>As we may start our wood flaming by coals hot from -another’s fire, so we may kindle a burning desire for -knowledge by bringing the mind in contact with minds -that are all aglow with the desire to know. A burning -fire may soon exhaust its fuel if left to itself. The teacher -supplies the fuel, fans the flame, directs its activity for -well-defined purposes. Here the analogy breaks. Instead -of smoke and ashes we want living products as the -result of knowing. As thinking leads to knowing, so -knowing should give rise to further thinking. Nowhere -is the teacher’s function of guiding more indispensably -necessary than in the interplay of these two activities. -While the learner is engrossed in the pursuit of knowledge, -the teacher is watching the process and the results. -He is not satisfied unless the activity of thinking and -knowing ends in full cognition. It has been -well said that a dog knows his master, but -does not cognize him; that to cognize means to refer a -perception to an object by means of a conception. The -objects of thought must be sorted and arranged in groups; -the particular notion must take its place in the general -concept; the materials upon which the mind acts must -be assimilated and organized into a unity, showing how -each has its origin and how it stands in living relation to -every other part of the organic whole; otherwise thinking -cannot lead to complete cognition.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The limit of instruction.</div> - -<p>The incident at the beginning of this chapter shows -that some preparation is necessary to interpret sense-impressions -and organize the materials of thought for -the purpose of cognition. The degree of preparation -determines how far the instruction at a given -time shall aim to go. To get a clearer idea of -the thing to be known may exhaust the learner’s -strength. If so, the presentation should stop at that -point. But as soon as his power and interest are equal<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_282" id="Page_282">[282]</a></span> -to the task he should be led to analyze the object of -thought so as to cognize the constituent elements, the -essential attributes, a process whereby he will arrive at -distinct knowledge. It may be advisable before dropping -the inquiry to institute comparisons between objects of -the same class, for the purpose of calling attention to -differences and likenesses and evolving general concepts -or universal propositions. For many thinkers these are -the goal of thinking. If they can resolve the universe -to a few simple generalizations, their minds are satisfied. -Nothing more barren can well be imagined or conceived.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Application of knowledge.</div> - -<p>Cognition is not complete until the knowledge has been -or can be applied. At times there may be a division -of labor and glory in the discovery and application -of truth. The discoveries of Professor -Henry which made the electric telegraph possible -involved thinking quite as valuable as the invention -of Professor Morse. The achievement of Cyrus W. -Field in laying the Atlantic cable involved thinking -quite as important as the researches and experiments of -Lord Kelvin which made the cable successful. Interesting -examples of such division of labor in thinking cannot -justify neglect of the applications after a general truth -has been evolved and stated.</p> - -<p>The instruction may sometimes begin with a statement -of applications, in order to prepare the mind for the -thinking that issues in knowing. The applications of -color in the railway service, in navigation, and in the -arts will create an interest in the study of color without -which the presentation of the fundamental ideas may -be in vain. Several lecturers have admitted that they -failed, in the presentation of color lessons, to hold the -attention of their pupil-teachers until they excited an -interest in color by indicating important applications. -This statement of applications by way of preparation<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_283" id="Page_283">[283]</a></span> -must, however, not be confounded with the applications -which should follow the framing of general propositions -and the cognition of general truths.</p> - -<p>The hypotheses of the scientist correspond to the general -truths and principles which instruction always aims -to reach. In all except the most advanced investigations, -the pupil should work under the guidance of principles -that have risen above the hypothetical stage. He should -think under the inspiration of well-established truths. -He should master the known in his chosen field before -he seeks to enlarge the boundaries of human knowledge -by invasions into the realm of the unknown. Sad is the -spectacle of a talented mind wasting its strength in fruitless -efforts to rediscover what is already well established.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The formulation of truths.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Similarity in diversity.</div> - -<p>The formulation of truths in mathematical studies is -sometimes carried to extremes. The pupil may at times -be allowed to work under the guidance of principles -which he knows by implication, and -which he has never had occasion to formulate -in explicit statements. The formulation of the principles -of algebra can be carried into the statement of hundreds -of general propositions. If the pupil is asked to fix all -these in the crystallized or specific form given in the -text-book, it may result in a prodigious waste of time. -Furthermore, the effort to follow invariably any formal -steps in the order of instruction is apt to make the instruction -unduly formal and lifeless. No thinker can -afford to think in the set forms of the syllogism while -evolving a train of thought. Conscious conformity to these -hinders progress in the spontaneous evolution of germinal -ideas. In like manner, although the student of pedagogy -may find a guide in the rules and principles of his -science while preparing the subject-matter of a lesson, -yet, in giving the instruction, the truth must be the -object of chief regard, the centre of attention in consciousness.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_284" id="Page_284">[284]</a></span> -Constant thought of prescribed steps makes -the teaching stiff and formal, and dissipates the joyous -interest which accompanies free and spontaneous thinking. -Formal rules are very often like hobbles on the -feet of the horse. They impede his speed, rob him of -half his power and energy, and spoil his enjoyment -of the open field. Bearing this in mind, the young -teacher will perhaps not be harmed by the advice that in -his teaching he should ever seek to lead the learner to -clear and distinct perception of likenesses and differences -in the subject-matter of each and every lesson. The -newer methods of teaching a beginner to read, wisely -draw attention to the points of similarity and difference -in the shapes and sounds of the letters of the alphabet. -They even go to the extreme of comparing sounds with -the noises of animals, with which the child in the larger -cities is totally unfamiliar. This error is not half so bad -as the opposite extreme. Very much of the bad teaching -by which the schools are afflicted arises from the -assumption that the learner sees the points of agreement -and difference which are so very obvious to the mature -mind of the teacher. The consequence is mental confusion -and loss of the joy of definite thinking. The detection -of likeness in objects having many points of -diversity gives the mind an agreeable surprise. This -emotion is an element in the pleasure afforded by the -various forms of wit, metaphor, and allegory. Professor -Bain has shown how greatly progress in science -and art is indebted to the discovery of similarity -in the midst of great diversity.<a name="FNanchor_49" id="FNanchor_49"></a><a href="#Footnote_49" class="fnanchor">[49]</a> Much -of the child’s progress in knowledge must be ascribed -to the same principle. Children notice points of similarity -that often escape older persons. On seeing the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_285" id="Page_285">[285]</a></span> -picture of a tiger, they call it a cat. A mother who -showed her little daughter, just beginning to talk, the -caricature of a man prominent in the public eye, was -surprised to hear the child exclaim, “Papa.” It was -the child’s word for man, as she afterwards discovered. -Where she saw contrast, the child only noticed the points -of similarity between one man and another. As the -power of discrimination advances, the mind pays more -attention to points of difference than to points of likeness. -Indistinguishableness gives way to clear and distinct -knowledge. With the further growth of intelligence -the mind seeks the hidden resemblances in objects far -removed from one another in space and time, or by surface -appearances. At first sight the bat seems like a -bird, because it can fly. Scientific discrimination assigns -it to the class of mammals. The identification of the -lightning in the clouds with the sparks of the electric -machine gave Franklin world-wide reputation as a philosopher. -The identification of the force which causes -bodies to fall to the earth with the force which holds the -moon in its orbit, and with the kind of force by which -the sun attracts the bodies of the solar system, has been -justly called the greatest example of the power to detect -likeness in the midst of diversity. The power of detecting -similarity in diversity should be appealed to whenever -it is helpful either for purposes of illustration or -discovery. Algebra is shorn of half its difficulty as soon -as the learner is led to see that the operations in multiplication, -division, involution and evolution of monomials -turn on signs, coefficients, and exponents. Let -him grasp the thought that the words add, subtract, -multiply, and divide respectively express the law of exponents -in the four operations above named; and he will -not only escape the perplexities of the average student -in the more difficult operations of ordinary algebra, but<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_286" id="Page_286">[286]</a></span> -he will also see at a glance the beautiful truth which -underlies the manipulation of logarithms.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The thinking that ripens into knowing.</div> - -<p>Thinking that ripens in knowing involves comparison, -discrimination, and formation of judgments. Through -the detection of likeness and unlikeness in -objects and their relations, judgments are -formed, inferences are made, and conclusions -are drawn, which mark the transition from -thinking to knowing. Discrimination, identification, -judgment, reasoning, definition, division, and classification -mark the stages through which the mind passes in -thinking things, their relations, more especially their -causes, effects, laws, and ends. Analysis and synthesis, -induction and deduction, are the processes by which the -intellect explores the content and extent of concepts, -and passes to general principles and truths, and to their -applications in thought and action. As processes of -mental activity, these are discussed in detail by the -psychologist. The laws of thought to which they must -conform in order to be correct are set forth in treatises -on logic. It would be a mistake to underestimate the -value of a knowledge of logic and psychology; but -neither of them can supply the place and function of the -living teacher. He who would learn to think in some -special line of research should go to a master of that -specialty, learn of him what is well established in the -chosen field of study, imbibe his methods of work, think -his thoughts, catch his spirit, and follow his advice until -the hour for independent investigation comes. Great is -the tonic effect of a university atmosphere; but greater -still is the bracing influence of the atmosphere created -by a specialist who is both a master in his department -and a master in the art of teaching. The choice of a -teacher is of more account than the choice of a university, -either at home or abroad.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_287" id="Page_287">[287]</a></span></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Knowing involves more than mere thinking.</div> - -<p>Thinking is not the whole of knowing. Feeling and -willing play an important part in thinking and knowing. -Words like heretic, sceptic, and sophist have a -history which shows the distrust of mankind in -pure intellectual effort. It would be hard to -find a better commentary on the effect of a perverse -heart upon the operations of the intellect than the -following paragraph from Max Müller, although it was -penned for a purpose entirely different from the use here -made of it.</p> - -<p>“No title could have been more honorable at first than -was that of Sophistes. It was applied to the greatest -thinkers, such as Socrates and Plato; nay, it was not -considered irreverent to apply it to the Creator of the -Universe. Afterwards it sank in value because applied -to one who cared neither for truth nor for wisdom, but -only for victory, till to be called a sophist became almost -an insult. Again, what name could have been more -creditable in its original acceptation than that of sceptic? -It meant thoughtful, reflective, and was a name given to -philosophers who carefully looked at all the bearings -of a case before they ventured to pronounce a positive -opinion. And now a sceptic is almost a term of reproach, -very much like heretic,—a word which likewise -began by conveying what was most honorable, a power -to choose between right and wrong, till it was stamped -with the meaning of choosing from sheer perversity what -the majority holds to be wrong.”<a name="FNanchor_50" id="FNanchor_50"></a><a href="#Footnote_50" class="fnanchor">[50]</a></p> - -<p>There are realms in which thought cannot beget -knowledge of the truth until there is a radical change in -the wishes and desires of the heart, in the choice and -alms of the will, in the movings of the inmost depths of -the soul.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_288" id="Page_288">[288]</a></span></p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_289" id="Page_289">[289]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="CHAPTER_XVIII">XVIII<br /> -<span class="smaller">THINKING AND FEELING</span></h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_290" id="Page_290">[290]</a></span></p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>There is much contention among men whether thought or feeling -is the better; but feeling is the bow and thought the arrow; -and every good archer must have both. Alone, one is as helpless -as the other. The head gives artillery; the heart, powder. The -one aims, and the other fires.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Beecher.</span></p> - -<p>It may be noted that medical men, who are a scientific class, -and, therefore, more than commonly aware of the great importance -of disinterestedness in intellectual action, never trust their own -judgment when they feel the approach of disease. They know -that it is difficult for a man, however learned in medicine, to -arrive at accurate conclusions about the state of a human body that -concerns him so nearly as his own, even though the person who -suffers has the advantage of actually experiencing the morbid sensations.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Hamerton.</span></p> - -<p>When pupils are encouraged to make for themselves fresh combinations -of things already known, additional progress is certain. -Variety of exercise in this way is as attractive to children as many -of their games. If, when such exercises are given, the rivalry involved -in taking places were discontinued, and all extraneous -excitement avoided, the play of intelligence would bring an ample -reward. I plead for discontinuance of rivalry in such exercises, -because, while it stimulates some, in other cases it hinders and even -stops the action of intelligence. If any teacher doubts this, he may -subject a class to experiment by watching the faces of the pupils, -and next by asking from the child who has been corrected an explanation -of the reason for the correction. Hurry in such things -is an injury, and so is all commingling of antagonistic motives. -All fear hinders intellectual action, and the fear of wounded ambition -offers no exception to the rule. The fear of being punished is -more seriously detrimental than any other form of fear which can -be stirred. It is essentially antagonistic to the action of intelligence. -Let mind have free play.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Calderwood.</span></p> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_291" id="Page_291">[291]</a></span></p> - -<h3>XVIII<br /> -<span class="smaller">THINKING AND FEELING</span></h3> - -<div class="sidenote">Bodily conditions.</div> - -<p>In all our thinking it is very important to get a clear -and full vision of the thing to be known. This is not -always as easy as it seems. Like Nelson in the battle of -Copenhagen, we may consciously turn the blind eye -towards what we do not like and exclaim, “I do not see -it.” The lenses through which we gaze may be green, or -smoked, or ill-adjusted, and thus without suspecting it -we may see things in false colors or distorted shapes. -Our bodily condition may color everything we see and -think. In health and high animal spirits every -thought is rose-colored. In periods of disease -and depression everything we think seems to pass, “like -a great bruise, through yellow, green, blue, purple, to -black. A liver complaint causes the universe to be -shrouded in gray; and the gout covers it with inky pall, -and makes us think our best friends little better than -fiends in disguise.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Prejudice.</div> - -<p>One of the greatest hinderances to correct thinking is -prejudice. Hence all who have presumed to give advice -on the conduct of the understanding have had -something to say concerning prejudice. Bacon -has a chapter on the idols of the mind, and Locke contends -that we should never be in love with any opinion. -In a charming little volume on the “Art of Thinking,” -Knowlson has a chapter in which he enumerates and discusses -the prejudices arising from birth, nationality, temperament, -theory, and unintelligent conservatism. The -list might easily be enlarged. Close analysis must convince<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_292" id="Page_292">[292]</a></span> -any one that feeling strengthens all forms of prejudice, -and there are very few, if any, fields of thought in -which it is not essential for the attainment of truth to -divest ourselves of preconceived notions and the resultant -feelings, and to weigh the arguments on both sides of a -question before reaching a conclusion.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The wishes of the heart and the conclusions of the intellect.</div> - -<p>A student may take up geometry with a feeling of -prejudice for or against the study, based upon what he -has heard from others concerning its difficulties or the -teacher who gives the instruction; but after he has mastered -the demonstration of a theorem he does not lie -awake at night wishing the opposite were true. In the -realms of mathematics the wishes of the heart are not in -conflict with the conclusions of the intellect. -In the domain of ethical, social, historical, or -religious truth the head often says one thing -and the heart another. “We see plainly enough -what we ought to think or do, but we feel an -irresistible inclination to think or do something else.” -In most of the instances in which the study of science has -led to agnosticism the wish was father to the thought. -When two men argue the same question, weighing the -same arguments and reaching opposite conclusions, as -did Stonewall Jackson and his father-in-law at the outbreak -of the Civil War, the inclinations and wishes of the -heart must have influenced their thinking.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Feeling an element in all mental activity.</div> - -<p>Feeling is an element in all forms of mental activity. -The intellect never acts without stirring the emotions. -The teacher who reproved a pupil for showing -signs of pleasure and delight over the reasoning -of Euclid, saying, “Euclid knows no emotion,” -must have been a novice in the art of introspection. -Who cannot recall the thrill of delight with which -he first finished the proof of the Pythagorean proposition? -Mathematics is considered difficult; the emotions<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_293" id="Page_293">[293]</a></span> -connected with victory and mastery sustain the student -as he advances from conquest to conquest. The effort -which some thinkers make to reduce the phenomena -of the universe to a few universal principles is, without -doubt, sustained and stimulated by a feeling that -there must be unity in the midst of the most manifold -diversity.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Descartes.</div> - -<p>Scientists and philosophers are prone to imagine themselves -free from the prejudices which warp the thinking -of the common mind. Descartes started to divest himself -of all preconceived notions; yet he could not divest -himself of the notion that he was immensely superior to -other men. “This French philosopher regarded -himself as almost infallible, and had a scorn of -all his contemporaries. He praised Harvey, but says he -only learned a single point from him; Galileo was only -good in music, and here he attributed to him the elder -Galileo’s work; Pascal and Campanella are pooh-poohed. -Here is an instance of how pride in one’s own work may -beget a cheap cynicism with regard to the work of -others; and how as a feeling it blinds the mind to excellences -outside those we have agreed to call our own.” -Of men in general Jevons, in his treatise on the “Physical -Sciences,”<a name="FNanchor_51" id="FNanchor_51"></a><a href="#Footnote_51" class="fnanchor">[51]</a> says,—</p> - -<p>“It is difficult to find persons who can with perfect -fairness register facts for and against their own peculiar -views. Among uncultivated observers, the tendency to -remark favorable and to forget unfavorable events is so -great that no reliance can be placed upon their supposed -observations. Thus arises the enduring fallacy that the -changes of the weather coincide in some way with the -changes of the moon, although exact and impartial registers -give no countenance to the fact. The whole race of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_294" id="Page_294">[294]</a></span> -prophets and quacks live on the overwhelming effect of -one success compared with hundreds of failures which are -unmentioned or forgotten. As Bacon says, ‘Men mark -when they hit, and never mark when they miss.’ And -we should do well to bear in mind the ancient story, -quoted by Bacon, of one who in Pagan times was shown -a temple with a picture of all the persons who had been -saved from shipwreck after paying their vows. When -asked whether he did not now acknowledge the power -of the gods, ‘Ay,’ he answered; ‘but where are they -painted that were drowned after their vows?’”</p> - -<p>Sometimes the feeling that a given way of looking at -things is undoubtedly correct prevents the mind from -thinking at all. A lady claimed that she had been -taught to accept the statements of the Bible in their -literal sense, and that in this belief she was going to live -and die. She was asked to read the twenty-third Psalm. -At the end of the first verse she was asked whether she -could be anything else than a sheep if the Lord was -literally her Shepherd. When, a little farther on, she -was asked in what green pastures she had been lying -down, she burst into tears. Her condition, and that -of hundreds of thousands of others, is correctly given -in the opening pages of J. S. Mill’s “Subjection of -Women.”<a name="FNanchor_52" id="FNanchor_52"></a><a href="#Footnote_52" class="fnanchor">[52]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">J. S. Mill on the influence of feeling upon thinking.</div> - -<p>“So long as an opinion is strongly rooted in the feelings, -it gains rather than loses in stability by having a -preponderating weight of argument against it. -For if it were accepted as the result of argument, -the refutation of the argument might -shake the solidity of the conviction; but when -it rests solely on feeling, the worse it fares in argumentative -contest the more persuaded its adherents are that<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_295" id="Page_295">[295]</a></span> -their feeling must have some deeper ground which the -arguments do not reach; and while the feeling remains, -it is always throwing up fresh intrenchments of argument -to fill any breach made in the old.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Regard for truth.</div> - -<p>When a man’s opinions are, as he thinks, grounded in -first principles, it is but natural that he should be unwilling -to abandon them without a struggle to intrench -himself behind impregnable arguments. If he has -reached his conclusions as the result of long and careful -inquiry, he has a right to hold on to them with more -than ordinary tenacity. The same regard for truth -which led him to form an opinion should, however, -make him willing to change whenever he -finds himself in the wrong. He should avoid the frame -of mind of the Scotch lady who, when it was charged -that she was not open to conviction, exclaimed, “Not -open to conviction! I scorn the imputation. But,” -added she, after a moment’s pause, “show me the man -who can convince me.” The secret of this tenacity of -opinion is not love of truth, but love of self,—in one -word, pride.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Emotions are helpful.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Dr. Brumbaugh on the emotions.</div> - -<p>In view of the hinderances which certain kinds or -degrees of feeling throw into the way of thinking, it -might be inferred that the thinker must suppress the -element of feeling in his inner life. No greater mistake -could be made. If the Creator endowed man with the -power to think, to feel, and to will, these several activities -of the mind are not designed to be in conflict, and -so long as any one of them is not perverted or allowed to -run to excess, it necessarily aids and strengthens the -others in their normal functions. Whilst it is a duty to -overcome prejudice, fear, embarrassment, anxiety, and -other emotions or degrees of emotion which interfere -with our ability to think correctly, especially when face -to face with an audience or with our peers and superiors,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_296" id="Page_296">[296]</a></span> -it is equally a duty to cultivate the emotions which stimulate -thinking and strengthen the will. Without the -ability to feel strongly, it is impossible to stir -the hearts of an audience. A strong character -is impossible without strong emotion. Jesus -could weep and denounce. He showed the strongest -emotion in his public discourses and at all the great -turning-points of his life. The men and women who -have done most for the race showed the element of strong -feeling in their thinking and in their efforts at philanthropy -and reform. It is the feeling of patriotism that -sustains the soldier on the field of battle and the statesman -in the midst of public criticism and personal abuse. -According to Plato, the feeling with which education -begins is wonder. “The elementary school,” -says Dr. Brumbaugh, “does its best work when -it creates a desire to learn, not when it satisfies -the learner.” Teachers everywhere are beginning -to see that it is the mission of the elementary school -to beget a desire for knowledge that will carry the pupil -onward and upward, and not to make him feel satisfied -with a mere knowledge of the rudiments, so that he will -leave the school at the first opportunity to earn a penny.</p> - -<p>Dr. Brumbaugh further says,—</p> - -<p>“We must recognize the emotional life as the basis of -appeal for all high acting and high thinking. We can -never make men by ignoring an essential element in -manliness. To live well, we must know clearly, feel -keenly, and act nobly; and, indeed, we shall have noble -action only as we have gladsome action,—action inspired -of feeling, not of thought. The church made men of -great power because it made men of great feeling.”</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Playing upon the feelings.</div> - -<p>The close connection between thinking and feeling -cannot be ignored without serious detriment to the intellectual -development of the pupil. Some teachers<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_297" id="Page_297">[297]</a></span> -play upon the feelings in ways that prevent accurate and -effective thinking. The tones of voice in which they -speak, their manner of putting questions and -administering discipline, their lack of self-control, -and their frantic efforts to get and keep -order cause the pupils to feel ill at ease and destroy the -calmness of soul, which is the first condition of logical -thinking. The skilful teacher calls into play feelings -like joy, hope, patriotism, that stimulate and invigorate -the whole intellectual life; he is extremely careful not -to stir emotions like fear, anger, and hate, which hinder -clear and vigorous thinking.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Responsibility for failure at examinations.</div> - -<p>Feeling plays an important part in the examinations -by superintendents for the promotion of pupils, or by -State boards whose function it is to license persons to -teach or preach, to practise law, medicine, or dentistry, -or to test the fitness of applicants for some branch of -civil or military service. Examiners are often responsible -for the failure of those whom they examine. If the -first questions arouse the fear of failure, causing -the mind to picture the disappointment and -displeasure of parents and teachers and friends, -and the other evils which result from a loss of -class standing, the resulting emotions hinder effective -thinking and thus prevent the pupil from doing justice -to himself and his teachers. The expert seeks to lift -those whom he examines above all feelings of embarrassment. -With a friendly smile, a kind word, and a few -easy questions he puts the mind at ease, dissipates the -dread of failure, and gets results which are an agreeable -surprise to all concerned. If he cannot otherwise make -those before him work to the best advantage, he will even -sacrifice his dignity by the use of a good-natured joke -which turns the laugh upon himself or upon some other -member of the board of examiners. Jokes at the expense<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_298" id="Page_298">[298]</a></span> -of any one of those examined are a species of cruelty -which cannot be too severely condemned, to say nothing -of the effect upon the results of the examination.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Speculative thinking.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Darwin’s experience.</div> - -<p>Within certain limits thinking begets feeling, and feeling -stimulates thinking. Beyond these limits each interferes -with the other. When feeling rises to the height -of passion it beclouds the judgment and prevents reflection. -Certain kinds of speculative thinking leave the -heart cold and ultimately destroy the better -emotions and the warmer affections. “It is -terrible,” said the daughter of a voluminous writer on -theology, “when a man feels a perpetual impulse to -write. It makes him a stranger in his own house, and -deprives wife and children of their husband and father.” -Abstract thinking may be indulged in to the exclusion -of the tastes and emotions which help to make life worth -living. The oft-quoted experience of Darwin is a case in -point. In his autobiography he gives his experience, -showing the effect of his exclusive devotion to scientific -pursuits upon his ability to enjoy poetry, music, and pictures. -“Up to the age of thirty and beyond it poetry of -many kinds gave me great pleasure, and even as a school-boy -I took intense delight in Shakespeare, especially -in the historical plays. I have also -said that pictures formerly gave me considerable and -music very great delight. But now for many years I cannot -endure to read a line of poetry. I have tried lately -to read Shakespeare, and found it so intolerably dull that it -nauseated me. I have also almost lost my taste for pictures -or music. Music generally sets me thinking too energetically -on what I have been at work on, instead of giving -me pleasure.... My mind seems to have become a -kind of machine for grinding general laws out of large -collections of facts; but why this should have caused the -atrophy of that part of the brain alone, on which the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_299" id="Page_299">[299]</a></span> -higher tastes depend, I cannot conceive.... If I had -to live my life again, I would have made a rule to read -some poetry and listen to some music at least once a -week; for perhaps the parts of my brain now atrophied -would thus have been kept alive through use. The loss -of these tastes is a loss of happiness, and may possibly -be injurious to the intellect, and more probably to the -moral character by enfeebling the emotional part of our -nature.”<a name="FNanchor_53" id="FNanchor_53"></a><a href="#Footnote_53" class="fnanchor">[53]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">The sight of an audience.</div> - -<p>Every teacher has both felt and witnessed the effect of -embarrassment upon ability to think. To face an audience -of a thousand people was embarrassing to -some excellent thinkers like Melanchthon and -Washington. On the other hand, the sight of -a multitude of listening, upturned faces stimulates natures -and temperaments like that of Martin Luther and Patrick -Henry, causing them to think more vigorously and to feel -more deeply.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Great thoughts.</div> - -<p>Great thoughts spring from the heart. This is certainly -true of thoughts which have lifted men to higher planes -of effort. And it is true of the best thoughts -and volitions which a pupil puts forth. The -desire for knowledge may develop into the love of truth. -The student is half made as soon as he seeks knowledge -for its own sake and values the possession of truth above -all other worldly possessions.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Interest.</div> - -<p>The Herbartians deserve praise for the attention they -have given the doctrine of interest. The older text-books -on psychology seldom refer to interest as an important -element in the education of the child. -The greatest boon which can come to a child is happiness, -and this was impossible in the days when fear of -the rod held sway in the school-room. Then children<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_300" id="Page_300">[300]</a></span> -looked forward to the school with feelings of dread; they -went with fear and trembling. From the day that the -children became interested in their lessons the rod was -no longer required. Instead of crying because they must -go to school, they now cry because they cannot go. -Through interest the school becomes the place to which -children best like to go.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Interest in a clock.</div> - -<p>A boy who was pronounced incorrigible, and who had -been transferred from school to school because he could -not get along with his teachers, at last met a teacher who -discovered that he could take apart and put together -watches and clocks. She allowed him to fix her clock, -and thus won his heart. She asked him to explain -to the school the mechanism of instruments -for keeping time. His interest in clocks she connected -with the numbers twelve and sixty, then with the -time-table, with denominate numbers, and finally with -the whole subject of arithmetic. Interest in the exercises -of the school converted the incorrigible boy into an obedient -and studious pupil.<a name="FNanchor_54" id="FNanchor_54"></a><a href="#Footnote_54" class="fnanchor">[54]</a></p> - -<p>There is no more important element of emotion for -teachers to cultivate than that which enters into the feeling -of interest. Interest sustains the power of thought, -diminishes the need of effort in the direction of voluntary -attention, and lies at the basis of all successful teaching, -book-making, and public speaking. The teacher, the -writer, the speaker who wearies us has lost his power -over us. The lesson, the book, the sermon that interests -us has found an entrance to our minds; the greater the -interest the more potent and profound the influence upon -the inner life.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Interest conditions ability to think.</div> - -<p>The moment a teacher begins to lose interest in a subject, -that moment he begins to lose his ability to teach<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_301" id="Page_301">[301]</a></span> -that subject. From this point of view the recent graduate -has a manifest advantage over the old pedagogue -whose interest in the subjects of instruction has -been dulled by frequent repetition. The latter -can keep himself from reaching the dead-line -by keeping up his studies in the allied departments -of knowledge, and by watching the growth of -mind and heart in his pupils,—a growth that always reveals -something new and interesting by reason of the -boundless possibilities that slumber in every human -being. The interest in the growing mind is spontaneously -transferred to the branches of knowledge which -stimulate that growth, and, in ways that no one can explain, -the interest which the teacher feels is communicated -to the pupils whose minds are prepared to grasp -his instruction.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Fiction.</div> - -<p>By far the larger proportion of books taken from our -free libraries are books of fiction,—books which appeal -to our emotional life. It shows that even -those who are habitual readers can be best -reached through the emotions. Of course, the act of -reading proves that their feelings are reached through -the intellect; yet it cannot be denied that emotion is the -element of their inner life which sustains the interest in -the novel. Appeals to the intellect which do not touch -the heart fail to reach the deepest depths of our being, -and hence fail to stimulate in others the productive -powers of the soul. Only thoughts which come from the -heart can reach the heart. This is true of the child and -the adult, of the reader and the listener, of the scientist -and the man of affairs, of the author and the editor, of -the orator and the philosopher, of the teacher, and, in -short, of all whose duty it is to stimulate the thinking -and to influence the conduct of their fellow-men.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_302" id="Page_302">[302]</a></span></p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_303" id="Page_303">[303]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="CHAPTER_XIX">XIX<br /> -<span class="smaller">THINKING AND WILLING</span></h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_304" id="Page_304">[304]</a></span></p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>Strong reasons make strong actions.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Shakespeare.</span></p> - -<p>Bad thoughts quickly ripen into bad actions.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Bishop Portens.</span></p> - -<p>The man of thought strikes deepest, and strikes safely.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Savage.</span></p> - -<p>Reason is the director of man’s will, discovering in action what -is good; for the laws of well-doing are the dictates of right reason.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Hooker.</span></p> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_305" id="Page_305">[305]</a></span></p> - -<h3>XIX<br /> -<span class="smaller">THINKING AND WILLING</span></h3> - -<p>Much thinking is spontaneous, in the sense that there -is no conscious effort of the will to direct and control the -activity of the mind. Under normal conditions the -stream of thought flows onward, like the current of water -in the bed of a river. When the onward movement is -interrupted, an act of volition may be needed to bring the -mind back to the regular channel. There are forms of -intellectual activity called dreaming, reverie, and meditation, -in which the ideas follow each other without any -effort to regulate them. Often they are fanciful, incoherent, -and illogical; they are suggested by passing objects, -by musical sounds, perhaps by the stimulating -influence of a drug or narcotic. Few can start a train of -thought, winding up their minds as they would a clock, -and then letting it run down until the discourse, lecture, -or newspaper article is complete, no conscious effort of -the will being required to keep the mind from wandering. -This may be partly a gift of nature, but mostly it -is the result of discipline.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Discipline.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Mental discipline.</div> - -<p>What is discipline? We speak of mental discipline, -of military discipline, of family discipline. What is -the element which all these have in common? -An army is under discipline when every soldier -and every officer is subject to the will of his superior, -so that the entire body of men can be moved -against the foe at the will of the commanding general. -A family is under discipline when the entire household<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_306" id="Page_306">[306]</a></span> -is under the control of the head of the house. The -school is under discipline when all the pupils are subject -to the will of the teacher, and to the rules which he has -laid down for the regulation of conduct. The mind is -under discipline when its powers are under the -control of the will, and its activities are in accord -with the laws of thought. It is important to ascertain -the laws of thought which underlie correct thinking. -These are developed and discussed in treatises on logic,—a -science that should be mastered not only by those who -must meet others in the field of argument and controversy, -but by all who seek to regulate the thinking of -their own minds, or to aid others in the formation of correct -habits of thought.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Habit.</div> - -<p>Fortunately, the law of habit here comes into play to -lighten the conscious effort of the will. When the intellect, -through the guidance of a conscious will, -has acted according to the forms of thought -in which the logician can find no fallacies, it tends to act -again in that way, and the next time a less expenditure -of conscious effort is required. The thinking of the -teacher, if correct and logical, tends to beget correct and -logical habits of thought on the part of the pupil. It is -a piece of good fortune to fall under the dominating influence -of a towering intellect. For a time the growing -mind that is engaged in thinking the thoughts, and mastering -the speculations, the reflections, the reasonings, of -a master who is such not merely in name, but also in -fact, may be in a subjection very like unto intellectual -slavery. Sooner or later the day of emancipation arrives; -and those who were not under the invigorating -tuition of such an intellectual giant are surprised at the -thought-power developed by the youth whose equal they -hitherto fancied themselves to be.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Volitional control.</div> - -<p>Those who expect to spend their days in teaching, lecturing,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_307" id="Page_307">[307]</a></span> -preaching, pleading, or writing have great reason -to strive after the discipline which results in placing all -the powers of mind and heart under the control -of the will. The feelings which interfere -with reflection should be repressed and expelled by -strenuous effort. The emotions which stimulate thinking -should be cherished and fostered. The inner nexus, -which binds ideas in logical trains of thought, should be -followed until the habit becomes second nature.</p> - -<p>Thinking which goes forward according to some established -habit requires less effort than intellectual work -that is accompanied with much volitional effort. This -fact serves as a valuable indication to men who must do -intellectual work for the press or the pulpit or the -lecture-room. Perhaps no one is better qualified to speak -on this point than Dr. Carpenter, who studied mental -action from the physiological point of view, and whose -publications show the quality, as well as the quantity, of -his intellectual labor. He says,—</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Dr. Carpenter.</div> - -<p>“To individuals of ordinary mental activity who have -been trained in the habit of methodical and connected -thinking, a very considerable amount of <em>work</em> -is quite natural; and when such persons are in -good bodily health, and the subject of their labor is congenial -to them,—especially if it be one that has been -chosen by themselves, as furnishing a centre of attraction -around which their thoughts spontaneously tend to range -themselves,—their intellectual operations require but -little of the controlling or directing power of the will, -and may be continued for long periods together without -fatigue. But from the moment when an indisposition is -experienced to keep the attention fixed upon the subject, -and the thoughts wander from it unless coerced by the -will, the mental activity loses its spontaneous or automatic -character; and (as in the act of walking) more<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_308" id="Page_308">[308]</a></span> -effort is required to maintain it volitionally during a -brief period, and more fatigue is subsequently experienced -from such exertion than would be involved in the -continuance of an automatic operation through a period -many times as long. Hence he has found it practically -the greatest economy of mental labor to work vigorously -when he feels disposed to do so, and to refrain from exertion, -so far as possible, <em>when it is felt to be an exertion</em>. Of -course, this rule is by no means universally applicable; -for there are many individuals who would pass their -whole time in listless inactivity if not actually spurred on -by the feeling of necessity. But it holds good for those -who are sufficiently attracted by objects of interest before -them, or who have in their worldly position a sufficiently -strong motive to exertion to make them feel that they -<em>must</em> work; the question with them being, <em>how</em> they can -attain their desired results with the least expenditure of -mental effort.”<a name="FNanchor_55" id="FNanchor_55"></a><a href="#Footnote_55" class="fnanchor">[55]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">Jokes.</div> - -<p>There is a danger to which public speakers are exposed, -against which the efforts of a resolute will are not -too potent. To capture a crowd that is more -easily moved by jokes than by argument, the -speaker resorts to sallies of wit and humor and turns the -laugh upon an opponent. The temptation to cultivate -one’s gifts in this direction is very strong, and when -yielded to, it destroys the powers of logical reflection and -consecutive thought. Wit is illogical, because it introduces -into the current of thought what is foreign to the -subject in hand, the incongruity giving rise to the laughter. -Wit and humor serve a useful purpose in acting as -a safety-valve to let off the discontent which accumulates -in the human breast, and may be used for that purpose -with great effect. But they should never be allowed to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_309" id="Page_309">[309]</a></span> -divert the stream of thought from its logical channel. -The reputation for wit and humor may dispose people to -laugh at everything a man says. It destroys their respect -for his judgment and impairs his power to follow a line -of thought to its legitimate conclusion. The ability to -discuss a theme in all its bearings and details implies the -power to investigate a subject in its essence and relations, -to resolve an idea into its elements, and to present these -in the form most easily understood,—an object which is -as far from the purposes of the funny man as the poles -are from the equator.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Forms of thought-expression.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Thinking in action.</div> - -<p>All thinking tends towards the expression of thought. -“Every expression of thought,” says Tracy, “whether it -be word, or mark, or gesture, is the result of an -active will, and as such may be classed among -the movements.” Word, mark, and gesture do -not exhaust the list of movements by which the mind -expresses thought. Every handicraft is a form of expressing -thought quite as important as writing and -speaking and gesticulating. The fine arts and the useful -arts are so many ways through which the will passes into -thinking and issues in the expression of thought. Movements -for reform are the intense expressions of great -thoughts which have their origin in the heart. The men -who spend their lives in the atmosphere of colleges and -universities are apt to be satisfied if they have expressed -their thoughts in a lecture or on the printed page. They -live in books, and their thinking terminates in books. -The thinking which issues in getting things done, in -deeds, actions, achievements, is undervalued and too -often ignored. University men are waking up to this -defect in their thinking. They are throwing -themselves into movements for reform and -giving the world splendid examples of the translation of -thought into vigorous action. The effort to carry theory<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_310" id="Page_310">[310]</a></span> -into practice reacts powerfully upon the mind, forces the -individual to see things as they are, and saves him from -the habit of looking only for things which the schools -have taught him to expect. When thinking issues in -doing, the process promotes intellectual honesty. This -remark is especially applicable to exercises in which the -hand makes in wood, metal, marble, or clay what the -mind has conceived. The execution cannot be accurate -unless the thinking has been accurate and satisfactory. -Drawing is a universal language. It imposes upon the -mind a degree of accuracy which is wanting in the fleeting -spoken word or even in the more permanent printed -or written sentences.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Thinking in business.</div> - -<p>The movements in manual training are an excellent -preparation for the movements in the handicrafts and the -daily occupations by which men gain the necessaries and -the comforts of life. Ten thousand men are active in -supplying our breakfast-table, and many thousand more -in providing clothing, shelter, light, heat, and the manifold -necessities and luxuries of modern society. All -these involve thinking quite as useful, as logical, and as -effective as the thinking which ends in talk or -printer’s ink. The relation of thinking to doing -and the reflex influence which the latter exerts upon the -former is seen in the solution of problems and in all exercises -involving the application of knowledge. Manual -training is really and primarily a training in thinking, -but it is the kind of thinking most closely related to -thinking in things, and its value in education is so great -that it has led to the formulation of the maxim, We learn -to do by doing,—a maxim which deserves separate consideration, -because, as usually applied, it is taken to -mean that doing by the hand necessarily and inevitably -leads to thinking and knowing.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Growth of the will.</div> - -<p>Another aspect of the relation of thinking to willing<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_311" id="Page_311">[311]</a></span> -claims our attention. Thinking is an important element -in the growth of the will. The education of the will is -coming to be recognized as a matter of supreme -importance. The development of character is -everywhere emphasized. No teacher in these days regards -intellectual training as the sole or chief aim of the -school. The philosopher is no longer regarded as the -highest type of humanity. The age demands that thought -shall pass into volition, and that volition shall manifest -itself in action. The executive is not satisfied with the -investigation of a subject in its essence and relations, with -the elaboration of thought into a system; he must get -things done. Mere thinking he despises. The philosopher -he regards as a man troubled with ideas, the poet as -a man troubled with fancies and rhymes; he hates men -who let their minds “go astray into regions not peopled -with real things, animate or inanimate, even idealized, -but with personified shadows created by the illusions of -metaphysics or by the mere entanglement of words, and -think these shadows the proper objects of the highest, the -most transcendental philosophy.” And the sympathies -of the multitudes are on the side of the executive in his -exaltation of the will as the chief element of utility and -success.</p> - -<p>The acts of the will should be guided by intelligence. -The will is weak and vacillating if the ends to be accomplished -are not clearly conceived, if the purposes to be -accomplished are not definitely thought out. Thinking -is the guide to willing. Thought gives direction to volition.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Self-gratification.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Self-denial.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">The right.</div> - -<p>There are successive stages in the growth of the will as -clearly defined as the activities of memory and imagination. -In the first or lowest stage the aim is some form of -happiness. In the second stage the will acts under the -influence of some ethical idea, commonly finding expression<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_312" id="Page_312">[312]</a></span> -in a maxim like the command, Thou shalt not steal, -or in some fixed occupation like a trade or farm work. -In the third the will acts under the inspiration of the -good or its opposite, and from motives grounded in right -or wrong. In all these stages of growth thinking is a -most important factor. Let us go into details for purposes -of illustration. The human will in its process of development -starts on a physical rather than a spiritual basis. -On the one hand a want is felt and on the other an impulse -towards the satisfaction of that want. In course of -time this impulse or appetence assumes the form of intelligent -or conscious purpose looking towards the gratification -of felt wants, and then the will begins to show itself -in the form of clear, definite volitions and actions. -The strength of the will depends largely -upon these impulses or appetences; and their strength -in turn depends upon the health, the temperament, the -organization (physical and psychical) of the individual. -If by careful diet, exercise, or otherwise, we invigorate -these, we thereby furnish capital that will in after years -bear compound interest in the form of strong will-power. -If the diet, exercise, play, sleep, and work are not properly -regulated, first by the parent, the nurse, and the -teacher, and later by the individual himself, the appetences -develop into appetites that enslave the will and -seriously interfere with its further growth. As the power -to think is developed, the will passes over into a higher -stage of activity. The very longing for happiness leads -the child to impose restrictions upon itself. It feels -happy if it can secure the approbation of those with -whom it associates. If we show our displeasure at something -it has done, the little philosopher begins to practise -self-denial in certain directions for the purpose of regaining -and retaining our good will. The second stage is now -reached in which self-gratification gives place to self-denial,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_313" id="Page_313">[313]</a></span> -the will acting under the influence of one or -more ethical ideas. The child at school is lifted upon this -loftier plane by the circumstances which surround -him; it must practise the school virtues,—punctuality, -industry, obedience, and the like; it accepts -certain forms of self-restraint in keeping quiet, in -abstaining from play, in observing the rules of the school. -Where the discipline is rigid and the instruction lacks -interest, it may even conceive of the school as a mere -place of self-denial and self-restraint. “Why do you -come here?” asked a director. The little boy replied, -“We come here to sit and wait for school to let out.” -The hours at school can be sweetened by exercises in -thinking and expressing thought to such an extent that -the school becomes the place to which children best like -to go. Some full-grown men have not advanced very far -beyond this second stage in the growth of the will. They -follow some regular occupation as the boy does in going -to school; they practise certain forms of virtue,—say -honesty, so that you could intrust to them your pocket-book -with perfect safety,—but they break the Sabbath, -use God’s name in vain, and commit daily many other -sins and transgressions. Occasionally one finds a school -in which no pupil would dare to be caught telling a -lie, and yet the moral tone is low, there being vices -which, like a cankerworm, eat out the moral -life of the school. The teacher should not feel -satisfied until he has raised the pupil to the third stage, -where the will is brought under the inspiration of the -good, and right becomes the law of life.</p> - -<p>Upon this highest plane different phases of development -can be detected. The law of right may brandish -the avenging rod of conscience and drive the individual -into paths of rectitude. The idea of duty thus operating -alone may reduce him to the subservience of a slave and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_314" id="Page_314">[314]</a></span> -prevent him from reaching the high stature of perfect -human freedom. This kind of slavery is apt to be followed -by a struggle in which the lower nature seeks to -assert itself against the higher, and if the latter conquers, -the person is apt to be elated with the feeling of victory. -Whenever you hear a man boast of the sacrifices he has -made in his devotion to duty, you can rest assured he has -not yet reached that lofty elevation in will-culture upon -which the person does right spontaneously and without -effort, and never dreams of having made a sacrifice in the -performance of the hardest duties.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Evil.</div> - -<p>Of course, the development from the first stage may -move in the opposite direction. If the appetences are -gratified beyond the requirements of self-preservation, -or of the well-being of the child, they -grow into uncontrollable desires and passions; the individual -sinks deeper and deeper into selfishness. He may -deny himself for the sake of some ambition, or vice, or -wicked end which the soul cherishes; then, unless lifted -up by the grace of God, he will ultimately land in a state -bordering on that of Mephistopheles in Goethe’s Faust, -a character who found pleasure in human suffering, and -whose will was constantly under the direction and inspiration -of the principle of evil. He will at last become like -Milton’s Satan, who exclaimed, “Evil, be thou my good.” -College boys who delight in hazing innocent freshmen -have gone far towards this loathsome stage of moral -degradation, the lowest which the will can reach in its -downward career.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Thought and volition.</div> - -<p>Now, it is easy to see the relation of thinking to these -several stages of will-development. Volition presupposes -something to be done, an end to be sought and -accomplished. If the will is to act steadily in -the endeavor to realize this end, the end must -be clearly thought and held before the soul in definite<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_315" id="Page_315">[315]</a></span> -form. To do the right implies that the right be known as -the result of right thinking. A soul ignorant of right -cannot be expected to practise the virtues which are -grounded in the law of right. On the other hand, many -forms of evil are never conceived by young people unless -suggested to them by their superiors.</p> - -<p>Volition issues in doing, and doing is a powerful stimulus -to thinking. Making things out of wood, metal, -marble, wax, papier-maché, or even out of paper is genuine -thinking in things. It is a species of doing which -flows from thinking through willing and reacts upon the -process of thinking. To see how a thing is made is better -than to be told how, but to make it by our own effort, -skill, and thought is vastly more educative than seeing -and hearing. Manual training tends to make the pupil -intellectually honest. He cannot get away from a thought -expressed in wood or other material as he can from a -thought expressed in language which may suffice to suggest -his idea, but not to give it adequate expression. -This influence of doing upon thinking has led to the formulation -of the maxim, We learn to do by doing,—a -maxim whose limitations and legitimate meaning it will -be necessary to discuss in a separate lecture.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_316" id="Page_316">[316]</a></span></p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_317" id="Page_317">[317]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="CHAPTER_XX">XX<br /> -<span class="smaller">THINKING AND DOING</span></h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_318" id="Page_318">[318]</a></span></p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>When we turn to modern pedagogics, we see how enormously -the field of reactive conduct has been extended by the introduction -of all those methods of concrete object-teaching which are the -glory of our contemporary schools. Verbal reactions, useful as -they are, are insufficient. The pupil’s words may be right, but -the concepts corresponding to them are often direfully wrong. In -a modern school, therefore, they form only a small part of what -the pupil is required to do. He must keep note-books, make -drawings, plans, and maps, take measurements, enter the laboratory -and perform experiments, consult authorities, and write essays. -He must do, in his fashion, what is often laughed at by -outsiders when it appears in prospectuses under the title of original -work; but what is really the only possible training for the doing -of original work thereafter. The most colossal improvement which -recent years have seen in secondary education lies in the introduction -of manual-training schools; not because they will give us -a people more handy and practical for domestic life, and better -skill in trades, but because they will give us citizens with an -entirely different intellectual life. Laboratory work and shop -work engender a habit of observation, a knowledge of the difference -between accuracy and vagueness, and an insight into nature’s -complexity and into the inadequacy of all abstract verbal accounts -of real phenomena, which once brought into the mind remain -there as life-long possessions. They confer precision; because, if -you are <em>doing</em> a thing, you must do it definitely right or definitely -wrong. They give honesty; for, when you express yourself by -making things, and not by using words, it becomes impossible to -dissimulate your vagueness or ignorance by ambiguity. They -beget a habit of self-reliance; they keep the interest and attention -always cheerfully engaged, and reduce the teacher’s disciplinary -function to a minimum.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">William James.</span></p> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_319" id="Page_319">[319]</a></span></p> - -<h3>XX<br /> -<span class="smaller">THINKING AND DOING</span></h3> - -<div class="sidenote">Saying and doing.</div> - -<p>The best methods of instruction in the ordinary school -aim at the expression of thought in language. If a thing -has been well said, the teacher and the examiner are apt -to make no further inquiries. Although the expression -of thought in written or spoken language is a species of -doing, there is often a wide chasm between getting a -thing said and having it done. Many of the -reforms and revolutions thought out by university -professors never get beyond the room in which -they lecture or the page on which they formulate their -ideas. The freedom of speech in the universities never -troubles a despotic government until the ideas of the -professors and students show signs of passing into the -life of the nation. The difference between speech and -action, between the man of words and the man of deeds, -has long been felt and emphasized. The favorite method -of teaching by lectures, and requiring the pupil to take -notes, fails utterly if it stops with mere telling how a -thing is to be done, and is not followed by actual doing -on the part of the learner. Work in the shop, in the -field, and in the factory often proves more effective in -fitting a boy to earn a living than the theoretical instruction -of the schools. The advantage of doing over telling -as a means of learning has led to the formulation -of the maxim, “We learn to do by doing,” and some -educational reformers have announced the maxim as a -principle of education universal in its application. -Hence it is worth while to clarify its meaning and to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_320" id="Page_320">[320]</a></span> -ascertain its limitations. In so doing, we shall get a -glimpse of the true relation between thinking and doing.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The maxim applied to medicine and surgery.</div> - -<p>A young man possessed of unbounded faith in this -maxim came to town for the purpose of practising medicine -and surgery. He announced that if any -persons got sick he proposed to give them medicine -in the hope of learning the physiological -and therapeutic effects of the various drugs. -If any limbs were to be amputated, he was willing to try -his hand, in the hope of ultimately learning how to perform -surgical operations. He was too simple to succeed -as a quack. He did not get a single patient; the people -wisely gave him no opportunity of learning to do by -doing.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The maxim in the other professions.</div> - -<p>Equally foolish were it thus to apply the maxim to -any of the other professions. Would you, with life or -property at stake, allow a novice to plead your -cause at court in order that he might learn to -plead by pleading? Who would waste the -golden Sabbath hours in listening to one who was trying -to learn to preach by preaching? The civilized world -regards knowledge, which is the product of the act of -learning, as the indispensable guide of those who offer -their services at the bar, from the pulpit, or in the sick-room. -When a Yale professor was asked whether study -was required of those divinely called to preach, he replied -that he had read of but one instance in which the -Lord condescended to speak through the mouth of an ass.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Comenius.</div> - -<p>Even an ass may learn to do some things by continually -doing them in a blind way, and that, too, in spite -of his proverbial stubbornness; but such learning by -blind practice is unworthy of the school-life of a being -gifted with human intelligence, and capable, it may be, -of filling a profession. Instinct may guide a bee or a -beaver: but knowledge should guide man in the arts<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_321" id="Page_321">[321]</a></span> -and habits which he acquires. This fact is not ignored -in the maxim as originally given by Comenius. “Things -to be done should be learned by doing them. -Mechanics understand this well: they do not -give the apprentice a lecture upon their trade, but they -will let him see how they, as masters, do; then they -place the tool in his hands, teach him to use it and imitate -them. Doing can be learned only by doing, writing -by writing, painting by painting, and so on.” There is -in this statement a clear recognition, on the one hand, -of the knowledge-getting which precedes and accompanies -all intelligent doing, and, on the other, of the -practice which is needful for the attainment of skill. -The master mechanic seeks first to give his apprentice a -clear concept of what is to be done; and the knowledge -thus acquired through the eye, and perhaps partly -through hearing directions and explanations, is afterwards -put into practice by the actual manipulation of -tools and materials. If the maxim had been allowed to -stand in this, its original form and meaning, no one -could have objected to its use and application. But -when the attempt was made to elevate it into a principle -of binding force for all teaching; when, furthermore, the -form was shortened so as to widen the meaning, and the -maxim was then applied to regulate the acquisition of -every form of human activity, both physical and mental, it -is not surprising that protests were heard, and the necessity -was felt of investigating the maxim for the purpose -of ascertaining its limitations and defining its meaning.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Value of the maxim.</div> - -<p>Yet we must not fail to make grateful acknowledgment -of the services to education rendered by those who lifted -the maxim into prominence. How often were -pupils expected to learn one thing by doing -another. Drawing was advocated because it would improve -the penmanship. Silent reading or thought-getting<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_322" id="Page_322">[322]</a></span> -was to be learned by oral reading or thought-giving. -The alphabet was taught as if the names of the -letters would make the child familiar with the sounds. -The idea of number was to be gotten by naming the -numbers or imitating the Arabic notation. Facility and -accuracy in the use of language were to be acquired from -exercises in parsing and analysis. Familiarity with -birds, flowers, minerals, chemicals, etc., was to be gained -from the learned phraseology of the text-books. Sometimes -even the teachers knew very little more than the -technical terms. When the great ornithologist, Wilson, -visited Princeton College, the professor of natural history -scarcely knew a sparrow from a woodpecker. A -great change has come over Princeton and all other -higher institutions of learning; and the new influence has -been felt in our high schools, and even in the grades below.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Maxims, principles.</div> - -<p>Whilst cheerfully acknowledging the value of the -maxim of Comenius, we should, nevertheless, insist on -the difference between a maxim which may regulate -our conduct in specific cases and a principle -which is an all-controlling guide in operations. -Coleridge says, “A maxim is a conclusion upon observation -of matters of fact, and is speculative; a principle -has truth in itself, and is prospective.” It is -always dangerous to generalize upon facts observed in -one realm of investigation, and then to allow others to -apply these general statements to realms as diverse from -the original field of observation as mind or spirit is from -matter. The disciples in such cases always manifest the -hidden weaknesses in the system of their master. They -rush in where he would have feared to tread. They push -his language to extremes, from which his deeper insight, -broader vision, and larger experience would have caused -him to shrink. Comenius framed the maxim from the -observation of bodily acts; some seek to apply it to every<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_323" id="Page_323">[323]</a></span> -form of human activity. The original language has been -twisted into a statement that sounds paradoxical. “We -learn to do by doing.” What can these words mean? -If we <em>can</em> do a given thing, what need is there of learning -to do that thing. If we cannot do the thing to be -learned by the doing of it, how can any doing on our -part issue in learning? Evidently the maxim in its -modern form, if it is at all valid, must partake of the -nature of a paradox, which, though seemingly absurd, is -yet true in essence or fact. For the purpose of testing -the validity of a paradoxical statement, there is no better -way than to ascertain its possible meanings, to eliminate -those evidently not intended, and finally to investigate -the one or more senses or interpretations that may legitimately -be put upon the language. The investigation -will, in this instance, reveal the relation existing between -doing and the act of learning.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Analysis of the maxim.</div> - -<p>In the first place, the maxim cannot mean that we learn -to do by every kind of doing. The kind of doing by -which the young man hoped to learn medicine -and surgery was ridiculed centuries ago; no -one in our day would advocate mere blind doing as a -means of learning. The maxim must refer to doing -guided by an intelligent will. The doing must be guided -by thinking that is based upon correct and reliable data -or premises.</p> - -<p>Again, the maxim cannot mean that we learn one thing -by doing another. The maxim was emphasized in protest -against the absurdity of some of our methods of teaching. -It may happen that the learner accidentally discovers -one thing while seeking to find out some other -thing; to expect that this shall always be the case is to -invite disappointment. For instance, pupils do not learn -to spell while studying books if attention is absorbed in -the meaning, and is not drawn, in separate exercises, to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_324" id="Page_324">[324]</a></span> -the correct orthography of words that are apt to be misspelled.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Fatigue.</div> - -<p>There is a third limitation to the maxim on the side of -attention. How, for instance, is the art of writing acquired? -It is undoubtedly true that a boy cannot learn -to write without himself writing; it is equally true that -he is not always learning or improving in penmanship -while he is practising with his pen upon paper. From -the teacher or the copy he gets a concept of the letters to -be made. The first efforts at imitation are fraught with -defects. The pupil must clearly recognize wherein he -failed, and earnestly strive to remedy the defects, if the -next attempt is to be an improvement. The maxim, if -here applied, must mean that the pupil learns to do by -continually doing, as nearly as he can, the thing to be -done. With each step of progress, his concept of the -form of the letters and how to make them becomes -more accurate; or, in other words, his power and skill -keep pace with his knowledge. Finally, after much -practice, the nerves and muscles which control the act of -writing are properly co-ordinated; the habit of writing -with ease is acquired; the process becomes largely subconscious, -if not altogether automatic. The learner has -at length reached the stage in which his attention is no -longer concentrated upon the form and beauty of the -letters, but rather upon the thought to be expressed, and -it is quite possible that henceforth his chirography will -grow more illegible the more he writes. Of course, he is -now learning the art of composing by composing; but he -has ceased to learn in the direction of his handwriting -by writing, because the attention is riveted upon something -else. Even before the subconscious -stage is reached, practice, if too long continued, -may exhaust the powers of attention, and doing can no -longer issue in learning by reason of fatigue.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_325" id="Page_325">[325]</a></span></p> - -<p>On the score of attention there is a limit to the application -of the maxim in another direction. Talking, oral -reading, and public speaking may be spoiled by too -much attention. Practice in these, under the guidance -of an injudicious teacher, may serve to make the gestures -too studied, the pronunciation too precise, and the tones -of the voice too artificial, defects by which the hearer’s -mind is drawn from the thought to the delivery.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Injudicious criticism.</div> - -<p>The lack of good elocutionary drill in youth is a serious -misfortune, yet the writer cannot help blaming the -elocutionists for ruining one public speaker among his -acquaintances. Under their tuition the gestures and -articulation of this friend have become almost faultless; -but there is such a self-conscious air about his platform -utterances that the audience can think of nothing except -the delivery. By his efforts at doing he has learned -most emphatically not to do. The same thing may -happen in elementary instruction, and in the practice-schools -connected with our State normal schools. Injudicious -criticism by the teacher may so rivet the -attention upon the utterance that the pupils -lose sight of the thought to be expressed, and -the more they practise under his guidance the worse -their reading becomes. The vocal and physical elements, -in the act of oral reading or speaking, should spring -spontaneously out of the thought and sentiment to be -conveyed. Any drill which interferes with this natural -connection between the mental and the physical is indescribably -bad, and should never be regarded as a means -of learning. Equally severe must be the sentence of -condemnation upon much of the criticism to which pupil -teachers are subjected by their fellow-students and their -critic-teachers at our normal schools, and upon the comments -made by candidates for the ministry and their professors -upon the efforts of the embryo preacher during<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_326" id="Page_326">[326]</a></span> -the so-called homiletical exercises. Injudicious fault-finding -leads to a kind of doing which cannot issue in -learning.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Application.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">The arm and hand.</div> - -<p>Within these limitations we find a wide field for the -application of the maxim to our efforts at learning to think -and to express thought. The hand performs a -very important function in aiding the mind -to perfect its concepts. The metric system remains -a dark, confused mass of names so long as the pupil -does not actually handle and use the metric units of -weights and measures. A few days of manual training, -during which the learner is compelled to measure accurately, -are of immense account in developing accurate -ideas and accurate thinking. Of all the ways of expressing -thought, those by the hand and the tongue are more -perfect than those by the eye, the face, the gesture, the -bodily movement. The latter are well adapted to express -feeling; the former, to express thought. Few have -ever thought of the marvellous mechanism given to a -human being in the arm and hand. A glimpse -from the mathematician’s point of view is here -very interesting. A pencil fastened to the end of a -ruler revolving around a fixed point will describe -a circle. If the pencil be fastened to the end of a -second ruler revolving around the end of the first, -while the first revolves around the original centre, the -pencil will describe a very complicated curve. If three -radii, revolving in this way, be joined together, the pencil -at the end of the third can be made to describe the cycles -and epicycles by which the ancient astronomers explained -the movements of the planets. The modern -mathematician has shown that, by annexing a fourth, a -fifth, and a sixth radius, each revolving around the preceding, -while the first is moving around the original -centre, all curves of the fifth and sixth orders can be<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_327" id="Page_327">[327]</a></span> -described. Let any one examine his right arm, starting -from the shoulder and ending with the fingers, and he -will find that since infancy he has had this mechanism -for executing curves and movements, has been using this -wonderful system of revolving radii to express thought, -and that it has been to him a source of skill in thinking -and doing. When viewed in their anatomical and -physiological aspects, human arms and hands are seen to -be a still more wonderful mechanism, rivalled only by the -tongue in capability for describing any curve and uttering -any kind of thought. Whilst the tongue may speak -many oral languages, the hand writes them all, and supplies -additional methods for expressing thought in drawing, -painting, sculpture, instrumental music, in the -various handicrafts, and in the machines which act like -man’s hand made bigger, more powerful, more tireless.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Apprentices.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Manual training.</div> - -<p>From this point of view one can see a wide field for -the intelligent application of the maxim to our efforts -at learning to write, to talk, to walk, to play on a musical -instrument, or to handle the tools of some handicraft. -If questioned with reference to these and kindred -activities, the physiologist would answer that the -repeated action of the nerves and muscles in specific -functions fits them the better to act in the same functions, -and that the effect of the exercise of any function -may be stored up so as to increase the facility of the -nervous structure to exercise again every similar function. -The psychologist would say that any normal act -performed under the guidance of an intelligent will -leaves, as its enduring result, an increased power to act -and a tendency to act again in like manner. Common -parlance, which is apt to enshrine its wisdom in proverbs, -simply says, Practice makes perfect. Doing, when it -engrosses the attention, exerts a reflex influence upon -thinking; after it sinks to the subconscious level it<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_328" id="Page_328">[328]</a></span> -ceases to exert a helpful influence. The methods adopted -in our manual-training schools are, in this respect, much -superior to those pursued under the old apprentice system. -The master mechanic found it to his interest to -keep the apprentice upon one kind of work -until a high degree of skill was attained. He -used the apprentice as a means to an end,—the end being -the production of things that would sell and thus reimburse -the master for the time and trouble of teaching his -trade to another. The mysteries of the trade were kept -to the last for fear the apprentice would quit before the -expiration of the time for which he was indentured. No -better plan for crushing the intellectual life could have -been conceived. The manual-training school, on the -other hand, makes the boy, and not the product, the end -of its training, the object of chief concern. It -seeks not merely to make the man a better -workman, but the workman a better man. No pupil is -asked to go through the same movement, to do the same -piece of work, for the purpose of developing skill, until -every trace of interest is gone. Nothing is made for the -purpose of selling; everything prescribed is for the -purpose of developing the pupil’s powers, to enable him -to express thought by the use of working-tools and instruments. -The working-drawing and the model are the -symbols which come nearest to a full representation of -the thing to be made. The word, the clay, the stone, the -metal, the leather, the cloth, are the materials in which -thought finds its final expression. Nothing is carried so -far as to deaden the boy’s interest in what he is doing; -the charm of novelty is kept up from day to day. If the -first product is defective, a new problem is set, involving -the same fundamental operations, or the use of the same -tools and instruments. The manual-training school and -the trade school, if properly conducted, thus become a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_329" id="Page_329">[329]</a></span> -most valuable means for developing the power to think in -things. It aims to create the power to think, as well as -the power to do; the two are made commensurate and -mutually helpful. The thinking is made to issue in -doing, and the doing is kept from sinking into the subconscious -stage, where it tends to degrade the individual -to the mere level of a machine. Within these limitations -we can endorse Professor Wilson’s tribute to the hand, -and subscribe to his demand that, as in the days of Israel’s -glory, it shall be trained in some useful handicraft, not -merely as a means of livelihood, but more especially as -a means of making the pupil a better thinker, a completer -man.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Handicrafts.</div> - -<p>“When I think of all that man’s and woman’s hand -has wrought,” says he, “from the day that Eve put forth -her erring hand to pluck the fruit of the forbidden tree -to that dark hour when the pierced hands of the Saviour -were nailed to the predicted tree of shame, and of all -that human hands have wrought of good and evil since, -I lift up my hand and gaze upon it with wonder and awe. -What an instrument for good it is! What an instrument -for evil! And all day long it never is idle. There is no -implement which it cannot wield, and it should never in -working hours be without one. We unwisely restrict -the term handicrafts-man or hand-worker to the more -laborious callings; but it belongs to all honest, -earnest men and women, and is a title which -each should covet. For the queen’s hand there is the -sceptre, and for the soldier’s hand the sword; for the -carpenter’s hand the saw, and for the smith’s hand the -hammer; for the farmer’s hand the plough; for the -miner’s hand the spade; for the sailor’s hand the oar; -for the painter’s hand the brush; for the sculptor’s hand -the chisel; for the poet’s hand the pen; and for woman’s -hand the needle. And if none of these, or the like, will<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_330" id="Page_330">[330]</a></span> -fit us, the felon’s chain should be round our wrist, and our -hand on the prisoner’s crank. But for each willing man -or woman there is a tool they may learn to handle; for -all there is the command, ‘Whatsoever thy hand findeth -to do, do it with thy might.’”</p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_331" id="Page_331">[331]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="CHAPTER_XXI">XXI<br /> -<span class="smaller">THINKING IN THE ARTS</span></h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_332" id="Page_332">[332]</a></span></p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>A meagre soul can never be made fat, nor a narrow soul large, -by studying rules of thinking.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Professor Blackie.</span></p> - -<p>Have your thinking first, and plenty to think about, and then -ask the logician to teach you to scrutinize with a nice eye the -process by which you have arrived at your conclusions.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Professor Blackie.</span></p> - -<p>Invention, though it can be cultivated, cannot be reduced to -rule; there is no science which will enable a man to bethink himself -of that which will suit his purpose. But when he has thought -of something, science can tell him whether that which he has -thought of will suit his purpose or not. The inquirer or arguer -must be guided by his own knowledge and sagacity in his choice -of the inductions out of which he will construct his argument. -But the validity of the argument when constructed depends upon -principles, and must be tried by tests which are the same for all -descriptions of inquiries, whether the result be to give A an estate, -or to enrich science with a new general truth.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">J. S. Mill.</span></p> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_333" id="Page_333">[333]</a></span></p> - -<h3>XXI<br /> -<span class="smaller">THINKING IN THE ARTS</span></h3> - -<p>For centuries men have been disposed to look with -disdain upon the occupations in which the hands and -the body are more concerned than the mind. The arts -in which thought predominates were honored above the -handicrafts; and it is only in recent years that educators -have begun to recognize the educative value of thinking -through the hand as we find it exemplified in schools -for manual training. A comparison of the various arts -will serve to dignify this kind of training and to set it -in a clearer light before teachers and boards of education.</p> - -<p>Mediæval thinkers divided the arts into two classes, -which they called the mechanic and the liberal arts, and -enumerated seven arts in each class.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Mechanic arts.</div> - -<p>The seven mechanic arts were Agriculture, Propagation -of Trees, Manufacture of Arms, Carpenter’s Work, -Medicine, Weaving, and Ship-building. The -primary operations were mechanical, as the -name implies, and hence involved a genuine thinking in -things. Their number has been greatly multiplied; the -operations have grown wonderfully complex; thought -upon the activities which they necessitate has led to the -discovery of guiding principles, and some have risen to -the rank of regular professions. The growth and the -care of trees have given rise to forestry. Ship-building -and the manufacture of arms involve science of the -highest order. The practice of medicine and surgery<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_334" id="Page_334">[334]</a></span> -requires skill based upon kinds of knowledge and thinking -that are rigidly scientific. The thoughts which have -been crystallized in modern inventions deserve equal -rank with the thoughts which philosophers have woven -into systems. The various trades of civilized society -necessitate the expression of thought through the hand. -Manufactures and commerce involve transactions, operations, -and competition requiring the highest intelligence, -the most accurate thinking, the most vigorous effort. -Any youth whose training has fitted him to excel in -these is sure of work and fair compensation.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The useful occupations.</div> - -<p>Far too often the school has taught the pupil to undervalue -and even to despise useful occupations. Scientific -research, philosophic speculation, and literary -productivity have been lauded as more honorable -vocations. Any honest occupation that -furnishes adequate exercise for man’s marvellous faculties -is honorable in the sight of God. If two angels -should be sent from heaven, one to rule a kingdom, the -other to break stones upon the highway, each of them -would be happy in the thought that he was fulfilling -his divinely appointed mission, and each would receive, -upon the completion of his task, the “well done” which -will finally be spoken to every good and faithful servant.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Woman in the arts.</div> - -<p>In 1840 Harriet Martineau visited the United States -and reported only seven occupations open to women,—teaching, -needlework, keeping boarders, working in -cotton factories, typesetting, bookbinding, and household -service. The school has been blamed for causing -the rising generation to underestimate the last named in -comparison with the other occupations open to women. -When anything goes wrong in American life -the school is not only blamed, but also expected -to supply the remedy. It must be admitted that there is -much false thinking on the subject of household service<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_335" id="Page_335">[335]</a></span> -in so-called polite society. A woman may cook for herself -and her own household without losing caste. As -soon as she becomes the cook in another woman’s kitchen -she is banished from the parlor of fashionable society. -She can stand in a store or work in a factory without -losing her place in the social scale; but if she works for -hire in the kitchen, she is thenceforth treated as belonging -to a lower caste. Is thinking in the culinary art less -valuable or less difficult than the thinking involved in -selling ribbons and laces? Does the preparation of a -palatable meal require less brains and less skill than the -setting of type or the making of yarn? Does good cooking -add less to the welfare of the race than playing on the -piano or painting in oil- or water-colors? The teaching -of domestic science is calculated to change public opinion -and to add to the sum of human happiness by emancipating -the home from the tyranny and the caprices of -the servant girl and by securing to deserving help a -juster appreciation of efficient thinking in household -service.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">America the paradise of woman.</div> - -<p>America has been aptly named the paradise of woman. -The American woman is not expected to break stones -upon the highway, to carry market-baskets on -the top of her head, to pull the milk-cart alongside -of the dog, to do all kinds of rough manual -labor, whilst strong-armed and able-bodied men -have charge of the elementary schools. Fully two-thirds -of the teachers in America are women. Her sphere of -activity has been greatly enlarged in other directions. -She may be the inferior of the stronger sex in original -and creative work,—time will settle that question,—but -in ability to carry college work and to do practical thinking -she has shown herself the equal of her brother and in -every respect deserving of the exalted position assigned -to her in the New World. She has attained her standing<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_336" id="Page_336">[336]</a></span> -in America through her ability to think and to apply -thought in the useful arts.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The liberal arts.</div> - -<p>The liberal arts were subdivided into the trivium and -the quadrivium. The trivium, consisting of grammar, -logic, and rhetoric, sought to teach the art of -thinking correctly, of expressing thought in -correct language, and of presenting it in forceful, persuasive -discourse.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Quadrivium.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Discovery.</div> - -<p>The quadrivium, consisting of arithmetic, geometry, -astronomy, and music, was composed of thought-studies, -and furnished material for the thinking of generations -of the best men. The enlargement of -the boundaries of human knowledge has increased the -number of studies to such an extent that no student need -weep like Alexander because there are no more worlds to -conquer. Moreover, in many directions the human race -is simply on the border-land of discovery. At the beginning -of this century a professor lamented that the age of -discovery had passed. The professor who -quoted him in the middle of the century could -point to the steam-engine, the electric telegraph, and the -use of anæsthetics. In the closing year of the century -we can point to a record of inventions and discoveries unsurpassed -in the thought-achievements of the race. Man -has learned to put thought into machines that do work -with a speed and accuracy impossible of attainment by -the human hand. His thought is changing the face of -the earth and developing a civilization based upon a -degree of physical well-being and comfort of which the -man of the last century had not the faintest conception. -To follow in thought the achievements of a single year in -the improvement of machinery and the resulting additions -to our material wealth is to fill the soul with wonder -at the marvellous powers of the race. All is due primarily -to the exercise of the power of thought, and secondarily<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_337" id="Page_337">[337]</a></span> -to the manifold ways of expressing and realizing -thought. Never were there such magnificent opportunities -for those who have learned to combine thought and -action, intelligence and skill, brains and the handicrafts. -The tradesman deserves honor and recognition with those -who earn their bread by their wits. Both can live the -higher life of thought and culture.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Trivium.</div> - -<p>The relation of the trivium to the art of thinking is -often misconceived. Grammar, logic, and rhetoric furnish -valuable food for thought, excellent discipline -for the mind, especially for the understanding; -but they do not beget the power of thinking in -new fields of investigation. Their function is corrective, -not creative. Those who hope to learn the art of composition -by the study of English grammar are sure to be -disappointed. Grammar furnishes the tests and rules by -which one may determine the correctness of sentences. -It may furnish discipline for the understanding, and thus -prove valuable as a means of culture. It utterly fails to -produce thinkers beyond the thinking required in the -interpretation of language. Parsing, analysis, and diagramming -often become a mechanical iteration of set -phrases, resulting in mental apathy. Questions in unexpected -forms may then be needed to rouse the slumbering -powers of the intellect.</p> - -<p>Homer and Plato wrote good Greek, although neither -of them had any knowledge of grammar as a science. -Men used correct sentences long before there was a scientific -treatment of the sentence.</p> - -<p>The same remarks are applicable to the other studies -of the trivium. Men’s minds obeyed the laws of thought -and drew correct inferences long before the science of -logic was formulated. He who studies logic in the hope -that it will make him an original thinker is doomed to -disappointment. Logic has a critical as well as a disciplinary<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_338" id="Page_338">[338]</a></span> -value. Its influence upon the intellectual life is -like that of mathematics. It furnishes a test for one’s -own thinking and provides the means for detecting fallacies -in the reasoning of others. Logic can be taught with -advantage to those who have learned to think; it fails to -make creative spirits who have the power of gathering -thoughts, weaving them into a system, and reaching -trustworthy conclusions.</p> - -<p>Rhetoric possesses great disciplinary value for the understanding. -It deserves careful study on the part of -those who express their thoughts in public discourse. -The moment it becomes an end, instead of means to an -end, it defeats its own purpose. To draw the attention -to the figures of speech and other rhetorical devices of -an oration is to divert the mind from the line of thought -and to defeat the purpose for which rhetoric is taught. -The studies of the trivium are like the handicrafts in -that they serve as means to an end. From one point of -view they deserve to be classed with the useful arts; -from another it is apparent that they furnish material for -thinking quite as valuable as the multitudinous branches -of study into which the quadrivium has been expanded.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Fine arts.</div> - -<p>The arts are sometimes divided upon the basis of use -and beauty. From one point of view, as already indicated, -the liberal arts may be regarded as belonging -to the category of the useful, and thus -as forming part of a class distinct from the fine arts. Yet -the idea of beauty enters into all that man does. Sooner or -later he seeks to adorn his home, his language, everything -that he employs in giving expression to his inner life.</p> - -<p>The thinking which lies at the basis of the fine arts has -distinguishing qualities and characteristics. The mind -may be so completely absorbed in poetry, music, painting, -sculpture, and in the other things which make life -beautiful that it ceases to be a fit instrument for useful<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_339" id="Page_339">[339]</a></span> -living or for engaging in more advanced thinking. The -element of feeling predominates in the appreciation of -the beautiful. The two factors which enter into the -beautiful are the idea and the form. By casting into the -alembic of the imagination the materials which the mind -gathers from the external world, there is evolved the -ideal; as soon as this ideal is found embodied in any -form of nature or art the object is called beautiful. The -power to see the idea in the form, the ideal in the work -of art, is a function of thinking, and deserves attention -from those who are teaching others to think.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Æsthetic and scientific studies differ.</div> - -<p>Vast is the difference between the æsthetic and the -scientific appreciation of nature. The scientist pulls the -flower to pieces, analyzes its parts, imposes -hard names, and destroys that about the flower -which is most attractive to the child and the -poet. The student of beauty admires it as it is -in its original surroundings. He cultivates it to adorn -the garden, the yard, the home, the school-room.</p> - -<p>Very much, therefore, depends upon the way in which -nature is studied. The study may be pursued to beget -habits of observation or to cultivate a sense of the beautiful. -It may be studied for the sake of ascertaining the -laws which govern the growth of plants, the changes of -the seasons, the movements of the heavenly bodies, the -forces which give us light, heat, and all else we need for -body and mind. When it is studied for the sake of -truth and beauty, the effort lifts us into the domain of -the higher life.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The higher life.</div> - -<p>Why should any portion of our life, as compared with -another, be styled the higher life? Because a man’s life -may abound in some of the activities which are -essential to his existence and still fail to realize -the end of his existence. Take life on the farm with all -its splendid opportunities for the study of nature and of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_340" id="Page_340">[340]</a></span> -all that is attractive in God’s universe. Which should -be of most account in the education of the farmer’s sons -and daughters,—mind or money, light or lucre, the soul -or the soil, character or capacity for getting riches? -The curse of wealth, fame, office, and the like is that, if -they become the chief object of one’s ambition, they drag -the soul into the dust of dishonor, if not the dust of the -street.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The farmer boy.</div> - -<p>“If the farmer boy has only been taught how to raise -better stock, what will he do when that better stock -ranges his farm? Will he be a happier father -and a nobler citizen? Will his home life be -any less coarse and dull? Will the possession of blooded -stock make him any more honest than common stock? -If that is all you have taught him, will he not still be a -brute among his brutes? Indeed, just so far as you increase -his money-making without increasing his true -culture and manliness, you increase the probability that -he will die a drunkard, his son a spendthrift, and his -grandson a pauper. The supreme need is character to -guide these resources.”<a name="FNanchor_56" id="FNanchor_56"></a><a href="#Footnote_56" class="fnanchor">[56]</a></p> - -<div class="sidenote">The things of the mind.</div> - -<p>Whilst it is worth while to dignify labor in all the -handicrafts by showing the need for intelligent thought -on the part of those who follow them, it is of vastly more -importance to emphasize the things of the mind, and to -show how the ability to think conditions the -activities of the higher life and is essential to -the full realization of man’s being. The relation -of thinking to the higher life will claim our attention -in the concluding chapter.</p> - -<hr /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_341" id="Page_341">[341]</a></span></p> - -<h2 id="CHAPTER_XXII">XXII<br /> -<span class="smaller">THINKING AND THE HIGHER LIFE</span></h2> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_342" id="Page_342">[342]</a></span></p> - -<div class="blockquote"> - -<p>How vastly disproportionate are the pleasures of the eating and -of the thinking man! indeed, as different as the silence of an -Archimedes in the study of a problem, and the stillness of a sow -at her wash. Nothing is comparable to the pleasure of an active -and prevailing thought,—a thought prevailing over the difficulty -and obscurity of the object, and refreshing the soul with new -discoveries and images of things, and thereby extending the -bounds of apprehension, and enlarging the territories of reason.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Dr. South.</span></p> - -<p>What is more pleasant than to read of strong-hearted youths, -who, in the midst of want and hardships of many kinds, have -clung to books, feeding, like bees to flowers? By the light of pine-logs, -in dim-lit garrets, in the fields following the plough, in early -dawns when others are asleep, they ply their blessed task, seeking -nourishment for the mind, athirst for truth, yearning for full sight -of the high worlds of which they have caught faint glimpses; -happier now, lacking everything save faith and a great purpose, -than in after-years when success shall shower on them applause -and gold.</p> - -<p class="attr"><span class="smcap">Bishop Spalding.</span></p> - -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_343" id="Page_343">[343]</a></span></p> - -<h3>XXII<br /> -<span class="smaller">THINKING AND THE HIGHER LIFE</span></h3> - -<div class="sidenote">The Book of books.</div> - -<p>The preceding chapter pointed out the function of -thinking in the arts, and the reciprocal influence of these -upon the power of thought. It remains to point out the -relation of thinking to the higher life. The best point -of departure for such a discussion is the book which has -done more to foster the higher life of the soul than all -other books combined. From some points of view the -best book on teaching ever made is the Book of books. -In it we find not only practical examples and -marvellous illustrations of the art of the teacher, -but also the most significant maxims and statements -bearing upon the development of the inner life. In the -account of the Temptation in the Wilderness, we have -an utterance from the lips of the Great Teacher, directing -our attention towards the higher life. “Man shall not -live by bread alone, but by every word that proceedeth -out of the mouth of God.” (Matt. iv. 4.)</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Bread-studies.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">The Great Teacher.</div> - -<p>In the universities one hears a great deal about bread-studies. -Knowledge for its own sake, culture for culture’s -sake, education, not for the sake of its -money-value, but for the mind’s sake, are the -ideals held up before the minds of the students. A -world-famous professor of mathematics demonstrated a -new theorem, and closed the demonstration with the exclamation, -“Now, that is true, and, thank God, nobody -can use it!” Does knowledge increase in value as its<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_344" id="Page_344">[344]</a></span> -utility diminishes? This professor was drawing an annual -salary of five thousand dollars, and could well afford -to ignore the money-value of an education. Lifted above -the struggle for bread, he had no sympathy with the -multitudes in whose experience the struggle for bread -is the all-absorbing problem of life. The theory of life -propounded by the Great Teacher is very different. -He did not despise the arts that make -bread and win bread. Twice He miraculously multiplied -the loaves and fishes, in order to feed the multitudes. For -many years He worked at the carpenter’s bench, and after -the death of His father helped to support His mother. -When hanging upon the cross, He intrusted His mother -to the care of John, the “disciple whom Jesus loved.”</p> - -<p>But when Satan came to him and suggested the -making of bread by unlawful means, He repelled the -tempter, saying, “Man shall not live by bread alone, but -by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God.” -Bread here stands for more than physical food. It is -symbolic of the life that turns upon what we eat and -drink, the garments we wear, and the houses we live in.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The French king.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Earning power.</div> - -<p>The best of French kings cherished it as the ambition -of his life to make every one of his subjects so well off -as to be able on Sunday to have roast fowl for -dinner. Had he lived in our day, he would -have included among the objects of his ambition a new -bonnet for every woman at least twice a year. Roast -fowl and new bonnets cost money; and money indicates -the plane from which very many people look at every -question of government and education. Money stands -for what we eat and drink, for the garments we wear and -the houses we live in, for the thousands of creature comforts -which we deem essential to our well-being and happiness. -Perhaps the school has not done all it is destined -to accomplish in fitting the pupils to win these, but there<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_345" id="Page_345">[345]</a></span> -is abundant evidence to show that a good school increases -the earning power of the individual, and thereby makes -possible the higher life of mind, or of the soul. -The untutored red man eked out a scanty existence -in spite of unparalleled advantages in soil and -stream and climate; the intelligence begotten by the -modern school has enabled our people to utilize and develop -the material resources of the New World to such -an extent that Carlyle sneeringly said, “America means -roast turkey every day for everybody.” Let us accept the -remark as an acknowledgment that the American people -are better fed than those of England or Continental -Europe; and yet Carlyle was right in hinting that there -is a life higher than that which turns upon what we eat -and drink and wear, for this is in accord with the view -of life taught by the greatest Teacher of all the ages.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">The basis of the higher life.</div> - -<p>It is worth while to pause a moment for the purpose -of pointing out the relation of the higher life to the side -of life symbolized by bread. In a word, the higher life -rests upon the other as a basis. Where the -vital energies of a people are exhausted in the -struggle for bread, the very mention of education -is a mockery. The school lays the foundation for -the higher life when it increases the average earning -power of the industrial classes, and thereby makes it -easier for them to gain a livelihood. Here is the first -point of contact between the school and the higher life. -There is no language sufficiently strong to condemn the -spirit of the professor who, when he had demonstrated a -new theorem in higher mathematics, thanked God that -nobody could use it.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">What money can and cannot buy.</div> - -<p>Only professors filling well-endowed chairs at our universities -can afford to speak disparagingly of Brot-studien -and to advocate theories of education which -would sunder the school from practical life. An education<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_346" id="Page_346">[346]</a></span> -that unfits the pupil for bread-winning in case of -necessity cannot be too severely condemned; among -other reasons, because it fails to lay a proper foundation -for the higher life. On the other hand, the school that -does not aim at something higher than dollars and cents -deserves equally severe condemnation; for that which -makes life worth living cannot be bought with -money. If you are rich, you may buy a fine -house, but you cannot buy a happy home; that -must be made,—<em>made</em> by you and by those who -occupy it with you. With money you may rent a pew -in some fashionable church, but you cannot rent a good -conscience,—that depends upon your manner of living -and dealing with others. Money will enable you to buy -a fine copy of Shakespeare, but it cannot purchase for -you the ability to appreciate a play of Shakespeare,—that -is the result of education. Wealth will enable you -to cover the walls of your costly mansion with beautiful -pictures; and the sewing-girl, if she has been properly -taught in a public school, will get more enjoyment out -of them than can possibly be gotten by the sons and -daughters of wealth and luxury whose proper education -has been neglected.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Thinking God’s thoughts.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">The objection.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">True contentment.</div> - -<p>Plato wrote above the door of the academy, “Let no -one enter here who is destitute of geometry.” Why did -he value geometry so highly? Not merely as an introduction -to the study of philosophy, for in one of his -dialogues he says, “God geometrizes.” He had an idea -that a youth in thinking the theorems of geometry is -thinking divine thoughts. When Kepler discovered -the laws of planetary motion, he exclaimed, -in ecstasy, “O God, I think thy -thoughts after thee!” When a pupil learns to think the -thoughts which the Creator has put into the starry -heavens above us and into all nature about us, he is<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_347" id="Page_347">[347]</a></span> -thinking God’s thoughts and tasting the enjoyments of -the higher life. When he is taught the right use of -books, and given access to a public library, he may -acquire the power to think the best thoughts of the best -men at their best moments. In nature study, in the -reading lesson, in the teaching of science and literature, -the school fosters the higher life of the pupil by enabling -him to think God’s thoughts and man’s best thoughts as -these are enshrined in creation and in the humanities. -The objection is sometimes heard that the school -makes the working-classes discontented with -their lot. “Teach a man to think,” says the opponent -of universal education, “and you make him dissatisfied -with what he has and knows.” If the school fixes the -eye upon wealth, fame, glory, official position, and other -things which can be attained only by a few, and which, -when sought as the chief end of life, resemble the apples -of the Dead Sea, turning to ashes on the lips as soon as -they are tasted, then, indeed, the school may doom its -pupils to a life of discontent and disappointment. But -if the school fixes the eye upon the things of the higher -life, things which are within the reach of every boy and -girl at school, it lays the foundation for a contentment -far transcending the possibilities of a -life that turns upon feasting, office-holding, and the -things that can be bought with money.</p> - -<p>It must be admitted that the exercise of the higher -powers carries with it a certain feeling of discontent, but -it is a feeling that conditions true progress and is not -doomed to ultimate disappointment. The true test of -what is preferable is the testimony of those who have -knowledge of both modes of existence. Who that knows -both does not value the pleasures of thinking above -those of eating? Who would exchange the joy of doing -right for anything attainable by the man who, for the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_348" id="Page_348">[348]</a></span> -sake of success, banishes ethics from his business or his -politics? “Few human creatures,” says Mill, “would -consent to be changed into any of the lower animals for -a promise of the fullest allowance of a beast’s pleasures; -no intelligent human being would consent to be a fool, -no instructed person would be an ignoramus, no person -of feeling and conscience would be selfish and base, even -though he should be persuaded that the fool, or the dunce, -or the rascal is better satisfied with his lot than they -with theirs.” “It is better to be a human being dissatisfied -than a pig satisfied, better to be a Socrates dissatisfied -than a fool satisfied. And if the fool or the pig -is of a different opinion, it is only because they know -only their own side of the question. The other party to -the comparison knows both sides.” Who would not -rather be an intelligent workingman seeking to better -his condition, than an ignoramus contented with little -because he knows nothing of the joys of the higher -life?</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Life’s contradictions.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Tragedy and comedy.</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Beauty.</div> - -<p>Life is full of contradictions and incongruities and -disappointments. Over against these, the school, in its -relation to the higher life, has a duty to perform. -For the discontent which springs from -life’s contradictions and incongruities a safety-valve has -been given to man in his ability to laugh. The person -who never laughs is as one-sided and abnormal as the -person who never prays. The comic is now recognized -as one form of the beautiful, and the beautiful is closely -allied to the true and the good. Without going into the -philosophy of this matter, attention may be drawn to -the fact that beauty has a home in the domain of art, -as well as of nature; that the queen of the fine arts is -poetry; that the greatest poet of all the ages was Shakespeare; -that Shakespeare’s literary genius reached its -highest flights in tragedies and comedies; that whilst<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_349" id="Page_349">[349]</a></span> -tragedy and comedy are two forms of the beautiful in -art, comedy is the highest form of the comic, whilst -tragedy is the highest form of the sublime. In -teaching us to appreciate the plays of Shakespeare, -the school not merely teaches us when to -laugh and when to weep, thereby furnishing the safety-valve -to let off our discontent and to reconcile us anew -to our lot, but puts us in possession of that which money -cannot buy,—namely, the ability to appreciate the beautiful -in its subtlest and sublimest forms. Who owns the -moonlit skies, the millionaire or the poet? Who owns -the hills and the valleys, the streams and the mountains; -he in whose name the deeds and mortgages are recorded, -or he whose soul can appreciate beauty and sublimity? -Beauty has a home in nature and in art. It is -the province of the school to put us in possession -of the beautiful, the sublime, and the comic, for these -quite as much as the true and the good belong to the -things of the higher life.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Faith, hope, and love.</div> - -<p>How about life’s disappointments? Higher than the -life of thought is the life of faith and hope -and love,—higher, because these are rooted and -grounded in the life of thought, ripen above it -as its highest fruitage and efflorescence. The nineteenth -century has been an age of faith. Every scientific mind -has profound faith in nature’s laws, in the universal -efficacy of truth; and, like Agassiz and Gray and Drummond, -multitudes of the best minds have made the step -from faith in natural laws to faith in the laws which -govern the spiritual world.</p> - -<p>The common people evince a faith almost bordering on -credulity in the readiness with which they accept the -results of scientific research and investigation. Faith -lies at the basis of great achievements. Bismarck declared -that if he did not believe in the divine government<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_350" id="Page_350">[350]</a></span> -of the world, he would not serve his country another -day. “Take away my faith,” he exclaimed, “and -you take away my country, too.” Whilst no religious -test can he applied to those who teach in our public -schools, our best people prefer teachers who have faith -in the unseen to teachers who lack faith in the truths of -revelation. In ways that escape observation, the spirit -of faith passes from teacher to pupil, and gives the latter -a sense of something to live for and something to be -achieved.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Immortality.</div> - -<p>Faith begets hope. The hope of glory, of rewards in -civil and military life, of immortality on the pages of -history, has stimulated to deeds of heroism and self-sacrifice, -and will continue to do so to the end of time. -The higher life knows of higher objects of hope than -these. Immortality on the pages of history is only an -immortality in printer’s ink. The true teacher wishes -his pupils to cherish the hope of an immortality far -more real than an immortality in printer’s ink; -he seeks to implant in their hearts the hope of -an immortal life in a world where the soul shall be robed -in a body like unto Christ’s risen body, which Stephen -saw in a vision of glory and Paul beheld in a manifestation -of overwhelming splendor.</p> - -<div class="sidenote">Love makes life worth living.</div> - -<p>That which makes life worth living is the life of love. -In the thirteenth chapter of First Corinthians, which is -a poem, though lacking metre and rhyme, -Paul speaks of faith, hope, and charity, and -says that, of these three, the greatest is charity, -or love, as the Revised Version translates it. -Faith shall be changed to sight, and hope to glad fruition, -but love shall abide forever. Throughout the ceaseless -ages of eternity, love of the truth, as it is, in Jesus,—yea, -man’s love for his Maker and his Saviour, and -for the whole glorious company of the redeemed,—will<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_351" id="Page_351">[351]</a></span> -continue to glow and to grow, lifting the soul to ever -loftier heights of ecstasy and bliss. A foretaste of this -ecstatic bliss is possible in this life. Love of home and -country, of kindred and friends, of truth and righteousness, -of beauty in all its forms, of goodness of every -kind, up to the highest forms of the good, gives life on -earth a heavenly charm. Even in this world, the love -that binds human hearts, that makes homes and brotherhoods, -that issues in deeds of kindness, friendship, and -charity, is bringing more happiness to the race than all -other agencies combined.</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">“The night has a thousand eyes,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">And the day but one;</div> -<div class="verse">Yet the light of the whole world dies</div> -<div class="verse indent1">With the setting sun.</div> -</div> -<div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">“The mind has a thousand eyes,</div> -<div class="verse indent1">And the heart but one;</div> -<div class="verse">But the light of a whole life dies</div> -<div class="verse indent1">When love is done.”</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<div class="sidenote">Thinking and living.</div> - -<p>The school makes possible the higher life when it -teaches the pupil to think. Right thinking puts intelligence -into the labor of his hands, increases -his earning-power, lays the foundation for his -physical well-being, and lifts him above an existence -that is a mere struggle for bread. It promotes the higher -life by teaching him to think God’s thoughts, as enshrined -in all His works, and the best thoughts of the best men, -as embodied in literature and the humanities. It fits the -pupil for complete living by developing in him the power -to appreciate the beautiful in nature and art, power to -think the true and to will the good, power to live the -life of thought, and faith, and hope, and love.</p> - -<p class="titlepage">THE END.</p> - -<hr /> - -<div class="footnotes"> - -<h2>FOOTNOTES</h2> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_1" id="Footnote_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a> For brevity’s sake the phrase, thinking in things, is preferred -to the more accurate but less convenient expression, thinking in -the images of things.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_2" id="Footnote_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a> Psychopannychism denotes the doctrine that the soul falls -asleep at death, not to awaken until the resurrection.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_3" id="Footnote_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3"><span class="label">[3]</span></a> For this incident the writer is indebted to Superintendent L. -H. Jones, of Cleveland, Ohio.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_4" id="Footnote_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4"><span class="label">[4]</span></a> “Lessons in Psychology,” pages 260-267.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_5" id="Footnote_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5"><span class="label">[5]</span></a> See “How London Lives,” Thomas Nelson & Sons, London.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_6" id="Footnote_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_6"><span class="label">[6]</span></a> “Johannes Kepler (1571-1630) was at one time in Prague assistant -to the Danish astronomer Tycho Brahe. Unlike Tycho, -Kepler had no talent for observation and experimentation. But he -was a great thinker, and excelled as a mathematician. He absorbed -Copernican ideas, and early grappled with the problem of determining -the real paths of the planets. In his first attempts he -worked on the dreams of the Pythagoreans concerning figure and -number. Intercourse with Tycho led him to reject such mysticism -and to study on the planets recorded by his master. He took -the planet Mars, and found that no combinations of circles would -give a path which could be reconciled with the observations. In -one case the difference between the observed and his computed -values was eight minutes, and he knew that so accurate an observer -as Tycho could not make an error so great. He tried an oval orbit -for Mars, and rejected it; he tried an ellipse, and it fitted. Thus, -after more than four years of assiduous computation, and after -trying nineteen imaginary paths, and rejecting each because it was -inconsistent with observation, Kepler in 1618 discovered the truth. -An ellipse! Why did he not think of it before? What a simple -matter—after the puzzle is once solved! He worked out what are -known as Kepler’s laws, which accorded with observation, but -conflicted with the Ptolemaic hypothesis. Thus the old system -was logically overthrown. But not until after a bitter struggle -between science and theology did the new system find general -acceptation.”—Cajori’s “History of Physics,” pages 29, 30.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_7" id="Footnote_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_7"><span class="label">[7]</span></a> Young’s “The Sun,” pages 43, 44, second edition.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_8" id="Footnote_8"></a><a href="#FNanchor_8"><span class="label">[8]</span></a> Young’s “Astronomy,” page 174.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_9" id="Footnote_9"></a><a href="#FNanchor_9"><span class="label">[9]</span></a> Now the well-known Lord Kelvin.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_10" id="Footnote_10"></a><a href="#FNanchor_10"><span class="label">[10]</span></a> “Actinism,” by Professor Charles F. Himes, pages 18, 19.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_11" id="Footnote_11"></a><a href="#FNanchor_11"><span class="label">[11]</span></a> Dr. Morrell’s “Elements of Psychology,” quoted by Galloway -in “Education, Scientific and Technical,” page 165.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_12" id="Footnote_12"></a><a href="#FNanchor_12"><span class="label">[12]</span></a> Quoted by Galloway in “Education, Scientific and Technical,” -pages 116, 117.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_13" id="Footnote_13"></a><a href="#FNanchor_13"><span class="label">[13]</span></a> Hinsdale’s “The Language Arts,” pages 17, 18.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_14" id="Footnote_14"></a><a href="#FNanchor_14"><span class="label">[14]</span></a> Mr. Smiles, “Life of Stephenson,” third edition, page 474, tells -how George Stephenson, arguing one evening on the coal question -with Dr. Buckland, was quite unable to make good his case. The -next morning he talked over the matter with Sir W. Follett, and -that illustrious advocate, from the materials supplied by the practical -knowledge of Stephenson, was able easily to discomfit the -learned dean. Quoted by A. S. Wilkins’s “Cicero de Oratore,” -page 105, second edition.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_15" id="Footnote_15"></a><a href="#FNanchor_15"><span class="label">[15]</span></a> Phelps’s “Men and Books,” page 303.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_16" id="Footnote_16"></a><a href="#FNanchor_16"><span class="label">[16]</span></a> Lowell’s “Books and Libraries,” pages 88-90, vol. vi., <cite>Riverside -Edition</cite>.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_17" id="Footnote_17"></a><a href="#FNanchor_17"><span class="label">[17]</span></a> Phelps’s “Men and Books,” pages 105, 106.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_18" id="Footnote_18"></a><a href="#FNanchor_18"><span class="label">[18]</span></a> Ibid., page 124.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_19" id="Footnote_19"></a><a href="#FNanchor_19"><span class="label">[19]</span></a> N. Porter’s “Books and Reading,” page 57.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_20" id="Footnote_20"></a><a href="#FNanchor_20"><span class="label">[20]</span></a> Charles F. Himes’s “Actinism,” pages 5, 6.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_21" id="Footnote_21"></a><a href="#FNanchor_21"><span class="label">[21]</span></a> Jevons’s “Principles of Science,” pages 399, 400.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_22" id="Footnote_22"></a><a href="#FNanchor_22"><span class="label">[22]</span></a> “Talks on Psychology,” page 34.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_23" id="Footnote_23"></a><a href="#FNanchor_23"><span class="label">[23]</span></a> “Psychologic Foundations of Education,” pages 177, 178.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_24" id="Footnote_24"></a><a href="#FNanchor_24"><span class="label">[24]</span></a> Latham, “Action of Examinations,” pages 229, 230.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_25" id="Footnote_25"></a><a href="#FNanchor_25"><span class="label">[25]</span></a> Maudsley’s “Physiology of the Mind,” page 518.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_26" id="Footnote_26"></a><a href="#FNanchor_26"><span class="label">[26]</span></a> Annotations on Bacon’s Essay “Of Studies.”</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_27" id="Footnote_27"></a><a href="#FNanchor_27"><span class="label">[27]</span></a> Hamerton’s “Intellectual Life,” page 125.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_28" id="Footnote_28"></a><a href="#FNanchor_28"><span class="label">[28]</span></a> John xii. 24, Revised Version.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_29" id="Footnote_29"></a><a href="#FNanchor_29"><span class="label">[29]</span></a> F. Galton’s “Inquiries into Human Faculty,” pages 100, 101.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_30" id="Footnote_30"></a><a href="#FNanchor_30"><span class="label">[30]</span></a> F. Galton’s “Inquiries into Human Faculty,” pages 113, 114.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_31" id="Footnote_31"></a><a href="#FNanchor_31"><span class="label">[31]</span></a> James Freeman Clarke’s “Self-Culture,” page 183.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_32" id="Footnote_32"></a><a href="#FNanchor_32"><span class="label">[32]</span></a> Bain’s “The Emotion and the Will,” page 29.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_33" id="Footnote_33"></a><a href="#FNanchor_33"><span class="label">[33]</span></a> James’s “Psychology,” vol. i., pages 243, 244.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_34" id="Footnote_34"></a><a href="#FNanchor_34"><span class="label">[34]</span></a> James’s “Psychology,” vol. i., page 253</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_35" id="Footnote_35"></a><a href="#FNanchor_35"><span class="label">[35]</span></a> Huxley’s “Discourses, Biological and Geological Essays,” pages -vi, vii.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_36" id="Footnote_36"></a><a href="#FNanchor_36"><span class="label">[36]</span></a> James’s “Psychology,” vol. i., page 264. Of Charles Darwin’s -habits of reading, his son says, “I have often heard him say that -he got a kind of satisfaction in reading articles which (according to -himself) he could not understand. I wish I could reproduce the -manner in which he would laugh at himself for it.” Of his scientific -reading, this son writes as follows: “Much of his scientific -reading was in German, and this was a great labor to him; in -reading a book after him, I was often struck at seeing, from the -pencil-marks made each day where he left off, how little he could -read at a time. He used to call German the ‘Verdammte,’ pronounced -as if in English. He was especially indignant with Germans, -because he was convinced that they could write simply if -they chose, and often praised Dr. F. Hildebrand for writing German -which was as clear as French.”—“Life and Letters of Charles -Darwin,” vol. i., page 103.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_37" id="Footnote_37"></a><a href="#FNanchor_37"><span class="label">[37]</span></a> Locke’s “Human Understanding,” vol. ii., page 85.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_38" id="Footnote_38"></a><a href="#FNanchor_38"><span class="label">[38]</span></a> Lewes’s “Problems of Life and Mind,” Fourth Problem, pages -474, 475.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_39" id="Footnote_39"></a><a href="#FNanchor_39"><span class="label">[39]</span></a> Lewes’s “Problems of Life and Mind,” Fourth Problem, pages -475-477.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_40" id="Footnote_40"></a><a href="#FNanchor_40"><span class="label">[40]</span></a> Bautain’s “Art of Extempore Speaking,” pages 68, 69.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_41" id="Footnote_41"></a><a href="#FNanchor_41"><span class="label">[41]</span></a> “Autobiography,” page 80.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_42" id="Footnote_42"></a><a href="#FNanchor_42"><span class="label">[42]</span></a> “Men and Books,” pages 221, 222.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_43" id="Footnote_43"></a><a href="#FNanchor_43"><span class="label">[43]</span></a> “In the name, then, of a sound condition of mind and body, -and in the confident hope of obtaining both for France, I call on -our people to imitate the people of the United States of North -America by making the art of reading aloud the very corner-stone -of public education.”—Legouvé’s “Art of Reading,” page 145.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_44" id="Footnote_44"></a><a href="#FNanchor_44"><span class="label">[44]</span></a> Clifford’s “Essays,” page 88.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_45" id="Footnote_45"></a><a href="#FNanchor_45"><span class="label">[45]</span></a> Clifford’s “Essays,” page 87. Thus the movements of Sirius led -astronomers (Peters and Auwers) to infer the existence of a satellite, -which was subsequently discovered by Alvan Clark & Son -through the eighteen-inch glass which they were completing for -the Chicago Observatory. Similarly, Professor Wright, of Oberlin, -carefully studied the Trenton deposits and their relations to the -terrace and gravel deposits to the westward, and predicted that -similar paleolithic implements would be found in Ohio. Two years -afterwards Dr. Mertz found, eight feet below the surface, a true -paleolith of black flint at Madisonville, in the Little Miami Valley. -Other instances of scientific prediction will occur to the reader.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_46" id="Footnote_46"></a><a href="#FNanchor_46"><span class="label">[46]</span></a> “Essay on the Human Understanding,” Book IV., Chapter I.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_47" id="Footnote_47"></a><a href="#FNanchor_47"><span class="label">[47]</span></a> Compayre’s “History of Pedagogy,” page 437, American translation.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_48" id="Footnote_48"></a><a href="#FNanchor_48"><span class="label">[48]</span></a> “There can be no doubt that Newton was an alchemist, and -that he often labored night and day at alchemical experiments. -But in trying to discover the secret by which gross metals might be -rendered noble his lofty powers of deductive investigation were -wholly useless. Deprived of all guiding clues, his experiments -were like those of all the alchemists, purely haphazard and tentative. -While his hypothetical and deductive investigations have -given us a true system of the universe, and opened the way for -almost all the great branches of natural philosophy, the whole -results of his tentative experiments are comprehended in a few -happy guesses, given in his celebrated ‘Queries.’”—Jevons’s -“Principles of Science,” pages 505, 506.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_49" id="Footnote_49"></a><a href="#FNanchor_49"><span class="label">[49]</span></a> “The Senses and the Intellect,” pages 488-524.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_50" id="Footnote_50"></a><a href="#FNanchor_50"><span class="label">[50]</span></a> Max Müller’s “Science of Thought,” page 605.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_51" id="Footnote_51"></a><a href="#FNanchor_51"><span class="label">[51]</span></a> Page 402.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_52" id="Footnote_52"></a><a href="#FNanchor_52"><span class="label">[52]</span></a> Page 6.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_53" id="Footnote_53"></a><a href="#FNanchor_53"><span class="label">[53]</span></a> Darwin’s “Autobiography,” page 81.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_54" id="Footnote_54"></a><a href="#FNanchor_54"><span class="label">[54]</span></a> For this incident the writer is indebted to Dr. A. E. Winship.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_55" id="Footnote_55"></a><a href="#FNanchor_55"><span class="label">[55]</span></a> “Mental Physiology,” page 389.</p> - -</div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_56" id="Footnote_56"></a><a href="#FNanchor_56"><span class="label">[56]</span></a> Crooker’s “Student in American Life,” pages 23, 28.</p> - -</div> - -</div> - - - - - - - - -<pre> - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Thinking and learning to think, by -Nathan C. Schaeffer - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THINKING AND LEARNING TO THINK *** - -***** This file should be named 60893-h.htm or 60893-h.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/6/0/8/9/60893/ - -Produced by Turgut Dincer and the Online Distributed -Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was -produced from images generously made available by The -Internet Archive) - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - - - -</pre> - -</body> -</html> diff --git a/old/60893-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/60893-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 8033c74..0000000 --- a/old/60893-h/images/cover.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/60893-h/images/leaf.jpg b/old/60893-h/images/leaf.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ac2b14e..0000000 --- a/old/60893-h/images/leaf.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/60893-h/images/lippincott.jpg b/old/60893-h/images/lippincott.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4a4d59a..0000000 --- a/old/60893-h/images/lippincott.jpg +++ /dev/null |
